Guantanamo Bay (Camp Delta) 2003-2004 Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) forensic difference analysis

Guantanamo Camp Delta 2003-2004 Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) forensic difference analysis

JULIAN ASSANGE
Wikileaks.org
December 3, 2007

See Changes in Guantanamo Bay SOP manual (2003-2004) for background and a comprehensive high level synopsis.
The following were removed prior to analysis to ease comparison:

Headers, footers, page and in some cases section numbers.
Table of contents.
Graphics.
Appendix after the glossary.
Index.

Politically substantive differences may exist in the large appendix after the glossary, however, such differences are not covered by this analysis.

gitmo-sop-2003.txt gitmo-sop-2004.txt

skipping to change at line 19 skipping to change at line 19

Joint Task Force Guantanamo (JTF-GTMO) Joint Task Force Guantanamo (JTF-GTMO)

Camp Delta Camp Delta

Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) Standard Operating Procedures (SOP)

By Order of the Commander By Order of the Commander

GEOFFREY D. MILLER GEOFFREY D. MILLER

Major General, United States Army Major General, United States Army

Commander, JTF-GTMO Commander, JTF-GTMO

Official: Official:

ADOLPH MCQUEEN NELSON J. CANNON

Colonel, Military Police Colonel, Military Police

Commander, JDOG Commander, JDOG

History. This is a revised update to History. This is a revised update to

the Joint Task Force Guantanamo the Joint Task Force Guantanamo

(JTF-GTMO) standard operating (JTF-GTMO) standard operating

procedures (SOP) for Camp Delta. procedures (SOP) for Camp Delta.

This publication has been This publication has been

reorganized and consolidated to reorganized and consolidated to

include all aspects of detention and include all aspects of detention and

security operations toward being security operations toward being

skipping to change at line 80 skipping to change at line 80

Supplementation. Supplementation.

Supplementation of this SOP and Supplementation of this SOP and

establishment of command or local establishment of command or local

forms is prohibited without prior forms is prohibited without prior

approval of the JDOG approval of the JDOG

Commander. Commander.

Suggested Improvements. Users Suggested Improvements. Users

are invited to send comments and are invited to send comments and

suggested improvements through suggested improvements through

their chain of command to the their chain of command to the

JDOG S3 for proper consideration JDOG S3 for consideration and

and staffing. staffing.

Interim Changes. Policies and Interim Changes. Policies and

procedures will be reviewed every procedures will be reviewed and

120 days. Any interim changes implemented every 30 days.

will be signed by the JDOG

Commander and posted to the front

of this SOP until incorporated in

the next revision.

Distribution. This document, and Distribution. This document, and

any part therein, are classified as any part therein, are classified as

“for official use only” and are “for official use only” and are

limited to those requiring limited to those requiring

operational and procedural operational and procedural

knowledge in the direct knowledge in the direct

performance of their duties as well performance of their duties as well

as those directly associated with as those directly associated with

JTF-GTMO. It is the responsibility JTF-GTMO. It is the responsibility

of all personnel to protect and of all personnel to protect and

safeguard the contents of this SOP safeguard the contents of this SOP

and ensure appropriate distribution and ensure appropriate distribution

thereof. thereof.

*This Camp Delta SOP supersedes all previous editions and supplements. *This 1 March 2004 Camp Delta SOP supersedes all previous editions and supplements.

iv

x

CAMP DELTA RULES

1. Comply with all rules and regulations. You are subject to disciplinary action if you disobey any rule or commit any

act, disorder, or neglect that is prejudicial to good order and discipline.

2. You must immediately obey all orders of U.S. personnel. Deliberate disobedience, resistance, or conduct of a

mutinous or riotous nature will be dealt with by force. Be respectful of others. Derogatory comments toward camp

personnel will not be tolerated.

3. You may not have any articles that can be used as a weapon in your possession at any time. If a weapon is found in

your possession, you will be severely punished. Gambling is strictly forbidden.

4. Being truthful and compliance will be rewarded. Failure to comply will result in loss of privileges.

5. All trash will be returned immediately to U.S. personnel when you are finished eating. All eating utensils must be

returned after meals.

6. No detainee may conduct or participate in any form of military drill, organized physical fitness, hand-to-hand

combat, or martial arts style training.

7. The camp commander will ensure adequate protection for all personnel. Any detainee who mistreats another

detainee will be punished. Any detainee that fears his life is in danger, or fears physical injury at the hands of

another person can report this to U.S. personnel at any time.

8. Medical emergencies should be brought to the guards’ attention immediately.

Your decision whether or not to be truthful and comply will directly affect your quality of life while in this camp.

Chapter 1 Chapter 1

Introduction Introduction

1-1. Purpose 1-1. Purpose

a. This standard operating procedure (SOP) a. This standard operating procedure (SOP)

provides policy, procedures, and responsibilities for the provides policy, procedures, and responsibilities for the

security, administration, and treatment of detainees in security, administration, and treatment of detainees in

custody at Camp Delta. This SOP also establishes custody at Camp Delta. This SOP also establishes

procedures for transfer or release of custody from procedures for transfer or release of custody from

Camp Delta. Camp Delta.

b. This SOP is consistent with the intent and spirit b. This SOP is consistent with the intent and spirit

of the Geneva Conventions for the Protection of War of the Geneva Conventions for the Protection of War

Victims, dated 12 August 1949, in accordance with Victims, dated 12 August 1949, in accordance with

directives from the National Command Authority directives from the National Command Authority

(NCA) and chain of command. (NCA) and chain of command.

c. All personnel will enforce all orders and c. All personnel will enforce all orders and

regulations pertaining to the daily operation of the regulations pertaining to the daily operation of the

facility and their assigned posts. Further, all personnel facility and their assigned posts. Further, all personnel

will be familiar with all facility directives, emergency will be familiar with all facility directives, emergency

plans and all special orders pertaining to their post; plans and all post and special orders pertaining to their

carry out all general orders for a sentry on post, and post; carry out all general orders for a sentry on post,

wear the prescribed uniform of the day. and wear the prescribed uniform of the day.

d. This policy is punitive in that a violation of any d. This policy is punitive in that a violation of any

provision of this policy may provide a basis for provision of this policy may provide a basis for

appropriate administrative or judicial/disciplinary appropriate administrative or judicial/disciplinary

action under the Uniform Code of Military Justice action under the Uniform Code of Military Justice

(UCMJ), or appropriate military/civilian personnel (UCMJ), or appropriate military/civilian personnel

regulations, ejection from Camp Delta, and/or denial of regulations, ejection from Camp Delta, and/or denial of

entry. entry.

e. All personnel will sign a statement of e. All personnel will sign a statement of

understanding/acknowledgement that they have read understanding/acknowledgement that they have read

and will adhere to the provisions of all SOPs for Camp and will adhere to the provisions of all SOPs for Camp

Delta. Delta.

1-2. Minor SOP Modifications 1-2. Minor SOP Modifications

a. Any personnel may send suggestions for a. Any personnel may send suggestions for

improvement of the SOP through their chain of improvement of the SOP through their chain of

command to the JDOG S-3. command to the JDOG S-3.

b. Minor revisions will be made in a memorandum b. Minor revisions will be made in a memorandum

format, appropriately staffed, and approved by the format, appropriately staffed, and approved by the

CJDOG. Example is in Appendix C. CJDOG.

c. Copies of memorandums will be distributed and c. Copies of memorandums will be distributed and

placed in the front of all SOP books. placed in the front of all SOP books.

d. The SOP will be reviewed every 120 days to d. SOPs may be modified through a Guard Mount

incorporate any changes. All suggested changes in

procedures for operations would be in writing,

endorsed by the CJDOG, and approved by CJTF.

e. SOPs may be modified through a Guard Mount

message. JDOG S-3 must approve these messages message. JDOG S-3 must approve these messages

prior to their release. prior to their release.

f. No SOP modification is valid unless in e. The SOP will be reviewed every 30 days to

memorandum approved by CJDOG or in an approved incorporate any changes. Submit all suggested changes

Guard Mount message. in procedures for operations electronically to JDOG S-

g. A copy of all Guard Mount messages and 3 to include the following:

approved memorandums will be filed by the JDOG (1) Name of the submitter

Detention Services Branch (DSB). This file will be (2) Date of submission

used to update the SOP during the revision process. (3) If a modification, the current verbiage along

After the memorandum or Guard Mount message is with the chapter and paragraph of the text in the SOP.

“N/A – addition to SOP”

(4) The new verbiage of the addition or

modification to the SOP. “Add Koran to the list of

inbound items contained in paragraph 4-20a.”

(5) The reason why this change should be made

such as “CG has directed all inbounds will now have

Korans”.

f. No SOP modification is valid unless approved by

CJDOG or in an approved Guard Mount message. The

memorandum or guard mount message must state that

it is a modification to the SOP.

g. The JDOG Detention Services Branch (DSB) will

file a copy of all Guard Mount messages approved.

This file will be used to update the SOP during the

revision process. After the Guard Mount message is

included in the SOP through rewrite, it will be placed included in the SOP through rewrite, it will be placed

in a separate file of items included in the SOP. in a separate file of items included in the SOP.

1-3. References Appendix A lists required and h. Each manned position will train on or become

familiar with one chapter per shift until the SOP has

been reviewed.

(1) Verification will be monitored by a signature

roster that is turned into the SOG and forwarded to the

respective company's training NCO for documentation.

(2) To ensure that each chapter is read and

studied, a specific chapter will be assigned to the

manned position.

(3) The roster will ensure that each individual has

read, studied, reviewed and become familiar with the

prescribed chapter.

(4) Training NCOs will ensure all soldiers are

familiar with the SOP.

(5) SOP training will be conducted with or

instead of regular block training as determined by the

block NCO for that shift.

(6) The block NCO must inform SOG of their

intention to train on the SOP in lieu of regular block

training for documentation purposes. The SOG will

then inform the CO as to each block’s intent to train on

what task for that specific shift.

1-3. References Appendix “A” lists required and

related publications along with prescribed and related publications along with prescribed and

referenced DOD and DA forms. Appendix B contains referenced DOD and DA forms. Appendix “B

all local forms. “contains all local forms.

1-4. Explanation of Abbreviations and Terms 1-4. Explanation of Abbreviations and Terms

The glossary explains abbreviations and special terms The glossary explains abbreviations and special terms

used in this SOP. used in this SOP.

1-5. JDOG Mission and Commander’s Intent 1-5. JDOG Mission and Commander’s Intent

a. The Joint Detention Operations Group (JDOG) a. The Joint Detention Operations Group (JDOG)

conducts detention and area security operations in conducts detention and area security operations in

assigned sector of the Joint Operational Area (JOA) in assigned sector of the Joint Operational Area (JOA) in

support of intelligence operations in the Global War on support of intelligence operations in the Global War on

Terrorism (GWOT). Terrorism (GWOT).

b. The JDOG Commander’s (CJDOG) intent is to b. The JDOG Commander’s (CJDOG) intent is to

skipping to change at line 255 skipping to change at line 307

office. All personnel will be alert for security violations office. All personnel will be alert for security violations

or discrepancies and immediately report any unusual, or discrepancies and immediately report any unusual,

questionable incidents, or observations to their questionable incidents, or observations to their

immediate supervisor. Supervisors will report all immediate supervisor. Supervisors will report all

violations to the Detention Operations Center (DOC) violations to the Detention Operations Center (DOC)

and/or JDOG S3. and/or JDOG S3.

(2) Humane Treatment. Treat detainees (2) Humane Treatment. Treat detainees

humanely. Abuse, or any form of corporal punishment, humanely. Abuse, or any form of corporal punishment,

is prohibited. Verbal harassment, interrogation except is prohibited. Verbal harassment, interrogation except

by proper authority, and the imposing of physical by proper authority, and the imposing of physical

exercise as punishment is prohibited. All soldiers will exercise as punishment is prohibited.

carry the “US SOUTHCOM Human Rights Standing

Orders” card on them at all times.

(3) Professionalism. Maintain a fair, firm, (3) Professionalism. Maintain a fair, firm,

impartial, and professional demeanor toward detainees impartial, and professional demeanor toward detainees

at all times. at all times.

(4) Use of Force. Personnel will not strike nor (4) Use of Force. Personnel will not strike nor

lay hands upon a detainee except in self-defense, to lay hands upon a detainee except in self-defense, to

prevent a serious injury to a person or damage to prevent a serious injury to a person or damage to

property, to quell a disturbance, or for purposes of property, to quell a disturbance, or for purposes of

escorting, properly restraining, or searching a detainee. escorting, properly restraining, or searching a detainee.

In such cases, exercise only the amount of force In such cases, exercise only the amount of force

necessary to gain the compliance of the detainee. necessary to gain the compliance of the detainee.

skipping to change at line 298 skipping to change at line 349

(c) Chemical components or incendiary devices (c) Chemical components or incendiary devices

(d) Knives (d) Knives

(e) Unauthorized handcuff keys (e) Unauthorized handcuff keys

(f) Drugs or narcotics without a prescription (f) Drugs or narcotics without a prescription

(g) Intoxicants/alcoholic beverages (g) Intoxicants/alcoholic beverages

(h) Currency (not on person) (h) Currency (not on person)

(i) Razor blades (i) Razor blades

(j) Obscene material (j) Obscene material

(k) Photographic equipment (unless approved by (k) Photographic equipment (unless approved by

proper authority) proper authority)

(l) Recording devices (unless approved by (l) Personal mail/parcels.

(m) Recording devices (unless approved by

proper authority) proper authority)

(m) Extra clothing not worn on the job site (n) Extra clothing not worn on the job site

(n) Food products (unless being consumed by (o) Food products (unless being consumed by

individual) individual)

(o) Cell phones (unless approved by proper (p) Cell phones (unless approved by proper

authority) authority)

(p) Handbags, duffel bags, and book bags (unless (q) Handbags, duffel bags, and book bags (unless

required by mission and approved by proper authority) required by mission and approved by proper authority)

(q) Non-government laptops (unless approved by (r) Non-government laptops (unless approved by

proper authority proper authority

(r) Reading material other than military (s) Reading material other than military

publications such as FMs, ARs, TMs, etc. publications such as FMs, ARs, TMs, etc.

(t) Electronic devices such as DVD players, CD

players, tape players, headphones, etc. are not

authorized for guards.

(u) Personal Digital Assistance (PDA) unless

authorized per access roster. Personnel who have been

issued PDA’s will adhere and conform to the standards

of conduct, relative to policy set-forth by J6. PDA’S

will be secured at all times by their owners. In the

event a PDA is left unattended, the PDA will be turned

into the DOC NCOIC, accompanied by DA Form 2823

and DA Form 4137. The S6 will confirm identity of

the owner through serial number and hand receipt and

will return the PDA to the owners commander.

(7) Social Contact. Personnel will only interact (7) Social Contact. Personnel will only interact

with detainees on official business that is essential for with detainees on official business that is essential for

mission accomplishment. Personnel will not fraternize mission accomplishment. Personnel will not fraternize

with detainees nor accept personal favors or services. with detainees nor accept personal favors or services.

This includes idle chatter and small talk conducted This includes idle chatter and small talk conducted

with the detainee. with the detainee.

(8) Gifts. Personnel will not give or receive from (8) Gifts. Personnel will not give or receive from

any detainee anything that could be construed as a gift, any detainee anything that could be construed as a gift,

or in any manner, buy, sell, or barter any item(s) with a or in any manner, buy, sell, or barter any item(s) with a

detainee. detainee.

skipping to change at line 321 skipping to change at line 386

(7) Social Contact. Personnel will only interact (7) Social Contact. Personnel will only interact

with detainees on official business that is essential for with detainees on official business that is essential for

mission accomplishment. Personnel will not fraternize mission accomplishment. Personnel will not fraternize

with detainees nor accept personal favors or services. with detainees nor accept personal favors or services.

This includes idle chatter and small talk conducted This includes idle chatter and small talk conducted

with the detainee. with the detainee.

(8) Gifts. Personnel will not give or receive from (8) Gifts. Personnel will not give or receive from

any detainee anything that could be construed as a gift, any detainee anything that could be construed as a gift,

or in any manner, buy, sell, or barter any item(s) with a or in any manner, buy, sell, or barter any item(s) with a

detainee. detainee.

(9) Promises and Privileges. Personnel will not (9) Promises and Privileges. Personnel will not

extend nor promise to a detainee any special privilege extend nor promise to a detainee any special privilege

or favor not available to all detainees, nor furnish or favor not available to all detainees, nor furnish

detainees with information except through official detainees with information except through official

channels. Exceptions may be granted by the JIG channels. The JIG Commander my grant exceptions

Commander for the purpose of interrogations. for the purpose of interrogations.

(10) Privacy of Information. The privacy of (10) Privacy of Information. The privacy of

information applies to all information concerning any information applies to all information concerning any

of the detainees. Personnel will discuss information of the detainees. Personnel will discuss information

only with authorized personnel requiring this only with authorized personnel requiring this

information in the performance of their official duties. information in the performance of their official duties.

Obtain permission from the JDOG S3 or higher Obtain permission from the JDOG S3 or higher

authority to release information. Personnel will not authority to release information. Personnel will not

discuss facility activities, operations or detainee discuss facility activities, operations or detainee

information in public areas where they may be information in public areas where they may be

overheard. overheard.

(11) Appearance. All military personnel will (11) Appearance. All military personnel will

maintain a high standard of bearing and appearance. maintain a high standard of bearing and appearance.

Leaders will ensure proper performance of duties Leaders will ensure proper performance of duties

through professionalism, training, effective through professionalism, training, effective

communication, leadership, teamwork and discipline. communication, leadership, teamwork and discipline.

Personnel will set the example in conduct and Personnel will set the example in conduct and

performance on and off duty. The duty uniform for performance on and off duty. The duty uniform for all

those military personnel assigned to JDOG at Camp military personnel assigned to JDOG at Camp Delta

Delta and other JTF-GTMO detention facilities is the and other JTF-GTMO detention facilities will be the

following: following:

(a) BDUs with sew-on rank and insignia, sleeves (a) BDUs with sew-on rank, insignia to include

down. Anytime personnel are in the vicinity of collar devices and sleeves down. Anytime personnel

detainees (escorts, cell blocks, interrogation/monitor are in the vicinity of detainees (escorts, cell blocks,

rooms, medical clinic, Detention Hospital, or other interrogation/monitor rooms, medical clinic, Detention

detention facilities), the name tape will be covered with Hospital, or other detention facilities), the nametape

adhesive tape. will be covered with adhesive tape.

(b) BDU patrol cap with rank sewn on. (b) BDU patrol cap with rank sewn on.

(c) Appropriate civilian attire (select personnel). (c) Appropriate civilian attire (select personnel).

(d) Camel-bak or similar container, or stripped (d) Camel-back or similar container, or stripped

pistol belt with canteen. pistol belt with canteen.

(e) Pen and paper. (e) Pen and paper.

(f) Whistle in pocket or clipped on pocket (no (f) Whistle clipped to the left pocket or clipped

lanyard). on belt loop (no lanyard).

(g) No earrings

(12) Weapons. Unless specifically authorized by (12) Weapons. Unless specifically authorized by

CJDOG (eg., Quick Reaction Force), personnel will CJDOG (e.g., Quick Reaction Force), personnel will

not introduce, or knowingly allow to be introduced into not introduce, or knowingly allow to be introduced into

Camp Delta or other JTF-GTMO detention facilities Camp Delta or other JTF-GTMO detention facilities

unauthorized firearms, nightsticks, or any instruments unauthorized firearms, nightsticks, or any instruments

that might be considered as or possibly used as a that might be considered as or possibly used as a

weapon. Personnel are not authorized to use or have in weapon. Personnel are not authorized to use or have in

their possession unauthorized weapons including, but their possession unauthorized weapons including, but

not limited to, firearms, knives, batons, sap gloves not limited to, firearms, knives, batons, sap gloves

(lead filled padded gloves), kubatons, nightsticks, PR- (lead filled padded gloves), batons, nightsticks, PR-

24s, collapsing/expandable batons and any other 24s, collapsing/expandable batons and any other

weapons not specifically authorized. Personnel are weapons not specifically authorized. Personnel are

authorized to utilize “field expedient” weapons under authorized to utilize “field expedient” weapons under

situations of extreme danger when other efforts have situations of extreme danger when other efforts have

failed or are unfeasible and it is necessary to prevent failed or are unfeasible and it is necessary to prevent

the death or severe bodily injury to themselves or other the death or severe bodily injury to themselves or other

personnel, including detainees. The only exception to personnel, including detainees. Only competent

this policy is in the event of escape, riot or disorder and authority may direct an exception to this policy in the

then only when directed by competent authority. event of escape, riot, or disorder. Competent authority

Competent authority is CJTF, CJDOG, DCJDOG, or is CJTF, CJDOG, DCJDOG, or the on-duty Company

the on-duty Company Commander. Commander.

(13) Alcohol and other substances. Personnel (13) Alcohol and other substances. Personnel

will not consume mind-altering substances within eight will not consume mind-altering substances within eight

hours prior to assuming duty, including but not limited hours prior to assuming duty, including but not limited

to alcoholic beverages. Soldiers with prescriptions for to alcoholic beverages. Soldiers with prescriptions for

such medications should immediately notify their chain such medications should immediately notify their chain

of command and fitness for shift determinations will be of command and fitness for shift determinations will be

made on a case by case basis. The consumption of made on a case-by-case basis. The consumption of

alcoholic beverages and/or other mind-altering alcoholic beverages and/or other mind-altering

substances is sufficient cause to effect relief from duty substances is sufficient cause to effect relief from duty

and disciplinary action. and disciplinary action.

b. All violations of the Standards of Conduct will b. All violations of the Standards of Conduct will

be promptly reported to the chain of command. be promptly reported to the chain of command.

1-8. General Protection Policy 1-8. General Protection Policy

a. Give all persons detained at Camp Delta and a. Give all persons detained at Camp Delta and

other JTF-GTMO detention facilities humanitarian care other JTF-GTMO detention facilities humanitarian care

and treatment within the spirit of the Geneva and treatment within the spirit of the Geneva

Conventions. Conventions.

skipping to change at line 427 skipping to change at line 493

matters involving both detainees and U.S. forces matters involving both detainees and U.S. forces

assigned, attached, or working at Camp Delta and other assigned, attached, or working at Camp Delta and other

JTF-GTMO detention facilities. JTF-GTMO detention facilities.

b. Following is the security force chain of command b. Following is the security force chain of command

for any given shift at Camp Delta and other JTF- for any given shift at Camp Delta and other JTF-

GTMO detention facilities: GTMO detention facilities:

POSITION REPORTS TO POSITION REPORTS TO

S3, JDOG DCJDOG S3, JDOG DCJDOG

CO S3, JDOG CO S3, JDOG

PL CO PL CO

SOG PL SOG’S 1, 2, 3 PL1 OR PL2

BLOCK NCOIC SOG BLOCK NCOIC SOG

SP/GATE GUARDS SOG SP/GATE GUARDS SOG 3

JIIF MONITORS SOG JIIF MONITORS SOG

ESCORT CTRL NCO CO ESCORT CTRL NCOIC DOC NCOIC

ESCORTS SOG ESCORTS ESCORT NCOIC

BLOCK GUARDS BLOCK NCOIC BLOCK GUARDS BLOCK NCOIC

DOC NCO CO DOC NCOIC S3, JDOG

CAMP 4 NCOIC FGIW

Table 2-1

2-2. Physical Plant 2-2. Physical Plant

a. Camp Delta currently has nineteen maximum a. Camp Delta currently has nineteen maximum-

security detention areas for confining detainees security detention areas for confining detainees

individually and four medium security areas for individually and four medium security areas for

confining detainees in twelve person rooms within a confining detainees in twelve person rooms within a

forty-eight capacity building. These detention areas forty-eight capacity building. These detention areas

are grouped into 4 distinct camps (Delta 1, Delta 2, are grouped into 4 distinct camps (Camp 1, Camp 2,

Delta 3, and Delta 4). Camp 3, and Camp 4).

b. Each of the maximum security detention areas b. Each of the maximum-security detention areas

contains a block of cells having 24, 36, or 48 individual contains a block of cells having 24, 36, or 48 individual

units. cells.

c. Blocks are categorized as maximum security c. Blocks are categorized as maximum security

(individual cells) or medium security (twelve person (individual cells) or medium security (twelve person

rooms). Several maximum security areas are rooms). Maximum-security blocks are designated as

designated as Maximum Security Units (MSU), that Segregation, designed specifically for segregation and

are designed for segregation and isolation of detainees isolation of detainees for disciplinary or intelligence

for disciplinary or intelligence gathering purposes. gathering purposes.

2-3. Camp Delta Operations 2-3. Camp Delta Operations

a. The JDOG S3 Section also serves as the Camp a. The JDOG S3 Section also serves as the Camp

Delta Operations Section. The primary focus for the Delta Operations Section. The primary focus for the

Camp Delta Operations Section is the safe, secure, and Camp Delta Operations Section is the safe, secure, and

efficient operation of Camp Delta and other JTF- efficient operation of Camp Delta and other JTF-

GTMO detention facilities. GTMO detention facilities.

b. The Camp Delta Operations Section is organized b. The Camp Delta Operations Section is organized

into two distinct branches: Detention Operations into two distinct branches: Detention Operations

Branch and Detention Services Branch. Branch and Detention Services Branch.

Section I – Personnel Section I – Personnel

2-4. Duty positions described in this SOP are 2-4. Duty positions described in this SOP are

necessary for the effective operation of Camp Delta necessary for the effective operation of Camp Delta

and other JTF-GTMO detention facilities; however, not and other JTF-GTMO detention facilities; however, not

all positions are annotated in the current JTF-GTMO all positions are annotated in the current JTF-GTMO

Joint Manning Document (JMD). Non-JMD positions Joint Manning Document (JMD). Non-JMD positions

(identified with an *) will be filled via tasking to (identified with an *) will be filled via tasking to

subordinate units, or identified as Additional Duties for subordinate units, or identified as Additional Duties for

other personnel in the JDOG headquarters. other personnel in the JDOG headquarters.

2-5. Detention Operations Branch 2-5. Detention Operations Branch

a. Detention Operations Officer Assists the a. Detention Operations Officer Assists the JDOG

JDOG S3 and on-duty Commanding Officer (CO) with S3 and on-duty Commanding Officer (CO) with all

all aspects of detention operations, including detainee aspects of detention operations, including detainee

custody and control, detainee movement and cell custody and control, detainee movement and cell

assignments, internal security, mission tracking, and assignments, internal security, mission tracking, and

reporting requirements. Responsible for development reporting requirements. Responsible for development

of SOPs for both JDOG and detention facility of SOPs for both JDOG and detention facility

operations and coordination with JTF-GTMO staff, operations and coordination with JTF-GTMO staff,

subordinate units, contractors, medical staff, JIG, law subordinate units, contractors, medical staff, JIG, law

enforcement agencies, and Naval Base staff and enforcement agencies, and Naval Base staff and

support agencies. support agencies.

b. Detention Operations NCO Assists the b. Detention Operations NCO Assists the

Detention Operations Officer with all aspects of Detention Operations Officer with all aspects of

skipping to change at line 507 skipping to change at line 575

and takes direction from the JDOG S3, and is and takes direction from the JDOG S3, and is

responsible for all aspects of the operation of Camp responsible for all aspects of the operation of Camp

Delta. Responsibilities include the day-to-day humane Delta. Responsibilities include the day-to-day humane

care, custody and control, discipline, safety, and care, custody and control, discipline, safety, and

welfare of all detainees. The CO is overall responsible welfare of all detainees. The CO is overall responsible

for the care, conduct, and discipline of the guard force. for the care, conduct, and discipline of the guard force.

Specific duties of the CO are detailed in the Special Specific duties of the CO are detailed in the Special

Orders portion of this SOP. Orders portion of this SOP.

d. On-duty Platoon Leader (PL)* Two MP d. On-duty Platoon Leader (PL)* Two MP

Platoon Leaders will be assigned for each duty shift. Platoon Leaders will be assigned for each duty shift.

PL assist the CO in the day-to-day operation of Camp PLs assist the CO in the day-to-day operation of Camp

Delta. Specific duties of the PL are detailed in the Delta. Specific duties of the PL are detailed in the

Special Orders portion of this SOP.Each PL will be Special Orders portion of this SOP.Each PL will be

assigned an area of responsibility, as follows: assigned an area of responsibility, as follows:

(1) PL1 will be assigned to Camp Delta 1 and 4.

(1) PL1 will be assigned to Camp Delta 1 and 4.

(2) PL2 will be assigned to Camp Delta 2 and 3. (2) PL2 will be assigned to Camp Delta 2 and 3.

e. Sergeant of the Guard (SOG)* Three MP e. Sergeant of the Guard (SOG)* Four MP NCOs

NCOs will be assigned for each duty shift, and will be assigned for each duty shift, and designated the

designated the SOG for their assigned area, as outlined SOG for their assigned area, as outlined below. The

below. The SOGs report to the PL assigned to their SOGs report to the PL assigned to their area of Camp

area of Camp Delta. The SOGs are the immediate shift Delta. The SOGs are the immediate shift supervisors

supervisors for Block NCOICs and Sally Port/Gate for Block NCOICs and Sally Port/Gate Guards for their

Guards for their respective areas. The SOGs are respective areas. The SOGs are responsible for the

responsible for the care, conduct, and safety of the care, conduct, and safety of the guard force. They

guard force. They enforce accountability, control, enforce accountability, control, safety, care, and

safety, care, and humane treatment of detainees; ensure humane treatment of detainees; ensure that all

that all personnel perform their assigned duties and personnel perform their assigned duties and tasks to

tasks to standard and adhere to the Camp Delta SOP; standard and adhere to the Camp Delta SOP; and

and coordinate logistical support of the guard force and coordinate logistical support of the guard force and

detainees for their shift. Specific duties of the SOG are detainees for their shift. Specific duties of the SOG are

detailed in the Special Orders portion of this SOP. detailed in the Special Orders portion of this SOP.

(1) SOG1 will be assigned to Camp Delta 1, and (1) SOG1 will be assigned to Camp Delta 1, and

will be an MP NCO, SFC or above. SOG1 is will be an MP NCO, SFC or above. SOG1 is

designated as the senior SOG for the shift. designated as the senior SOG for the shift.

(2) SOG2 will be assigned to Camp Delta 2 and (2) SOG2 will be assigned to Camp Delta 2 and

3, and will be an MP NCO, SFC or above. 3, and will be an MP NCO, SFC or above.

(3) SOG3 will be assigned to Camp Delta 4, and (3) SOG 3 will be assigned to perform duties

will be an MP NCO, SSG or above. between Sally ports 1&8 “Camp Delta Mainstreet”,

Gold, Brown and Yellow JIIF trailers. SOG 3 will be

an MP NCO, SSG or above.

(4) SOG 4 will be assigned to Camp 4, and will

be an MP NCO, SSG or above.

f. Block NCOIC* A Block NCOIC will be f. Block NCOIC* A Block NCOIC will be

assigned to each occupied cell block for each shift. assigned to each occupied block for each shift. The

The Block NCOIC is supervises all block guards Block NCOIC is supervises all guards assigned to the

assigned to the block and is responsible for all aspects block and is responsible for all aspects of custody and

of custody and control, care, shelter, feeding, and control, care, shelter, feeding, and treatment of all

treatment of all detainees housed in the cell block. detainees housed in the cell block.

g. Escort Control NCO* and Assistant Escort g. Escort Control NCO* and Assistant Escort

Control NCO* An NCO (SGT or above) will be Control NCO* An NCO (SGT or above) will be

assigned as the Escort Control NCO for each shift. An assigned as the Escort Control NCO for each shift. An

NCO (CPL or above) will be assigned as the Assistant NCO (CPL or above) will be assigned as the Assistant

Escort Control NCO for day and swing shift. The Escort Control NCO for day and swing shift. The

Escort Control NCO and Assistant NCO are Escort Control NCO and Assistant NCO are

responsible for all aspects of Camp Delta escort responsible for all aspects of Camp Delta escort

operations. operations.

h. DOC NCO and Assistant DOC NCO An NCO h. DOC NCO and Assistant DOC NCO An NCO

(SGT or above) will be assigned as the DOC NCO. An (SGT or above) will be assigned as the DOC NCO. An

NCO (CPL or above) will be assigned as the Assistant NCO (CPL or above) will be assigned as the Assistant

DOC NCO for day and swing shift. The DOC NCO DOC NCO for day and swing shift. The DOC NCO

and Assistant DOC NCO are responsible for and Assistant DOC NCO are responsible for

controlling, reporting, and tracking all aspects of controlling, reporting, and tracking all aspects of

detention facility operations. detention facility operations.

i. Detention Hospital Security Force NCO An i. Detention Hospital Security Force NCOIC An

NCO (SSG or above) will be detailed to perform duty NCO (SSG or above) will be detailed to perform duty

at the Detention Hospital. This NCO is responsible for at the Detention Hospital. This NCO is responsible for

all security provided at the Detention Hospital, and for all security provided at the Detention Hospital, and for

the custody and control of all detainees treated at the the custody and control of all detainees treated at the

Detention Hospital (in-patient and out-patient). All Detention Hospital (in-patient and out-patient). All

guards assigned to work a shift at the Detention guards assigned to work a shift at the Detention

Hospital are OPCON to the Detention Hospital Hospital are OPCON to the Detention Hospital

Security Force NCO. Security Force NCO.

j. DOC Clerk Responsibilities include, but are not j. DOC Clerk Responsibilities include, but are not

limited to, maintaining the Camp Delta Blotter, radio- limited to, maintaining the Camp Delta Blotter,

telephone operator tasks, detainee tracking, and other radiotelephone operator tasks, detainee tracking, and

duties as assigned by DOC NCO. other duties as assigned by DOC NCO.

2-6. Detention Services Branch (DSB) 2-6. Detention Services Branch (DSB)

a. Detention Services Officer* Supervises all a. Detention Services Officer* Supervises all

aspects of detainee record administration, Camp Delta aspects of detainee record administration, Camp Delta

operational records administration, detainee operational records administration, detainee

administrative and logistics support, detainee database administrative and logistics support, detainee database

management, mission tracking, and reporting management, mission tracking, and reporting

requirements. Responsible for staffing and publishing requirements. Responsible for staffing and publishing

SOPs for detention facility operations, and SOPs for detention facility operations, and

coordination with JTF-GTMO staff, subordinate units, coordination with JTF-GTMO staff, subordinate units,

contractors, medical staff, JIG, law enforcement contractors, medical staff, JIG, law enforcement

skipping to change at line 642 skipping to change at line 714

orders and memorandums. orders and memorandums.

b. Strict control and continuous records b. Strict control and continuous records

management is critical to ensure thorough management is critical to ensure thorough

accountability of all information concerning detainee accountability of all information concerning detainee

records, other administrative documents, and records, other administrative documents, and

accountability of equipment. All personnel will strictly accountability of equipment. All personnel will strictly

comply with the Privacy Act and Freedom of comply with the Privacy Act and Freedom of

Information Act concerning divulging of information, Information Act concerning divulging of information,

either telephonically or in hard copy. either telephonically or in hard copy.

c. Much of the operational and administrative c. Much of the operational and administrative

records of Camp Delta are classified or sensitive in records of Camp Delta is classified or sensitive in

nature and will be safeguarded as such. Personnel will nature and will be safeguarded as such. Personnel will

not authorize release of information to the media. not authorize release of information to the media.

d. Records will not be removed from the facility d. Records will not be removed from the facility

without authority from the CJDOG. Requests from without authority from the CJDOG. Requests from

outside organizations will be routed through command outside organizations will be routed through command

channels for decisions. Under no circumstances will a channels for decisions. Under no circumstances will a

detainee review or have access to his records. detainee review or have access to his records.

Chapter 3 Chapter 3

Detainee Reception Operations Detainee Reception Operations

3-1. Overview Periodically, detainees will arrive at 3-1. Overview Periodically, detainees will arrive at

Leeward Airfield to be moved to Camp Delta for Leeward Airfield to be moved to Camp Delta for

detention. The JDOG S3 will provide for specific detention. The JDOG S3 will provide for specific

instructions and training prior to the reception of instructions and training prior to the reception of

detainees. detainees.

3-2. Infantry Support Operations 3-2. Infantry Support Operations

a. Detainee reception operations consist of four a. See Infantry SOP for DMO Operations

phases. Outlined below are the inbound mission

phases:

(1) Phase 1 consists of preparation of movement,

the staging of personnel, securing of vehicles, and a

route reconnaissance.

(2) Phase 2 consists of the transferring of

detainees from the aircraft to JTF-GTMO, the

detainees searched, loaded, secured for transport, and

convoyed to Leeward Ferry Landing.

(3) Phase 3 consists of the detainee movement

from Leeward to Windward Landing and C3 with the

JOC and the Camp Delta DOC.

(4) The last phase consists of the detainee

movement from Windward Ferry Landing to Camp

Delta utilizing Checkpoints for movement. Detainee

Transfers to another installation is conducted the same,

but the process is executed in reverse.

b. During phase 1, the unit stages its personnel and

equipment consisting of the following requirement:

four HMMWVs with .50 Cal MGs, one 2 ½ Ton Truck

and one cargo HMMWV (38 total passengers) from

Leeward Airfield to Camp Delta. The four HMMWVs

will have a .50 Cal MG mounted on each of them. Unit

will also provide one Squad (minimum nine soldiers)

with cargo HMMWV as a Dismounted Security Force,

a (17 soldier) QRF (both lethal and non-lethal capable)

element on the 2 ½ Ton, and a minimal C2 cell.

Initially, two gun trucks and a Maintenance Contact

Team will go to the Leeward side one hour prior to the

main body departure performing a route recon. Once

on the Leeward side, both gun trucks will conduct a

sweep of the airfield and establish support-by-fire

(SBF) positions overlooking the ferry landing. One gun

truck will remain in its SBF position while the other

continues to sweep the airfield. The second gun truck

will occupy its designated SBF position once the Ferry

nears the landing. The lead gun truck will coordinate

with JTF on the flight call signs. The main body links

up with the buses and the ambulance at the Windward

Ferry Landing and proceeds across to the Leeward

Ferry Landing. Once off loaded on the Leeward side,

the convoy proceeds to the flight line. One Gun Truck,

the Security Team Cargo HMMWV, the MP Working

Dog Team, and the last Gun Truck proceed up route #1

(West). The two busses, ambulance, and the QRF

vehicle proceed up route #2 (South). All vehicles will

stage and wait for the aircraft to arrive. The

Maintenance Contact Team moves to the Leeward

Ferry Landing and provides security of the ferry while

docked.

c. Phase 2 begins once the aircraft is on the ground.

The gun trucks proceed to positions forming a

perimeter around the aircraft. One Security Squad

Team positions itself from the aircrafts 11 o’clock to 1

o’clock position. The second Security Squad Team

positions itself from 5 o’clock to 7 o’clock covering in

between the two gun trucks. Correct spacing of troops

in paramount. Deploy these soldiers by vehicle. The

two busses, the ambulance, and the QRF element will

then move into position to the rear of the aircraft. The

QRF dismounts with shields and batons (no weapons)

and forms a cordon from the aircraft ramp to the lead

bus and ambulance. The CO coordinates with the

Aircraft Commander to get all pertinent information on

detainees. MPs will move detainees to the busses.

Secure the detainees on the busses and then the convoy

proceeds to the ferry and loads for return to the

Windward side.

d. During phase 3, position a sniper (one soldier

from the QRF w/ two spotters) on top of the ferry

during the movement from the Leeward side to the

Windward side. QRF provides security (with

weapons) on the deck of the ferry for the crossing. The

Security squad provides security from the bridge side

of the ferry. The Sniper Team will remain in position

until the ramp of the ferry begins to deploy. Upon

docking on the Windward side, the convoy offloads

and lines up for movement back to Camp Delta.

e. During the last phase, the order of march is one

gun truck, the two detainee busses, the ambulance, one

gun truck, the QRF Element, the Security squad, the

MP working dog team, and finally the last two gun

trucks. March speed is 30 MPH. The convoy will

report all seven checkpoints (see coordinating

instructions in the OPORD) back to Camp Delta to the

JOC. The lead gun truck establishes a Blocking

Position (BP) on the road at Sally Port 1 of Camp Delta

as the buses and ambulances enter the gate. Once

detainees are in the camp and the gate is closed all

vehicles will proceed to Seaside Galley parking lot for

an after action review (AAR) and a mission debriefing.

The QRF will remain on the 2 ½ Ton Truck outside of

Sally Port #1 until properly relieved by the MPs.

3-3. Infantry Support Force

a. Team Omaha secures the airfield and designated

route to facilitate the safe and unhindered

transportation of detainees to / from the Camp Delta

Detainment Facility.

b. The mission consists of the following elements:

Quick Reaction Force (QRF), a Dismounted Security

Element (one Squad), a Mounted Security Element

(four HMMWVs w/ .50 Cal MGs), two Bus Teams, a

MP Working Dog (MWD) Team, and a C2 element.

c. The QRF comes from the Platoon currently the

QRF in Camp Delta or if the designated Platoon has

enough personnel for the mission. It consists of two

Squads and the QRF PL. This element rides on a 2 ½-

ton Truck, and carries both lethal and non-lethal

weapons. The QRF PL maintains command and

control (C2) of this element.

d. The Dismounted Security Element is a Squad. It

comes from the same Platoon designated for the

detainee Movement Operation. This squad rides on a

Troop/Cargo HMMWV, and carries only lethal weapon

systems.

e. The mounted security element consists of four

HMMWVs with .50 Cal MGs. The PL maintains

command and control (C2) of this element.

f. The JDOG provides the two teams of bus

personnel. They link up with the buses at either the

Leeward or Windward Ferry Landing.

g. The JDOG also provides a Military Working Dog

Team. They utilize an A/C HMMWV that provides

comfort to the Dogs. The Combat Camera Team will

also be located in this vehicle.

h. The C2 element consists of the CO and the

Infantry Task Force Commander. They both ride in

each of the Gun trucks from the Mounted Security

Squads. Each of these personnel has the following

responsibilities:

(1) The CO is overall responsible for the

download of detainees. He has command and control

(C2) of the QRF, the Security Squad, and the Mounted

Security Element, the two Bus Teams, the Military

Working Dog Team, and the Medical assets. He

coordinates with Air Force personnel prior to the plane

landing and the security crew on the plane once the

plane has landed. He reports directly to the Infantry

Task Force Commander.

(2) The Task Force Commander has Command

and Control (C2) of all operational assets. The CO

reports to him. He has TACON of the Port Security

Unit (PSU) boats, and reports directly to the Joint

Operations Center (JOC).

3-4. Land Movement 3-4. Land Movement

a. Follow the guidelines listed below for the airfield a. Follow the guidelines listed below for the airfield

reception of detainees. reception of detainees.

b. The JDOG will identify two NCOs to receive b. The JDOG will identify two NCOs to receive

detainee property and the manifest. NCO #1 will detainee property and the manifest. NCO #1 will

obtain the manifest from the personnel on the aircraft obtain the manifest from the personnel on the aircraft

and ride with the lead bus to Camp Delta. NCO #1 will and ride with the lead bus to Camp Delta. NCO #1 will

turn over this manifest upon arrival at Camp Delta to turn over this manifest upon arrival at Camp Delta to

the in-processing escort NCOIC. NCO #2 will receive the in-processing escort NCOIC. NCO #2 will receive

the detainee property and coordinate with JIG for the detainee property and coordinate with JIG for

custody of the property. Once this coordination is done custody of the property. Once this coordination is done

and property needed by the JIG is released to them, the and property needed by the JIG is released to them, the

remaining property will be taken to JDOG S-4 and remaining property will be taken to JDOG S-4 and

released to the Property Book Officer (PBO) for released to the Property Book Officer (PBO) for

storage, IAW AR 210-174. storage, IAW AR 210-174.

c. Utilize six MPs, including one MP with a c. Utilize six guards, including one guard with a

shotgun, per detainee bus. shotgun, per detainee bus.

d. Two MPs will receive the detainee from the d. Two guards will receive the detainee from the

aircraft escort team. They will pat down the detainee aircraft escort team. They will pat down the detainee

then turn the detainee over to the MPs on the bus. then turn the detainee over to the guards on the bus.

e. Three MPs will remain on the bus and receive the e. Three guards will remain on the bus and receive

patted-down detainee from the two MPs on the ground. the patted-down detainee from the two guards on the

They will move the detainee to his position on the bus ground. They will move the detainee to his position on

and secure him to the floor. the bus and secure him to the floor.

f. Once the bus is full, all six MPs will travel on the f. Once the bus is full, all six guards will travel on

bus to provide security for the detainees. the bus to provide security for the detainees.

g. Both buses will be loaded at the same time. g. Both buses will be loaded at the same time.

h. Infantry will be responsible for area outer h. Infantry will be responsible for area outer

security during the airfield operations and the convoy security during the airfield operations and the convoy

from the airport to Camp Delta. from the airport to Camp Delta.

i. The detainees will be in a three-piece suit. i. The detainees will be in a three-piece suit.

j. The bus guards must bring sufficient handcuffs to j. The bus guards must bring sufficient handcuffs to

secure the detainees to the chain in the bus. secure the detainees to the chain in the bus.

3-5. In-processing Security 3-5. In-processing Security

a. Periodically, detainees will arrive at Camp Delta a. Periodically, detainees will arrive at Camp Delta

to be detained until an appropriate disposition is to be detained until an appropriate disposition is

decided. The following guidelines will be followed for decided. The following guidelines will be followed for

the in-processing. in-processing.

b. The DOC will be responsible for transmitting via b. The DOC will be responsible for transmitting via

brevity code the following actions. Separate brevity brevity code the following actions. Separate brevity

codes are used for the dress rehearsal and mission for codes are used for the dress rehearsal and mission for

the following phases: the following phases:

(1) Off-loading of detainees commences (1) Off-loading of detainees commences

(2) Off-loading of detainees completed (2) Off-loading of detainees completed

(3) Completion of in-processing. (3) Completion of in-processing.

c. Two Escort NCOICs should be identified for the c. Two Escort NCOICs should be identified for the

operation of detainee in-processing. One will be operation of detainee in-processing. One will be

responsible for receiving detainees and moving them responsible for receiving detainees and moving them

skipping to change at line 872 skipping to change at line 799

(2) Dressing room personnel will also prepare (2) Dressing room personnel will also prepare

jump suites i.e. insert shorts into bottoms and roll pant jump suites i.e. insert shorts into bottoms and roll pant

legs up at least half way. legs up at least half way.

(3) Stage trash cans with liners, one outside (3) Stage trash cans with liners, one outside

dressing room for goggles, two inside stripping room dressing room for goggles, two inside stripping room

for clothes, three in holding area #1 for mittens, for clothes, three in holding area #1 for mittens,

earmuffs, and miscellaneous trash. earmuffs, and miscellaneous trash.

(4) Two cardboard boxes should be placed in (4) Two cardboard boxes should be placed in

holding area #1 for the Air Force black boxes and holding area #1 for the Air Force black boxes and

chains. chains.

(5) Set up two tables in holding area #1 for water. (5) Set up two tables in holding area #1 for water.

MPs will use three coolers identified for their use. Guards will use three coolers identified for their use.

Detainees will use two coolers identified for their use. Detainees will use two coolers identified for their use.

Secure Styrofoam cups and coordinate with medics to Secure Styrofoam cups and coordinate with medics to

obtain ice. obtain ice.

(6) Get rubber gloves from medics. (6) Get rubber gloves from medics.

(7) Coordinate with the DOC to stage four golf (7) Coordinate with the DOC to stage four

carts, with keys, fueled up, and outside holding area #2. Gators, with keys, fueled up, and outside holding area

#2.

(8) Secure gate keys “A” and “B” from the DOC. (8) Secure gate keys “A” and “B” from the DOC.

(9) Secure at least six Saber radios from the (9) Secure at least six Saber radios from the

DOC. One for each of the NCOICs and one for each of DOC. One for each of the NCOICs and one for each of

the golf cart drivers. the Gator drivers.

(10) Shades will be closed on blocks to restrict (10) Shades will be closed on blocks to restrict

detainee’s view of in-processing. detainee’s view of in-processing.

(11) Secure two road guard vests for soldiers (11) Secure two road guard vests for soldiers

directing convoy. directing convoy.

e. Once in-processing personnel arrive, they will e. Once in-processing personnel arrive, they will

begin by sweeping holding areas #1 and #2. MPs will begin by sweeping holding areas #1 and #2. Guards

then be tasked as follows: will then be tasked as follows:

(1) Two for holding area #1 security. (1) Two for holding area #1 security.

(2) Two for mitten and earmuff removal as well (2) Two for mitten and earmuff removal as well

as distributing water to detainees in holding area. as distributing water to detainees in holding area.

(3) Two for restraint removal and preparing (3) Two for restraint removal and preparing

clothing to be removed. clothing to be removed.

(4) Two for the strip room. (4) Two for the strip room.

(5) Two for shower and lice room. Wet weather (5) Two for shower and lice room. Wet weather

gear will be provided for soldiers. gear will be provided for soldiers.

(6) Two for physical inspection room. (6) Two for physical inspection room.

(7) Two for the dressing room. (7) Two for the dressing room.

(8) Two to direct detainee convoy into Camp (8) Two to direct detainee convoy into Camp

Delta. Road Guard vests will be issued from supply. Delta. Road guard vests will be issued from supply.

(9) One to check off detainee roster inside (9) One to check off detainee roster inside

holding area #1. holding area #1.

(10) Four to six in riot gear to serve as the (10) Four to six in riot gear to serve as the

Immediate Reaction Force (IRF) team. Immediate Reaction Force (IRF) team.

(11) Remaining soldiers will be paired with an (11) Remaining soldiers will be paired with an

NCO who will sign for a handcuff key. NCO who will sign for a handcuff key.

(12) Four of these soldiers will be identified to be (12) Four of these soldiers will be identified to be

litter escorts if needed. litter escorts if needed.

f. NCO from the JDOG turns keys to black boxes to f. NCO from the JDOG turns keys to black boxes to

Reception NCOIC and manifest over to JDOG S-1 at Reception NCOIC and manifest over to JDOG S-1 at

processing area. The manifest will identify the order of processing area. The manifest will identify the order of

processing for detainees. The manifest usually will processing for detainees. The manifest usually will

designate a “Top Ten” list of the first detainees to be designate a “Top Ten” list of the first detainees to be

interviewed at the Joint Intelligence Interrogation interviewed at the Joint Intelligence Interrogation

Facility (JIIF). Facility (JIIF).

g. Processing area escort MPs move detainees into g. Processing area escort guards move detainees

holding area as they are taken off of the buses. Escorts into holding area as they are taken off of the buses.

operate as teams of two. Escorts operate as teams of two.

h. Escorts remove earmuffs and black boxes from h. Escorts remove earmuffs and black boxes from

detainees. Black boxes are staged outside of holding detainees. Black boxes are staged outside of holding

area pending return to Air Force. Four medics from the area pending return to Air Force. Four medics from the

JDOG check detainees after they are placed in holding JDOG check detainees after they are placed in holding

area. This is a check for any medical condition area. This is a check for any medical condition

requiring immediate attention (heat problems, etc.) requiring immediate attention (heat problems, etc.)

i. Escort teams move detainees through the i. Escort teams move detainees through the

processing stations. Unless otherwise specified, processing stations. Unless otherwise specified,

restraints remain on detainees. Some stations require restraints remain on detainees. Some stations require

removal of some restraints, however, at no time, unless removal of some restraints, however, at no time, unless

skipping to change at line 973 skipping to change at line 901

into PWIS database. into PWIS database.

(7) Station 7: Photo for identity (ID) bracelet is (7) Station 7: Photo for identity (ID) bracelet is

taken in room adjacent to database interview room. taken in room adjacent to database interview room.

(8) Station 8: Move to hallway for taking of (8) Station 8: Move to hallway for taking of

fingerprints. The JDOG be prepared to provide two fingerprints. The JDOG be prepared to provide two

MPs to take fingerprints. MPs to take fingerprints.

(9) Station 9: Detainee is moved to medical in- (9) Station 9: Detainee is moved to medical in-

processing. Detainee is placed on cot for blood draw. processing. Detainee is placed on cot for blood draw.

(10) Station 10: Detainee is moved to x-ray room (10) Station 10: Detainee is moved to x-ray room

and receives chest x-ray. Medical personnel will place and receives chest x-ray. Medical personnel will place

lead aprons over MPs while MPs maintain control of lead aprons over guards while guards maintain control

detainee. of detainee.

(11) Station 11: Detainee is moved to medical (11) Station 11: Detainee is moved to medical

exam room. exam room.

(12) Station 12: Detainee is moved to dental (12) Station 12: Detainee is moved to dental

exam room. (Station 11 and Station 12 can be done in exam room. (Station 11 and Station 12 can be done in

the reverse order, depending on their availability.) the reverse order, depending on their availability.)

j. If the detainee is one of the first 10 being j. If the detainee is one of the first 10 being

processed, as identified by the manifest, he is taken processed, as identified by the manifest, he is taken

directly to JIIF and turned over to JIIF escort personnel directly to JIIF and turned over to JIIF escort personnel

at the JIIF sally port. at the JIIF sally port.

k. If the detainee is not one of the first 10 being k. If the detainee is not one of the first 10 being

processed, he is moved through the system in the processed, he is moved through the system in the

normal order. normal order.

l. Escorts provide four MPs to drive golf carts l. Escorts provide four guards to drive Gators

moving detainees to and from the blocks and medical. moving detainees to and from the blocks and medical.

An escort team will accompany the golf carts as An escort team will accompany the Gators as detainees

detainees are moved to and from the blocks to medical are moved to and from the blocks to medical at

at processing. processing.

m.Once all processing is complete, MPs will insure m.Once all processing is complete, guards will

that all handcuffs, goggles, earmuffs, leg irons, black insure that all handcuffs, goggles, earmuffs, leg irons,

boxes, and belly chains are accounted for and black boxes, and belly chains are accounted for and

assembled for return to the Air Force. These items will assembled for return to the Air Force. These items will

be picked up for return to Leeward Airfield. be picked up for return to Leeward Airfield.

n. Once all processing is complete, the processing n. Once all processing is complete, the processing

building will be cleaned and policed. building will be cleaned and policed.

3-6. Inbound and Outbound Operations 3-6. Inbound and Outbound Operations

Refer to Annex E Air Bridge Operations. Refer to Annex E/SIPR Detainee Movement

Operations (DMO).

3-7. Linguist Support 3-7. Linguist Support

The JDOG S3 will task linguists to support reception The JDOG S3 will task linguists to support reception

operations. The languages of the transferring detainees operations. The languages of the transferring detainees

will determine which linguists will be used in the will determine which linguists will be used in the

transfer process from the point of origin to Camp Delta transfer process from the point of origin to Camp Delta

and from Camp Delta to transfer location for an and from Camp Delta to transfer location for an

outbound mission. outbound mission.

3-8. Facility Support

a. Two days prior to the arrival of the detainees, the

block(s) to house the new arrivals will be emptied of

their occupants.

b. MPs will inspect the block(s) for any trash or

items left in the cells. Any items of intelligence value

will be turned over to the JDOG S-2.

c. If there is any graffiti on the cell walls or doors,

shower areas, or the exercise yard, an interpreter will

be called to interpret it and record the translation. The

JDOG S-2 will be contacted to coordinate any need to

record images of the graffiti.

d. Once JDOG S-2 is finished with the graffiti, the

R&U section will paint over all graffiti in the cells,

shower and the exercise yard.

3-9. Inbound Preparation Requirements

a. This activity requires coordination with the

following groups and/or individuals:

(1) Infantry Task Force

(2) Joint Medical Group (JMG) to include psych

staff

(3) Combat Camera

(4) Detainee Chaplain

(5) ICE

(6) Interpreters for additional linguists support

(7) J-4 for additional transportation assets

b. An access roster of personnel allowed into the

processing building will be created and forwarded to

the processing line NCOIC. Personnel on the access

roster will be issued badges. R&U will construct a

temporary barrier around the processing facility.

Unauthorized personnel will be kept away from the

processing line by the infantry.

c. Prior to the arrival of the detainees, the JDOG S-

1 will distribute the manifest to JDOG Ops and others

to coordinate their activities for the detainee’s arrival.

d. The land bridge guards will obtain the following

items from JDOG S-3 for use:

(1) Zip ties

(2) Search gloves

(3) ISO mats for the processing holding area

(4) Surgical masks for the guards

(5) MREs for the guards for lunch

(6) Two pairs of EMT scissors

(7) Two pairs of cutters (wire cutters)

(8) Three-piece suit for each detainee and staged

in the processing building.

e. JDOG Ops will coordinate with J-4 transportation

for the detainee buses and bus drivers.

f. The S-1 will stage the following items in the

processing building:

(1) Two towels for each detainee

(2) Scrub brushes

(3) Uniform and flip-flops for each detainee.

g. JDOG Ops will coordinate with J-3 operations

for additional radios with the secure long-range

frequency when there are insufficient quantities

available at Camp Delta.

3-10. Outbound Preparation Requirements

a. This activity requires coordination with the

following groups and/or individuals:

(1) JAG for the exit interview and release

agreement

(2) ICRC for an exit interview

(3) Combat Camera

(4) Detainee Chaplain

(5) JMG to include the psych staff

(6) Interpreters

(7) JIG

(8) PSYOPS

b. Prior to the departure of the detainees, the JDOG

S-1 will distribute the transfer order and manifest to

JDOG Ops and others to coordinate their activities for

the detainee’s departure.

c. JDOG Ops will coordinate the following items:

(1) Broadcast of two PSYOP messages about the

pending transfer of detainees

(2) Arranging a feast in Camp 4 for all detainees

that will occur the night before they leave

(3) Issuance of the following detainee travel

items:

(a) Prayer Beads

(b) Prayer Cap

(c) Koran

(d) Book

(e) Sports or duffel bag

(f) Jeans

(g) Shoes

(h) Socks

(i) T-Shirt

(j) Shirt

(k) Boxer Shorts

(l) Shaving Cream

(m) Disposable Razor

(n) Deodorant

(o) Shampoo

(p) Toothpaste

(q) Package of Kleenex

(r) Package of Wet Wipes

(s) Comb.

(4) The following travel items will be dependant on

the destination’s climate:

(a) Jacket

(b) Blanket

(c) Thermal underwear bottoms

(d) Thermal underwear tops.

(5) Transportation for the transfers through the J-

4 transportation office.

(6) MP escorts for the transport, lead, and trail

vehicles.

Chapter 4 Chapter 4

Detainee Processing (Reception/Transfer/Release) Detainee Processing (Reception/Transfer/Release)

4-1. Purpose 4-1. Purpose

To in-process detainees, update and maintain the DRS To in-process detainees, update and maintain the DRS

(Detainee Reporting System) database, send daily (Detainee Reporting System) database, send daily

upload and report to the National Detainee Records upload and report to the National Detainee Records

Center (NDRC). Support other JDOG sections through Center (NDRC). Support other JDOG sections through

database research and queries. DRS is the principle database research and queries. DRS is the principle

database for detainee’s administrative records. database for detainee’s administrative records.

skipping to change at line 1053 skipping to change at line 1092

detainee information collected during the in-processing detainee information collected during the in-processing

in theater. Use SIPRNET to send this. in theater. Use SIPRNET to send this.

d. Between 4-6 hours prior to arrival, an order list d. Between 4-6 hours prior to arrival, an order list

will arrive from the JIG detailing the order in which will arrive from the JIG detailing the order in which

they want the detainees processed. Processing line they want the detainees processed. Processing line

personnel will attempt to follow this order, however the personnel will attempt to follow this order, however the

processing mission takes precedent. If the order list processing mission takes precedent. If the order list

does not arrive, contact the JIG to confirm order. does not arrive, contact the JIG to confirm order.

4-5. Personnel Requirements 4-5. Personnel Requirements

a. Holding Area. a. Holding Area.

(1) One MP NCO assigned from a subordinate (1) One guard NCO assigned from a subordinate

MP company to control the off-loading of the busses, MP company to control the off-loading of the busses,

positioning of detainees in the holding area, and positioning of detainees in the holding area, and

security of the holding area. security of the holding area.

(2) There will be two MP escorts per detainee. A (2) There will be two escorts per detainee. A

ratio of 2:1 is required. ratio of 2:1 is required.

(3) Medical personnel: An NCOIC and four (3) Medical personnel: An NCOIC and four

medics set up and operate a first aid station. medics set up and operate a first aid station.

b. Processing Trailer. b. Processing Trailer.

(1) NCOIC: Controls traffic in the trailer and (1) NCOIC: Controls traffic in the trailer and

coordinates with all entities for smooth flow of coordinates with all entities for smooth flow of

detainees detainees

c. Undressing Room. c. Undressing Room.

(1) Two MPs (1) Two guards

d. Shower Room. d. Shower Room.

(1) Preventive medicine specialist (1) Preventive medicine specialist

(2) Medic (2) Medic

(3) Two MPs (3) Two guards

e. Cavity Search. e. Cavity Search.

(1) PA (1) PA

(2) Medical NCO (2) Medical NCO

(3) One linguist (3) One linguist

f. Dressing Room. f. Dressing Room.

(1) Two MPs (1) Two guards

g. DNA Sample. g. DNA Sample.

(1) Two CTIF personnel (1) Two CTIF personnel

h. Height and Weight. h. Height and Weight.

(1) Two Admin personnel (1) Two Admin personnel

i. Processing Room. i. Processing Room.

(1) Three processing clerks (1) Three processing clerks

(2) Three intelligence personnel (2) Three intelligence personnel

(3) Three linguists (3) Three linguists

j. Camera Room. j. Camera Room.

(1) Two admin clerks for picture and ID (1) Two admin clerks for picture and ID

wristband processing, wristband processing,

(2) Two FBI personnel for five-stage picture (2) Two FBI personnel for five-stage picture

k. Fingerprinting. k. Fingerprinting.

(1) Two to four FBI personnel; in their absence, (1) Two to four FBI personnel; in their absence,

two to four MPs two to four guards

l. Camp Rules. l. Camp Rules.

(1) One linguist (1) One linguist

m.The Linguist OIC will control interpreters m.The Linguist OIC will control interpreters

stationed throughout the processing trailer. stationed throughout the processing trailer.

4-6. In-Processing Procedures 4-6. In-Processing Procedures

a. Prior to detainee arrival, prepare and stage the a. Prior to detainee arrival, prepare and stage the

following: following:

(1) Water coolers with ice water and cups for (1) Water coolers with ice water and cups for

MPs guards

(2) Water cooler with water (without ice) and (2) Water cooler with water (without ice) and

cups for detainees cups for detainees

(3) Several boxes of latex gloves for MPs (3) Several boxes of latex gloves for guards

(4) Hand sanitizer (4) Hand sanitizer

(5) Golf carts staged and fueled for transporting (5) Gators staged and fueled for transporting

detainees to blocks detainees to blocks

(6) Keys to all gates in both holding areas (6) Keys to all gates in both holding areas

(7) Raise blinds on North side of Delta block to (7) Raise blinds on North side of Delta block to

prevent detainees from seeing new arrivals prevent detainees from seeing new arrivals

(8) Station 4, stage detainee uniforms, and (8) Station 4, stage detainee uniforms, and

footwear footwear

(9) Shut down Camp Delta with no non-essential (9) Shut down Camp Delta with no non-essential

traffic in or out and movement of detainees. traffic in or out and movement of detainees.

b. Upon arrival, with the busses staged next to the b. Upon arrival, with the busses staged next to the

holding area, the JDOG S-3 representative on the lead holding area, the JDOG S-3 representative on the lead

bus will give the manifest with notes, medical records, bus will give the manifest with notes, medical records,

Air Force shackle keys and the disk with detainee Air Force shackle keys and the disk with detainee

information to the Processing NCOIC. Pass the information to the Processing NCOIC. Pass the

appropriate information to medical and processing appropriate information to medical and processing

personnel and give the Air Force shackle keys to the personnel and give the Air Force shackle keys to the

MP’s staffing station #5, Dressing & Shackle guards staffing station #5, Dressing & Shackle

Exchange. Exchange.

c. MPs form two lines from the bus to the holding c. MPs form two lines from the bus to the holding

area entrance. As the detainees are brought off the bus, area entrance. As the detainees are brought off the bus,

the first escort from both lines will escort the detainee the first escort from both lines will escort the detainee

through the sally port of the holding area. The NCOIC through the sally port of the holding area. The NCOIC

of the holding area will station himself at the sally port of the holding area will station himself at the sally port

and direct the placement of each detainee. NCOIC of and direct the placement of each detainee. NCOIC of

the holding area is responsible for placing the detainees the holding area is responsible for placing the detainees

in the sequence requested by the JIG. in the sequence requested by the JIG.

d. Detainee entrance into holding area. Take the d. Detainee entrance into holding area. Take the

skipping to change at line 1149 skipping to change at line 1188

masks in place after seating and securing all detainees. masks in place after seating and securing all detainees.

All detainees will be off the bus and seated prior to All detainees will be off the bus and seated prior to

processing beginning. processing beginning.

In the holding area, medics check the detainees for In the holding area, medics check the detainees for

distress and administer aid as necessary. If a detainee distress and administer aid as necessary. If a detainee

is in need of urgent medical care, he can be front- is in need of urgent medical care, he can be front-

loaded into the processing sequence or taken to the loaded into the processing sequence or taken to the

hospital where admin personnel will process him after hospital where admin personnel will process him after

processing all other detainees. processing all other detainees.

e. On direction from the Processing NCOIC, two e. On direction from the Processing NCOIC, two

MPs will escort in the first detainee to the processing guards will escort in the first detainee to the processing

trailer. trailer.

f. Any detainee requiring special treatment such as f. Any detainee requiring special treatment such as

going directly to the JIG will be frontloaded in the going directly to the JIG will be frontloaded in the

processing line. processing line.

4-7. MP Escort Responsibilities 4-7. MP Escort Responsibilities

a. A team of two MPs will escort each detainee a. A team of two guards will escort each detainee

through the entire processing line. On average, the through the entire processing line. On average, the

processing cycle will last three hours; there is no processing cycle will last three hours; there is no

provision for rest breaks during these evolutions. provision for rest breaks during these evolutions.

Escorts must be aware of this requirement. Escorts must be aware of this requirement.

b. Escorts will maintain four-point contact with b. Escorts will maintain four-point contact with

their detainee at all times unless directed to modify their detainee at all times unless directed to modify

their control by processing cadre. their control by processing cadre.

c. Escorts will assist processing cadre as directed at c. Escorts will assist processing cadre as directed at

each processing station. each processing station.

d. Escorts will ensure that the detainees ISN d. Escorts will ensure that the detainees ISN

skipping to change at line 1185 skipping to change at line 1224

escort team at the end of processing. escort team at the end of processing.

4-8. Clothing Removal Room (Station 1) 4-8. Clothing Removal Room (Station 1)

Detainee remains shackled while clothing is cut off and Detainee remains shackled while clothing is cut off and

disposed of. disposed of.

4-9. Shower (Station 2) 4-9. Shower (Station 2)

a. A Preventive Medicine Specialist will check a. A Preventive Medicine Specialist will check

detainee for lice, scabies, and open wounds that require detainee for lice, scabies, and open wounds that require

treatment. If no treatment is necessary, lower the treatment. If no treatment is necessary, lower the

goggles from face but stay around detainee neck and he goggles from face but stay around detainee neck and he

place the detainee in the shower for five minutes and place the detainee in the shower for five minutes and

scrubbed by MPs. scrubbed by guards.

b. If treatment is required, medics will apply b. If treatment is required, medics will apply

treatment while the next detainee in line showers. treatment while the next detainee in line showers.

4-10. Cavity Search (Station 3) 4-10. Cavity Search (Station 3)

a. A Physicians Assistant (PA) will give the detainee a. A Physicians Assistant (PA) will give the detainee

a quick exam, checks for scars, markings, and tattoos. a quick exam, checks for scars, markings, and tattoos.

If there are any, take a picture of the area for FBI If there are any, take a picture of the area for FBI

records. records.

b. PA performs a body cavity search. A linguist b. PA performs a body cavity search. A linguist

will be present to communicate the procedure. will be present to communicate the procedure.

4-11. Dressing/Shackle Exchange (Station 4) 4-11. Dressing/Shackle Exchange (Station 4)

a. Kneel the detainee down on the floor or chair; a. Kneel the detainee down on the floor or chair;

remove the Air Force leg irons and place them in the remove the Air Force leg irons and place them in the

storage box to go back to the Air Force storage box to go back to the Air Force

b. Place orange pants and leg shackles from three- b. Place orange pants and leg shackles from three-

piece suit on detainee. piece suit on detainee.

c. Remove hand irons and place in the storage box. c. Remove hand irons and place in the storage box.

d. Put the orange shirt on the detainee while the d. Put the orange shirt on the detainee while the

MPs have positive control of arms. guards have positive control of arms.

e. Place handcuffs from three-piece suit on e. Place handcuffs from three-piece suit on

detainee. detainee.

4-12. DNA Sample (Station 5) 4-12. DNA Sample (Station 5)

MP’s lower surgical mask from detainee, Naval Guards lower surgical mask from detainee, Naval

Criminal Investigation Service (NCIS) personnel have Criminal Investigation Service (NCIS) personnel have

detainee open mouth and obtain the DNA swab. detainee open mouth and obtain the DNA swab.

Replace the surgical mask. Replace the surgical mask.

4-13. Height and Weight (Station 6) 4-13. Heights and Weight (Station 6)

Using a standard scale and cloth tape measure taped to Using a standard scale and cloth tape measure taped to

the wall, measure the detainee and annotate the results the wall, measure the detainee and annotate the results

on the weight register and forward to DRS personnel on the weight register and forward to DRS personnel

for processing. for processing.

4-14. DRS In-Processing (Station 7) 4-14. DRS In-Processing (Station 7)

a. DRS clerks take personal information from a. DRS clerks take personal information from

detainee through interpreters. At a minimum, record detainee through interpreters. At a minimum, record

the following: the following:

(1) Capturing Country (1) Capturing Country

skipping to change at line 1235 skipping to change at line 1274

(5) Last Name (5) Last Name

(6) First Name (6) First Name

(7) Grade (7) Grade

(8) Nationality (8) Nationality

(9) Sex. (9) Sex.

b. JIG representatives may be present and ask b. JIG representatives may be present and ask

additional questions that the DRS processors will input additional questions that the DRS processors will input

under the Remarks field. under the Remarks field.

c. As time permits, gather additional information. c. As time permits, gather additional information.

4-15. ID Wristband/Dossier (Station 8) 4-15. ID Wristband/Dossier (Station 8)

a. Seat the detainee in front of the blue screen an a. Seat the detainee in front of the blue screen a

MP on each side. guard on each side.

b. Take a front picture. Hold the detainee in the b. Take a front picture. Hold the detainee in the

chair until confirmation of a good picture. chair until confirmation of a good picture.

c. Move the detainee to stand in front of the white c. Move the detainee to stand in front of the white

screen and take five pictures for the FBI’s image screen and take five pictures for the FBI’s image

recognition software. The five pictures are in terms of recognition software. The five pictures are in terms of

a clock: 0900, 1000, 1200, 1300, and 1500. a clock: 0900, 1000, 1200, 1300, and 1500.

d. Four detainee Dossiers are printed and distributed d. Four detainee Dossiers are printed and distributed

as follows: as follows:

(1) Used for detainee ID bracelet and ID card (1) Used for detainee ID bracelet and ID card

(2) In-processing detainee file (2) In-processing detainee file

skipping to change at line 1260 skipping to change at line 1299

front of white screen. Instruct the detainee that if he front of white screen. Instruct the detainee that if he

removes the ID bracelet he will not be fed until another removes the ID bracelet he will not be fed until another

is made for him is made for him

f. Escort handed the detainee ID card. f. Escort handed the detainee ID card.

g. Escort gives the ID card to block after placing the g. Escort gives the ID card to block after placing the

detainee in his cell. detainee in his cell.

4-16. Fingerprint (Station 9) 4-16. Fingerprint (Station 9)

FBI personnel operate the fingerprint station and use FBI personnel operate the fingerprint station and use

their automated system and manual system. This their automated system and manual system. This

station is required to have handcuff keys. In the event station is required to have handcuff keys. In the event

the FBI cannot send technicians, MPs will operate the the FBI cannot send technicians, guards will operate

station and use the manual fingerprint forms. the station and use the manual fingerprint forms.

4-17. Camp Rules (Station 10) 4-17. Camp Rules (Station 10)

a. Post the camp rules in four languages. a. Post the camp rules in four languages.

b. If detainee cannot read, provide a linguist to read b. If detainee cannot read, provide a linguist to read

the rules to him. the rules to him.

c. The goggles are removed and placed in the c. The goggles are removed and placed in the

collection can for return to the Air Force collection can for return to the Air Force

d. Escort the detainee through the medical section. d. Escort the detainee through the medical section.

4-18. Post Processing 4-18. Post Processing

a. Collect and turn over handcuffs, leg irons, a. Collect and turn over handcuffs, leg irons,

padlocks, and goggles to the JDOG S-3 Section for padlocks, and goggles to the JDOG S-3 Section for

return to the Air Force. return to the Air Force.

b. Processing trailer cleaned and sterilized b. Processing trailer cleaned and sterilized

4-19. Reporting 4-19. Reporting

a. After securing the detainees in the holding area, a a. After securing the detainees in the holding area, a

wheels down report is due to the NDRC. wheels down report is due to the NDRC.

b. After processing the last detainee, an Action b. After processing the last detainee, an Action

Closed Report is due to the NDRC, and perform an Closed Report is due to the NDRC along with an

upload, sending all new information to the NDRC. upload that will send all new information to the NDRC.

4-20. Behavior Management Plan 4-20. Behavior Management Plan

a. Phase One Behavior Management Plan (First a. Phase One Behavior Management Plan (First

thirty days or as directed by JIG). The purpose of the thirty days or as directed by JIG). The purpose of the

Behavior Management Plan is to enhance and exploit Behavior Management Plan is to enhance and exploit

the disorientation and disorganization felt by a newly the disorientation and disorganization felt by a newly

arrived detainee in the interrogation process. It arrived detainee in the interrogation process. It

concentrates on isolating the detainee and fostering concentrates on isolating the detainee and fostering

dependence of the detainee on his interrogator. During dependence of the detainee on his interrogator. During

the first two weeks at Camp Delta, classify the the first two weeks at Camp Delta, classify the

detainees as Level 5 and house in a Maximum Security detainees as Level 5 and house in a Special Housing

Unit (MSU) Block. During this time, the following Unit (SHU) Block. During this time, the following

conditions will apply: conditions will apply:

(1) Restricted contact: No ICRC or Chaplain (1) Restricted contact: No ICRC or Chaplain

contact contact

(2) No books or mail privileges (2) No books or mail privileges

(3) MREs for all meals. (3) MREs for all meals.

(4) Basic comfort items only: (4) Basic comfort items only:

(a) ISO Mat (a) ISO Mat

(b) One blanket (b) One blanket

(c) One towel (c) One towel

(d) Toothpaste/finger toothbrush (d) Toothpaste/finger toothbrush

(e) One Styrofoam cup (e) One Styrofoam cup

(f) Bar of soap (f) Bar of soap

(g) Camp Rules (g) Camp Rules

(h) No Koran, prayer beads, prayer cap. (h) Koran

(i) No Prayer beads or prayer cap.

(5) Mail writing and delivery will be at the (5) Mail writing and delivery will be at the

direction of the J-2. direction of the J-2.

b. Phase Two Behavior Management Plan. The b. Phase Two Behavior Management Plan. The

two-week period following Phase 1 will continue the two-week period following Phase 1 will continue the

process of isolating the detainee and fostering process of isolating the detainee and fostering

dependence on the interrogator. Until the JIG dependence on the interrogator. Until the JIG

Commander changes his classification, the detainee Commander changes his classification, the detainee

will remain a Level 5 with the following: will remain a Level 5 with the following:

(1) Continued MSU (1) Continued SHU

(2) Koran, prayer beads and prayer cap (2) Koran, prayer beads and prayer cap

distributed by interrogator distributed by interrogator

(3) Contacts decided by interrogator (3) Contacts decided by interrogator

(4) Interrogator decides when to move the (4) Interrogator decides when to move the

detainee to general population. detainee to general population.

Chapter 5 Chapter 5

Detention Facility Operations Detention Facility Operations

Section I –

5-1. Rules of Engagement (ROE) and Rules for the 5-1. Rules of Engagement (ROE) and Rules for the

Use of Force (RUF) Use of Force (RUF)

a. References. a. References.

(1) CJCSI 3121.01A ROE, DODD 5210.56 RUF, (1) CJCSI 3121.01A ROE, DODD 5210.56 RUF,

& USCINCSO SER ONE & USCINCSO SER ONE

(2) JTF-GTMO ROE/RUF 30 NOV 02 (2) JTF-GTMO ROE/RUF 30 NOV 02

b. The physical security of U.S. Forces & detainees b. The physical security of U.S. Forces & detainees

in U.S. care is paramount. Use the minimum force in U.S. care is paramount. Use the minimum force

necessary for mission accomplishment and force necessary for mission accomplishment and force

protection. protection.

skipping to change at line 1394 skipping to change at line 1435

fence) fence)

(7) NO WARNING SHOTS (7) NO WARNING SHOTS

(8) Fire to make the person(s) unable to continue (8) Fire to make the person(s) unable to continue

the behavior that prompted you to shoot. the behavior that prompted you to shoot.

(9) Fire with regard for the safety of innocent (9) Fire with regard for the safety of innocent

bystanders. bystanders.

(10) A holstered weapon should not be (10) A holstered weapon should not be

unholstered unless you expect to use it. unholstered unless you expect to use it.

(11) Report the use of force to your chain of (11) Report the use of force to your chain of

command. command.

5-2. Daily Reports 5-2. Oleoresin Capsicum (OC) Use

a. The CJDOG, DCJDOG, JDOG S3, CO, PL, or

SOG may authorize the use of OC pepper spray to

preclude the use of physical force by the IRF

Team/Escorts. This will be to control an unruly

detainee or detainees; to prevent the commission of a

serious offense involving violence and threatening

death or serious bodily harm; in self defense; to prevent

a detainee from escaping; or to extract an detainee(s)

involved in a riot or disturbance. Do not use OC to

respond to spitters, urinators, or water throwers.

b. Use the current issue Def Tech Mark 4 OC Spray.

Administer OC by aiming at the eyes, nose, and Mouth

when possible. Use a ½, to 1 second burst from a

distance of 36 to 72 inches away.

c. If control cannot be achieved after the first

application within 30 seconds, subsequent applications

of one-second bursts can be applied. It is not necessary

to spray just a single detainee as the spray can affect an

entire block if the situation requires it, and can be used

as a riot control agent.

d. The CO, PL, and SOG will carry OC. Certified

personnel will only use OC unless directed by the CO.

The sprayer will document all OC usage and the

incident will be reported to the CO, PL, and JDOG S-3

as soon as possible. When practical the following steps

should be followed prior to utilizing OC:

(1) In a loud clear voice command the detainee to

follow whatever directive was given, when possible

have an interpreter present.

(2) Allow the detainee time to comply.

(3) Warn by standers and guards prior to OC use

using a brevity code word or phrase.

(4) Once the situation has been declared under

control, the detainee will be checked by medical

personnel and decontaminated by at a minimum having

medical personnel flush their eyes out with water.

(5) Have medical personnel again check the

detainee for health problems.

(6) Once cleared, the detainee should be

monitored for two hours after contamination.

(7) An IR or SIR will be completed after each

spray.

(8) Documentation of all OC Sprays, IRF actions

and the decontamination process will be done by video

and written reports.

(9) Once the canister of OC is half-empty, it will

be exchanged for a new full canister.

e. Decontamination of individuals who are suffering

either primary or secondary effects is taken care by

flushing the face area with water from a hose. Juliet

block and November block also have decontamination

stations that can be used. When decontaminant is

available, the following procedure will be used:

(1) Spray the decontaminant on the affected area

with the hairline included in this so it can trap the OC.

Do not rub or spray directly into the eyes or mouth.

You will see it start to drip and change color as it lifts

off the OC.

(2) Use the nose to bisect the face. Blot out from

the bridge of the nose toward the ears. Do not rub, as

this will exfoliate the skin. Use soft absorbent paper

towels. This will speed up the process.

(3) Flush the eyes with running cool water after

cleansing the affected area. If possible, blink the eyes

under running water to flush them clean. It may be

necessary to do this mechanically using your fingers on

lids to open the eyes. Make sure you get the entire area

that’s been affected, to avoid recontamination. All you

need to do is to get a drop back in the eye to be at

square one.

(4) If available, use baby shampoo and rinse with

cool water to finish off. Repeat steps 1, 2, and 3 as

needed.

(5) It takes time for the inflammation to subside.

Do not use salves, oils or creams as they may trap the

OC against the skin.

(6) For inhalation effects, move out of the area;

blow your nose and face into the wind. Symptoms will

stop in a few minutes.

Section II –

5-3. Daily Reports

a. Use an incident report when an incident occurs a. Use an incident report when an incident occurs

that is not documented by the detainee Discipline or that is not documented by the detainee Discipline or

Serious Incident Report. Serious Incident Report.

b. Anyone who finds evidence or contraband will b. Anyone who finds evidence or contraband will

complete a DA 4137 Evidence/Property Custody complete a DA 4137 Evidence/Property Custody

Document to document the chain of custody and turn in Document to document the chain of custody and turn in

of evidence or contraband seized at Camp Delta. The of evidence or contraband seized at Camp Delta. The

DA 4137 and evidence/contraband will be turned in to DA 4137 and evidence/contraband will be turned in to

the Military Police Investigations (MPI) section. The the Military Police Investigations (MPI) section. The

MPI section will determine if the items are evidence or MPI section will determine if the items are evidence or

skipping to change at line 1422 skipping to change at line 1545

potential evidence include but are not limited to: potential evidence include but are not limited to:

(1) Evidence classified as “dangerous (1) Evidence classified as “dangerous

contraband” contraband”

(2) Videotape of IRF movements or disturbances (2) Videotape of IRF movements or disturbances

(3) Evidence seized from a suicide attempt. (3) Evidence seized from a suicide attempt.

Examples of potential contraband include but are not Examples of potential contraband include but are not

limited to: limited to:

(1) Drawings (1) Drawings

(2) Modified items of linen (2) Modified items of linen

(3) Writing on cups. (3) Writing on cups.

To be disciplined for non-dangerous contraband, the

contraband must be concealed in a manner which a

guard standing outside the cell can’t see the object.

c. DD Form 508 Report Of/Or Recommendation for c. DD Form 508 Report Of/Or Recommendation for

Disciplinary Action is used to recommend and Disciplinary Action is used to recommend and

document disciplinary actions taken against a detainee document disciplinary actions taken against a detainee

for violations of the rules. The PL will sign his name for violations of the rules. The PL will sign his name

in the Confinement Officer block. The JDOG S-3 will in the Confinement Officer block. The JDOG S-3 will

sign as the Confinement Officer. sign as the Confinement Officer.

d. The MP who is reporting the incident will d. The guard who is reporting the incident will

complete the DA Form 2823 Sworn Statement. If that complete the DA Form 2823 Sworn Statement. If that

MP is not available, the SOG will complete the Sworn guard is not available, the SOG will complete the

Sworn Statement and include the reason for the guard

Statement and include the reason for the guard not not completing it in the witness statement.

completing it in the witness statement.

e. GTMO Form 509-1 Inspection Record Of e. GTMO Form 509-1 Inspection Record Of

Prisoner In Segregation will be utilized to document Prisoner In Segregation will be utilized to document

welfare checks of detainees who are in a MSU cell. welfare checks of detainees who are in a SHU cell.

Conduct checks every 10 minutes and document on Conduct checks every 10 minutes and document on

GTMO Form 509-1. GTMO Form 509-1.

f. Use the Guard Shift Manning Roster to assign f. Use the Guard Shift Manning Roster to assign

guards to duty positions. guards to duty positions.

g. Detainee Tracking Log is used to track detainee g. Detainee Tracking Log is used to track detainee

refusals (chow, recreation, showers, etc) and travels refusals (chow, exercise, showers, etc) and travels with

with the detainee when he makes a permanent move. the detainee when he makes a permanent move.

Detainee Discipline Logs are used to track detainee h. Detainee Discipline Logs are used to track

discipline infractions and document this on the detainee discipline infractions and document this on the

discipline log. The block discipline log travels with the discipline log. The block discipline log travels with the

detainee when he makes a permanent move. detainee when he makes a permanent move.

Headcount Form is used to document results of i. Headcount Form is used to document results of

headcounts. headcounts.

h. Supply Request Form is used to request supplies j. Supply Request Form is used to request supplies

from JDOG S-4. It will be picked up each day. from JDOG S-4 or the supply room. It will be picked

i. Significant Activities Sheet is used to track up each shift by the SOG if coming from the blocks or

sally ports and turned in to the supply room. The DOC

will turn theirs into the supply room.

k. Significant Activities Sheet is used to track

significant activities in blocks for JDOG S-2. JDOG S- significant activities in blocks for JDOG S-2. JDOG S-

2 picks it up each day. 2 picks it up each day.

j. MSU Block Log is used for tracking placement l. SHU Block Log is used for tracking placement of

of detainees in Maximum Security Units. detainees in Special Housing Units.

k. ID Band or Card Request is used to request new m.ID Band or Card Request is used to request new

ID bands or Cards from medical processing. The DOC ID bands or Cards from medical processing. The DOC

admin NCO will furnish it to JDOG S-1. admin NCO will furnish it to JDOG S-1.

l. Movement Log is used to record all permanent n. Movement Log is used to record all permanent

movements of detainees. movements of detainees.

m.ICRC Tracking Sheet is a tracking sheet for o. ICRC Tracking Sheet is a tracking sheet for

ICRC escorts. ICRC escorts.

n. Medical Escort Tracking Sheet is used for p. Medical Escort Tracking Sheet is used for

tracking Medical escorts. tracking Medical escorts.

o. Reservation Tracking Sheet is used to track JIIF q. Reservation Tracking Sheet is used to track JIIF

escorts. escorts.

p. Detainee Medical Request is used to pass on r. Detainee Medical Request is used to pass on

detainee non-urgent or emergency medical requests to detainee non-urgent or emergency medical requests to

Medical. Medical.

q. DA 1594 Daily Staff Journal or Duty Officer’s s. DA 1594 Daily Staff Journal or Duty Officer’s

Log will be used by each shift to document daily Log will be used by each shift to document daily

activity. The journal will at a minimum document activity. The journal will at a minimum document

chow arrival times, headcount times and results, prayer chow arrival times, headcount times and results, prayer

call times, detainee requests to see JTF-GTMO, call times, detainee requests to see JTF-GTMO,

detainee movements and other significant operational detainee movements and other significant operational

activities. activities.

r.Visitor’s Logbook will contain the following t. Visitor’s Logbook will contain the following

information information

(1) Name (1) Name

(2) Rank of visitor (2) Rank of visitor

(3) Organization (3) Organization

(4) Escort Name (4) Escort Name

(5) Rank and Organization (5) Rank and Organization

(6) Date/Time In (6) Date/Time In

(7) Date/Time Out (7) Date/Time Out

(8) ID of Block Guard entering data. (8) ID of guard entering data.

s. Serious Incident Report (SIR) is used to report u. Serious Incident Report (SIR) is used to report

serious incidents or disturbances. serious incidents or disturbances.

t. DA 3997 Military Police Desk Blotter will be v. DA 3997 Military Police Desk Blotter will be

used in the DOC to track daily activity in the camp. At used in the DOC to track daily activity in the camp. At

a minimum, it will be used to track detainees at the a minimum, it will be used to track detainees at the

hospital, JIIF escorts, everything that happens in the hospital, JIIF escorts, everything that happens in the

camp including contractor activities. camp including contractor activities.

t. The CO will use the Company Commander w. The CO will use the Company Commander

Checklist to perform checks during the shift. Checklist to perform checks during the shift.

u. The CO will complete the End of Shift AAR at x. The CO will complete the End of Shift AAR at

the end of every shift. the end of every shift.

v. CD-S319, Observation of Self-Injurious Behavior y. CD-S319, Observation of Self-Injurious Behavior

Form; will be used to record observations of detainees Form; will be used to record observations of detainees

on self-harm watch. Document the activity of the on self-harm watch. Document the activity of the

detainee every 15 minutes on this form. detainee every 15 minutes on this form.

5-3. Camp Rules Each detainee will be given the 5-5. Incident Reports (IR)

opportunity to read the Camp Rules in their native

language. The current Camp Rules are at Figure 5-1.

5-4. Incident Reports (IR)

a. An IR will be used when an incident occurs that a. An IR will be used when an incident occurs that

is not documented via DD Form 508 or Serious is not documented via DD Form 508 or Serious

Incident Report (SIR) documentation. Required format Incident Report (SIR) documentation. Required format

for IR is at Figure 5-2. IR control numbers will be for IR is at Figure 5-2. Detention Services Branch will

assigned by Detention Services Branch. Examples of assign IR control numbers. Examples of incidents

incidents requiring incident reports include, but are not requiring incident reports include, but are not limited

limited to: to:

(1) Lost Key reporting. (1) Lost Key reporting.

(2) Occupational accident (2) Occupational accident

(3) To document an incident that requires more (3) To document an incident that requires more

documentation than a log entry or daily journal entry. documentation than a log entry or daily journal entry.

(Example- large disturbance with no discipline (Example- large disturbance with no discipline

measure taken to provide documentation.) measure taken to provide documentation.)

b. Incident Reports will be completed and turned in b. Incident Reports will be completed and turned in

by end of shift with the supporting paperwork by the by end of shift with the supporting paperwork by the

CO. CO.

c. Incident Reports will be briefed at CO Change of c. Incident Reports will be briefed at CO Change of

Shift brief. Shift brief.

5-5. SPOT Reports (SPOTREP) 5-6. SPOT Reports (SPOTREP)

a. A SPOTREP will be completed and sent to the a. A SPOTREP will be completed and sent to the

JOC Watch Officer (cc to designated individuals) JOC Watch Officer (cc to designated individuals)

within 30 minutes of end of incident listed on the within 30 minutes of end of incident listed on the

notification matrix. Required format for the SPOTREP notification matrix. Required format for the SPOTREP

is at Figure 5-3. is at Figure 5-3.

b. A SPOTREP will be sent to JDOG S3 for any b. A SPOTREP will be sent to JDOG S3 for any

contraband found in a detainee area such as a cell or contraband found in a detainee area such as a cell or

shower. shower.

A follow-up SPOTREP with additional detail will be A follow-up SPOTREP with additional detail will be

sent up within 2 hours if necessary. sent up within 2 hours if necessary.

d. The method of transmission will be as follows: d. The method of transmission will be as follows:

(1) Priority Means is SIPRNET e-mail (1) Priority Means is SIPRNET e-mail

(2) Secondary Means is Secure Telephone Unit (2) Secondary Means is Secure Telephone Unit

(STU) (STU)

(3) Tertiary Means is Runner/courier. (3) Tertiary Means is Runner/courier.

5-7. Serious Incident Reports (SIR)

5-6. Serious Incident Reports (SIR)

a. The Serious Incident Report (SIR) will be used a. The Serious Incident Report (SIR) will be used

for an incident that requires the use of force such as a for an incident that requires the use of force such as a

cell extraction using the IRF Team. A SIR should also cell extraction using the IRF Team. A SIR should also

be used on any incident that is classified as an attempt be used on any incident that is classified as an attempt

self harm by a detainee, especially when it will be as self harm by a detainee, especially when it will be as

justification for taking some type of action against the justification for taking some type of action against the

detainee (move to MSU, removing items he could kill detainee (move to SHU, removing items he could kill

himself with, etc.) himself with, etc.)

b. The CO will complete the SIR, using the format b. The CO will complete the SIR, using the format

at Figure 5-4. Once it is completed, forward the SIR to at Figure 5-4. Once it is completed, forward the SIR to

JDOG S3. It will then be forwarded to JDOG and JTF- JDOG S3. It will then be forwarded to JDOG and JTF-

GTMO. Utilize the floppy disk in the DOC to save the GTMO. Utilize the floppy disk in the DOC to save the

SIR by date. Do not save over the template. A SIR by date. Do not save over the template. A

template for the SIR is saved on a disk located in the template for the SIR is saved on a disk located in the

DOC, titled “SIR”. Double click on the file and it will DOC, titled “SIR”. Double click on the file and it will

open up to a template. Tab from gray box to gray box, open up to a template. Tab from gray box to gray box,

filling in the required information. In the “Summary of filling in the required information. In the “Summary of

Incident” are, include who, what, when, where, why, Incident” are, include who, what, when, where, why,

and how information. and how information.

5-7. Discipline Records 5-8. Discipline Records

a. In addition to Daily Staff Journal and Pass on a. In addition to Daily Staff Journal and Pass on

Book entries, DA Form 2823 and DD Form 508 are the Book entries, DA Form 2823 and DD Form 508 are the

forms used to recommend and document disciplinary forms used to recommend and document disciplinary

actions taken against a detainee for violations of the actions taken against a detainee for violations of the

rules. The forms will be used to document any rules. The forms will be used to document any

instances in which a detainee is disciplined. instances in which a detainee is disciplined.

b. A copy of DD Form 508 will be kept at the DOC. b. A copy of DD Form 508 will be kept at the DOC.

Another copy will be placed in the detainee Alpha Another copy will be placed in the detainee Alpha

Roster Binder, which is kept on the block of that Roster Binder, which is kept on the block of that

particular detainee. particular detainee.

5-8. Guard Mount Section III –

a. SOGs will arrive 45 minutes prior to shift change 5-9. Guard Mount

to speak with the off going SOG on any relevant a. SOGs will arrive 1 hour prior to shift change to

speak with the off going SOG on any relevant

information relating to the shift. information relating to the shift.

b. Guard Mount will be conducted 30 minutes prior b. Guard Mount will be conducted 30 minutes prior

to shift change. The oncoming SOGs will be to shift change. The oncoming SOGs will be

responsible for holding Guard Mount for their responsible for holding Guard Mount for their

prospective camp. prospective camp.

c. SOGs should ensure that all personnel know and c. Companies that are coming on duty must arrive

45 minutes prior to start of the shift. The SOG for each

camp will bring 1 additional soldier from their

respective unit over and above the required amount of

soldiers to run the shift.

d. The SOG will conduct Guard Mount with the

following:

(1) Open ranks uniform and equipment

inspection.

(2) Brief the troops on any changes to policy and

procedures and any information relevant to the

performance of their duties.

(3) Ensure that all personnel know and

understand where they are going to be working and understand where they are going to be working and

what they will be doing. what they will be doing.

d. During the Guard Mount formation, the soldiers (4) Brief the Initial Reaction Force (IRF)

will receive any specific changes relating to their shift. activation word and the Visual Duress Sign of the day

e. The Immediate Reaction Force (IRF) word of the for both the primary and alternate teams.

day will also be put out during guard mount both the e. Upon completion of Guard Mount, SOG will

primary and alternate teams. announce the name of the soldier who performed the

5-9. Change of Shift Procedures best during Guard Mount, have the soldier come up in

front of the formation and then release the soldier for

the rest of the day.

f. Upon completing paragraph 5-8e above, the SOG

will then supply the extra soldier that was brought with

the company and place him/her in the position vacated

by the “SUPERNUMERY” that was given the day off.

5-10. Change of Shift Procedures

a. Duty position relief will be conducted by relief-in a. Duty position relief will be conducted by relief-in

place. It is imperative that outgoing personnel remain place. It is imperative that outgoing personnel remain

at their position until relieved by incoming personnel. at their position until relieved by incoming personnel.

This insures that no detainees or posts are ever left This insures that no detainees or posts are ever left

unmonitored. unmonitored.

b. Oncoming SOGs will ensure that manning rosters b. Oncoming SOGs will ensure that manning rosters

are filled out and that personnel are accounted for are filled out and that personnel are accounted for

during the guard mount formation. The SOG will also during the guard mount formation. The SOG will also

speak with the outgoing SOG on any relevant issues speak with the outgoing SOG on any relevant issues

that may have or will occur during the past or present that may have or will occur during the past or present

skipping to change at line 1640 skipping to change at line 1786

back in or signed out items. If there are any back in or signed out items. If there are any

discrepancies, the SOG will correct the problem. Once discrepancies, the SOG will correct the problem. Once

all on-coming personnel sign for items and relieve all all on-coming personnel sign for items and relieve all

positions, the on-coming SOG will then relieve the off- positions, the on-coming SOG will then relieve the off-

going SOG. Once the off-going SOG has been going SOG. Once the off-going SOG has been

relieved, he/she will then release all other off-going relieved, he/she will then release all other off-going

personnel. The DOC RTO will begin duty log and will personnel. The DOC RTO will begin duty log and will

conduct radio checks with all positions. Once the radio conduct radio checks with all positions. Once the radio

checks are complete, the Admin NCO will notify the checks are complete, the Admin NCO will notify the

PL. PL.

5-10. Oleoresin Capsicum (OC) Use 5-11. Equipment Chit System

a. The CJDOG, DCJDOG, JDOG S3, CO, PL, or a. Each post that has equipment will have a

SOG may authorize the use of OC pepper spray to corresponding chit, a wooden block with the identity of

preclude the use of physical force by the IRF the post.

Team/Escorts. This will be to control an unruly b. Since all equipment is now located at the blocks,

detainee or detainees; to prevent the commission of a the chit will be given to the oncoming shift personnel

serious offense involving violence and threatening for each post.

death or serious bodily harm; in self defense; to prevent c. The oncoming post personnel, upon arrival at

their post, will inventory all equipment in addition to

all other change of shift activities.

a detainee from escaping; or to extract an detainee(s) d. If all items are fully accounted for, the on-coming

involved in a riot or disturbance. Do not use OC to shift individual will give the off-going shift personnel

respond to spitters or urinators. the chit.

b. Use the current issue Def Tech Mark 4 OC Spray. e. If all items are not accounted for, the off-going

Administer OC by aiming at the eyes, nose, and Mouth shift personnel will be responsible for locating the

when possible. Use a ½, to 1 second burst from a items or will have statement of charges prepared to

distance of 36 to 72 inches away. replace the missing property item. The only way an

c. If control cannot be achieved after the first item may be accounted for is the following:

application within 30 seconds, subsequent applications (1) The item is physically present at the location

of one-second bursts can be applied. It is not necessary (2) There is a DA 2062 for the turn-in of an

to spray just a single detainee as the spray can affect an inoperable item.

entire block if the situation requires it, and can be used f. Once all chits are turned in to the off-going PL,

as a riot control agent. he knows all positions have conducted a change of

d. The CO, PL, and SOG will carry OC. Certified shift. If a chit is missing, the identity of the missing

personnel will only use OC unless directed by the CO. chit will identify to the PL where any change of shift

The sprayer will document all OC usage and the problems are occurring.

incident will be reported to the CO, PL, and JDOG S-3 g. If there is a location where a problem is

as soon as possible. When practical the following steps occurring, the PL or the SOG will go to the location in

should be followed prior to utilizing OC: the attempt to resolve the issue.

(1) In a loud clear voice command the detainee to h. The following positions will have a chit for shift

follow whatever directive was given, when possible change:

have an interpreter present. (1) Blocks

(2) Allow the detainee time to comply. (2) Sally ports

(3) Warn by standers and Block Guard s prior to (3) SOGs

OC use using a brevity code word or phrase. (4) PLs.

(4) Once the situation has been declared under i. Camp 4, Camp Echo, Delta Block, Camp Iguana,

control, the detainee will be checked by medical DOC, and EC will also have a chit for their locations.

personnel and decontaminated by at a minimum having j. It is the NCO or senior person at the post

medical personnel flush their eyes out with water. responsibility to ensure all property that is assigned to

(5) Have medical personnel again check the that post remains at the post. No property may leave

detainee for health problems. without the proper paperwork. The senior person

(6) Once cleared, the detainee should be assigned to the post with missing items will be held

monitored for two hours after contamination. accountable for any missing undocumented items.

(7) An IR or SIR will be completed after each k. Off-going personnel may not leave their post

spray. until the chit is turned over by on-coming personnel.

(8) Documentation of all OC Sprays, IRF actions Section IV –

and the decontamination process will be done by video 5-12. DOC Operations

and written reports. a. The PL and SOGs are responsible for ensuring

(9) Once the canister of OC is half-empty, it will the completeness and accuracy of all paperwork

be exchanged for a new full canister. submitted to the DOC. Either the SOG or PL shall not

5-11. Public Address System give the DOC any paperwork from the block that has

not been reviewed.

b. The DOC is responsible for ensuring the tracking

board is properly updated in a timely manner.

c. The DOC is responsible for ensuring automated

data systems are updated accurately and completely in

a timely manner. DOC crews need to correct their own

mistakes when found.

d. The midnight DOC crew will finish all work that

is started on day shift and unable to complete due to

activity on day shift.

e. It is day shift’s responsibility to list any work that

is to be completed by midnight shift on the board, brief

the PL and/or CO along with midnight shift during

shift change.

f. DOC shift change will occur at a minimum of 30

minutes prior to the shift change time. On-coming and

outgoing crews will stay in the DOC until changeover

is complete.

g. A headcount will be conducted at the start of

each guard shift. The DOC will then call for an

additional three randomly timed headcounts throughout

the guard shift. The most amount of time between

headcounts can be three hours.

h. DOC will update R&U with a list of inoperable

cells and reason why NLT 1200 hrs each day.

5-13. Public Address System

a. The Public Address system is to be used to play a. The Public Address system is to be used to play

the call to prayer to all blocks and for emergency uses the call to prayer to all blocks and for emergency uses

only. The emergency status is to be determined by the only. The emergency status is to be determined by the

CO, SOG, PL, or JDOG S-3. CO, SOG, PL, or JDOG S-3.

b. Before any announcement to the detainees is b. Before any announcement to the detainees is

made, the script to be read must be submitted to JDOG made, the script to be read must be submitted to JDOG

for approval. for approval.

5-12. Radio Discipline 5-14. Radio Discipline

a. All soldiers who are issued radios will use a. All soldiers who are issued radios will use

“Common Language” on the radio net. All radio traffic “Common Language” on the radio net. All radio traffic

broadcast will be in a calm clear voice. All non- broadcast will be in a calm clear voice. All non-

emergency transmissions will wait until the net is clear, emergency transmissions will wait until the net is clear,

prior to broadcasting. All transmissions will be prior to broadcasting. All transmissions will be

professional and respectful. No sarcastic or insulting professional and respectful. No sarcastic or insulting

language or sounds will be broadcast. language or sounds will be broadcast.

b. In the event of an emergency a predetermined b. In the event of an emergency a predetermined

code word will be broadcast, the DOC will repeat this code word will be broadcast, the DOC will repeat this

code word, and this will clear all traffic from the net. code word, and this will clear all traffic from the net.

Only the DOC and the unit sending the transmission Only the DOC and the unit sending the transmission

will broadcast. The DOC will rebroadcast any will broadcast. The DOC will rebroadcast any

information, to include dispatching any needed information, to include dispatching any needed

personnel. All non-essential radio traffic either will personnel. All non-essential radio traffic either will

hold or will be sent via a landline. hold or will be sent via a landline.

c. After the emergency has passed, the DOC will c. After the emergency has passed, the DOC will

broadcast the “All Clear” and normal radio traffic will broadcast the “All Clear” and normal radio traffic will

continue. continue.

d. Only English will be used at any time, on the Net. d. Only English will be used at any time, on the Net.

e. It is up to the Soldier issued the radio to monitor e. It is up to the soldier issued the radio to monitor

the radio at all times, it will be the responsibility of that the radio at all times, it will be the responsibility of that

individual to use the radio correctly. individual to use the radio correctly.

5-13. Equipment Chit System f. When giving medical problems over the radio,

a. All equipment signed out by a Block Guard state the symptoms unless a qualified medical person

/Block NCO will use a chit system where an ID card gives you the diagnosis.

will be used for entry into the site, that card will then 5-15. Building Maintenance

be exchanged for the signed out items. In the case of a. The DOC midnight crew is responsible to ensure

multiple items, i.e. keys, radio, shackles, nail clipper, the DOC is cleaned daily. Escort Control will task

all will be listed on a sign out roster, and the ID is left. escort teams to do the following tasks:

The sign-out/chit will be checked prior to end of shift. (1) Empty all trash cans in the building and

b. The ID will be checked prior to entry and exit of replace the garbage bags.

site. (2) Sweep and mop the hallways, bathrooms, and

5-14. Evidence and Contraband Procedures kitchen.

b. The DOC will request all building supplies

through the Detention Services Branch required for the

DOC that are not already stocked in the supply room.

c. The DOC will submit all work orders for the

building.

d. Camp 2 SOG and PL are responsible for the

cleanliness of the room 7 in building 7.

e. Camp 4 SOG is responsible for the cleanliness of

the Camp 4 administration office and the Tower

Operations Center.

5-16. Video Camera Operations

a. At the beginning of the shift, the designate

camera operator in the DOC will check the following

items:

(1) Ensure all equipment is readily available and

where it is located.

(2) Check to ensure the camera battery is

recharging.

(3) Check the amount of battery time.

(4) Check for at least two blank DVD-Rs / tapes.

(5) Check DVD / tape in the camera as to

whether it contains training IRFs or actual IRFs.

(6) Check to ensure training IRF DVDs / tapes

are marked as training.

b. Prior to leaving the DOC to tape an incident, the

operator will perform the following actions:

(1) Check the battery charge level. If less than 30

minutes, take the power cord in addition to the camera

so it can be plugged in at the location.

(2) Take two blank DVDs or tapes

(3) Check to see that a non-training DVD / tape is

in the camera.

(4) If the event will be in an environment with

water that could damage the camera, take the clear

watertight box to protect the camera.

(5) If the event is not an IRF, verify who to

report to and where to report.

c. When reporting to the scene, the camera operator

is part of the team. The video shot by the camera

operator is record an unbiased view of the incident for

others to review. These others can give you guidance

as to specific items to record on video. These other

individuals could include the following:

(1) JDOG Staff

(2) CO

(3) PL

(4) SOG

(5) Military Police Investigator, Forensic

personnel

(6) Guards

(7) Fire Dept

(8) Medics

(9) Interpreters.

d. If forensic personnel are in attendance, report to

their senior officer and follow his directions at all

times. If they are on their way, wait for their arrival

unless common sense and circumstances dictate earlier

action.

e. Unless the scene is still being created, e.g. fire

burning, offense still in progress, etc. Do not just take

out camera and start shooting. Instead stop and think

about what you’re going to do. Get a good and

accurate concept of the scene and its history such as

how did the scene or crime unfold, what are its

boundaries, why is the detainee out of his cell, is there

more than one detainee involved, etc.

f. Make written notes in an official notebook

showing:

(1) Time & date of arrival.

(2) Location details.

(3) Victim details (name, etc.)

(4) Names of other team members.

(5) Times of new events.

(6) Brief details of these events.

g. Plan how you will record your evidence, using a

systematic approach.

(1) Is it safe to enter scene - is it booby trapped,

etc. etc.?

(2) Am I appropriately dressed - Kevlar, BDUs,

boots, glove, etc.?

(3) Which way in (and out) - liaise with O.I.C.

Forensic?

(4) Always use the agreed safety route into and

out of the scene.

h. At the scene, watch for and take care not to

disturb:

(1) Shoe impressions

(2) Blood

(3) Fibers

(4) Fingerprints

(5) Clothing

(6) Bedding

(7) Debris

(8) Objects with potential evidential value.

i. Do not be sidetracked into other tasks by

investigators without first consulting with the OIC of

the scene. Unless urgent, finish off your systematic

evidence gathering run before being diverted to other

tasks. This includes the note taking process.

j. The following are some camera techniques to

use:

(1) Check lighting, is it daylight, artificial or a

mixture?

(2) Should the scene be lit - if so how?

(3) Every shot is important - shoot it as if it is the

most important of the series.

(4) Take your time and plan your pan, don't chase

focus or the subject.

(5) Don't scrub the scene by panning side to side

or up and down. One clean sweep is much more

professional.

(6) Before zooming to close up during a take,

zoom, focus and pull back first and then do the take.

This will avoid the awful spectacle of zooming out of

focus.

(7) Always take an exterior General View (GV)

or 'establisher' shot of the block, building, exercise

yard, etc. This will leave no doubt as to where the

scene is located.

(8) Before or after showing a Big Close Up of an

object, do a long shot or mid shot of it to establish its

location in relation to other parts of the scene.

(9) When covering a long narrow section of a

scene such as a hallway or the walkway of a tier,

consider a slow zoom from a single location and

pulling focus if necessary; rather than clumsily walking

along it (Dolly Shot) with the inevitable, disconcerting

sway and judder.

(10) If perspective has to change (i.e. you have to

see behind objects or demonstrate their separation from

each other), then use of a "Dolly Shot" may be

unavoidable. In this case use the lens at its widest

possible angle (to minimize sway and judder) and

move as smoothly as possible. Again plan your shot -

route - focusing points - etc., before moving off.

(11) In small rooms or spaces (toilets, bathrooms,

caves, etc.) use of a high camera angle from a corner

will give the maximum coverage of the area.

(12) High camera angles are also useful when

separation of objects on similar plains is required.

(13) Aim for quality, not quantity! A lot of

ground can be covered with a few well-planned shots.

Unnecessarily repeating or prolonging shots will only

bore or confuse, and won't enhance the evidential value

of the video.

(14) Think like an editor as you shoot! Let

technique master technology; don't let technology

become your master. The best equipment in the world

will never replace creativity and reasoning.

5-16a. Combat Camera

a. Combat Camera will have full access to all Camp

Delta facilities, both inside and outside the wire.

b. Combat Camera personnel do not require any

type of escort.

c. Combat Camera will be allowed to bring their

photography equipment into the wire and to any

location that their mission requires them to be at.

d. Combat Camera can photograph Camp Delta and

related facilities from outside of the wire.

Section V –

5-17. Evidence and Contraband Procedures

a. Evidence is items taken after an actual injury or a. Evidence is items taken after an actual injury or

death. Contraband is items taken during searches that death. Contraband is items taken during searches that

have not led to injury or death. have not led to injury or death.

b. All evidence and contraband that is acquired be b. All evidence and contraband that is acquired be

logged on a DA Form 4137 IAW AR 195-5. Entries logged on a DA Form 4137 IAW AR 195-5. Entries

should be typed or printed legibly in black ink. The should be typed or printed legibly in black ink. The

original copy goes to the Evidence Custodian (EC). original copy goes to the Evidence Custodian (EC).

Complete the administrative section of the custody Complete the administrative section of the custody

document, stating clearly how the evidence was document, stating clearly how the evidence was

obtained. In the Description of Articles section, obtained. In the Description of Articles section,

skipping to change at line 1772 skipping to change at line 2108

appropriate copies. The importance of keeping appropriate copies. The importance of keeping

accurate and complete custody documents cannot be accurate and complete custody documents cannot be

overemphasized. overemphasized.

e. Anything that is NOT an issue item to a detainee e. Anything that is NOT an issue item to a detainee

is to be considered contraband and will be collected is to be considered contraband and will be collected

along with any item that is on the prohibited items list along with any item that is on the prohibited items list

contained in section 1-8g. All collected items will be contained in section 1-8g. All collected items will be

turned into the Evidence Custodian along with a sworn turned into the Evidence Custodian along with a sworn

statement about the discovery of the item(s). statement about the discovery of the item(s).

f. In the event of an incident involving death, f. In the event of an incident involving death,

serious bodily harm, and rape of any person inside serious bodily harm, rape of any person, or crime

camp delta including detainees. The Military Police inside Camp Delta including detainees. The guards

working in the facility will notify the CO immediately working in the facility will notify the CO immediately

after the situation is controlled. after the situation is controlled.

g. It is the responsibility of the CO to notify the g. It is the responsibility of the CO to notify the

JDOG S-3 of the incident JDOG S-3 of the incident

h. The JDOG will dispatch an appointed, school h. The JDOG will dispatch an appointed, school

trained, MPI to the scene. It is the responsibility of the trained, MPI to the scene. It is the responsibility of the

MPI to secure the scene upon arrival. The MPI will MPI to secure the scene upon arrival. The MPI will

ensure that the crime scene and the evidence is neither ensure that the crime scene and the evidence is neither

contaminated nor destroyed, IAW AR 195-5, AR 190- contaminated nor destroyed, IAW AR 195-5, AR 190-

30, and AR 195-2. The JDOG will immediately notify 30, and AR 195-2. The JDOG will immediately notify

skipping to change at line 1813 skipping to change at line 2150

material, it will be turned back over to the Evidence material, it will be turned back over to the Evidence

Custodian. Custodian.

o. Photograph and turn in all damaged self-harm o. Photograph and turn in all damaged self-harm

blankets and smocks to the JDOG S4 except when the blankets and smocks to the JDOG S4 except when the

item was used in a suicide or near-suicide. item was used in a suicide or near-suicide.

p. The Evidence Custodian will forward a copy of p. The Evidence Custodian will forward a copy of

the DA 4137 to the JDOG S4 for all semi-durable the DA 4137 to the JDOG S4 for all semi-durable

goods that are confiscated for evidence. All damaged goods that are confiscated for evidence. All damaged

items that are not evidence will be sent to the JDOG S4 items that are not evidence will be sent to the JDOG S4

for disposition. for disposition.

5-15. Investigations q. Any ISO mat that is no longer needed for MPI

incidents and is dirty, will be rolled up, placed inside a

garbage bag and then placed in the dirty laundry bin for

Camp 2.

5-18. Investigations

a. When warranted, the MPI will investigate any a. When warranted, the MPI will investigate any

alleged incident of misconduct inside Camp Delta. alleged incident of misconduct inside Camp Delta.

b. After the investigation is completed, the MPI will b. After the investigation is completed, the MPI will

review the evidence and all other investigation related review the evidence and all other investigation related

material with the Staff Judge Advocate (SJA). material with the Staff Judge Advocate (SJA).

c. If the results of the investigation are determined c. If the results of the investigation are determined

to be unfounded by the MPI, the investigation material to be unfounded by the MPI, the investigation material

will be returned to the JDOG S3 to be filed will be returned to the JDOG S3 to be filed

appropriately. appropriately.

d. If the results of the investigation are determined d. Upon determination that the results of the

to be founded, the investigation material will be given investigation are founded, the investigation material

to the CDJOG to determine how the matter will be will be forwarded to the CDJOG through the JDOG S3

resolved. to determine how the matter will be resolved.

Section VII – Training

5-19. Drills

a. Battle drills will be conducted in Camp Delta or

other JDOG AOR. These drills will include exercising

of the Infantry QRF, and be conducted at least once per

8-hour shift, with the intent of familiarizing JDOG

guard and infantry personnel with their duties and

responsibilities. Regular drilling or Tactical Exercise

Without Troops (TEWT) will improve Emergency

Action responses and integrated operations.

b. Battle drills will be held at least once per eight hr

shift, internally, to exercise JDOG personnel and

specifically the QRF, without interrupting the normal

operations of Camp Delta. This is to familiarize Camp

Delta personnel with their duties in the result they are

needed.

c. The CO or the JDOG S-3 will initiate the drills.

These scenarios are listed on note cards on file in the

DOC. The CO or S3 officer may select scenario based

on personal assessment of unit needs and/or current

mission constraints. Sequence of events:

(1) Contact and activate of the IRF and QRF

Teams.

(2) Teams reporting to appropriate command

authority for orders in an expedient manner.

d. MESLs will be kept in the DOC with the

Company Commander having the discretion to select

those that reflect current training needs on a rotational

basis.

e. Conditions for activation of the QRF & IRF:

(1) Mass Casualty Incidents

(2) Hostile Actions/T-SCIF Alarm

(3) Destructive Weather

(4) Disturbances with detainees

(5) Power Outage

(6) Forced Cell Extraction

(7) Camp 4 Disturbance

(8) Escape / missing ISN Camps 1/2/3/4 Echo &

Iguana

(9) Other situation as determined by CO or S3.

f. The standards include adherence to the use of

force policy, Rules Of Engagement, and approved

SOPs. Commander’s assessment will be included as

part of each AAR. These exercises are not meant to be

a distracter from Camp Delta operations. Mission

dependent, the CO may choose to conduct a TEWT, a

walk through of a battle drill, or a full drill. However,

the Infantry QRF will be alerted and brought to full

readiness once per shift as per CJTF guidance.

g. Execution:

(1) Notification of an incident – defined as an

exercise

(2) Radio or telephonic contact with appropriate

forces stating “EXERCISE EXERCISE

EXERCISE…” and the mission requirement.

(3) The CO or his representative will determine

to use the actual IRF and QRF forces, conduct a

TEWT, or to verbalize response for training purposes.

(4) JDOG Staff will make notifications of outside

forces with CJDOG or his representative determining

whether to make actual calls (to gauge contact response

only. NOT to actually bring in outside forces.), or

whether to verbalize for the purposes of familiarizing

staff.

(5) When troop are actually utilized they will

take up proper positions and be able to verbalize their

duties. Officers will demonstrate their knowledge of

tasks

(6) Battle drills will take place within Camp

Delta camps 1,2,3 & 4 only and will not include Camps

Echo or Iguana as they are covered by the external

QRF.

(7) ENDEX to be announced to all participating

parties.

(8) An After Action Review will be conducted

after the drill. At a minimum, the SOG of the QRF, the

CO, and a member of the DOC will participate.

(9) Staff / Leaders review SOP for adjustment.

(10) Submit electronic or hard copy of the AAR

to JDOG S-3 or designee.

5-20. Block Training

a. Each day, each block will train on a task listed in

Appendix J Block Training Tasks.

b. The CO, PL and SOGs are responsible for

knowing the task each block is training on.

c. Each block NCO must document the training

performed.

d. At no time will training be conducted in a manner

that detracts from accomplishing the work on the

block.

Chapter 6 Chapter 6

Cell Block Operations Cell Block Operations

Section I – Security Procedures Section I – Security Procedures

6-1. Overview 6-1. Overview

a. Fair, firm, and impartial enforcement of rules and a. Fair, firm, and impartial enforcement of rules and

regulations facilitates the control of detainees. Custody regulations facilitates the control of detainees. Custody

and control measures maintain good order and and control measures maintain good order and

discipline and protect the welfare of all personnel and discipline and protect the welfare of all personnel and

detainees alike. Supervisors must know where detainees alike. Supervisors must know where

skipping to change at line 1855 skipping to change at line 2287

incidents, or other disturbances. incidents, or other disturbances.

c. Security is a series of checks and balances c. Security is a series of checks and balances

performed at various levels both internal and external performed at various levels both internal and external

to the facility. It requires all personnel to continually to the facility. It requires all personnel to continually

maintain an effective working knowledge of rules, maintain an effective working knowledge of rules,

regulations, and special orders; maintain constant regulations, and special orders; maintain constant

vigilance throughout their daily duties; review/evaluate vigilance throughout their daily duties; review/evaluate

procedures and initiate recommendations to proper procedures and initiate recommendations to proper

authority for improvements. authority for improvements.

d. There must be a continuous presence on the d. There must be a continuous presence on the

blocks by the Block Guards. At no time should the blocks by the guards. At no time should the block not

block not have a Block Guard walking up and down have a guard walking up and down the block. At

the block. At random times, two Block Guards will random times, two guards will walk the block and it

walk the block and it will be annotated in the pass-on will be annotated in the pass on book.

book. e. No items will be left on block ledges, steps,

causeway, or anywhere else that is within reach of a

detainee in a cell. This is of particular concern at the

ends of the blocks where items are left on ledges or

hand railings. Numerous items left in these areas have

been grabbed by detainees and taken into their cell.

f. No food or beverages are allowed in the block

shacks. Block personnel will not clean the computers.

If a computer needs cleaning, contact the JDOG

Operations.

6-2. Headcounts 6-2. Headcounts

a. Detainees will not be responsible for conducting a. Detainees will not be responsible for conducting

any part of the count. Detainees will not move about any part of the count. Detainees will not move about

during count, to include any escorted detainees to areas during count, to include any escorted detainees to areas

outside the blocks. All detainee escorts will hold in outside the blocks. All detainee escorts will hold in

place until the count is complete and cleared by the place until the count is complete and cleared by the

DOC. DOC.

b. Conduct ISN headcounts as scheduled. The b. Conduct ISN headcounts as scheduled. The

Block Guard conducting the ISN headcount will guard conducting the ISN headcount will compare the

compare the ISN number on the ID bracelet with the ISN number on the ID bracelet with the ISN number on

ISN number on the alpha roster and the picture on the the alpha roster and the picture on the ID bracelet to the

ID bracelet to the detainee. detainee.

c. To count a detainee at night, the Block Guard c. To count a detainee at night, the guard counting

counting detainees must see skin or movement. detainees must see skin or movement.

d. Conduct additional counts whenever a there is d. Conduct additional counts whenever there is

suspicion of a missing detainee, after a disturbance, suspicion of a missing detainee, after a disturbance,

after a drill or when deemed necessary by the CO or after a drill or when deemed necessary by the CO or

higher authority. higher authority.

e. Conduct a picture headcount at any time the e. Conduct a picture headcount at any time the

identity of a missing detainee is not apparent. identity of a missing detainee is not apparent.

f. Random headcounts will occur on every shift. f. A headcount will be conducted at the start of

During each two-hour block of time starting at the each guard shift. The DOC will then call for an

beginning of the shift, the DOC will call for a random additional three randomly timed headcounts throughout

headcount, and the blocks will conduct it. the guard shift. The most time between headcounts is

three hours.

6-3. Searches 6-3. Searches

a. Searching will be done technically correct and a. Searching will be done technically correct and

professionally at all times. The intent is to search for professionally at all times. The intent is to search for

safety, not harass or invade dignity. safety, not harass or invade dignity.

b. Search cells whenever a detainee exits a cell or b. Search cells whenever a detainee exits a cell or

prior to his return to his cell. prior to his return to his cell.

c. A minimum of three random cell searches will be c. A minimum of three random cell searches will be

done on day shift and swing shift. Cells scheduled for done on day shift and swing shift. Cells scheduled for

shower and recreation that day will not be included in shower and exercise that day will not be included in the

the count of cells randomly searched. count of cells randomly searched.

d. Search showers and recreation areas before and d. Search showers and exercise areas before and

after every detainee use. after every detainee use.

e. All shifts will do area searches. e. All shifts will do area searches.

f. When searching, use a systematic method to f. When searching, use a systematic method to

ensure all areas are covered. ensure all areas are covered.

g. Midnight shift, will conduct visual search of the g. Midnight shift, will conduct visual search of the

cells and detainees every ten minutes by walking cells and detainees every ten minutes by walking

through the block. Annotate every check on the block through the block. Annotate every check on the block

journal. Report all unusual activity. journal. Report all unusual activity.

h. Submit a work order any time a cell has h. Submit a work order any time a cell has

inoperable equipment. Each cell that needs a work inoperable equipment. Each cell that needs a work

order must be on a separate work order. order must be on a separate work order.

i. Search detainees at a minimum of each time they i. Search detainees at a minimum each time they

are removed from a cell. are removed from a cell.

j. Conduct physical searches by the same gender j. Conduct physical searches by the same gender

whenever possible as a matter of principle. Only whenever possible as a matter of principle. Only

during exigent conditions for security purposes should during exigent conditions for security purposes should

an opposite gender conduct any physical search when an opposite gender conduct any physical search when

no other same-gender MP is available as determined by no other same-gender guard is available as determined

the SOG. by the SOG.

k. The standard search for detainee movement at

Camp Delta will be a modified Pat Down search in

compliance with instructions received from the Camp

Delta Superintendent.

(1) You may search either side of the body first.

Use your hands to check for obvious bulges or articles

that do not belong on the detainee’s person.

(a) Start with the head and hair. Search for

anything inappropriate.

(b) Search the neck area and top of the shoulder.

(c) Search the arm from the shoulder to the

fingers.

(d) Search the back area from the neck to the

waistband on the shorts or pants.

(e) Search the side area from the armpit to the

waistband on the shorts or pants.

(f) Search the chest area from the neck to the

waistband on the pants or shorts.

(g) Search the waistband area of the shorts or

pants by running your thumb along the inside of the

waistband all the way around the detainee.

(h) Search the leg area by starting where the

bottom of the shorts are as worn by the detainee and

check down to the foot.

(i) Search the flip flop by having the detainee

raise his foot so that you may physically check the sole

and the inside of the item.

(j) Search the opposite side of the detainee in the

same fashion as you did the first side.

(2) During a search, you are not allowed to touch

or feel the detainee between the waistband of the shorts

or pants and the bottom of the shorts as worn.

(3) If the guard believes that the detainee has

placed something in the prohibited search area, through

observation or other means, the guard may search the

area. The guard must be willing to write a DA 2823

Sworn Statement to justify his action of searching the

restricted area.

(4) In the event a detainee has concealed

contraband , the Co on-duty may request the detention

clinic perform a body cavity search. Upon notification

that a body cavity search needs to be performed the

DOC will notify the provider on duty (PA/MD from

the Joint Aid Station). The provider will report to the

detention clinic. The detainee will be escorted to the

designated room where the search will take place. The

detainee will remain restrained to avoid any

confrontation with medical staff. The procedure and

findings will be documented in the detainee medical

record with time and date of the procedure, name of the

person performing the procedure and name of the

person who requested the procedure.

Personnel selected and approved for the procedure

will be trained by JAS providers (PA/MD), and

provided written permission to perform the task.

6-4. Searching the Koran 6-4. Searching the Koran

a. To ensure the safety of the detainees and MPs a. To ensure the safety of the detainees and guards

while respecting the cultural dignity of the Korans while respecting the cultural dignity of the Korans

thereby reducing the friction over the searching the thereby reducing the friction over the searching the

Korans. JTF-GTMO personnel directly working with Korans. JTF-GTMO personnel directly working with

detainees will avoid handling or touching the detainees will avoid handling or touching the

detainee’s Koran whenever possible. When military detainee’s Koran whenever possible. When military

necessity does require the Koran to be searched, the necessity does require the Koran to be searched, the

subsequent procedures will be followed. subsequent procedures will be followed.

(1) The MP informs the detainee that the (1) The guard informs the detainee that the

Chaplain or a Muslim interpreter will inspect Koran. If Chaplain or a Muslim interpreter will inspect Koran. If

the detainee refuses the inspection at any time, the the detainee refuses the inspection at any time, the

noncompliance is reported to the DOC and logged noncompliance is reported to the DOC and logged

appropriately by the Block NCO. appropriately by the Block NCO.

(2) The Koran will not be touched or handled by (2) The Koran will not be touched or handled by

the MP. the guard.

(3) The Chaplain or Muslim interpreter will give (3) The Chaplain or Muslim interpreter will give

instructions to the detainee who will handle the Koran. instructions to the detainee who will handle the Koran.

He may or may not require a language specific He may or may not require a language specific

interpreter. interpreter.

(4) The inspector is examining to notice (4) The inspector is examining to notice

unauthorized items, markings, or any indicators that unauthorized items, markings, or any indicators that

raises suspicion about the contents of the Koran. raises suspicion about the contents of the Koran.

(5) The inspector will instruct the detainee to first (5) The inspector will instruct the detainee to first

open the one cover with one hand while holding the open the one cover with one hand while holding the

Koran in the other thus exposing the inside cover Koran in the other thus exposing the inside cover

completely. completely.

(6) The inspector instructs the detainee to open (6) The inspector instructs the detainee to open

pages in an upright manner (as if reading the Koran). pages in an upright manner (as if reading the Koran).

This is a random page search and not every page is to This is a random page search and not every page is to

skipping to change at line 1960 skipping to change at line 2457

of the Koran while the book is closed so that inspector of the Koran while the book is closed so that inspector

can note the binding while closed paying attention to can note the binding while closed paying attention to

abnormal contours or protrusions associated with the abnormal contours or protrusions associated with the

binding. The intent is to deduce if anything may be in binding. The intent is to deduce if anything may be in

the binding without forcing the detainee to expose the the binding without forcing the detainee to expose the

binding, which may be construed as culturally binding, which may be construed as culturally

insensitive or offensive given the significance of the insensitive or offensive given the significance of the

Koran. Koran.

(9) How the detainee reacted, observation by (9) How the detainee reacted, observation by

other detainees, and other potentially relevant other detainees, and other potentially relevant

observations will be annotated appropriately on the observations will be annotated in DIMS.

block significant activities sheet as well as staff

journal.

b. Handling. b. Handling.

(1) Clean gloves will be put on in full view of the (1) Clean gloves will be put on in full view of the

detainees prior to handling. detainees prior to handling.

(2) Two hands will be used at all times when (2) Two hands will be used at all times when

handling the Koran in manner signaling respect and handling the Koran in manner signaling respect and

reverence. Care should be used so that the right hand reverence. Care should be used so that the right hand

is the primary one used to manipulate any part of the is the primary one used to manipulate any part of the

Koran due to the cultural association with the left hand. Koran due to the cultural association with the left hand.

Handle the Koran as if it were a fragile piece of Handle the Koran as if it were a fragile piece of

delicate art. delicate art.

(3) Ensure that the Koran is not placed in (3) Ensure that the Koran is not placed in

offensive areas such as the floor, near the toilet or sink, offensive areas such as the floor, near the toilet or sink,

near the feet, or dirty/wet areas. near the feet, or dirty/wet areas.

c. Removal. c. Removal.

(1) Korans should be left in the cell as a rule (1) Korans must be transported by the detainee,

(save in MSU), even when a detainee is moved to in the event the detainee is moved to another cell or

another cell or block. In principal, every cell (except block.

MSU) will have a Koran “assigned” to it.

(2) If a Koran must be removed at the direction (2) If a Koran must be removed at the direction

the CJDOG, the detainee library personnel or Chaplain the CJDOG, the detainee library personnel, Muslim

will be contacted to retrieve and properly store the interpreter, or Chaplain will be contacted to retrieve

Koran in the detainee library. The request for the and properly store the Koran in the detainee library.

librarian/Chaplain, as well as the retrieval itself, will be The request for the librarian, interpreter, or Chaplain,

logged appropriately. as well as the retrieval itself, will be logged in DIMS.

(3) If the Chaplain, librarian, or Muslim (3) If the Chaplain, librarian, or Muslim

interpreter, within the needs of the situation, cannot interpreter, within the needs of the situation, cannot

remove the Koran, then the MP may remove the Koran remove the Koran, then the guard may remove the

after approved by the DOC (who notes this in the MP Koran after approved by the DOC (who notes this in

Blotter) IAW the following procedures: the DIMS) IAW the following procedures:

(a) Clean gloves will be put on in full view of the (a) Clean gloves will be put on in full view of the

detainees prior to handling. detainees prior to handling.

(b) Two hands will be used at all times when (b) Two hands will be used at all times when

handling the Koran in manner signaling respect and handling the Koran in manner signaling respect and

reverence. reverence.

(c) Place a clean, dry, detainee towel on the (c) Place a clean, dry, detainee towel on the

detainee bed and then place the Koran on top of the detainee bed and then place the Koran on top of the

clean towel in a manner, which allows it to be wrapped clean towel in a manner, which allows it to be wrapped

without turning the Koran over at any time in a without turning the Koran over at any time in a

reverent manner. Ensure that the Koran is not placed reverent manner. Ensure that the Koran is not placed

in offensive areas such as the floor, near the toilet or in offensive areas such as the floor, near the toilet or

sink, near the feet, or dirty/wet area when doing this sink, near the feet, or dirty/wet area when doing this

activity. activity.

(4) How the detainee reacted, observation by (4) How the detainee reacted, observation by

other detainees, and other potentially relevant other detainees, and other potentially relevant

observations will be annotated appropriately on the observations will be annotated appropriately in the

block significant activities sheet as well as staff DIMS significant activities menu.

journal.

(5) The Koran shall be returned to the librarian, (5) The Koran shall be returned to the librarian,

Chaplain, or DOC (in that order). Chaplain, or DOC (in that order).

(6) Exception: Detainee in MSU may have a (6) Korans are the property of the U.S.

Koran if specifically authorized by a 508-1 or the Level

5 Block Entitlement Form. Once detainee leaves

MSU, the same handling/removing policies and

procedures remain in effect.

(7) Korans are the property of the U.S.

Government and as such will remain in the cells only Government and as such will remain in the cells only

to be removed at the CJDOG’s decision. to be removed at the CJDOG’s decision.

(7) If a Koran is damaged or destroyed by a

detainee, the chaplain in conjunction with a Muslim

interpreter will take the Koran from the detainee for a

minimum of ten days noted in DIMS. At that point, the

chaplain can reissue the Koran to the detainee. The

chaplain must ensure the block knows the Koran is

being taken to protect the Koran, not punish the

detainee.

6-5. Keys 6-5. Keys

a. Maintain all cell and sally port keys on your a. Maintain all cell and sally port keys on your

person continuously. person continuously.

b. Never leave keys unsecured and unattended b. Never leave keys unsecured and unattended

within the facility. Keys are not to be laid down on within the facility. Keys are not to be laid down on

tables, chairs, steps, etc. at any time. Keys are not to tables, chairs, steps, etc. at any time. Keys are not to

be left hanging on a hooks or the fence. be left hanging on a hooks or the fence.

c. Keys will not leave the block. They will be c. Keys will not leave the block. They will be

handed to another Block Guard prior to leaving the handed to another guard prior to leaving the block.

block.

6-6. Food Tray Slot (“Bean Hole”) Covers 6-6. Food Tray Slot (“Bean Hole”) Covers

a. Bean hole covers will be closed at all times a. Bean hole covers will be closed at all times

except when serving food, shackling, passing an item except when serving food, shackling, passing an item

to the detainee, or is required for a medical check. to the detainee, or is required for a medical check.

These bean hole covers do include the observation These bean hole covers do not include the observation

windows on the MSU cell doors. windows on the segregation cell doors.

b. Bean hole covers will be latched at all times. b. Bean hole covers will be latched at all times.

6-7. Applying Restraints (“Shackling”) 6-7. Applying Restraints (“Shackling”)

a. Shackling of detainees will follow a “minimum a. Shackling of detainees will follow a “minimum

force” policy. The intent is to create a standard for force” policy. The intent is to create a standard for

shackling without sacrificing the ability to escalate due shackling without sacrificing the ability to escalate due

to MP safety concerns. to guard safety concerns.

b. As a general rule, detainees will be shackled in b. As a general rule, detainees will be shackled in

the standing up position. It will be the block NCOs the standing up position. It will be the block NCOs

responsibility to justify the need to escalate and require responsibility to justify the need to escalate and require

a detainee to kneel to be shackled a detainee to kneel to be shackled

c. If a detainee is required to kneel, the Block NCO c. If a detainee is required to kneel, the Block NCO

will note in the block pass-on book whenever a will note in DIMS whenever a detainee is required to

detainee is required to kneel to be shackled. The kneel to be shackled. The notation will include the

notation will include the time, ISN, type of escort time, ISN, type of escort (shower & exercise,

(shower & recreation, reservation, etc.) and a BRIEF reservation, etc.) and a BRIEF reason as to the

reason as to the deviation from shackling in the deviation from shackling in the standing position.

standing position.

d. Forced cell extractions, moves in which the d. Forced cell extractions, moves in which the

detainee has required an IRF “stand to”, are obvious detainee has required an IRF “stand to”, are obvious

reasons for use of the kneeling position. reasons for use of the kneeling position.

Section II – Support Operations Section II – Support Operations

6-8. Shower and Recreation 6-8. Shower and Exercise

a. Utilize the following schedule on levels 2, 3, 4, a. Shower and exercise will be conducted in

and 5 blocks for shower and recreation call. accordance to the published schedule listed in

DAY SHIFT SWING SHIFT Appendix B.

SUNDAY NONE NONE b. The Block NCO will be responsible for ensuring

MONDAY UNITS 1-8 UNITS 9-16 each Level 1 detainees on an Intel block receive

TUESDAY UNITS 17-24 UNITS 25-32 shower and exercise four times per week and each

WEDNESDAY UNITS 33-40 UNITS 41-48 Level 2, 3, and 4 detainees receive shower and exercise

THURSDAY UNITS 1-8 UNITS 9-16 two times per week.

FRIDAY UNITS 17-24 UNITS 25-32 c. Allow each level 1 detainee 30 minutes for

SATURDAY UNITS 33-40 UNITS 41-48 exercise and all other detainees will receive 20 minutes

b. Level one blocks will utilize the below schedule: for exercise. Allow five minutes to shower

DAY SHIFT SWING SHIFT immediately after exercise. These five minutes will not

SUNDAY UNITS 1-10 UNITS 11-21 be substituted for additional recreation time. Female

MONDAY UNITS 22-31 UNITS 32-41 guards will not escort detainees to and from their cell

TUESDAY UNITS 41-48/1- during shower and exercise. If the detainee desires to

3 shave his body hair, allow an additional five minutes.

UNITS 4-14 Shaving of body hair will only be permitted on the first

WEDNESDAY UNITS 15-24 UNITS 25-34 rotation of each week (Monday through Wednesday.)

THURSDAY UNITS 35-44 UNITS 45-48/1- Block personnel will visually inspect each razor and

7 monitor detainees shaving at all times. Detainees will

FRIDAY UNITS 8-17 UNITS 18-27 not possess nail clippers and razor at the same time.

SATURDAY UNITS 28-37 UNITS 38-48 For DELTA Block shower and exercise, refer to

c. Conduct shower and recreation call in DELTA Block SOP 30-12, dated 1 January 2004.

conjunction with each other. The Block NCO will be d. After returning from shower and exercise, offer

responsible for ensuring each Level 1 detainee receives

showers and recreation three times per week and each

Level 2, 3, and 4 detainee receives showers and

recreation two times per week unless they are on

discipline measures that include no recreation.

d. Allow each detainee 20 minutes for recreation.

Allow five minutes to shower immediately after

recreation. Female MPs will not escort detainees to

and from their cell during shower and recreation. If the

detainee desires to shave his body hair, allow an

additional five minutes. Only allow shaving of body

hair on the first rotation of each week (Monday through

Wednesday.) but will NOT be done on MSU blocks or

for Delta block patients. Block Guards will constantly

monitor detainees during shaving at all times.

Detainees will possess no nail clippers while they

possess a razor. Ensure the return of intact razors.

Allow level one detainees to use a shower curtain

during their shower period. The detainee must

exchange the shower curtain for the razor. No detainee

will have a razor with the shower curtain hung up.

e. After returning from shower and recreation, offer

the detainee the use of a brush to clean their cell. They the detainee the use of a brush to clean their cell. They

will have until the next detainee on their side of the will have until the next detainee on their side of the

block returns from shower and recreation to use the block returns from shower and exercise to use the

brush. The detainee will receive no cleaning supplies brush. Detainees will not receive any cleaning

or agents to clean their cell. The last detainee who has supplies or agents to clean their cell. The last detainee

shower will receive the brush for 30 minutes. If the who has shower will receive the brush for 30 minutes.

detainee refuses shower, they will not get the floor e. Track refusals in DIMS, search the refusing

brush. detainee’s cell. A detainee may not refuse exercise

f. Track refusals in the Refusals log. Search the time. If the detainee refuses, note the reason on the

refusing detainee’s cell. SIGACT sheet in DIMS, using an interpreter if

g. Detainees may exercise in their cell as long as it necessary. Forced cell extractions will be utilized for

is an approved exercise. non-compliant detainees and the detainee will be

h. No detainee may perform any hand-to-hand

moved to the exercise yard. This applies to all blocks

except Delta block

f. No detainee may perform any hand-to-hand

combat or martial arts PT, either organized or combat or martial arts PT, either organized or

individual, in the recreation yard or in their cell. individual, in the exercise yard or in their cell.

i. Amputees will receive their normal recreation g. Amputees will receive their normal exercise time

time and any other if prescribed by a doctor. Detainees and any other if prescribed by a doctor. Detainees that

that have a walker may take the walker with them to have a walker may take the walker with them to the

the recreation yard. exercise yard.

j. Escort level one detainees to and from Shower h. Escort level one and level two detainees to and

and Recreation in handcuffs and waist belt. They will from Shower and Exercise in handcuffs and waist belt.

not have leg irons placed on them. They will not have leg irons placed on them.

i. Shower items (soap, shampoo, razors, etc.) will

not be left in the open, outside, at the back of the block

during shower and exercise. Guards will only bring

what is needed by an individual detainee to the shower

and exercise area of the block and will secure same

immediately following the detainee’s shower.

j. Each level 1 block will conduct shower and

exercise with two detainees in the exercise yard at the

same time.

(1) Detainees will be paired starting with cells 1

and 2, 3 and 4, 5 and 6 continuing to 47 and 48. If one

of the cells in the pair is empty, the detainee will be

placed in the exercise yard by himself.

(2) The first detainee will be placed in the

exercise yard and unshackled. The guards will then get

the second detainee that is paired with that one and

take him to the exercise yard. Prior to opening the

gate, the first detainee will be told to move to the

corner opposite the gate on the far side of the yard and

to remain there until the second detainee is in the yard

and the gate is closed and locked. Once the first

detainee is in the far corner, the gate will be opened,

the second detainee will be placed in the exercise yard,

gate closed and locked and then unshackled through

the bean hole.

(3) Exercise time will start once the second gate

is locked after the second detainee has been placed in

the exercise yard. Time for exercise will be 30

minutes.

(4) The detainee that is first in the exercise yard

will be the detainee that comes out first. To remove

the first detainee, reverse the process. The second

detainee will go to the corner opposite the gate on the

far side and then the first detainee will be shackled and

removed from the yard.

(5) Cells 1-12 will be done during schedule “A”

day shift. Cells 13-24 will be done during schedule

“A” swing shift. Cells 25-36 will be done during

schedule “B” day shift. Cells 37-48 will be done

during schedule “B” swing shift. The first day of

implementation of the policy will be day “A”, the

second day will be day “B”, the third day will be day

“A” and so forth.

(6) The schedule conducted will be annotated in

the pass on book.

6-9. Detainee Mess Operations 6-9. Detainee Mess Operations

a. SOG. The SOG is responsible for the adequate a. SOG. The SOG is responsible for the adequate

quality and quantity of food served (to include MREs) quality and quantity of food served (to include MREs)

to detainees and U.S personnel and that sanitation, to detainees, and that sanitation, preparation, handling

preparation, handling and servicing of food meet and servicing of food meet established criteria.

established criteria. Detainees will have 30 minutes in Detainees will have 30 minutes in which to consume

which to consume their meals. During times of fasting their meals. During times of fasting or religious

or religious requirements, and special diets refer to the requirements, and special diets refer to the Chapter 19

Chapter 19 Food Service. Food Service.

b. Block NCO. The Block NCO will accept and b. Block NCO. The Block NCO will accept and

account for the plastic spoons from mess personnel. account for the plastic spoons from mess personnel.

While the Block Guards are serving the meal to the While the guards are serving the meal to the detainees,

detainees, the Block NCO will pass out the plastic the Block NCO will pass out the plastic spoons to each

spoons to each detainee. The Block NCO will account detainee. The Block NCO will account for all plastic

for all plastic spoons passed out once the mealtime is spoons passed out once the mealtime is completed.

completed. Notify the SOG of unreturned plastic Notify the SOG of unreturned plastic spoons, and

spoons, and conduct a search to locate the missing conduct a search to locate the missing spoon. The

spoon. The Block NCO will ensure no contents are Block NCO will ensure no contents are removed from

removed from MREs nor that damaged MREs are MREs or that damaged MREs are issued.

issued. c. Guards will issue meals to the detainees and

monitor them during chow. At the conclusion of the

c. Block Guards. Block Guards will issue meals to meal, the guards will collect the trash from the

the detainees and monitor them during chow. At the detainees. Guards will inventory the return of all

conclusion of the meal, the Block Guards will collect packaging, plates, spoons, and Styrofoam cups.

the trash from the detainees. Block Guards will

inventory the return of all packaging, plates, spoons,

and Styrofoam cups. If unreturned items cannot be

found, the detainee will receive his meals poured onto

a paper plate for the next three days. This is done with

the intention of reducing the amount of trash being

flushed down the toilet.

d. Food Service Personnel. When serving hot d. Food Service Personnel. When serving hot

meals, Food Service Personnel will portion the food meals, Food Service personnel will portion the food

from the Mermite containers to the plate to ensure each from the insulated food container (IFC) to the plate to

detainee has the proper proportions. ensure each detainee has the proper proportions. If

e. If a detainee refuses a meal, the refusal most be there are insufficient Food Service personnel to

noted in the detainee’s record. When the number of perform this function, the guards will portion the food.

consecutive refusals reaches nine, refer to, Section 20- e. If a detainee refuses a meal, the refusal must be

5, Hunger Strike. noted in DIMS. If a detainee eats any portion or part of

the meal, it is not considered a missed or refused meal.

Ensure all missed meals are entered in the refusal

section of DIMS. When the number of consecutive

refusals reaches nine, refer to, Section 20-5, Voluntary

Total Fasting and Re-Feeding (VTF)

f. At no time will any guard force personnel eat any

portion of a detainee meal.

g. Below is a list of the contents of the MREs that

must remain in each MRE and what will be returned

after use.

(1) For MRE #11, the following items will be in

the MRE pouch:

(a) Crackers - wrapper

(b) Pound Cake - wrapper

(c) Spoon - spoon

(d) Peanut Butter - wrapper

(e) Pasta with Vegetables in Tomato Sauce –

wrapper

(f) Peaches - wrapper

(g) Ice tea drink mix - wrapper

(h) Salt packet – wrapper

(2) For MRE #12, the following items will be in

the MRE pouch:

(a) Crackers - wrapper

(b) Pound Cake - wrapper

(c) Spoon - spoon

(d) Peanut Butter - wrapper

(e) Black Bean and Rice Burrito - wrapper

(f) Pears - wrapper

(g) Ice tea drink mix - wrapper

(h) Salt packet - wrapper

(j) Fruit Bar - wrapper

(3) For MRE #13, the following items will be in

the MRE pouch:

(a) Crackers - wrapper

(b) Pound Cake - wrapper

(c) Spoon - spoon

(d) Peanut Butter - wrapper

(e) Cheese Tortellini in Tomato Sauce - wrapper

(f) Applesauce - wrapper

(g) Ice tea drink mix - wrapper

(h) Salt packet - wrapper

(4) For MRE #14, the following items will be in

the MRE pouch:

(a) Crackers - wrapper

(b) Pound Cake - wrapper

(c) Spoon - spoon

(d) Peanut Butter - wrapper

(e) Pasta with Vegetables in Alfredo Style Sauce

wrapper

(f) Peaches - wrapper

(g) Ice tea drink mix - wrapper

(h) Salt packet - wrapper

(j) Peanuts, shelled roasted – wrapper.

6-10. Laundry / Linen 6-10. Laundry / Linen

a. Guards will exchange dirty detainee laundry with a. Guards will exchange dirty detainee laundry with

clean laundry IAW the level 1-5 shower and recreation clean laundry IAW the level 1-5 shower and exercise

schedule contained in Appendix B. Exchange all schedule contained in Appendix B. Exchange all

laundry and linen at the same time with the exception laundry and linen at the same time with the exception

of blankets. Do not allow detainees to refuse of blankets. Do not allow detainees to refuse

linen/laundry exchange. Use reasonable force to linen/laundry exchange. Use reasonable force to

complete the laundry exchange. Guards will conduct complete the laundry exchange. Guards will conduct

this in a manner to determine specifically which, if any, this in a manner to determine specifically which, if any,

detainee is missing an item (i.e. flushed in toilet or detainee is missing an item (i.e. flushed in toilet or

hiding it.) Report findings to the DOC and log hiding it.) Report findings to the DOC and log

appropriately. appropriately into DIMS.

b. Guards will have detainee hold up all items for b. Guards will have detainee hold up all items for

visual inspection prior to exchanging them for a clean visual inspection prior to exchanging them for a clean

item. Confiscate any modified item, as contraband and item. Detainee will give the dirty item to the guard

discipline will be imposed according to the discipline prior to the guard issuing the clean item. Confiscate

matrix. any modified item, as contraband and discipline will be

imposed according to the discipline matrix.

c. Guards will place no more than four uniform sets c. Guards will place no more than four uniform sets

into each trash bag. Place sheets in a separate bag. into each trash bag. Place sheets in a separate bag.

Place towels and washcloths in a separate bag. Place t- Place towels and washcloths in a separate bag. Place t-

shirts in a separate bag. Place blankets in a separate shirts in a separate bag. Place blankets in a separate

bag. Place all dirty linen in the storage sheds located bag. Place all dirty linen in the storage sheds located

near building one for Camp I and near building seven near building one for Camp I and near building seven

for Camp II. Return all clean laundry to the supply for Camp 2,3. Return all clean laundry in mesh bags to

room. the supply room.

d. Blankets will be exchanged according to the d. Blankets will be exchanged according to the

following schedule: following schedule:

(1) 1st (1) 1st

Sunday of the month: A, E, I, N, R, and U Sunday of the month: A, D, E, I, N, O,

and U

(2) 2nd (2) 2nd

Sunday of the month: B, F, K, O, S, and Sunday of the month: B, D, F, K, R, S,

V and V

(3) 3rd (3) 3rd

Sunday of the month: C, G, L, P, T, and Sunday of the month: C, D, G, L, P, T,

W and W

(4) 4th (4) 4th

Sunday of the month: D, H, M, Q, Y and Sunday of the month: D, H, M, Q, Y and

special missions special missions

(5) 5th (5) 5th

Sunday of the month (occurs twice a year): Sunday of the month (occurs twice a year):

None. None.

6-11. Barber 6-11. Barber

a. Offer detainees on a voluntary basis at least once a. Offer detainees on a voluntary basis at least once

a month. The barbers will rotate through the camps a month. The barbers will rotate through the camps

from Monday to Friday starting with block Alpha with from Monday to Friday starting with block Alpha with

a maximum of 48 detainees offered a haircut per day. a maximum of 48 detainees offered a haircut per day.

Haircuts will be the same for all detainees, i.e. styled Haircuts will be the same for all detainees, i.e. styled

haircuts not allowed. Haircuts will be simple and haircuts not allowed. Haircuts will be a trim for routine

standard. Sample monthly schedule below: haircuts. Those haircuts given for hygienic reasons for

moves to SHU will be a buzz cut. Sample monthly

schedule below:

DATE BLOCK DATE BLOCK DATE BLOCK DATE BLOCK

27Dec 02 I 21 Jan 03 I 27Dec 02 I 21 Jan 03 I

28Dec 02 K 22 Jan 03 K 28Dec 02 K 22 Jan 03 K

29Dec 02 L 23 Jan 03 L 29Dec 02 L 23 Jan 03 L

01 Jan 03 M 24 Jan 03 M 01 Jan 03 M 24 Jan 03 M

02 Jan 03 N 27 Jan 03 N 02 Jan 03 N 27 Jan 03 N

03 Jan 03 P 28 Jan 03 P 03 Jan 03 P 28 Jan 03 P

06 Jan 03 Q 29 Jan 03 Q 06 Jan 03 Q 29 Jan 03 Q

07 Jan 03 R 30 Jan 03 R 07 Jan 03 R 30 Jan 03 R

08 Jan 03 S 31 Jan 03 S 08 Jan 03 S 31 Jan 03 S

09 Jan 03 A 09 Jan 03 A

10 Jan 03 B 10 Jan 03 B

13 Jan 03 C 13 Jan 03 C

14 Jan 03 D 14 Jan 03 D

15 Jan 03 E 15 Jan 03 E

16 Jan 03 F 16 Jan 03 F

17 Jan 03 G 17 Jan 03 G

20 Jan 03 H 20 Jan 03 H

b. Haircuts will take place in the recreation area of Table 6-1

the blocks. Postpone all recreation and showers on the b. Haircuts will take place in the exercise area of the

block receiving haircuts until all haircuts are blocks. Postpone all exercise and showers on the block

completed. MP’s working the block will provide an receiving haircuts until all haircuts are completed.

escort to the barber and a minimum of one MP stays as Guards working the block will provide an escort to the

a Block Guard while detainee is receiving a haircut. barber and a minimum of one guard stays while

Use MPs working as additional escorts in Camp Delta detainee is receiving a haircut. Use guards working as

to assist if not required for other escorts.

additional escorts in Camp Delta to assist if not

required for other escorts.

c. Barbers are responsible to PMCS their c. Barbers are responsible to PMCS their

equipment. Barbers are responsible for cleaning the equipment. Barbers are responsible for cleaning the

haircut area after each haircut. Maintain all necessary haircut area after each haircut. Maintain all necessary

supplies in the camp supply room. supplies in the camp supply room.

d. The DOC will coordinate haircut appointments d. The DOC will coordinate haircut appointments

for detainees in the hospital. for detainees in the hospital.

e. Barbers will be available from 0800-2100 on

Monday thru Friday with one barber on call from 0800-

2100 on Saturday and the other on call from 0800-2100

on Sunday. If a need arises for a detainee to receive a

haircut outside that timeframe, contact the DOC and

the detainee to a pending list. The barber will give

these detainees a haircut first on their next available

day.

6-12. Other Personnel 6-12. Other Personnel

a. The detainee Librarian will be given sufficient a. The detainee Librarian will be given sufficient

time to perform their mission. Block NCOs will allow time to perform their mission. Block NCOs will allow

at least five minutes per detainee for issuing books. at least five minutes per detainee for issuing books.

b. Do not escort interrogators, if they have the b. Do not escort interrogators, if they have the

proper ID, in the blocks. The Block NCO will greet proper ID, in the blocks. The Block NCO will greet

them and they will have complete access to the them and they will have complete access to the

detainees. detainees.

c. Visitors to the blocks are not required to be in c. Visitors to the blocks are not required to be in

uniform, such as civilian interpreters working with uniform, such as civilian interpreters working with

interrogators or contractors. interrogators or contractors.

d. Each mail clerk will be allowed to issue up to d. Each mail clerk will be allowed to issue up to

five pens to detainees. These pens must be collected five safety pens to detainees. These pens must be

prior to the mail clerk leaving the block. The mail collected prior to the mail clerk leaving the block. The

clerk will keep the Block NCO informed of who has a mail clerk will keep the Block NCO informed of who

pen and number issued. If the mail clerk is unable to has a pen and number issued. If the mail clerk is

retrieve a pen from a detainee, the mail clerk will unable to retrieve a pen from a detainee, the mail clerk

immediately inform the Block NCO. will immediately inform the Block NCO.

6-13. Library Books 6-13. Library Books

a. Do not allow the passing of detainee library a. Do not allow the passing of detainee library

books among detainees. books among detainees.

b. MPs will not remove library books from a b. MPs will not remove library books from a

detainee’s cell except for disciplinary reasons. detainee’s cell except for disciplinary reasons.

c. If removed for disciplinary reasons, do not place c. If removed for disciplinary reasons, do not place

the book on top of the cells with other comfort items the book on top of the cells with other comfort items

removed. Place the library book on the block table removed. Place the library book on the block table

where the librarian will pick up the book during where the librarian will pick up the book during

rounds. rounds.

d. Notify the DOC of any uncollected books. d. Notify the DOC of any uncollected books.

e. If the librarian is unavailable to collect the books, e. If the librarian is unavailable to collect the books,

turn them into the DOC to prevent weather damage. turn them into the DOC to prevent weather damage.

f. Do not count library books that have an id that

start with an “I” are intelligence directed reading

material and as a library book. Coordinate with the

DOC when collecting these books.

6-14. Medical Appointments 6-14. Medical Appointments

a. If medical says that they must be at the a. If medical says that they must be at the

appointment, then the detainee cannot refuse and must appointment, then the detainee cannot refuse and must

go. go.

b. If medical says it can wait another day (minor b. If medical says it can wait another day (minor

medical issue), allow the detainee to refuse, however; medical issue), allow the detainee to refuse, however;

they will be disciplined for failure to obey. they will be disciplined for failure to obey.

Section III – Documentation and Reporting Section III – Documentation and Reporting

6-15. Block Documentation 6-15. Block Documentation Detainee Information

a. All documentation filled out on the block must be Management System DIMS

specific and complete. Reference ISNs when a. All data entries via DIMS must be specific and

discussing a cell occupied by an individual. All complete. Reference ISNs when discussing a cell

documentation needs to answer Who, What, When, occupied by an individual. All documentation needs to

Where, Why, and How. Annotate all visits by non- answer Who, What, When, Where, Why, and How.

block personnel in the block logbook. Annotate all visits by non-block personnel in DIMS.

b. Documentation that stays with the detainee b. Documentation that stays with the detainee

(1) Field File. Each detainee will have a brown (1) Detainee ID card: The detainee’s ID contains

field file that will contain the detainee’s name, ISN,

spoken language, and any cautionary medical

conditions (such as hepatitis or tuberculosis) on the

cover. The ISN will be on the tab. When an escort

team arrives on the block to make a permanent move,

the Block NCO will pull the detainee field file and the

escort team will carry the file with them to the

detainee’s new assigned location. This will insure all

detainee information will follow the detainee. Inside

the file will be the following sections:

(a) Page one: Detainee Information Sheet. The

detainee information sheet will contain a picture, vital

information about the detainee, and any detainee

specific information not covered on any of the below

forms; i.e. Likes to tell jokes.

(b) Page two: Detainee Supply Roster. A

current listing of authorized items a detainee can

possess according to the current block level. Use the

Supply Roster to inventory all detainee property. To

be used in conjunction with cell searches. It will

remain in the field folder until full, at which point, it

will be turned in to the DOC and replaced with a new

sheet.

(c) Page three: DD 508s. List all detainee

discipline on a DD 508. The PL will sign his name in

the Confinement Officer block. The JDOG S-3 will

sign as the confinement officer. Maintain the original

in the detainee’s permanent record and the copy on the

block. Return this form to the DOC upon completion

of discipline.

(d) Page four: CD-S341s and CD-S319. All

MSU blocks will utilize a CD-S341 to document the

welfare of the detainee. Guards will continuously walk

the block and document the conducted checks every 10

minutes on CD-S341. PL and SOG will check the CD-

S341 throughout the shift. Any detainee on self-harm

watch will require the use of CD-S319. All self-harm

watch detainees will be continuously observed and

actions documented every 15 minutes. Turn in these

forms to the DOC when the discipline or self-harm

period ends. CD-S341s will stay on the block for

lesser of 30 days or until the completion of the

detainee’s time in MSU. The CD-S319 will stay on the

block for the lesser of the completion of the self-harm

watch or seven days.

(e) Page five: Detainee Refusal Tracking

Record. Used to document the time, date, current

location, and what, a detainee refused. When full, turn

into the DOC and replace it with a new sheet.

(f) Page six: Detainee Medical Request

Complaints Form. Kept in detainee field file and used

to document date, time, current location and all

detainee non-urgent medical requests. Includes a block

for medical personnel to document remarks and

date/time detainee was seen. Document all medical

refusals on this form. When full, turn into the DOC

and replace it with a new sheet.

(2) Detainee ID card: The detainee’s ID contains

the detainee’s picture, name, ISN, spoken language, the detainee’s picture, name, ISN, spoken language,

and any cautionary medical conditions. When an and any cautionary medical conditions. When an

escort team arrives to escort a detainee of any escort team arrives to escort a detainee of any

nonpermanent move, the Block NCO will pull the nonpermanent move, the Block NCO will pull the

detainee’s ID card and the escort team will carry the ID detainee’s ID card and the escort team will carry the ID

as long as they escort that detainee. While the detainee as long as they escort that detainee. While the detainee

is gone, fill the empty card slot with a business card, is gone, fill the empty card slot with a business card,

containing detainee’s ISN, departure time, and containing detainee’s ISN, departure time, and

destination of the escort team. Upon the return of the destination of the escort team. Upon the return of the

escort team, return the detainee’s ID card to the slot in escort team, return the detainee’s ID card to the slot in

the block notebook and place the business card in a the block notebook and place the business card in a

burn bag. burn bag.

c. Block Documentation that stays on the block (2) Guard Mount Messages. Each block NCO

(1) Detainee Behavioral Tracking. Every shift at the beginning of shift will ensure that guard mount

will fill out the detainee Behavioral Tracking form and messages have been reviewed and briefed to all

leave it in the block notebook for the on coming shift to assigned block personnel. Examples of guard mount

reference. Turn this form to the DOC every Sunday on messages include but are not limited to additional

swing shift. menu items in DIMS.

(2) Pass-On Book. Each block will maintain a (a) Changes to showers and exercise start and

pass-on book to provide a means to pass on end times along with cells that were done

information. Obtain new pass-on books from the DOC (b) Detainee menu and meal start and end times

and turn in completed pass-on books to the DOC. Use (c) Giving and taking Comfort Items (IAW

highlighters to mark pertinent information. Examples Chapter 8, Camp Delta SOP)

of activities include but are not limited to the (d) Clothing and linen exchange conducted

following: (e) Which ISNs refused and accepted hair cuts

(a) All detainee movements (f) Library books received and/or returned

(b) Shower/recreation start and end times (g) When writing material such as pens and paper

(c) Work orders submitted and completed are received or returned

(d) Discipline incidents (h) All searches of detainees and cells. (i)

(e) Detainee request for Chaplin, ICRC, or Any time a detainee refuses to allow his Koran to be

reservation searched

(f) Chaplin or Library visits (j) All instances in which a detainee is required

(g) Head counts to kneel in order to allow guards to apply restraints

(h) Visits by any non-block personnel such as (k) All instances in which a detainee is missing a

SOG clothing / linen item

(i) Cells that exchanged linen (l) All visits to the block by any personnel not

(j) Cells that went to shower and/or recreation assigned to the block

Do not use any of the following phrases in pass-on (m) Any cells that are inoperable. Note the date

books or block logs: and time called in to the DOC

(a) Suicide attempt (n) Repair and Utility work orders initialized and

(b) Suicide gesture date / time work was completed on the block

(c) Suicide ideation

Use the phrase “self-injurious behavior” in all (o) Any repair work that is completed (reference

documentation. the original work order), and the date and time that the

DOC is notified that the work has been completed

(p) All missing or non-serviceable equipment.

Note the date and time that this information was

reported to the SOG and DOC

(q) Supply requests. Note the date / time that the

request was submitted to the SOG.

(r) At the beginning of shift, the rank, name, and

unit of all guard personnel from the off-going shift and

those of the on-coming shift will be annotated.

(s) Annotate the rank, name, and unit of all relief

personnel, along with the times they arrive

(t) Physical security discrepancies and concerns.

(u) All detainee movement onto and off the block

(v) The conduct of a headcount

(w)An incident that requires discipline of a

detainee.

d. Documentation that is turned to Command Post d. Documentation that is turned to Command Post

(1) Repair and Utilities Work Order Request. (1) Repair and Utilities(R&U) Work Order

Request.

Used to document and request any repair work needed Used to document and request any repair work needed

on the block. Requests will be completed, logged in on the block. Requests will be completed and logged

the pass-on book, and turned in at the end of shift. Not into DIMS. Note the short version of the ISN on any

the short version of the ISN on any occupied cell that occupied cell that requires repair.

requires repair. Log any completed work order that in (2) DA 2823. The guard who is reporting the

the pass-on book and the DOC notified.

(2) DA 2823. The MP who is reporting the

incident (the one who was spit on, threatened, hit, incident (the one who was spit on, threatened, hit,

kicked, etc.) will complete a sworn statement as soon kicked, etc.) will complete a sworn statement as soon

as possible and have it sworn by the PL. If that MP is as possible and have it sworn by the PL. If that guard

not available (hospitalized, etc), the SOG will complete is not available (hospitalized, etc), the SOG will

the sworn statement and include the reason for the complete the sworn statement and include the reason

Block Guard not completing it. The SOG or PL will for the guard not completing it. The SOG or PL will

ensure the completeness and accuracy of the DA 2823 ensure the completeness and accuracy of the DA 2823

before it is complete. See the example in Appendix D before it is complete. See the example in the block

for a properly filled out DA 2823. training tasks binder for a properly filled out DA 2823.

Block 4 of the DA 2823 will contain the date, time and

full ISN in the format of YYMMDD-HHMM-ISN.

(3) DA 4137. Complete an Evidence/Property (3) DA 4137. Complete an Evidence/Property

Custody Document to document the chain of custody Custody Document to document the chain of custody

and turn in of evidence or contraband seized at Camp and turn in of evidence or contraband seized at Camp

Delta. Turn in the DA 4137 and evidence/contraband Delta. Turn in the DA 4137 and evidence/contraband

to the MPI section. The MPI section will determine if to the MPI section. The MPI section will determine if

the items are evidence or contraband. Properly mark the items are evidence or contraband. Properly mark

all evidence and contraband before submission. all evidence and contraband before submission. The

Examples of potential evidence include but are not block containing the MPR/CID Sequence number will

limited to the following: contain the date, time and full ISN in the format of

YYMMDD-HHMM-ISN. Examples of potential

evidence include but are not limited to the following:

(a) Evidence classified as “dangerous (a) Evidence classified as “dangerous

contraband” contraband”

(b) Videotape of IRF movements or disturbances (b) Videotape of IRF movements or disturbances

(c) Evidence seized from a suicide attempt. (c) Evidence seized from a suicide attempt.

Examples of potential contraband include but are not Examples of potential contraband include but are not

limited to the following: limited to the following:

(a) Drawings (a) Drawings

(b) Modified items of linen (b) Modified items of linen

(c) Writing on cups. (c) Writing on cups.

(4) ID Band or Card Request. Used to request (5) DIMS Significant Activities Sheet. Used to

new detainee ID Bands or Cards. Noted in the pass-on track significant activities in blocks for JDOG S-2.

book and turned in to the DOC at the end of shift. Examples of significant activities include but are not

(5) Significant Activities Sheet. Used to track limited to the following:

significant activities in blocks for JDOG S-2. Turn in

to the DOC at the end of each shift. Examples of

significant activities include but are not limited to the

following:

(a) Assault. (a) Assault.

(b) Making Weapons. (b) Making Weapons.

(c) Harms Himself. (c) Harms Himself.

(d) Harassing Guard. (d) Harassing Guard.

(e) Banging Cell. (e) Banging Cell.

(f) Failure To Comply, or Anything The Guard (f) Failure To Comply.

(g) Deems to Be A Hostile Act (g) Hostile Acts.

(h) Extreme Emotion. (h) Extreme Emotion.

(i) Doing PT In Cell. (i) Unauthorized PT In Cell.

(j) Fasting. (j) Fasting.

(k) Showing Reverence To Another Detainee. (k) Showing Reverence To Another Detainee.

(l) Inciting Disturbance. (l) Inciting Disturbance.

(m) Leading Prayer/PT. (m) Leading Prayer/PT.

(n) Teaching/Preaching. (n) Teaching/Preaching.

(o) Verbal- Same Block/Cross Block. (o) Verbal- Same Block/Cross Block.

(p) Sign Language. (p) Sign Language.

(q) Passing Notes On Paper, Foam Cups, Etc. (q) Passing Notes On Paper, Foam Cups, Etc.

(r) Requests Interpreter. (r) Requests Interpreter.

(s) Requests Chaplain. (s) Requests Chaplain.

(t) Requests To See JIIF. (t) Requests Reservation and reason why.

(u) Refuses Meals. (u) Refuses Meals and reason why.

(v) Refuses Shower And Recreation Time. (v) Refuses Shower And Exercise Time and

(w)Refuses Meds. reason why.

(w)Refuses Meds and reason why.

(x) Lookouts (x) Lookouts

(y) Instigators (y) Instigators

(z) Visits by JDOG/non-JDOG personnel (VIPs, (z) Visits by JDOG/non-JDOG personnel (VIPs,

etc.) etc.)

(aa) Communication to detainees on other blocks (aa) Communication to detainees on other blocks

(bb) The above list is not all-inclusive. The guard

(bb) The above list is not all-inclusive. MP

should feel free to use his/her judgment and report should feel free to use his/her judgment and report

anything he/she feels may be of importance.. anything he/she feels may be of importance.

(6) Daily Block NCO Checklist. Used to ensure (6) Daily Block NCO Checklist. Used to ensure

each shift conducts all inspections, inventories. each shift conducts all inspections, inventories.

(7) Detainee Alpha Roster. Used to insure the Checklists will be turned into the SOG at the end of

Block NCO knows the total number of and the ISNs of each shift.

all detainees that he/she is responsible for when (7) DIMS Detainee Alpha Roster. Used to insure

assuming shift. the Block NCO knows the total number of and the

ISNs of all detainees that he/she is responsible for

when assuming shift.

d. The Block NCO checklist, will be collected by

each camp's SOG and turned in to DOC prior to

leaving.

g. After completing the work order form, the

Block NCOs will turn it in to work order box in DOC.

These will not wait until end of shift.

. SOGs and PLs are to spot check books to ensure

old paperwork has been turned in. COs will spot-check

the SOGs and PLs. The Detainee Services Branch

(DSB) will conduct periodic audits for old paperwork.

6-16. Passive Intelligence Collection 6-16. Passive Intelligence Collection

a. The MP Guard force is tasked with “passively” a. The guard force is tasked with “passively”

looking for items of intelligence value and reporting it looking for items of intelligence value and reporting it

via the Significant Activities Sheet (SIGACT). via the Significant Activities Sheet in DIMS.

b. The following is a list of pertinent information b. The following is a list of pertinent information

needed: needed:

(1) Associations between detainees. (1) Associations between detainees. Who is the

leader and who is the follower?

(2) Association with other detainees prior to (2) Association with other detainees prior to

capture. capture.

(3) Identity of formal and informal leaders of (3) Identity of formal and informal leaders of

each block. each block.

(4) Conversations that entail threats to US (4) Conversations that entail threats to US

personnel and/or assets. personnel and/or assets.

(5) Discussion or planning of terrorist activity. (5) Discussion or planning of terrorist activity.

(6) Discussion or planning of escape. (6) Discussion or planning of escape.

(7) Location of leaders in other countries. (7) Location of leaders in other countries.

(8) Information regarding all activity outside (8) Information regarding all activity outside

camp. camp.

(9) History of each detainee (things that can be (9) History of each detainee (things that can be

exploited by interrogators). exploited by interrogators).

(10) Do the detainees have access to outside (10) Do the detainees have access to outside

sources of information? What are they? sources of information? What are they?

(11) Anything else significant to the security of (11) Destruction of property.

(12) Anything else significant to the security of

US personnel/assets here or abroad. US personnel/assets here or abroad.

c. Collection efforts c. Collection efforts

(1) Do not question detainees, other than for (1) Do not question detainees, other than for

clarification of a statement. clarification of a statement.

(2) Do not initiate questioning, unless directed to (2) Do not initiate questioning, unless directed to

by CI Agent from JDOG S-2/J-2 JTF-GTMO. by CI Agent from JDOG S-2/J-2 JTF-GTMO.

(3) Listen to conversations while on the blocks (3) Listen to conversations while on the blocks

during an interpreter’s routine interpretation call. during an interpreter’s routine interpretation call.

(4) Do not show indication that you are listening (4) Do not show indication that you are listening

or watching for intelligence collection purposes. or watching for intelligence collection purposes.

(5) Make mental notes, or if the situation allows, (5) Make mental notes, or if the situation allows,

take written notes. take written notes.

(6) Do not hesitate to call for interpreters; they (6) Do not hesitate to call for interpreters; they

are there for your benefit. are there for your benefit.

(7) Fill out a Significant Activities Sheet and turn (7) Be sure to include the ISN# and date time

into the DOC or drop off at JDOG S-2 office.

(8) Be sure to include the ISN# and date time

group when noting a particular detainee’s activity. group when noting a particular detainee’s activity.

(9) As you spend more time with the detainees (8) As you spend more time with the detainees

than any other group, you are the best source of than any other group, you are the best source of

indicators on mood, leadership, group dynamics, and indicators on mood, leadership, group dynamics, and

antiterrorism/force protection information antiterrorism/force protection information.

(9) There is always significant activity occurring

on a block. There should be no DIMS SIGACT sheet

filled out with “Nothing to report”.

6-17. Cell Block Report 6-17. Cell Block Report

a. The Block NCOIC, or senior block guard when a. The Block NCOIC, or senior guard when Block

Block NCOIC is not present, will report the status of NCOIC is not present, will report the status of the

the block to the SOG, PL, CO, JDOG S3, DCJDOG, block to the SOG, PL, CO, JDOG S3, DCJDOG,

CJDOG, or CJTF when these individuals visit the CJDOG, or CJTF when these individuals visit the

block. block.

b. Required items to report are: b. Required items to report are:

(1) Block name (1) Block name

(2) Number of detainees assigned (2) Level of the block

(3) Number of detainees present and the location (3) Number of detainees assigned

(4) Number of detainees present and the location

of the detainees currently not on the block of the detainees currently not on the block

(4) Number of MPs assigned (5) Number of guards assigned

(5) Number of MPs present (6) Number of guards present

(6) Detainees with a self-harm history (7) By ISN, detainees with a self-harm history

(8) By ISN, detainees scheduled for reservation

and at what time.

(9) Training tasks for soldiers on the block for the

shift

(10) Any special problems or concerns such as

detainees on hunger strike or mass meal refusals.

c. The Block NCOIC will notify the DOC whenever

a VIP or DV visits the block.

d. The block will be called to attention whenever an

O-6 or the civilian equivalent arrives on the block.

Section IV – Block Maintenance Section IV – Block Maintenance

6-18. Inspections and Inventories 6-18. Inspections and Inventories

a. Conduct inspections upon assumption of the a. Conduct inspections upon assumption of the

block with the off-going Block NCO to verify the block with the off-going Block NCO to verify the

security of all the locks, the discipline documentation security of all the locks, the discipline documentation

and actions are correct (CI removed when designated, and actions are correct (CI removed when designated,

etc.) If the Block NCO signs for deficient equipment, etc.) If the Block NCO signs for deficient equipment,

the current Block NCO is responsible for its condition, the current Block NCO is responsible for its condition,

regardless of whether it occurred on the current shift or regardless of whether it occurred on the current shift or

a previous shift. a previous shift.

b. Conduct inventories upon assumption of the b. Conduct inventories upon assumption of the

block with the off-going Block NCO to verify all block block with the off-going Block NCO to verify all block

equipment is present and serviceable. Note all non- equipment is present and serviceable. Note all non-

serviceable equipment in the pass-on book and turned serviceable equipment in DIMS

into DOC with the off going shift.

c. The swing shift Block NCOICs on Sunday will c. The swing shift Block NCOICs on Sunday will

ensure all locks are functional during the shift. ensure all locks are functional during the shift.

6-19. Cell/Block Cleaning Wash out the block and/or d. Each shift will conduct a block inspection

individual cells using the water hose, a mop, and a mild utilizing the checklist In DIMS follow directions on the

cleaning solution every Sunday on midnight shift or as checklist for any deficiencies found.

necessary. 6-19. Block Maintenance

a. Wash out the block and/or individual cells using

the water hose, a mop, and a mild cleaning solution

every midnight shift or as necessary.

b. Each shift will be responsible for conducting its

portion of the block PMCS and security checklist.

6-20. Equipment Maintenance 6-20. Equipment Maintenance

a. Check the block equipment used by the MPs for a. Check the block equipment used by the guards

damage and inoperability during mid-shift. Turn in for damage and inoperability during mid-shift. Turn in

any broken equipment to the DOC and a submit any broken equipment to the DOC and a submit

replacement requisition. replacement requisition.

b. Midnight shift will oil and clean all block b. Midnight shift will oil and clean all block

equipment used by the MPs. equipment used by the guards.

Section V – Detainees Section V – Detainees

6-21. Detainee Standards of Conduct 6-21. Detainee Standards of Conduct

a. Military and civilian staff members will address a. Military and civilian staff members will address

detainees by the detainee’s cell number or ISN. detainees by the detainee’s cell number or ISN.

b. Detainees will obey promptly and fully all b. Detainees will obey promptly and fully all

instructions or orders given by civilian or military instructions or orders given by civilian or military

personnel. If orders conflict, obey the last order given. personnel. If orders conflict, obey the last order given.

c. All persons, places, and property are subject to c. All persons, places, and property are subject to

search or inspection at any time, by any staff member search or inspection at any time, by any staff member

in the performance of their duties. All property may be in the performance of their duties. All property may be

skipping to change at line 2582 skipping to change at line 3147

Section V – Detainees Section V – Detainees

6-21. Detainee Standards of Conduct 6-21. Detainee Standards of Conduct

a. Military and civilian staff members will address a. Military and civilian staff members will address

detainees by the detainee’s cell number or ISN. detainees by the detainee’s cell number or ISN.

b. Detainees will obey promptly and fully all b. Detainees will obey promptly and fully all

instructions or orders given by civilian or military instructions or orders given by civilian or military

personnel. If orders conflict, obey the last order given. personnel. If orders conflict, obey the last order given.

c. All persons, places, and property are subject to c. All persons, places, and property are subject to

search or inspection at any time, by any staff member search or inspection at any time, by any staff member

in the performance of their duties. All property may be in the performance of their duties. All property may be

searched for contraband. Each detainee is responsible searched for contraband. Each detainee is responsible

for all items within their assigned cell or on their for all items within their assigned cell or on their

person. All suspicious items will be seized for person. All suspicious items will be seized for

evaluation as evidence. When a search or inspection is evaluation as evidence. When a search or inspection is

conducted of any area under the control of the US conducted of any area under the control of the US

Army, inside or outside the facility boundaries, Army, inside or outside the facility boundaries,

detainee(s) will not observe, view, stand, or pass by the detainee(s) will not observe, view, stand, or pass by the

search area. search area.

d. Detainees may only hang wet clothing and linen

items in cell windows so that they may dry. Once dry,

they must be removed. Blankets or sheets may be

temporarily hung up, no higher than half way up the

cell walls, to provide privacy while using the toilet.

Once the detainee has completed using the toilet, the

blankets and sheets must be taken down.

6-22. Detainee Identification Band 6-22. Detainee Identification Band

a. All detainees will be issued a picture a. All detainees will be issued a picture

identification Band. Identification bands are a part of identification band. Identification bands are a part of

the detainee uniform and will be worn at all times the detainee uniform and will be worn at all times

except when collected by a cadre member, for except when collected by a cadre member, for

accountability or safety reasons. accountability or safety reasons.

b. The badge will be worn attached to the left arm b. The badge will be worn attached to the left arm

so that the band remains visible. Detainees are not so that the band remains visible. Detainees are not

authorized to wear identification bands in any other authorized to wear identification bands in any other

manner. Detainees will exercise reasonable care to manner. Detainees will exercise reasonable care to

protect their band from damage, loss, and theft. protect their band from damage, loss, and theft.

c. Identification bands will not be switched, c. Identification bands will not be switched,

defaced, altered, or tampered with in any manner. If a defaced, altered, or tampered with in any manner. If a

badge is lost, stolen, or damaged, the detainee will badge is lost, stolen, or damaged, the detainee will

IMMEDIATELY report it to a staff member. Losing or IMMEDIATELY report it to a staff member. Losing or

damaging a badge will result in disciplinary action. damaging a badge will result in disciplinary action.

6-23. Uniform and Dress Rules 6-23. Uniform and Dress Rules

a. Detainee uniforms will be worn as a duty/work .

uniform, with the outer shirt worn untucked. a. If a detainee uniform is damaged or does not fit

b. The wearing of sleeves rolled up or worn down is properly, the detainee must notify his guard

not authorized. Trousers will be the proper length and immediately.

worn properly (waistband worn at the waist; not on the b. Mutilation or unauthorized alteration of clothing

hips or buttocks), rolling of the legs are not authorized,

and they will not be cuffed. If a detainee uniform is

damaged or does not fit properly, the detainee must

notify his Block Guard immediately. Display of any

items outside the uniform pockets is prohibited (e.g.,

handkerchief).

c. Mutilation or unauthorized alteration of clothing

(i.e., tapering of trousers and cutting/tearing of T- (i.e., tapering of trousers and cutting/tearing of T-

shirts) or making unauthorized markings or lettering on shirts) or making unauthorized markings or lettering on

any part of the uniform is prohibited. Clothing will be any part of the uniform is prohibited.

worn in the manner for which it was designed. There c. Detainees within camps 1,2 and 3, regardless of

will be no additional creases in the uniform. their discipline level or block assignment may remove

d. At a minimum, detainees will be dressed in PT their orange suit top while in their cell or while in

shorts, orange suit top and shower shoes. exercise.

d. Detainees who are scheduled for any appointment

will be dressed in long pants, orange top and shower

shoes.

e. Headbands, decorative beads, earrings, threads, e. Headbands, decorative beads, earrings, threads,

symbols, etc. or decorative clothing, are not authorized symbols, etc. or decorative clothing, are not authorized

for wear. for wear.

f. Religious apparel, when worn, will be neat and f. Religious apparel will be neat and conservative,

conservative, approved by the CJDOG, and concealed and concealed inside of the orange shirt at all times.

inside of the orange shirt at all times. For operational or For operational or safety reasons, the CJDOG may

safety reasons, the JDOG may place reasonable limits place reasonable limits on the wear of religious

on the wear of items of religious apparel. apparel.

6-24. Personal Hygiene and Appearance 6-24. Detainees with Prosthetics

a. Detainees are required to maintain good daily a. The medical staff is responsible for the

hygiene and a clean and groomed appearance at all following:

times. Detainees will shower. The detainee will ensure (1) Fitting detainees for prosthetic devices.

that their clothing is clean, neat and in good repair. (2) Acquiring proper footwear for detainees with

b. Fingernails will be kept clean and neatly prosthetic legs.

trimmed. Fingernails will not extend past the end of the (3) Training each amputee utilizing prosthetics.

fingertips. b. The guards are responsible for monitoring

c. Detainee’s hair will be clean and neatly groomed detainees with prosthetics for potential misuse or

at all times. Extreme or fad style haircuts or hairstyles malicious intent.

are not authorized. c. Once detainees have met the required capability

d. Detainees are not allowed to color their hair. level, the detainee will be authorized to keep his

prosthetic leg(s) and/or arms in his cell.

d. Detainees will be briefed by medical personnel

on the rules for keeping his prosthetics on his person.

They will also be briefed on the actions that could

cause the limb to be taken from him.

e. Detainees with prosthetic legs will also receive

shoes for wear. All shoes will be slip-ons and no shoe

will be given to a detainee with laces.

f. Detainees with prosthetics will be given a bucket

to be used to assist in personal hygiene.

6-25. Detainees Requiring Walker and Bedside

Commodes

a. The medical staff is responsible for the

following:

(1) Insuring that detainees requiring the use of a

walker can function unassisted once given the walker

by a guard.

(2) Acquiring elevated commodes for detainees

unable to use the current toilet system.

(3) Training each detainee to be independent

within the regular cell.

b. The guards are responsible for the following:

(1) Providing walker(s) as needed by detainee

and retrieving the walker when it is not in use.

(2) Monitoring detainees with walkers and

elevated commodes, insuring the items are used

properly and not with malicious intent.

c. Each detainee will undergo training to insure that

he is capable of functioning with a walker and

unassisted by guards. If a detainee must use a walker

to get to the elevated commode, he should also be able

to dispose of the waste into the standard toilet without

assistance from the guards. If the commodes must be

confiscated or handled by a guard for any reason, the

detainee will empty the commode and guards will

retrieve it with gloves.

d. Medical personnel will brief detainees using

special accommodations on the rules for keeping an

elevated commode and using a walker in the cell.

e. Detainee hospital staff will provide training on

the use of the elevated commode. Hospital staff will

also work with detainees on moving from the bed

(rack) to the commode using the walker.

f. The detainee hospital will provide the commodes

and walkers. Guards will keep the walkers until

required by the detainee, and then give it to the

detainee. The guards will collect the walker after the

detainee is finished with its use.

6-26. Detainee comfort during inclement weather

a. During the period form 1 December thru 1 March

the MID Shift block NCO’s will ensure that all block

personnel working in camps 1, 2 and 3 place the

window flaps up at 2300 and bring them back down at

0500.

Chapter 7 Chapter 7

Sally Port Operations Sally Port Operations

7-1. Sally Ports 7-1. Sally Ports

a. Sally Port 1. Sally Port Gate 1 is located in a. Sally Port 1. Sally Port Gate 1 is located in

Camp #1, next to main roadway and is a Camp #1, next to main roadway and is the primary

pedestrian/vehicular sally port that will be utilized as pedestrian entrance into Camp Delta. The primary

the main pedestrian entrance and exit point for Camp mission is to keep the sally port secure and control

Delta. The primary mission is to keep the sally port movement through that area for official business only.

secure and control movement through that area for It is operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per week,

official business only. It is operational 24 hours per face to badge identification and stripe level access

day and 7 days per week. required upon entry and exit.

b. Sally Port 3. Sally Port Gate 3 is located in b. Sally Port 3. Sally Port Gate 3 is located in

Camp #1 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The Camp #1 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The

primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and

control movement to the DOC and blocks for official control movement to the DOC and blocks for official

business only. It is operational 24 hours per day and 7 business only. It is operational 24 hours per day and 7

days per week. days per week, face to badge identification and stripe

level access required upon entry and exit. The only

exception is personnel physically escorting a detainee.

c. Sally Port 4. Sally Port Gate 4 is located in c. Sally Port 4. Sally Port Gate 4 is located in

Camp #1 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The Camp #1 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The

primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and

control movement to Camp I blocks for official control movement to Camp 1 for official business only.

business only. It is operational 24 hours per day and 7 It is operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per week.

days per week.

d. Sally Port 8. Sally Port Gate 8 is located in d. Sally Port 8. Sally Port Gate 8 is located in

Camp #2, next to the main roadway and is a Camp 2,3 next to the main roadway and is the

pedestrian/vehicular sally port. When manned, the primary/vehicular sally port. The primary mission is

primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and to keep the sally port secure and control vehicular

control vehicular movement into and out of Camp movement into and out of Camp Delta. It is

Delta. It is operational from 0600 – 2200 hours 7 days operational from 0600 – 1900 hours 7 days per week,

per week. face to badge identification and stripe level access

required upon entry and exit.

e. Sally Port 9. Sally Port Gate 9 is located in e. Sally Port 9. Sally Port Gate 9 is located in

Camp #2 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The Camp 2,3 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The

primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and

control movement blocks for official business only. It control movement within blocks for official business

is operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per week. only. It is operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per

week, face to badge identification and stripe level

access required upon entry and exit. The only

exception is personnel physically escorting a detainee.

f. Sally Port 10. Sally Port Gate 10 is located in f. Sally Port 10. Sally Port Gate 10 is located in

Camp #2 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The Camp 2,3 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The

primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and

control movement to Camp II blocks for official control movement to Camp 2,3 blocks for official

business only. It is operational 24 hours per day and 7 business only. It is operational 24 hours per day and 7

days per week. days per week.

g. Detainee Medical Sally. The detainee Medical g. Detainee Medical Sally. The detainee Medical

Gate is located in Camp #1 and is ONLY a pedestrian Gate is located in Camp #1 and is ONLY a pedestrian

gate. The primary mission is to control movement into gate. The primary mission is to control movement into

the detainee Medical Clinic for official business only. the detainee Medical Clinic for official business only.

It is operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per week. It is operational 7 days a week during detainee sick call

h. JIIF Sally. The JIIF Gate is located in Camp #1, from 0830-1800 or during emergency conditions, and

directly across from the DOC, and is ONLY a requires face to badge identification and stripe level

pedestrian gate. The primary mission is to control access upon entry or exit.

movement into the JIIF for official business only. It is h. Roving Sally. The Roving Sallies are located in

operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per week. the causeway between the blocks in camps 1,2 and 3.

i. Roving Sally. The Roving Sallys are located in They are operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per

the causeway between the blocks in both camps. They week.

are operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per week. i. A map of Camp Delta is located in Appendix F

j. A map of Camp Delta is located in Appendix F

that contains the locations of the sally ports. that contains the locations of the sally ports.

j. When opening the sally port gates for food

service, contractor, supply, emergency, or military

vehicles, open both halves of the gate.

k. All sally ports are responsible for policing the

area within the sally port.

l. There is no loitering or socializing permitted in or

around the sally port.

7-2. Sally Ports 1 And 8 7-2. Sally Ports 1 And 8

a. Manning. Sally Port Gates 1 and 8 will have two a. Manning. Sally Port Gates 1 and 8 will have

MPs assigned to each gate, one NCOIC with one other three guards assigned to each gate, one NCOIC with

MP. two other guards.

b. Duties and Responsibilities. b. Duties and Responsibilities.

(1) NCOIC: (1) NCOIC:

(a) Ensure all assigned personnel are thoroughly (a) Ensure all assigned personnel are thoroughly

trained and familiar with all JTF-GTMO Regulations, trained and familiar with all JTF-GTMO Regulations,

SOPs, Policies, and Special Orders/Memorandums SOPs, Policies and Memorandums concerning Sally

concerning Sally Port activities. Also, oversee all of Port activities. Also, oversee all of that sally port’s

that sally port’s operations. operations.

(b) Directly responsible to the SOG for the (b) Directly responsible to SOG 3 for the

operation of the sally port gate including daily operation of the sally port gate including daily

functional management of the gates and overall functional management of the gates and overall

responsibility for their respective Camp Delta sally port responsibility for their respective Camp Delta sally port

gate. gate.

(c) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events. (c) Keep SOG 3 and PL briefed on events.

(d) Review the pass-on book from the last two (d) Review DIMS from the last two weeks, and

weeks, and be knowledgeable of all scheduled events be knowledgeable of all scheduled events (i.e. VIPs,

(i.e. VIPs, chow truck traffic, contractors, chow truck traffic, contractors, supply/laundry

supply/laundry vehicles, land-bridge missions, etc.). vehicles, land-bridge missions, etc.).

(e) Supervise pedestrian/vehicle searches. (e) Supervise pedestrian/vehicle searches.

(f) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items, (f) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items,

equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties. equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties.

(g) Ensure only one vehicle is allowed into the (g) Ensure only one vehicle is allowed into the

Sally Port at a time, entering or exiting. Sally Port at a time, entering or exiting.

c. Special Instructions. c. Special Instructions.

(1) Only one sally port gate will be open at any (1) Only one sally port gate will be open at any

given time during operations unless authorized by the given time during operations unless authorized by the

CO or JDOG with one exception; both gates will be CO or JDOG with one exception; both gates will be

opened for vehicles responding to emergency that are opened for vehicles responding to emergency that are

too long to enter the sally port in the normal manner too long to enter the sally port in the normal manner

(i.e. fire truck). (i.e. fire truck).

(2) Sally port personnel will notify the PL and/or (2) Sally port personnel will notify the PL, DOC

CO of DV/VIP visits. and CO of DV/VIP visits. Use the following call signs

for the following VIPs:

(a) Zulu 3 – any DV/VIP not listed here

(b) Zulu 2 – CJTF-GTMO

(c) Zulu 1 – DCJTF-GTMO

(d) Zulu Bravo – CJDOG

(e) Zulu – DCJDOG.

e. For all personnel and/or equipment that require e. For all personnel and/or equipment that require

an escort, log the escort request time the escort and the an escort, log the escort request time the escort and the

time the escort arrived. time the escort arrived.

f. Pedestrian entry/exit. f. Pedestrian entry/exit.

(1) Sally port personnel will: (1) Sally port personnel will:

(a) Keep the road in front of Sally Port #1 and (a) Keep the road in front of Sally Port #1 and

#8 clear of unnecessarily halted vehicles and large #8 clear of unnecessarily halted vehicles and large

groups of people. groups of people.

(b) Require identification from all personnel (b) Require identification and stripe level access

attempting to pass through to verify eligibility to pass from all personnel attempting to pass through..

through the sally port. (c) Require Courier Orders for all personnel

(c) Maintain a visitor’s logbook. Positively carrying a lock bag, containing classified materials.

identify all visitors, including escorted visitors; and (d) Maintain a visitor’s logbook and visitor badge

enter into the logbook. The logbook will contain the inventories. Positively identify all visitors, including

following information: Name, Rank of visitor, escorted visitors; and enter into the logbook. The

Organization, Escort Name, Rank and Organization, logbook will contain the following information: Name,

Date/Time In, Date/Time Out. rank of visitor, organization, escort team, rank and

(d) Conduct a hands-on badge check of all organization, date and time in, date and time out.

pedestrians entering or exiting the sally port. Deny (e) Conduct a face to badge check and stripe

access to Camp Delta if badges are expired or not level access of all pedestrians to include TCN’s

entering or exiting the sally port. Deny access to Camp

physically present. Reference the badge identification Delta if badges are expired or not physically present.

sheets in Appendix E to recognize the access level for Reference the badge identification sheets in Appendix

each individual entering the facility. Call for E to recognize the access level for each individual

appropriate escorts via Escort Control. entering the facility. Call for appropriate escorts via

(e) Check all bags entering/exiting the sally port Escort Control.

(f) Check all bags entering/exiting the sally port

gate. Ensure all government property has a property gate. Ensure all government property has a property

pass signed by appropriate personnel prior to exiting pass signed by appropriate personnel prior to exiting

the facility. Ensure the authorization for the entry of the facility. Ensure the authorization for the entry of

any device capable of recording/relaying information. any device capable of recording/relaying information.

Refer to the most updated access roster (i.e. PC Refer to the most updated access roster (i.e. PC

notebook, cell phone). To request an updated access notebook, pagers, cell phone or PDA’s). To request an

roster or clarification of authorization, call the DOC. updated access roster or clarification of authorization,

For an unauthorized item, complete a DA 4137 Chain call the DOC. For an unauthorized item, complete a

of Custody each item confiscated and kept at the sally DA 4137 Chain of Custody each item confiscated and

port until the property is claimed upon exiting the kept at the sally port until the property is claimed upon

facility. exiting the facility. All classified document pouches

(f) The PL will identify a random number of will be checked by feeling the bag for prohibited items.

searches at the beginning of each shift. Randomly If something suspicious is found, request that the

search the person identified by this number as they individual remove the item from the pouch for

enter the Camp Delta. If the number is 20, then search inspection.

every 20th (g) The on-duty CO will identify a random

person through the sally port. This search number of searches at the beginning of each shift.

will be a pat down search or a hand scanner search. Randomly search the person identified by this number

The search will be for items prohibited in the camp. as they enter and exit Camp Delta. If the number is 20,

This is in addition to the mandatory check of all bags then search every 20th

and carried items. person through the sally port.

g. There will be a new placard system put in place This search will be a pat down search or a hand scanner

to ensure efficiency of movement through the sally port search. The search will be for items prohibited in the

and offset confusion for vehicle access. The placards camp. This is in addition to the mandatory check of all

will come in four colors, each denoting access, as well bags and carried items.

as identification and search procedures. The four (h) Ensure all personnel leaving the facility

categories will be as follows: remove the tape covering their nametapes.

(1) Green: Use this color to denote military (i) Sally Port 1. This post is located in Camp I,

vehicles and those used to transport military personnel. next to the main roadway and is a pedestrian/vehicular

A soldier wearing the military Class A-C duty uniform Sally Port 1 is the main entrance and exit point for

will drive vehicles with this placard. Proof of Camp Delta. The primary mission is to keep the sally

identification in the form of the JTF-GTMO port secure and control movement through that area for

identification card will be the only access media

required for entry. No escort is required with this

vehicle. Allow vehicles with this placard access

through either Sally Port 1 or Sally Port 8. Consider all

emergency vehicles in this category. Base Security

will still have to secure their weapons in the pistol

lockboxes in SP 1.

(2) Yellow: Use this color to denote non-tactical

government vehicles used on a regular basis in and out

of Camp Delta. Examples of these vehicles will be

chow vehicles as well as Supply/R&U vehicles. JTF-

GTMO identification as well as a cursory vehicle

search will be required for all vehicles with this placard

each time the vehicle enters the Sally Port. No escort

is required with this vehicle. Allow vehicles with this

placard access to Camp Delta through Sally Port 8.

(3) Purple: Use this color to denote contractor

vehicles. Examples of these vehicles are Kvaerner,

Brown and Root etc. A systematic search of these

vehicles is required, encompassing both the underside

and interior of the vehicle. An escort is required for

these vehicles before allowing access to Camp Delta.

Access to Camp Delta will be through Sally Port 8 for

vehicles with this placard.

(4) White: This is a temporary placard and will

have a DTG written on the placard. These placards are

valid for no longer than 8 hours. The DOC will

approve any issuance of a temporary placard. Only

Sally Port 8 will issue temporary placards. A

systematic search is required, encompassing both the

underside and interior of the vehicle. An escort is

required for these vehicles before allowing access to

Camp Delta. The escorts will ensure that the vehicle is

out of the camp before the DTG expires on the placard.

Access to Camp Delta will be through Sally Port 8 for

vehicles with this placard.

(5) The DOC will issue all placards except white

ones. To receive a placard, the OIC of the organization

requesting a placard will send to the JDOG S-3 a

memorandum from for approval. The memorandum

must contain organization, type of vehicle, license plate

number for civilian vehicles, bumper number for

military vehicles, and reason for access.

(6) Placards will be valid for 90 days from date

of issue. Turn in the expired placard to the DOC

before issuing a new placard unless it is an initial issue.

(7) When discovered, report lost placards to the

JDOG S-3. Send a new request memorandum to the

JDOG S-3 for approval.

(8) A red front license plate with a star on it

denoting a General Officer’s vehicle will be the

equivalent of a green placard. This access will not

expire at any time.

h. Sally Port 1. This post is located in Camp I, next

to the main roadway and is a pedestrian/vehicular Sally

Port 1 is the main entrance and exit point for Camp

Delta. The primary mission is to keep the sally port

secure and control movement through that area for

official business only. This post will be manned 24/7. official business only. This post will be manned 24/7.

(1) The only vehicles allowed past Sally Port 1 (1) The only vehicles allowed past Sally Port 1

are those that have a requirement to be inside the camp. are those that have a requirement and deemed mission

These vehicles will have a green placard. Do not allow related. The only exceptions will be emergency

vehicles with any other color placard access through

Sally Port 1. The only exceptions will be emergency

vehicles (fire, ambulance, police), those transporting vehicles (fire, ambulance, police), those transporting

VIP (JDOG and higher), and mission specific. Shift VIP (JDOG and higher), and mission specific or if

Change vehicles will park across the street on the Sally Port 8 is closed for repairs or an accident. Shift

shoulder, offset from the entrance for loading and change vehicles may stop and wait along the bus

offloading of personnel, ensuring that the roadway is turnaround road in front of Sally Port 1. The driver

not blocked. Being a military or government vehicle in must stay with the vehicle. No vehicle will be left

itself is not a sufficient reason for access into the camp. unattended on the concrete pad across from sally port 1

(2) The sentry will keep the road in front of the or anywhere on the bus turn around area. Report any

violators to the DOC. Being a military or government

vehicle in itself is not a sufficient reason for access into

the camp.

(2) The guard will keep the road in front of the

sally port clear of unnecessarily halted vehicles and sally port clear of unnecessarily halted vehicles and

large groups of people. The sally port sentry will large groups of people. The sally port guard will

require identification from all personnel attempting to require face to badge identification and stripe level

gain access to Camp Delta. Sally Port 1 will maintain access from all personnel attempting to gain access to

Camp Delta. Sally Port 1 will maintain a visitor’s

a visitor’s logbook. All visitors, including escorted logbook. All visitors, including escorted visitors; will

visitors; will be positively identified and entered into be positively identified and entered into the logbook.

the logbook. The logbook will contain the following The logbook will contain the following information:

information: Name, rank, organization, escort name Name, rank, organization, escort name and rank, DTG

and rank, DTG in, DTG out, and ID of Block Guard in, DTG out, and ID of guard entering data. All

entering data. All pedestrian personnel will enter pedestrian personnel will enter Camp Delta through

Camp Delta through this sally port. this sally port. No vehicle may be left unattended on

the concrete pad across from Sally Port 1 or anywhere

on the bus turn around area. Report any violators to

the DOC.

(3) Sally Port 1 personnel will contact the DOC (3) Sally Port 1 personnel will contact the DOC

or SOG if they have questions about Sally Port 1 or SOG 3 if they have questions about Sally Port 1

operations. operations.

(4) The PL will identify a random number of (4) The on-duty CO will identify a random

persons to be searched at the beginning of each shift. number of persons to be searched at the beginning of

each shift.

(5) Contraband IAW Camp Delta SOP will be (5) Contraband IAW Camp Delta SOP will be

cross-referenced against the access roster for Camp cross-referenced against the access roster for Camp

Delta. Once checked items still classified as Delta. Checked items still classified, as contraband

contraband will be stored in the bins located in Sally will be returned to the individuals vehicle, or place of

Port 1. A chain of custody sheet will be completed residence. If the entering individual does not have

before MP retains positive control of the item. access to a vehicle the contraband will be stored in the

Contraband items will be returned upon the visitors bins located in Sally Port 1. A chain of custody sheet

exit from Camp Delta. The chain of custody sheet will will be completed before the guard retains positive

be maintained in the custody binder for two months. control of the item. Contraband items will be returned

upon the visitors exit from Camp Delta. The chain of

custody sheet will be maintained in the custody binder

for two months.

(6) Escort control will provide escorts for (6) Escort control will provide escorts for

individuals requiring access to Camp Delta who must individuals requiring access to Camp Delta who must

be escorted. The only exception to this is individuals be escorted. The only exception to this is individuals

who are traveling with personnel that have unescorted who are traveling with personnel that have unescorted

access badges will be allowed to sign in and be access badges will be allowed to sign in and be

escorted by those they are traveling with (if an escorted by those they are traveling with (if an

interpreter has an escort only badge and is traveling interpreter has an escort only badge and is traveling

with FBI personnel that have unescorted access; the with FBI personnel that have unescorted access; the

interpreter will be escorted by the personnel that have interpreter will be escorted by the personnel that have

unescorted access badges). unescorted access badges).

(7) All personnel will have access badges (7) All personnel will have access badges

checked upon entering and exiting Camp Delta. checked upon entering and exiting Camp Delta.

i. Sally Port 8. This post is located in Camp II, (8) There will be no loitering or socializing

next to the main roadway and is strictly a vehicular permitted in or around the sally port.

entrance and exit point. Sally Port 8 is the main (9) Ensure all personnel leaving Camp Delta

entrance and exit point for contractor and supply remove the tape from their nametape.

vehicles. The primary mission is to keep the sally port i. Sally Port 8. This post is located in Camp 2,3,

secure and control movement through that area for next to the main roadway and is primarily a vehicular,

official business only. This post will be manned from and contractor entrance and exit point. Sally Port 8 is

0600-2000 seven days a week. This is the only post the main entrance and exit point for contractor and

where temporary placards will be issued and collected. supply vehicles. The only vehicles allowed past Sally

(1) The only vehicles allowed access through this Port 8 are those that have a requirement and deemed

sally port are those with yellow, purple, and temporary mission related. The primary mission is to keep the

placards. VIPs and emergency vehicles will be sally port secure and control movement through that

allowed unimpeded access through the sally port after area for official business only. This post will be

checking for proper access media. manned from 0600-1900 seven days a week.

(2) The search of the chow vehicle will be a (1) The search of the chow vehicle will be a quick

quick search of the underside and interior of the search of the underside and interior of the vehicle. At

vehicle. At no time will the food containers be opened no time will the food containers be opened and

and searched. All other vehicles will be searched IAW searched. All other vehicles will be searched IAW

SOP. Refer to paragraphs 7-2.g and 7-2.j. SOP. Refer to paragraphs 7-2.g and 7-2.j.

(3) Pedestrians will not be allowed access (2) Pedestrians will not be allowed access

through this sally port. The only exceptions are through this sally port. The only exceptions are

escorted contractors. escorted contractors.

(4) All personnel will have access media checked (3 All personnel will have access media checked

prior to entering and exiting the sally port. All escorted prior to entering and exiting the sally port. All escorted

badge holders will be searched prior to entering and badge holders will be searched prior to entering and

exiting Camp Delta. This search will be conducted exiting Camp Delta. This search will be conducted

using either the hand held metal detector or a pat down using either the hand held metal detector or a pat down

search. Any contraband found will be returned to the search. Any contraband found will be returned to the

person and the person will not be allowed access person and the person will not be allowed access

through Sally Port 8. Personnel with contraband will through Sally Port 8. Personnel with contraband will

be directed to enter Camp Delta through Sally Port 1. be directed to enter Camp Delta through Sally Port 1.

(4) Guards will ascertain the following

information upon the arrival of vendors and

contractors:

(a) Name of individuals in the vehicle

(b) Company

(c) Nature of business

(d) Description of the vehicle and the license

plate number

(e) Contents of any freight

(f) Time of arrival

(5) Sally Port 8 will contact the DOC for escorts. (5) Sally Port 8 will contact the DOC for escorts.

Personnel requiring escort will not be allowed access to Personnel requiring escort will not be allowed access to

Camp Delta until escort arrives. Camp Delta until escort arrives.

(6) Sally Port 8 will contact DOC or the SOG 2 if (6) Sally Port 8 will contact DOC or the SOG 2 if

they have questions about Sally Port 8 operations. they have questions about Sally Port 8 operations.

(7) In the event that Sally Port 8 is closed for

repairs or due to damage, Sally Port 8 will notify Sally

Port 1 that they can no longer accept vehicles. Once

the sally port is put back into operation, Sally Port 8

will notify Sally Port 1 that they are back in operation.

(8) Upon the departure of the vendor or

contractor, the

j. Inspections will be conducted upon entry and exit j. Inspections will be conducted upon entry and exit

of all vehicles as required by placard. Sally port sentry of all vehicles as required by placard. Sally port

will: personnel will:

(1) Gain a positive identification of the driver and (1) Gain a positive identification of the driver and

any passengers prior to opening the gate. any passengers prior to opening the gate.

(2) Open exterior gate and allow vehicle to enter (2) Open exterior gate and allow vehicle to enter

the sally port. the sally port.

(3) Instruct driver to place the vehicle in park, (3) Instruct driver to place the vehicle in park,

engage the emergency brake, stop engine, and exit the engage the emergency brake, stop engine, and exit the

vehicle (including passengers). Collect identification vehicle (including passengers). Collect identification

badge(s). Upon exiting, the MP will instruct the driver badge(s). Upon exiting, the guard will instruct the

to open all doors, hood, trunk, and tailgate, or any other driver to open all doors, hood, trunk, and tailgate, or

compartment(s) to be searched. any other compartment(s) to be searched.

(4) Log vehicle information to include time-in, (4) Log vehicle information to include time-in,

tag number, driver’s name, organization, destination, tag number, driver’s name, organization, destination,

and purpose of visit. and purpose of visit.

(5) MPs will systematically search the vehicle by (5) MPs will systematically search the vehicle by

examining the interior, exterior, top, underneath hoods, examining the interior, exterior, top, underneath hoods,

in trunks, and the undercarriage. Search the vehicle in trunks, and the undercarriage. Search the vehicle

using the following pattern: using the following pattern:

(a) Behind and under the seats (a) Behind and under the seats

(b) Under the dashboard (b) Under the dashboard

(c) Glove and tool compartments (c) Glove and tool compartments

skipping to change at line 2998 skipping to change at line 3607

and items not needed for the incoming personnel to and items not needed for the incoming personnel to

conduct their business within the facility. If an item is conduct their business within the facility. If an item is

not authorized or unnecessary, a DA 4137 chain of not authorized or unnecessary, a DA 4137 chain of

custody will be done for each item confiscated and kept custody will be done for each item confiscated and kept

at the sally port until the property is claimed upon at the sally port until the property is claimed upon

exiting the facility. Tools and loose equipment exiting the facility. Tools and loose equipment

entering the facility in a vehicle must be accounted for entering the facility in a vehicle must be accounted for

upon exiting. RESOLVE ALL DISCREPANCIES upon exiting. RESOLVE ALL DISCREPANCIES

BEFORE ALLOWING THE VEHICLE TO EXIT. BEFORE ALLOWING THE VEHICLE TO EXIT.

When in doubt, call for the SOG, PL, or DOC. When in doubt, call for the SOG, PL, or DOC.

(7) Upon completion of the vehicle search, the (7) Upon completion of the vehicle search, the

driver and passenger(s) will re-enter the vehicle. An driver and passenger(s) will re-enter the vehicle. A

MP will open interior sally port gate and allow vehicle guard will open interior sally port gate and allow

to access Camp Delta. vehicle to access Camp Delta. Sally port personnel

will be ensure vehicle operators wear seatbelts and

adhere to the 5 MPH camp speed limit.

k. Emergencies will take priority over all other k. Emergencies will take priority over all other

ongoing sally port operations. It is the responsibility of ongoing sally port operations. It is the responsibility of

the sally port guards to stop all traffic though the sally the sally port guards to stop all traffic though the sally

port that will hinder the entry/exit of emergency port that will hinder the entry/exit of emergency

vehicles. vehicles.

l. Emergency Vehicles. l. Emergency Vehicles.

(1) The entry and exit of emergency vehicles (1) The entry and exit of emergency vehicles

such as Base Security, fire trucks, ambulance will be such as Base Security, fire trucks, ambulance will be

brought to the attention of DOC immediately via radio brought to the attention of DOC immediately via land

or runner. line or saber radio.

(2) Emergency vehicles will be logged in and out. (2) Emergency vehicles will be logged in and out.

(3) Vehicles responding to an emergency within (3) Vehicles responding to an emergency within

Camp Delta will be expeditiously searched upon Camp Delta will be expeditiously searched upon

entering and exiting the facility. In an expeditious entering and exiting the facility. In an expeditious

search, guards will quickly verify identification badges search, guards will quickly verify identification badges

of emergency personnel and allow them to pass of emergency personnel and allow them to pass

through the Sally Port. They will verify same number through the Sally Port. They will verify same number

of personnel exiting that came in with the vehicle and of personnel exiting that came in with the vehicle and

that no additional personnel leave with it. Detainee that no additional personnel leave with it. Detainee

patients leaving in an ambulance for NAVBASE patients leaving in an ambulance for NAVBASE

Hospital will be accounted for and verified through Hospital will be accounted for and verified through

DOC after the ambulance has been allowed to leave. DOC after the ambulance has been allowed to leave.

Ambulances transporting detainees in and out of Camp Ambulances transporting detainees in and out of Camp

Delta will not be searched. It is the responsibility of Delta will not be searched. It is the responsibility of

the MP medical escort teams to conduct searches of the the medical escort teams to conduct searches of the

ambulances. In cases where there is no MP escort team ambulances. In cases where there is no escort team

present in the ambulance, sally port guards will search present in the ambulance, sally port guards will search

the ambulance upon entering or exiting Camp Delta. the ambulance upon entering or exiting Camp Delta.

Necessary medical treatment instruments will not be Necessary medical treatment instruments will not be

seized or delay the ambulance’s entry or exit through a seized or delay the ambulance’s entry or exit through a

sally port. sally port.

(4) Vehicles responding to an emergency in will (4) Vehicles responding to an emergency in will

enter Camp Delta through Sally Port 8 and exit Camp enter Camp Delta through Sally Port 8 and exit Camp

Delta through Sally Port 1. Delta through Sally Port 1.

(5) In the event that large emergency vehicles (5) In the event that large emergency vehicles

must pass through the sally port (i.e. fire truck), both must pass through the sally port (i.e. fire truck), both

interior and exterior gates will be opened to allow entry interior and exterior gates will be opened to allow entry

and exit. and exit.

(a) When entering, guards will expeditiously (a) When entering, guards will expeditiously

verify identification badges of emergency personnel verify identification badges of emergency personnel

and allow them to pass through the sally port. Upon and allow them to pass through the sally port. Upon

exiting, the vehicle will be searched prior to entering exiting, the vehicle will be searched prior to entering

the sally port with the exception of escorted the sally port with the exception of escorted

ambulances. Sentries will verify same number of ambulances. Guards will verify same number of

personnel exiting that came in with the vehicle and that personnel exiting that came in with the vehicle and that

no additional personnel leave with it. RESOLVE ALL no additional personnel leave with it. RESOLVE ALL

DISCREPANCIES BEFORE ALLOWING THE DISCREPANCIES BEFORE ALLOWING THE

VEHICLE TO EXIT. After search, both gates will VEHICLE TO EXIT. After search, both gates will be

again be opened to allow the vehicle to exit. opened to allow the vehicle to exit.

m.Land Bridge missions will take priority over all m.Detainee Movement Operation (DMO) missions

other ongoing sally port operations except will take priority over all other ongoing sally port

emergencies. It is the responsibility of the sally port operations except emergencies. It is the responsibility

guards to stop all traffic though the sally port that will of the sally port guards to stop all traffic though the

hinder the entry/exit of Land Bridge vehicles. sally port that will hinder the entry/exit of DMO

n. Upon receipt of a Land Bridge mission, all vehicles.

direction will be taken from JDOG personnel and the n. Upon receipt of a DMO mission, all direction

CO. An ETA will be provided to Sally Port 1 as the will be taken from JDOG personnel and the CO. An

Land Bridge vehicles are enroute to Camp Delta. ETA will be provided to Sally Port 1, as the DMO

vehicles are enroute to Camp Delta.

7-3. Sally Ports 3 And 9 7-3. Sally Ports 3 And 9

a. Manning. Sally Port Gates 3 and 9 will have one a. Manning. Sally Port Gates 3 and 9 will have one

soldier assigned to each gate. Any soldier attached to soldier assigned to each gate.

JTF-GTMO with a secret security clearance may work b. . Duties and responsibilities. One soldier

the gate. assigned will:

b. Duties and responsibilities. One soldier assigned

will:

(1) Be directly responsible to the SOG for the (1) Be directly responsible to the SOG for the

operation of the sally port gate including daily operation of the sally port gate including daily

functional management of the gates and overall functional management of the gates and overall

responsibility for their respective Camp Delta sally port responsibility for their respective Camp Delta sally port

gate. gate.

(2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events. (2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events.

(3) Conduct hands on ID check of all personnel (3) Conduct face to badge identification and

entering. stripe level access check of all personnel entering. The

only exception to this is personnel physically escorting

a detainee.

(4) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items, (4) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items,

equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties. equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties.

(5) Ensure only one vehicle is allowed to enter or (5) Ensure only one vehicle is allowed to enter or

exit the Sally Port at a time. exit the Sally Port at a time.

c. Special Instructions. c. Special Instructions.

(1) Only one sally port gate will be open at any (1) Only one sally port gate will be open at any

given time during operations unless authorized by the given time during operations unless authorized by the

CO or JDOG with one exception; both gates will be CO or JDOG with one exception; both gates will be

opened for vehicles responding to emergency that are opened for vehicles responding to emergency that are

too long to enter the sally port in the normal manner too long to enter the sally port in the normal manner

(i.e. fire truck). (i.e. fire truck).

(2) Sally port personnel will notify the PL and/or (2) Sally port personnel will notify the DOC of

CO of DV/VIP visits. DV/VIP visits.

d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will: d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will:

(1) Keep the alleyway in front of the sally port (1) Keep the alleyway in front of the sally port

clear of unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups clear of unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups

of people. of people.

(2) Require identification from all personnel (2) Require identification and stripe level access

attempting to pass through to verify eligibility to pass from all personnel attempting to pass through to verify

through the sally port. eligibility.

(3) Conduct a hands-on badge check of all (3) Conduct a hands-on badge check of all

pedestrians entering the sally port. Access to Camp pedestrians entering the sally port. Access to Camp

Delta is denied if badges are expired or not physically Delta is denied if badges are expired or not physically

present ensuring that personnel requiring escorts enter present ensuring that personnel requiring escorts enter

with the escort(s). Reference the badge identification with the escort(s). Reference the badge identification

sheet to recognize the access level for each individual sheet to recognize the access level for each individual

entering the facility. entering the facility.

e. Vehicle entry/exit. All vehicles may enter and e. Vehicle entry/exit. All vehicles may enter and

exit Camp I and block areas through Sally Ports 3 and exit Camp 1 and block areas through Sally Ports 3 and

This includes and is not limited to the following: 9. This includes and is not limited to the following:

(1) Contractor (1) Contractor

(2) Food service (2) Food service

(3) Gators and golf carts (3) Gators

(4) Emergency (4) Emergency

(5) Fuel (5) Fuel

(6) Garbage (6) Garbage

f. Emergencies will take priority over all other f. Emergencies will take priority over all other

ongoing sally port operations. It is the responsibility of ongoing sally port operations. It is the responsibility of

the sally port sentry to stop all traffic though the sally the sally port sentry to stop all traffic though the sally

port that will hinder the entry/exit of emergency port that will hinder the entry/exit of emergency

vehicles. vehicles.

g. Emergency Vehicles. g. Emergency Vehicles.

(1) The entry and exit of emergency vehicles (1) The entry and exit of emergency vehicles

such as Base Security, fire trucks, ambulance will be such as Base Security, fire trucks, ambulance will be

brought to the attention of the DOC immediately via brought to the attention of the DOC immediately via

radio or runner. radio or runner.

(2) In the event that large emergency vehicles (2) In the event that large emergency vehicles

must pass through the sally port (i.e. fire truck), both must pass through the sally port (i.e. fire truck), both

interior and exterior gates will be opened to allow entry interior and exterior gates will be opened to allow entry

and exit. and exit.

7-4. Sally Ports 4 And 10 7-4. Sally Ports 4 And 10

a. Manning. Sally Port Gates 4 and 10 will have a. Manning. Sally Port Gates 4 and 10 will have

one soldier assigned to each gate. Any soldier attached one soldier assigned to each gate.

to the JTF-GTMO with a secret security clearance may b. Duties and responsibilities. One soldier

work the gate. assigned will:

b. Duties and responsibilities. One soldier assigned

will:

(1) Directly responsible to the SOG for the (1) Directly responsible to the SOG for the

operation of the sally port gate including daily operation of the sally port gate including daily

functional management of the gates and overall functional management of the gates and overall

responsibility for their respective Camp Delta sally port responsibility for their respective Camp Delta sally port

gate. gate.

(2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events. (2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events.

(3) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items, (3) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items,

equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties. equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties.

(4) Ensure only one vehicle is allowed into the (4) Ensure only one vehicle is allowed into the

sally port at a time, entering or exiting. sally port at a time, entering or exiting.

(5) Sally Port 4 will be responsible for opening

and closing the sally port gate to the Brown and

Yellow buildings. Sally Port 10 will be responsible for

opening and closing the sally port gate to Gold

building.

c. Special Instructions. c. Special Instructions.

(1) Only one sally port gate will be open at any (1) Only one sally port gate will be open at any

given time during operations unless authorized by the given time during operations unless authorized by the

CO or JDOG with one exception; both gates will be CO or JDOG with one exception; both gates will be

opened for vehicles responding to emergency or are too opened for vehicles responding to emergency or are too

long to enter the sally port in the normal manner (i.e. long to enter the sally port in the normal manner (i.e.

fire truck, chow truck). fire truck, chow truck).

(2) Sally port personnel will notify the PL and/or (2) Sally port personnel will notify the DOC

CO of DV/VIP visits. DV/VIP visits.

d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will keep d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will keep

the alleyway in front of the sally port clear of the alleyway in front of the sally port clear of

unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups of unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups of

people. people.

e. Vehicle entry/exit. All vehicles may enter and e. Vehicle entry/exit. All vehicles may enter and

exit Camp I and Camp II block areas through Sally exit block areas through Sally Ports 4 and 10. This

Ports 4 and 10. This includes and IS limited to the includes and is limited to the following:

following:

(1) Contractor (1) Contractor

(2) Food service (2) Food service

(3) Gators and golf carts (3) Gators

(4) Emergency (4) Emergency

(5) Fuel (5) Fuel

(6) Garbage (6) Garbage

f. Emergencies will take priority over all other f. Emergencies will take priority over all other

ongoing sally port operations. It is the responsibility of ongoing sally port operations. It is the responsibility of

the sally port sentry to stop all traffic though the sally the sally port sentry to stop all traffic though the sally

port that will hinder the entry/exit of emergency port that will hinder the entry/exit of emergency

vehicles. vehicles.

g. Emergency Vehicles. g. Emergency Vehicles.

(1) The entry and exit of emergency vehicles (1) The entry and exit of emergency vehicles

such as Base Security, fire trucks, ambulance will be such as Base Security, fire trucks, ambulance will be

brought to the attention of the DOC immediately via brought to the attention of the DOC immediately via

radio or runner. radio or runner.

(2) In the event that large emergency vehicles (2) In the event that large emergency vehicles

must pass through the sally port (i.e. fire truck), both must pass through the sally port (i.e. fire truck), both

interior and exterior gates will be opened to allow entry interior and exterior gates will be opened to allow entry

and exit. and exit.

7-5. Detainee Medical Clinic Gate 7-5. Detainee Medical Clinic Gate

a. Manning. The detainee Medical Gate will have a. Manning. The detainee Medical Gate will have

one soldier assigned. Any soldier attached to JTF- one soldier assigned.

GTMO with a secret security clearance may work the b. Duties and responsibilities. One Soldier

gate. assigned will:

b. Duties and responsibilities. One Soldier assigned

will:

(1) Directly responsible to the SOG for the (1) Directly responsible to the SOG for the

operation of the gate including daily functional operation of the gate including daily functional

management of the gate and overall responsibility. management of the gate and overall responsibility.

(2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events. (2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events.

(3) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items, (3) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items,

equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties. equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties.

c. Special Instructions. Gate personnel will notify c. Special Instructions. Gate personnel will notify

the PL and/or CO of DV/VIP visits to detainee Medical the DOC of DV/VIP visits to detainee Medical Clinic.

Clinic.

d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will:

(a) Keep the alleyway in front of the gate clear of

unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups of

people.

(b) Ensure personnel entering have official

business and/or orders.

e. Emergencies will take priority over all other

ongoing gate operations. It is the responsibility of the

sentry to stop all traffic though the gate that will hinder

the entry/exit of emergency personnel.

7-6. JIIF Gate

a. Manning. The JIIF Gate will have one soldier

assigned. Any soldier attached to the JTF with a secret

security clearance may work the gate.

b. Duties and responsibilities. One Soldier assigned

will:

(1) Directly responsible to the SOG for the

operation of the gate including daily functional

management of the gate and overall responsibility.

(2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events.

(3) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items,

equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties.

c. Special Instructions.

(1) Gate sentry will keep a working Staff Duty

Log annotating all detainees requested by the JIIF

passing through the gate. Include detainee cell number

and ISN.

(2) Gate sentry will notify the PL and/or DFC of

DV/VIP visits to JIIF.

d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will: d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will:

(a) Keep the alleyway in front of the gate clear of (a) Keep the alleyway in front of the gate clear of

unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups of unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups of

people. people.

(b) Ensure personnel entering have official (b) Ensure personnel entering have official

business and/or orders. business and/or orders, face to badge identification

required upon entry or exit.

e. Emergencies will take priority over all other e. Emergencies will take priority over all other

ongoing gate operations. It is the responsibility of the ongoing gate operations. It is the responsibility of the

sentry to stop all traffic though the gate that will hinder guard to stop all traffic though the gate that will hinder

the entry/exit of emergency personnel. the entry/exit of emergency personnel.

7-7. Roving Sally 7-6. Roving Sally

a. Manning. The Roving Sally will have two a. Manning. The Roving Sally will have two

soldiers assigned. Any soldier attached to the JTF- soldiers assigned. Any soldier attached to the JTF-

GTMO with a secret security clearance may work the GTMO with a secret security clearance or that has

gate. signed a non-disclosure statement may work the gate.

b. Duties and responsibilities. The two soldiers b. Duties and responsibilities.

assigned will:

(1) Directly responsible to the SOG for the (1) Directly responsible to the SOG for the

operation of the gates including daily functional operation of the gates including daily functional

management of the gate and overall responsibility. management of the gate and overall responsibility.

(2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events. (2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events.

(3) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items, (3) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items,

equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties. equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties.

(4) Ensure the IRF team equipment is organized

neatly and maintained.

c. Special Instructions. c. Special Instructions.

(1) In the event of an IRF team request, the (1) In the event of an IRF team request, the

Roving Sally will ensure as IRF team members leave Roving Sally will ensure as IRF team members leave

the blocks, that they open the gates as quickly as the blocks, that they open the gates as quickly as

possible. IRF team and support members have priority possible. IRF team and support members have priority

for gate openings. for gate openings.

(2) In the event of fire, Roving Sally will ensure (2) In the event of fire, Roving Sally will ensure

the centrally located fire extinguishers are placed in the centrally located fire extinguishers are placed in

between the sally port gates of the affected block(s). between the sally port gates of the affected block(s).

d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will: d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will:

(a) Keep the central causeway clear of (a) Keep the central causeway clear of

unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups of unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups of

people. people.

(b) Ensure personnel entering have official (b) Ensure personnel entering have official

business and/or orders. business and/or orders.

e. Emergencies will take priority over all other e. Emergencies will take priority over all other

ongoing gate operations. It is the responsibility of the ongoing gate operations. It is the responsibility of the

sentry to stop all traffic though the gate that will hinder guard to stop all traffic though the gate that will hinder

the entry/exit of emergency personnel. the entry/exit of emergency personnel.

7-8. Weapon Boxes 7-7. Weapon Boxes

a. Weapon boxes at main entry sally ports will be a. Weapon boxes located at sally ports 1 and 8 will

used to store handguns, mace, OC, knives, or any other be used to store handguns, mace, OC, knives, or any

small weapons not authorized to enter the facility. other small weapons not authorized to enter the facility.

b. Sally port guards will perform the following tasks b. Sally port guards will perform the following tasks

if an unauthorized weapon is carried into the sally port if an unauthorized weapon is carried into the sally port

and the personnel who is in possession, needs to enter and the personnel who is in possession, needs to enter

the facility: the facility:

(1) Inform the personnel that the unauthorized (1) Inform the personnel that the unauthorized

item is not allowed into the facility. item is not allowed into the facility.

(2) Issue a weapon box key to personnel from the (2) Issue a weapon box key to personnel from the

key box using Form 5513-R. key box using Form 5513-R.

(3) Inform personnel to place the item(s) in the (3) Inform personnel to place the item(s) in the

weapon box. weapon box.

skipping to change at line 3295 skipping to change at line 3880

c. When personnel return to the sally port and are c. When personnel return to the sally port and are

ready to exit the facility, the following steps will take ready to exit the facility, the following steps will take

place: place:

(1) Remove weapon box key from their person (1) Remove weapon box key from their person

and open the appropriate gun box. and open the appropriate gun box.

(2) Removes item(s) from the weapon box. (2) Removes item(s) from the weapon box.

(3) Secure item(s) on their person. (3) Secure item(s) on their person.

(4) Close gun box and remove weapon box key. (4) Close gun box and remove weapon box key.

(5) Return key to the sally port guard. (5) Return key to the sally port guard.

d. Sally port guard logs weapon box key back in on d. Sally port guard logs weapon box key back in on

Form 5513-R, returns key to key box and secures key Form 5513-R, returns key to the key box and secures

box. key box.

e. Sally port guard logs personnel out of facility. e. Sally port guard logs personnel out of facility.

7-8 Camp Delta Badge Identification Procedures

a. All Camp Delta badges are issued and accounted

for by the JDOG S-2.

b. Each incoming unit will forward a copy of their

unit-manning roster to the JDOG S-2 for badge issue.

c. JDOG S-2 will produce badges for each soldier

based upon position and level of access required.

d. Soldiers will sign for their badge directly from

the S-2.

e. It is the soldiers’ responsibility to maintain

accountability of their badge once issued.

f. Lost, stolen, destroyed or damaged badges will

be reported through the soldier’s chain of command

immediately upon discovery. A DA Form 2823 (sworn

statement) will be completed by the soldier. JDOG S2

is the only re-issue authority for a lost, stolen,

destroyed and/or damaged badge.

. g. The default badge will be the RED badge.

Soldiers and civilians whose primary job is outside

Camp Delta will be issued a RED badge. RED badges

will be issued only to soldiers and civilians whose job

requires they work inside the camp. Soldiers and

civilians who occasionally visit the camp or perform

work in the camp on an on-call basis will require a

visitor badge and must be escorted by the person or

agency they are visiting.

h. Soldiers and civilians whose primary mission is

interrogation support, and/or who maintain an office in

the administrative buildings inside Camp Delta are

authorized a YELLOW badge. Linguists who are

cleared to work inside Camp Delta and detainee

hospital staff will be issued a YELLOW badge.

Soldiers and civilians who work on JPJ Hill will also

be issued a YELLOW badge.

i. GREEN badges will be issued to soldiers and

civilians whose primary job is working the blocks

inside Camp Delta and Camp Echo. All other requests

for GREEN badges must be approved by the JDOG

commander

Badge classification regular issue.

a. Red: Badges bearing a red square allow access

through sally ports 1 & 8, Café Carrib, and Guard

Towers.

b. Yellow: Badges bearing a yellow square allow

access through sally ports 1, 3, 8, 9, interrogation

buildings, DOC and Buildings 7 & 8.

c. Green: Unescorted access throughout Camp

Delta.

d. All other areas not listed require an escort and

prior coordination through the DOC.

Badge classification special issue.

a. Third Country Nationals (TCN’s), and

Contractors

(1) TCN’s/Contractors will be issued a photo ID

Yellow Camp Delta Badge, that can be verified by a

hole- punch through the Yellow square.

(2) TCN’s/Contractors will be escorted through

Sally port 8.

(3) Sally port 8 maintains accountability of TCN’s

and Contractors that enter and exit the camp, via head-

count roster. In the event that a contractor is called to

the camp after hours for an emergency work-order, the

contractor will be escorted IAW the current SOP escort

policy.

b. Emergency responders (ER’s)

NAVBASE MCC will be issued non-photo white

badges identified by a red stripe on the top, bottom,

and a red cross in the center. The ER’s will have

unescorted access into the camp for emergency

purposes only, coordinated through the DOC.

c. Visitor Access Sally ports 1&8

(1) JDOG S-2 will issue 15 Red visitor “V”

badges each, to Sally Ports 1& 8. SOG 3 will

inventory, sign-for, and maintain accountability of

badges.

(2) Visitors will sign for their badges at Sally

ports 1 or 8, and await their assigned “Escort authority”

(EA). Visitors are required to display the badge in

such a manner that it is noticeable at all times. Visitors

will turn in their badges at Sally port 1or 8 prior to

deaprting the camp.

(3) JDOG S-2 will designate, and assign Escort

Authorities (EA’s) from the S-2, S-3, DOC, ICE,

Medical and civilian staff agencies. Designated EA’s

will carry special badges identifying them as escorts.

(4) Visitor access will only be allowed through

Sally port 1; visitors may access Sally port 8 if they are

a group delegation operating a vehicle. The vehicle

must be accompanied by a designated EA. Visitors

will be issued their badge at sally port 8 when the

vehicle enters.

d. Infantry Task Force

(1) 14 non-photo red badges will be issued to the

IN TOC for the purpose of access into the camp for

tower rotation. All Infantry soldiers on Amber Cycle

will be issued a RED badge. Soldiers will keep the

RED Badge on their person at all times. The RED

Badge will be presented at Sally port 1 as the soldiers

rotate from tower to QRF duty.

e. Quick Reaction Force (QRF)

(1) 14 non-photo green badges will be issued to the

QRF for the purpose of responding to an alarm

activation and/or a camp uprising. The GREEN QRF

badge will be maintained in the QRF shack. Soldiers

will not carry the QRF badge when they rotate to tower

duty. The QRF green badge will only be worn when

the DOC calls the QRF to respond to the camp.

(2) The Infantry will follow the Infantry TOC SOP

for badge issue and turn-in.

f. Camp Echo

Personnel requiring access to Camp Echo must

coordinate through the JDOG S-2, and be placed on the

access roster.

Chapter 8 Chapter 8

Detainee Behavioral Management Detainee Behavioral Management

8-1. Purpose To outline requirements and procedures 8-1. Purpose To outline requirements and procedures

for managing detainee discipline and positive behavior for managing detainee discipline and positive behavior

rewards programs. This system will protect the health, rewards programs. This system will protect the health,

safety, and security of all persons within the facility by safety, and security of all persons within the facility by

providing for a fair and consistent delivery of providing for a fair and consistent delivery of

consequences for negative behavior and rewards for consequences for negative behavior and rewards for

positive behavior. positive behavior.

skipping to change at line 3330 skipping to change at line 4029

showers and the availability of soap and water to wash showers and the availability of soap and water to wash

themselves while in the cell. themselves while in the cell.

8-3. Discipline Process 8-3. Discipline Process

a. When a detainee commits a camp rules infraction a. When a detainee commits a camp rules infraction

or an offense listed in Table 8-1, List of Offenses, the or an offense listed in Table 8-1, List of Offenses, the

chain of command within the camp will be notified. chain of command within the camp will be notified.

The priority of notification is the Sergeant of the Guard The priority of notification is the Sergeant of the Guard

(SOG), Platoon Leader (PL), and on-duty (SOG), Platoon Leader (PL), and on-duty

Commanding Officer (CO), in that order. Commanding Officer (CO), in that order.

b. The SOG and/or PL will: b. The SOG and/or PL will:

(1) Review Table 8-1 and locate the offense on (1) Instruct the block personnel to remove the

detainees comfort items.

(2) Review Table 8-1 and locate the offense on

the list. If the offense is not listed, attempt to locate a the list. If the offense is not listed, attempt to locate a

similar offense or an offense of equal severity to the similar offense or an offense of equal severity to the

offense committed by the detainee. Identify the offense committed by the detainee. Identify the

category level of the most severe offense. category level of the most severe offense.

(2) Review the discipline record of the detainee (3) Review the discipline record of the detainee

to determine the detainee’s previous discipline history. to determine the detainee’s previous discipline history.

(3) Using Table 8-2, Detainee Movement and (4) Using Table 8-2, Detainee Movement and

Discipline Matrix, cross-reference the category of the Discipline Matrix, cross-reference the category of the

most severe offense from Table 8-1 with the number of most severe offense from Table 8-1 with the number of

days between the current offense and the previous days between the current offense and the previous

offense. This will give you two results. The result offense. This will give you two results. The result

from the movement section of Table 8-2 is where to from the movement section of Table 8-2 is where to

move the detainee. The discipline section of Table 8-2 move the detainee. The discipline section of Table 8-2

determines the type and length of discipline imposed determines the type and length of discipline imposed

on the detainee. on the detainee.

(5) Complete a GTMO Form 508-1 with the

following information:

(a) Date, time, ISN, location, and type of offense

(based off of table 8-1) that was committed.

(b) List any witnesses. Witnesses must complete

a DA Form 2823.

(c) Was medical treatment necessary.

(d) The date of the last offense

(e) The discipline to enforce for the detainee.

(5) Turn the 508-1 into the DOC after

completion. The 508-1 can be turned in without the

DA 2823s.

c. If several offenses were committed at the same c. If several offenses were committed at the same

time and the resulting discipline does not include time time and the resulting discipline does not include time

in MSU, move one column to the right on the in SHU, move one column to the right on the discipline

discipline section of the Table 8-2 to determine section of the Table 8-2 to determine punishment. If

punishment. If several offenses were committed at the several offenses were committed at the same time and

same time and the resulting discipline does include the resulting discipline does include time in SHU, add

time in MSU, add five days to loss of Comfort Items five days to loss of Comfort Items (CI) and 5 days to

(CI) and 5 days to the time in MSU for each additional the time in SHU for each additional offense.

offense. d. The Detention Operations Center (DOC) will be

d. The CJDOG, DCJDOG, or JDOG S-3 must notified of any moves made to SHU. This notification

approve any discipline that includes movement to must include ISN number, reason for move, approving

MSU, by signing as the Authenticating Officer on the authority and length of discipline. The DOC will

DD Form 508. This does not apply to moves to MSU annotate all moves on the daily blotter. The DOC will

by the JIG (for intelligence purposes). JIG moves will take the 508-1 and make a copy of it. If the detainee’s

be coordinated through the Detention Operations discipline does not require movement from the block,

Branch and do not need any further approval; however, one copy of the 508-1 will be sent to the block for

the Detention Operations Center will not move the enforcement. If the detainee’s discipline requires

detainee until directed by the Detention Operations movement from the block, one copy of the 508-1 will

Officer or JDOG S3. be given to Escort Control to give to the escort team

e. The on-duty CO will approve all discipline that will escort the detainee to the new block. The 508-

measures except MSU time, will check the 1 will then be given to the block NCO of the moved to

block for enforcement.

e. The CJDOG, DCJDOG, or JDOG S-3 must approve

any discipline that includes movement to SHU, by

signing as the Authenticating Officer on the DD Form

508. This does not apply to moves to SHU by the JIG

(for intelligence purposes). JIG moves will be

coordinated through the DOC and do not need any

further approval; however, the Detention Operations

Center will not move the detainee until directed by the

Detention Operations Officer or JDOG S3. The

detainee may be moved immediately prior to the

authenticating officer signing the paperwork.

f. The on-duty CO will approve all discipline

measures except SHU time, will check the

“recommended” block of the DD Form 508, and sign “recommended” block of the DD Form 508, and sign

as the Confinement Officer. as the Confinement Officer.

f. Notification to the chain of command will be g. Notification to the chain of command will be

made for any situations involving unusual made for any situations involving unusual

circumstances, and for any use of force beyond verbal circumstances, and for any use of force beyond verbal

persuasion or show of force. persuasion or show of force.

g. The Detention Operations Center (DOC) will be

notified of any moves made to MSU. This notification

must include ISN number, reason for move, approving

authority and length of discipline. The DOC will

annotate all moves on the daily blotter.

h. When a discipline measure is applied to a h. When a discipline measure is applied to a

detainee, he will be notified of the reason for the detainee, he will be notified of the reason for the

discipline, and the type/length of the discipline discipline, and the type/length of the discipline

measure. measure.

i. Do not confiscate any item unless it is for i. Do not confiscate any item unless it is for

discipline purposes or for the prevention of self-harm discipline purposes or for the prevention of self-harm

or harm to others. or harm to others.

j. When Comfort Items (CI) are taken from a j. When Comfort Items (CI) are taken from a

detainee, the items will be inventoried and placed in a detainee, the items will be inventoried and placed in a

large trash bag or box, and the Block NCO will large trash bag or box, and the Block NCO will

complete and sign the Detainee Supply Roster. The complete and sign the Detainee Supply Roster. The

bag will have a “toe tag” tied to it with the detainee’s bag will have a “toe tag” tied to it with the detainee’s

ISN annotated. The box will be marked with the ISN annotated. The box will be marked with the

detainee’s ISN. The box or bag will be stored in an detainee’s ISN. The box or bag will be stored in an

orderly manner on top of the detainee’s cell. Block orderly manner on top of the detainee’s cell. Block

NCOs will be responsible for ensuring that the storage NCOs will be responsible for ensuring that the storage

of the CI presents an orderly appearance and that the of the CI presents an orderly appearance and that the

skipping to change at line 3409 skipping to change at line 4132

n. Documentation of any discipline measure will be n. Documentation of any discipline measure will be

annotated on DD Form 508. DA Forms 2823, Sworn annotated on DD Form 508. DA Forms 2823, Sworn

Statements from all U.S. personnel involved in the Statements from all U.S. personnel involved in the

incident will be attached to the DD Form 508, and incident will be attached to the DD Form 508, and

forwarded to the on-duty CO for disposition. forwarded to the on-duty CO for disposition.

o. A detainee that has been moved to level 2 or level o. A detainee that has been moved to level 2 or level

3 for discipline must spend at least 30 days at that level 3 for discipline must spend at least 30 days at that level

before being considered for movement to the next before being considered for movement to the next

higher classification level. The detainee will be higher classification level. The detainee will be

considered for movement 30 days from the end of the considered for movement 30 days from the end of the

discipline period if the detainee has not had any discipline period if the detainee has not had any

discipline problems within that time. A detainee that discipline problems within that time. A detainee that

has been moved to level 4 for discipline will be moved has been moved to level 4 for discipline will be moved

to level 3 upon completion of the mandated period of to level 3 upon completion of the mandated period of

time annotated on the DD Form 508 or memorandum time annotated on the DD Form 508 or memorandum

of approval of extension signed by CJTF. The of approval of extension signed by CJTF. The

Detention Services Branch (DSB) will conduct the Detention Services Branch (DSB) will conduct the

review of records for movement from one classification review of records for movement from one classification

level to a new level. Any exceptions to this procedure level to a new level. The JDOG S3 must approve any

must be approved by the JDOG S3. exceptions to this procedure.

p. Many detainee actions that result in disciplinary p. Many detainee actions that result in disciplinary

measures may also result in future criminal charges. measures may also result in future criminal charges.

Accurate and complete documentation is always Accurate and complete documentation is always

required. required.

q. Any proposed discipline for detainees under the q. Any proposed discipline for detainees under the

care of the Detention Hospital Psychologist requires care of the Detention Hospital Psychologist requires

consultation between the senior on-duty psychology consultation between the senior on-duty psychology

staff member and the on-duty CO prior to imposing staff member and the on-duty CO prior to imposing

discipline. Detainees being treated as mental health discipline. Detainees being treated as mental health

patients will only have Basic Issue Items, authorized patients will only have Basic Issue Items, authorized

CIs, and/or Authorized Activities taken away as a CIs, and/or Authorized Activities taken away as a

medical necessity; in those cases the senior on-duty medical necessity; in those cases the senior on-duty

psychology staff member will be cited on the GTMO psychology staff member will be cited on the GTMO

Form 508-1 as the authority for removing items or Form 508-1 as the authority for removing items or

prohibiting activities. prohibiting activities.

8-4. Loss of Recreation r. Haircuts will never be used as punitive action

a. If a detainee has lost his privilege of recreation against a detainee.

for the number of recreation periods determined by 8-4. Loss of Exercise

Table 8-2, the DOC will notify the appropriate Block a. If a detainee has lost his privilege of exercise for

NCO of the beginning date and the end date. The DOC the number of exercise periods determined by Table 8-

will annotate this information in the discipline log. 2, the DOC will notify the appropriate Block NCO of

the beginning date and the end date. The DOC will

annotate this information in the discipline log.

b. The Block NCO will annotate the beginning date b. The Block NCO will annotate the beginning date

and ending date on the discipline log sheet assigned to and ending date on the discipline log sheet assigned to

each detainee. This form will remain in the detainee each detainee. This form will remain in the detainee

file. The Block NCO will annotate loss of file. The Block NCO will annotate loss of

“RECREATION” and write the dates under the “RECREATION” and write the dates under the

corresponding column of “DATE BEGAN” and “END corresponding column of “DATE BEGAN” and “END

DATE”. The Block NCO will also make an entry in DATE”. The Block NCO will also make an entry in

the duty logs. the duty logs.

c. A copy of the DD Form 508 will be placed into c. A copy of the DD Form 508 will be placed into

the detainee file on the block and a copy kept in the the detainee file on the block and a copy kept in the

detainee’s file in the DOC. detainee’s file in the DOC.

8-5. Loss of Hot Meals 8-5. Loss of Hot Meals

a. If a detainee has lost his privilege of hot meals a. Only the JDOG S-3 or higher may authorize the

for the number of days determined by Table 8-2, the loss of hot meals for a detainee. The DOC will

DOC will notify the appropriate Block NCO of the annotate this information in DIMS.

beginning date and the end date. The DOC will

annotate this information in the discipline log.

b. The Block NCO will annotate the beginning date b. The Block NCO will annotate the beginning date

and ending date on the discipline log sheet assigned to and ending date on the discipline log sheet assigned to

each detainee. This form will remain in the detainee each detainee. This form will remain in the detainee

file. The Block NCO will annotate loss of “HOT file. The Block NCO will annotate loss of “HOT

MEALS” and write the dates under the corresponding MEALS” and write the dates under the corresponding

column of “DATE BEGAN” and “END DATE”. The column of “DATE BEGAN” and “END DATE”. The

Block NCO will also make an entry in the duty logs. Block NCO will also make an entry in the duty logs.

c. A copy of the DD Form 508 will be placed into c. A copy of the DD Form 508 will be placed into

the detainee file on the block and a copy kept in the the detainee file on the block and a copy kept in the

detainee’s file in the DOC. detainee’s file in the DOC.

skipping to change at line 3495 skipping to change at line 4217

number or numbers and the date or dates under the number or numbers and the date or dates under the

corresponding column of “DATE BEGAN” and “END corresponding column of “DATE BEGAN” and “END

DATE. The Block NCO will also make an entry in the DATE. The Block NCO will also make an entry in the

duty logs. duty logs.

d. When a detainee changes classification level, the d. When a detainee changes classification level, the

detainee will lose or gain comfort items at the new detainee will lose or gain comfort items at the new

block based on the block’s classification level. The block based on the block’s classification level. The

receiving Block NCO must ensure that when a detainee receiving Block NCO must ensure that when a detainee

is moving to a higher classification level, he is issued is moving to a higher classification level, he is issued

the required items. The receiving Block NCO must the required items. The receiving Block NCO must

ensure that when a detainee is moving to a lower ensure that when a detainee is moving to a lower

classification level, he loses unauthorized items. classification level, he loses unauthorized items.

e. The Block NCO of a moving detainee must e. The Block NCO of a moving detainee must

ensure all items on the inventory sheet depart with the ensure all items on the inventory sheet depart with the

detainee.. The receiving block will confiscate all detainee. The receiving block will confiscate all

excess items. If the detainee does not have an item excess items. If the detainee does not have an item

listed on the current inventory sheet, the detainee is listed on the current inventory sheet, the detainee is

subject to punishment for failure to return property, per subject to punishment for failure to return property, per

Table 8-1. Table 8-1.

f. If a detainee refuses a CI, place an R on the f. If a detainee refuses a CI, place an R on the

inventory sheet in the block that corresponds to the inventory sheet in the block that corresponds to the

item refused. item refused.

g. The following items are a one-for-one exchange

to track who is flushing items:

(1) All linen items

(2) Detainee pens

h. The travel type toothbrush used by Level 1

detainees will only be issued once a month unless the

detainee newly moves to a Level 1 block.

8-7. Detainee Classification System 8-7. Detainee Classification System

a. The Detainee Classification System is a five level a. The Detainee Classification System is a five level

system of rewards based on the premise that a system of rewards based on the premise that a

detainee’s behavior determines the privileges they are detainee’s behavior determines the privileges they are

allowed. As the detainee adapts to the rules of the allowed. As the detainee adapts to the rules of the

camp, his conduct will earn him more privileges. Basic camp, his conduct will earn him more privileges. Basic

Issue Items, CIs, and Authorized/Unauthorized Issue Items, CIs, and Authorized/Unauthorized

Activities for detainees are listed in Tables 8-3 thru 8- Activities for detainees are listed in Tables 8-3 thru 8-

Detainees qualified for Classification Level 1 may 5. Detainees qualified for Classification Level 1 may

also be eligible for additional items and activities not also be eligible for additional items and activities not

listed in Tables 8-3 thru 8-5. listed in Tables 8-3 thru 8-5.

(1) Classification Level 1. Detainees receive a (1) Classification Level 1. Detainees receive a

higher level of privileges than Level 2, and having higher level of privileges than Level 2, and having

spent at least 30 days at Level 2. spent at least 30 days at Level 2.

(2) Classification Level 2. Detainees at this level (2) Classification Level 2. Detainees at this level

receive a higher level of privileges than Level 3 and receive a higher level of privileges than Level 3 and

having spent at least 30 days at Level 3. having spent at least 30 days at Level 3.

(3) Classification Level 3. All detainees start at (3) Classification Level 3. All detainees start at

this level, following an initial period of segregation this level, following an initial period of segregation

upon arrival at Camp Delta; the length of time of this upon arrival at Camp Delta; the length of time of this

initial segregation will be determined by the JIG. This initial segregation will be determined by the JIG. This

level includes detainees who are on discipline measures level includes detainees who are on discipline measures

not including MSU. not including segregation.

(4) Classification Level 4. Detainees normally (4) Classification Level 4. These detainees are

located in MSU, but also includes detainees who have normally located in segregation, but it also includes

completed MSU time, but have not yet moved to Level detainees who could be on a Level 5 block or in a non-

SHU block, that is housing Level 4 detainees.

Detainees in this status will have their classification Detainees in this status will have their classification

reevaluated by the Detention Services Branch daily. reevaluated by the Detention Services Branch daily.

Detainees can be housed in MSU up to 90 days, but Detainees can be housed in segregation up to 90 days,

their status will be reviewed every 30 days by CJTF. but their status will be reviewed every 30 days by

CJTF.

(5) Classification Level 5 (Intel Level). JIG (5) Classification Level 5 (Intel Level). JIG

directed segregation, for intelligence gathering directed segregation, for intelligence gathering

purposes. Detainees will be segregated at the direction purposes. Detainees will be segregated at the direction

of the JIG through the Detention Operations Branch. of the JIG through the Detention Operations Branch.

(a) Housed in a group on an Intel block. (a) Housed in a group on an Intel block.

(b) Housed in MSU block for Intel purposes. (b) Housed in segregation block for Intel

purposes.

(c) Receive Reward Level (1-4) privileges as (c) Receive Reward Level (1-4) privileges as

recommended by JIG. recommended by JIG.

b. Delta Block is designated as the Mental Health b. Delta Block is designated as the Mental Health

Facility (MHF) for the housing of detainees requiring a Facility (MHF) for the housing of detainees requiring a

higher level clinical care and monitoring. higher-level clinical care and monitoring.

c. A qualifying disciplinary event is defined as a c. A qualifying disciplinary event is defined as a

disciplinary event that has not expired and dropped off disciplinary event that has not expired and dropped off

their disciplinary record FOR THE PURPOSES OF their disciplinary record FOR THE PURPOSES OF

THIS PROGRAM ONLY. These offenses will remain THIS PROGRAM ONLY. These offenses will remain

on their disciplinary records for the purpose of on their disciplinary records for the purpose of

disciplinary actions. disciplinary actions.

d. Category III offenses, as listed in Table 8-1 will d. Category III offenses, as listed in Table 8-1 will

expire on their 30-day anniversary for each step higher expire on their 30-day anniversary for each step higher

and will not be counted against a detainee for the and will not be counted against a detainee for the

purposes of this program. 30 days is considered his purposes of this program. 30 days is considered his

skipping to change at line 3575 skipping to change at line 4307

f. Category V offenses will expire on their 60-day f. Category V offenses will expire on their 60-day

anniversary for each step higher and will not be anniversary for each step higher and will not be

counted against a detainee for the purposes of this counted against a detainee for the purposes of this

program. 60 days is considered his required good program. 60 days is considered his required good

behavior period. behavior period.

g. A detainee will change levels based on his g. A detainee will change levels based on his

behavior or meeting other criteria for a level. behavior or meeting other criteria for a level.

Detainees who do not meet the program based on Detainees who do not meet the program based on

behavior, may still participate in the program based on behavior, may still participate in the program based on

JIG directed requests, but will be housed on a separate JIG directed requests, but will be housed on a separate

block designated as an “intel block.” JIG will block designated as an “Intel block.” JIG will

determine higher-level privileges on this block. If a determine higher-level privileges on this block. If a

detainee is moved to a level 4 block, he will spend the detainee is moved to a level 4 blocks, he will spend the

time required in MSU according to the matrix. At the time required in segregation according to the matrix.

completion of his time in MSU, he will immediately At the completion of his time in segregation, he will

move to a level 3 block. The detainee will then stay on immediately move to a level 3 blocks. The detainee

the level 3 block until the required good behavior will then stay on the level 3 blocks until the required

period is satisfied and then move to a level 2 block. good behavior period is satisfied and then move to a

The detainee will then stay on a level 2 block until his level 2 blocks. The detainee will then stay on a level 2

required good behavior period is satisfied and then blocks until his required good behavior period is

move to a level 1 block. A detainee must spend this satisfied and then move to a level 1 block. A detainee

entire time incident free at his current level to qualify must spend this entire time incident free at his current

for movement to the next higher level. This is in order level to qualify for movement to the next higher level.

to prove his ability to function at a higher level of This is in order to prove his ability to function at a

privileges. If no room is available on a block at the higher level of privileges. If no room is available on a

next higher level, the detainee will still have his block at the next higher level, the detainee will still

classification level changed on his current block and have his classification level changed on his current

will move at the next available opening for that level. block and will move at the next available opening for

Example: A detainee who is currently on a level 3 that level. Example: A detainee who is currently on a

block was disciplined for inciting a disturbance. This level 3 block was disciplined for inciting a disturbance.

offense has a required good behavior period of 30 days. This offense has a required good behavior period of 30

Once he has had no discipline for 30 days, he is days. Once he has had no discipline for 30 days, he is

eligible for level 2. If a cell is open on a level 2 block,

eligible for level 2. If a cell is open on a level 2 blocks,

the detainee will be moved there and will be issued the the detainee will be moved there and will be issued the

additional comfort items for reward level 2. If a cell is additional comfort items for reward level 2. If a cell is

not open on a level 2 block, the detainee will remain on not open on a level 2 blocks, the detainee will remain

his current block and receive additional comfort items on his current block and receive additional comfort

for level 2. Once the detainee has had no discipline for items for level 2. Once the detainee has had no

an additional 30 days, regardless if on a level 2 or level discipline for an additional 30 days, regardless if on a

3 block, he will be eligible to be moved to a reward level 2 or level 3 blocks, he will be eligible to be

level 1 block. If a cell is open on a level 1 block, the moved to a reward level 1 block. If a cell is open on a

detainee will be moved there and will be issued the level 1 block, the detainee will be moved there and will

additional comfort items for level 1. If a cell is not be issued the additional comfort items for level 1. If a

open on a level 1 block, the detainee will remain on his cell is not open on a level 1 block, the detainee will

current block and receive additional comfort items for remain on his current block and receive additional

level 1. comfort items for level 1.

h. If a detainee commits an offense in MSU that h. If a detainee commits an offense in segregation

requires additional MSU time and will extend his total that requires additional segregation time and will

time beyond 30 consecutive days, the following extend his total time beyond 30 consecutive days, the

procedure will be used: following procedure will be used:

(1) If the detainee has not yet reached 30 days of (1) If the detainee has not yet reached 30 days of

actual MSU time served, a memorandum will be actual segregation time served, a memorandum will be

forwarded to CJTF requesting an extension of MSU forwarded to CJTF requesting an extension of

time. The memorandum will detail how many days the segregation time. The memorandum will detail how

extension is for, why it is necessary, and will include many days the extension is for, why it is necessary, and

the DD Form 508 with the punishment on it (see Figure will include the DD Form 508 with the punishment on

8-1 for example memorandum). If the extension is it (see Figure 8-1 for example memorandum). If the

granted, the detainee will be removed at the end of the extension is granted, the detainee will be removed at

total approved MSU period and moved to a Level 3 the end of the total approved segregation period and

block. If the extension is not granted, the detainee will moved to a Level 3 block. If the extension is not

be removed after serving 30 days in MSU and moved granted, the detainee will be removed after serving 30

to a Level 3 block. days in SHU and moved to a Level 3 block.

(2) If the detainee has reached 30 days of actual (2) If the detainee has reached 30 days of actual

MSU time served, the detainee will be removed from SHU time served, the detainee will be removed from

SHU, placed on a level 3 block, with level 4 CI and

MSU, placed on a level 3 block, with level 4 CI and

Authorized Activities (this action will be documented Authorized Activities (this action will be documented

on a GTMO Form 508-1, signed/approved by the on a GTMO Form 508-1, signed/approved by the

JDOG S3). A memorandum will be forwarded to JDOG S3). A memorandum will be forwarded to

CJTF requesting an extension of MSU time. The CJTF requesting an extension of segregation time. The

memorandum will detail how many days the extension memorandum will detail how many days the extension

is for, why it is necessary, and will include the DA 508 is for, why it is necessary, and will include the DA 508

with the punishment on it (see Figure 8-2 for example with the punishment on it (see Figure 8-2 for example

memorandum). Upon approval of the extension, the memorandum). Upon approval of the extension, the

detainee will be moved back to MSU to serve the detainee will be moved back to segregation to serve the

length of the approved extension. length of the approved extension.

i. Either the JIG or the JDOG S3 will decide the i. Either the JIG or the JDOG S3 will decide the

detainee’s classification. Level 5 block assignments detainee’s classification. Level 5 block assignments

will be determined by the JIG. will be determined by the JIG.

j. An Order of Merit List (OML) will be created to j. An Order of Merit List (OML) will be created to

form a waiting list for qualified detainees to get into form a waiting list for qualified detainees to get into

either a level 1 or level 2 block. The Detention either a level 1 or level 2 block. The Detention

Services Branch will develop and monitor this OML. Services Branch will develop and monitor this OML.

Detainees will be chosen from the OML for movement Detainees will be chosen from the OML for movement

to a higher-level block. If sufficient detainees are on to a higher-level block. If sufficient detainees are on

the OML, JDOG S3 can direct that a block be the OML, JDOG S3 can direct that a block be

converted to a higher-level block. converted to a higher-level block.

k. If a detainee exhibits a positive behavior over and k. If a detainee exhibits a positive behavior over and

above that of fellow detainees, a Block NCO, SOG, above that of fellow detainees, a Block NCO, SOG,

PL, or on-duty CO can request to CJDOG to remove PL, or on-duty CO can request to CJDOG to remove

five days from his period of good behavior to transition five days from his period of good behavior to transition

to a higher reward level on a GTMO Form 508-1. to a higher reward level on a GTMO Form 508-1.

Examples include: Examples include:

(1) A detainee who notifies a Block Guard of a (1) A detainee who notifies a guard of a cell door

cell door being unlocked being unlocked

(2) A detainee who acts as an interpreter during a (2) A detainee who acts as an interpreter during a

critical incident critical incident

(3) A detainee that finds a welding rod in the (3) A detainee that finds a welding rod in the

recreation yard and gives it to an MP. exercise yard and gives it to a guard.

8-8. GTMO Form 508-1 8-8. GTMO Form 508-1

a. The GTMO Form 508-1 is used to determine a. The GTMO Form 508-1 is used to determine

which rewards the detainee will lose or gain. which rewards the detainee will lose or gain.

b. Process for issuing a GTMO Form 508-1 for b. Process for issuing a GTMO Form 508-1 for

discipline: discipline:

(1) Details about incident phoned to DOC to (1) Details of incident are phoned to DOC to

begin processing a DD Form 508. begin processing a DD Form 508.

(2) DA Form(s) 2823 filled out by personnel (2) DA Form(s) 2823 filled out by personnel

witnessing the incident, detailing the incident. witnessing the incident, detailing the incident.

(3) PL determines discipline based on matrix and (3) PL determines discipline based on matrix and

previous record of offenses by detainee, then prepares previous record of offenses by detainee, then prepares

GTMO Form 508-1 for on-duty CO’s review. The GTMO Form 508-1 for on-duty CO’s review. The

form must include a brief description of the offense, form must include a brief description of the offense,

the number of times the detainee has committed the number of times the detainee has committed

offenses, and the discipline to be imposed. offenses, and the discipline to be imposed.

(4) If the on-duty CO concurs, the discipline is (4) If the on-duty CO concurs, the discipline is

skipping to change at line 3709 skipping to change at line 4441

(3) Detention Services Branch processes the (3) Detention Services Branch processes the

GTMO Form 508-1 and forwards through Detention GTMO Form 508-1 and forwards through Detention

Operations Branch, to JDOG S3. Operations Branch, to JDOG S3.

(4) If the detainee is in a Level 5 block, the Level (4) If the detainee is in a Level 5 block, the Level

5 Block Entitlement Form will be used to determine if 5 Block Entitlement Form will be used to determine if

the detainee is in the correct cell based on his reward the detainee is in the correct cell based on his reward

level. If he is changing levels, he will be moved to an level. If he is changing levels, he will be moved to an

area, if possible, on the same block where he will not area, if possible, on the same block where he will not

be next to detainees with a different reward level. If be next to detainees with a different reward level. If

the detainee receives a reward outside of the matrix, the detainee receives a reward outside of the matrix,

that will be annotated on the block diagram. The

GTMO Forms 508-1 for Level 5 blocks will be that will be annotated on the block diagram. Detention

maintained by Detention Services Branch and the block Services Branch will maintain the GTMO Forms 508-1

diagrams will be distributed to the Level 5 blocks for Level 5 blocks and the block diagrams will be

within 24 hours of any changes. distributed to the Level 5 blocks within 24 hours of any

changes.

(5) If a detainee is not in a Level 5 block, a copy (5) If a detainee is not in a Level 5 block, a copy

of the GTMO Form 508-1 will be sent to the block to of the GTMO Form 508-1 will be sent to the block to

be placed in the detainee’s records on the block. The be placed in the detainee’s records on the block. The

original will be placed in the detainee’s file in the original will be placed in the detainee’s file in the

DOC. DOC.

8-9. Level 5 Blocks 8-9. Level 5 Blocks/Intel

a. Detainees on Level 5 Blocks will be segregated a. Detainees on Level 5 Blocks will be segregated

based on the individual’s reward level as determined based on the individual’s reward level as determined

by the JIG. Upon receipt by Detention Services by the JIG. Upon receipt by Detention Services

Branch of a GTMO Form 508-1, the detainee will be Branch of a GTMO Form 508-1, the detainee will be

classified by his reward level and placed in an classified by his reward level and placed in an

appropriate cell in a Level 5 Block. JIG personnel will appropriate cell in a Level 5 Block. JIG personnel will

issue and confiscate all non-expendable items. Block issue and confiscate all non-expendable items. Block

personnel will replenish all expendable items after the personnel will replenish all expendable items after the

initial issue by JIG personnel. Block personnel may initial issue by JIG personnel. Block personnel may

only confiscate items for discipline purposes and then only confiscate items for discipline purposes and then

skipping to change at line 3800 skipping to change at line 4532

authorized for the detainee’s current discipline level. authorized for the detainee’s current discipline level.

(4) An approved GTMO Form 508-1 directs (4) An approved GTMO Form 508-1 directs

otherwise. otherwise.

e. No linen item, prayer bead, prayer cap, book, flip e. No linen item, prayer bead, prayer cap, book, flip

flops, ISO mat, mattress, shoes, storage tub, game, or flops, ISO mat, mattress, shoes, storage tub, game, or

playing cards will be thrown away if damaged. playing cards will be thrown away if damaged.

f. Deliberate damage is any damage done by the f. Deliberate damage is any damage done by the

detainee to his property. This does not include tears detainee to his property. This does not include tears

and holes caused by day-to-day use and living inside of and holes caused by day-to-day use and living inside of

a metal cell or the wear of footgear used to walk on a metal cell or the wear of footgear used to walk on

gravel. The MP will use his best judgment to gravel. The guard will use his best judgment to

determine if the damage was deliberate or not. When determine if the damage was deliberate or not. When

disciplining a detainee for damage to any item, the disciplining a detainee for damage to any item, the

damage must be deliberate. damage must be deliberate.

g. During all inventories and prior to any discipline g. During all inventories and prior to any discipline

for lost items, the bag and/or box holding items above for lost items, the bag and/or box holding items above

the cell must be checked for that item. The contents of the cell must be checked for that item. The contents of

that bag and/or box must also follow the detainee that bag and/or box must also follow the detainee

whenever he is permanently moved. The Block NCO whenever he is permanently moved. The Block NCO

of the losing block is responsible to ensure that all of of the losing block is responsible to ensure that all of

the detainee’s items leave with him. The Block NCO the detainee’s items leave with him. The Block NCO

skipping to change at line 3840 skipping to change at line 4573

damages this item or makes it into a weapon or self- damages this item or makes it into a weapon or self-

harm device, it will be confiscated and the detainee harm device, it will be confiscated and the detainee

disciplined for damaging or destroying government disciplined for damaging or destroying government

property. If the detainee does not have the item during property. If the detainee does not have the item during

any inventory, ensure the item was not confiscated. If any inventory, ensure the item was not confiscated. If

it was confiscated and it was issued to him, he will be it was confiscated and it was issued to him, he will be

disciplined for damaging or destroying government disciplined for damaging or destroying government

property. Also, consult the damaged property matrix to property. Also, consult the damaged property matrix to

determine the length of time the detainee loses the determine the length of time the detainee loses the

item. item.

(2) Suicide Blanket. If a detainee tears, rips, or

otherwise damages the suicide blanket or makes it into

a weapon or self-harm device, it will be confiscated

and the detainee disciplined for damaging or destroying

government property. If the detainee does not have the

suicide blanket during any inventory, ensure it was not

confiscated. If it was not confiscated and it was issued

to him, he will be disciplined for damaging or

destroying government property. A replacement

suicide blanket will be given to the detainee.

(3) Suicide Smock. If a detainee tears, rips, or

otherwise damages the suicide smock or makes it into a

weapon or self-harm device, it will be confiscated and

the detainee disciplined for damaging or destroying

government property. A replacement suicide smock

will be given to the detainee. Only psychiatry may

authorize the use of a suicide smock.

i. Religious Items. These items are distributed in i. Religious Items. These items are distributed in

coordination with the Chaplain. coordination with the Chaplain.

(1) Koran. Religious book with special handling (1) Koran. Religious book with special handling

rules and search rules. Refer to section 6-11 for rules and search rules. Refer to section 6-11 for

details. details.

(2) Perfume/Oil. Expendable item. Ensure no (2) Perfume/Oil. Expendable item. Ensure no

items are hidden inside of container. items are hidden inside of container.

(3) Prayer Beads. A religious item similar to a (3) Prayer Beads. A religious item similar to a

rosary. Prayer beads may not be modified in any rosary. Prayer beads may not be modified in any

fashion. Any modification to prayers will result in the fashion. Any modification to prayers will result in the

confiscation of the prayer beads and the detainee confiscation of the prayer beads and the detainee

disciplined. Fill out a form DA 4137 and turn the form disciplined. Fill out a form DA 4137 and turn the form

and prayer beads into the Evidence Custodian. and prayer beads into the Evidence Custodian.

(4) Prayer Cap. A black or white item that is (4) Prayer Cap. A black or white item that is

worn on the head of the detainee. May be searched and worn on the head of the detainee. May be searched and

handled by an MP wearing gloves. Examine for handled by a guard wearing gloves. Examine for

damage such as removal of threading. Any damage or damage such as removal of threading. Any damage or

modification to the prayer cap will result in the modification to the prayer cap will result in the

detainee being disciplined. Fill out a form DA 4137 detainee being disciplined. Fill out a form DA 4137

and turn the form and prayer cap into the Evidence and turn the form and prayer cap into the Evidence

Custodian. Custodian.

j. Books. These items are distributed through the j. Books. These items are distributed through the

Detainee Librarian. Examine all books for writing or Detainee Librarian. Examine all books for writing or

any hidden items. Any book that contains writing any hidden items. Any book that contains writing

should be confiscated and turned in immediately for should be confiscated and turned in immediately for

intelligence purposes. Books will not be left on the intelligence purposes. Books will not be left on the

skipping to change at line 3911 skipping to change at line 4626

(5) Flip Flops. Detainees wear this item. (5) Flip Flops. Detainees wear this item.

Inspect them for damage. Discipline the detainee for Inspect them for damage. Discipline the detainee for

damage only, not wear and tear from use. When in damage only, not wear and tear from use. When in

doubt about what caused the damage to this item, err doubt about what caused the damage to this item, err

on the side of damage caused by wear. on the side of damage caused by wear.

(6) ISO Mat. Used by the detainees to sleep on (6) ISO Mat. Used by the detainees to sleep on

or to screen their bathroom use from others. The ISO or to screen their bathroom use from others. The ISO

mat will stay with the detainee at all times. Inspect the mat will stay with the detainee at all times. Inspect the

ISO mat for damage. If there is any damage, the ISO mat for damage. If there is any damage, the

detainee will be disciplined for damage or destruction detainee will be disciplined for damage or destruction

of government property. Also, consult the damaged of government property.

property matrix to determine the length of time the

detainee loses the ?? the blanket cannot be removed.

(7) Mask, Surgical Type. This item is used to (7) Mask, Surgical Type. This item is used to

hold the Koran. Typically, it is tied to the cell wall and hold the Koran. Typically, it is tied to the cell wall and

the Koran is placed inside. Ensure the strip of metal the Koran is placed inside. Ensure the strip of metal

that would normally go over the nose when worn is not that would normally go over the nose when worn is not

present in the mask. present in the mask. All cells, except those designated

for self-harm or have self-harm detainees in them, will

have a mask to hold the Koran.

(8) Mattress. This item will stay with the (8) Mattress. This item will stay with the

detainee regardless if he loses it for the level he is on or detainee regardless if he loses it for the level he is on or

not. Inspect the mattress for any damage or items not. Inspect the mattress for any damage or items

hidden within it. If the mattress is damaged, the hidden within it. If the mattress is damaged, the

detainee will be disciplined for damage or destruction detainee will be disciplined for damage or destruction

of government property. Also, consult the damaged of government property. Also, consult the damaged

property matrix to determine the length of time the property matrix to determine the length of time the

detainee loses the blanket. detainee loses the blanket.

(9) Salt Packets. These may be kept by the (9) Salt Packets. These may be kept by the

detainee and are a consumable supply. These may be detainee and are a consumable supply. These may be

skipping to change at line 3960 skipping to change at line 4676

size cups may be used at anytime. All cups are size cups may be used at anytime. All cups are

considered equal regardless of size. considered equal regardless of size.

(13) Toothpaste. This item will only be issued on (13) Toothpaste. This item will only be issued on

Sundays. Ensure there is nothing hidden inside the Sundays. Ensure there is nothing hidden inside the

toothpaste. If there is an object hidden inside, toothpaste. If there is an object hidden inside,

discipline the detainee for contraband, fill out a form discipline the detainee for contraband, fill out a form

DA 4137 and give the toothpaste and form to the DA 4137 and give the toothpaste and form to the

Evidence Custodian. Evidence Custodian.

(14) Toothbrush, Small Travel Type. This is a (14) Toothbrush, Small Travel Type. This is a

small toothbrush with regular bristles. These will be small toothbrush with regular bristles. These will be

issued once a month. Inspect for any modification or issued once a month. Inspect for any modification or

damage to the handle. If found, discipline the detainee damage to the handle. If found, discipline the detainee

appropriately, fill out a form DA 4137 and give the appropriately, fill out a form DA 4137 and give the

toothbrush and form to the Evidence Custodian. Also, toothbrush and form to the Evidence Custodian. Also,

consult the damaged property matrix to determine the consult the damaged property matrix to determine the

length of time the detainee loses the toothbrush. length of time the detainee loses the toothbrush.

(15) Toothbrush, Finger. Inspect this item for

any modifications that could result in injury such as

attaching a sharp object to it. If any dangerous

modification is done to the toothbrush, confiscate it, fill

out a form DA 4137, give the toothbrush and form to

the Evidence Custodian.

(16) Water Bottle. The water bottle is not an (16) Water Bottle. The water bottle is not an

expendable item. The detainee will receive a water expendable item. The detainee will receive a water

bottle when his reward level is changed to a one or he bottle when his reward level is changed to a one or he

has completed his discipline for destroying or has completed his discipline for destroying or

damaging a water bottle. The water bottle needs to be damaging a water bottle. The water bottle needs to be

inspected for damage or containing hidden objects. If inspected for damage or containing hidden objects. If

the water bottle is damaged, the detainee will be the water bottle is damaged, the detainee will be

disciplined for damage or destruction to government disciplined for damage or destruction to government

property. Also, consult the damaged property matrix to property. Also, consult the damaged property matrix to

determine the length of time the detainee loses the determine the length of time the detainee loses the

water bottle. water bottle.

(17) Games. Games need to be inspected for (17) Games. Games need to be inspected for

damage or lost pieces. If the game is damaged or has damage or lost pieces. If the game is damaged or has

lost pieces, the detainee is to be disciplined for damage lost pieces, the detainee is to be disciplined for damage

or destruction to government property. It is the or destruction to government property. It is the

detainee’s responsibility to inform the Block Guards if detainee’s responsibility to inform the guards if a game

a game piece is accidentally lost and will not be piece is accidentally lost and will not be disciplined if

disciplined if detainee tells the Block Guard. The detainee tells the guard. The detainee will be informed

detainee will be informed of this responsibility when of this responsibility when the game is issued. Also,

the game is issued. Also, consult the damaged property consult the damaged property matrix to determine the

matrix to determine the length of time the detainee length of time the detainee loses the game.

loses the game.

(18) Playing Cards. Playing cards need to be (18) Playing Cards. Playing cards need to be

inspected for damage or lost cards. If the cards are inspected for damage or lost cards. If the cards are

damaged or have been lost, the detainee is to be damaged or have been lost, the detainee is to be

disciplined for damage or destruction to government disciplined for damage or destruction to government

property. It is the detainee’s responsibility to inform property. It is the detainee’s responsibility to inform

the Block Guards if a card is accidentally lost and will the guards if a card is accidentally lost and will not be

not be disciplined if detainee tells the Block Guard. disciplined if detainee tells the guard. The detainee

The detainee will be informed of this responsibility will be informed of this responsibility when the cards

when the cards are issued. Also, consult the damaged are issued. Also, consult the damaged property matrix

property matrix to determine the length of time the to determine the length of time the detainee loses the

detainee loses the playing cards. playing cards.

l. Mail. Mail personnel distribute this item to the l. Mail. Mail personnel distribute this item to the

detainees. A piece of mail is a complete letter, detainees. A piece of mail is a complete letter,

regardless of the number of pages, and the envelope. A regardless of the number of pages, and the envelope. A

piece of mail may also be a postcard. piece of mail may also be a postcard.

m.Additional Items and Privileges. m.Additional Items and Privileges.

(1) Additional Toilet Paper. The detainee (1) Additional Toilet Paper. The detainee

normally receives a set amount of toilet paper per shift normally receives a set amount of toilet paper per shift

at specific times. This privilege allows the detainee to at specific times. This privilege allows the detainee to

get toilet paper as required. The detainee is responsible get toilet paper as required. The detainee is responsible

for asking for the additional toilet paper. Guards need for asking for the additional toilet paper. Guards need

to ensure that the detainee doesn’t receive to ensure that the detainee doesn’t receive additional

toilet paper when the detainee already has it. The

amount given to the detainee will be the same amount

as normally distributed to the detainee.

(2) Pen and Paper Upon Request. The detainee (2) Pen and Paper Upon Request. The detainee

may request pen and paper from the Block Guards. may request pen and paper from the guards. The

The detainee may not have more than ten sheets of detainee may not have more than ten sheets of paper in

paper in his cell at any one time. The paper will not be his cell at any one time. The paper will not be passed

passed between cells. If the detainee writes any letters between cells. If the detainee writes any letters and

and request them to be mailed, the will be given to the request them to be mailed, the will be given to the

detainee mail personnel. Paper will be plain white detainee mail personnel. Paper will be plain white

paper such as that used in the Xerox machine. Pens paper such as that used in the Xerox machine. Pens

will be the soft flexible safety version. Block will be the soft flexible safety version. Block

personnel must document who receives a pen and must personnel must document who receives a pen and must

collect them prior to shift change. Pens will not be collect them prior to shift change. Pens will not be

issued on midnight shift. The paper may be obtained issued on midnight shift. The paper may be obtained

from the supply room or the DOC and the pens will be from the supply room or the DOC and the pens will be

obtained from supply. When getting pens, they must obtained from supply. When getting pens, they must

be exchanged on a one for one basis. be exchanged on a one for one basis.

(3) Intel Directed Reading Material. This (3) Intel Directed Reading Material. This

material, which may be magazines, books, etc.; will be material, which may be magazines, books, etc.; will be

labeled with an id that starts with the letter “I”. All labeled with an id that starts with the letter “I”. All

intelligence reading material will not be counted intelligence reading material will not be counted

against the number of items that the detainee has from against the number of items that the detainee has from

the Detainee Library. All intelligence reading material the Detainee Library. All intelligence reading material

will be turned into the JIG when the detainee is will be turned into the JIG when the detainee is

disciplined and not the Detainee Library. disciplined and not the Detainee Library.

(4) Shampoo. Shampoo will be kept in a (4) Shampoo. Shampoo will be kept in a

container and placed on top of his cell, visible to the container and placed on top of his cell, visible to the

Block Guard. It will not be kept in the cell. The guard. It will not be kept in the cell. The detainee may

detainee may ask for shampoo to clean himself in his ask for shampoo to clean himself in his cell. The

cell. The shampoo will be poured into the detainee’s shampoo will be poured into the detainee’s hand and

hand and the container placed back on top of the cell. the container placed back on top of the cell.

n. Authorized Activities. The following are n. Authorized Activities. The following are

guidelines for activities where the Authorized guidelines for activities where the Authorized

Activities form is not complete in the description. Activities form is not complete in the description.

(1) Allowed to Save an MRE for Later. The (1) Allowed to Save an MRE for Later. The

detainee is allowed to keep one MRE for later use. If detainee is allowed to keep one MRE for later use. If

the detainee is issued an MRE and already has a saved the detainee is issued an MRE and already has a saved

MRE, one must be consumed or returned. The MRE, one must be consumed or returned. The

detainee may not combine the contents of both MREs detainee may not combine the contents of both MREs

into one MRE in any form. into one MRE in any form.

(2) Performing Approved Exercises in Cells. (2) Performing Approved Exercises in Cells.

Approved exercise does not include any type of martial Approved exercise does not include any type of martial

arts training. arts training.

(3) Authorized Exercises in Recreation Yard. (3) Authorized Exercises in Exercise Yard.

Approved exercise does not include any type of martial Approved exercise does not include any type of martial

arts training. arts training.

(4) Cold Water (After/During Recreation). A (4) Cold Water (After/During Exercise). A five-

five-gallon water can/jug will be used to provide the gallon water can/jug will be used to provide the

detainee with cold water. Put ice in the water can prior detainee with cold water. Put ice in the water can prior

to the start of the shower and recreation period. The

to the start of the shower and exercise period. The

water can/jug will not be the same water source as that water can/jug will not be the same water source as that

used by the block personnel. The detainee is used by the block personnel. The detainee is

responsible to take his cup to the recreation yard if he responsible to take his cup to the exercise yard if he

wants cold water. wants cold water.

8-11. Special Rewards 8-11. Special Rewards

a. At times, JIG personnel will give out special a. At times, JIG personnel will give out special

rewards outside of the normal reward system. rewards outside of the normal reward system.

b. For the special reward of two detainees in the b. For the special reward of two detainees in the

same recreation yard, the following procedure will same exercise yard, the following procedure will apply:

apply:

(1) Putting the first of two detainees in the (1) Putting the first of two detainees in the

recreation yard will be conducted according to current exercise yard will be conducted according to current

methodology. methodology.

(2) Before placing the second detainee in the (2) Before placing the second detainee in the

recreation yard, the first detainee must kneel in the exercise yard, the first detainee must kneel in the

corner opposite the recreation yard door, with his back corner opposite the exercise yard door, with his back

towards the door, and grab the fence. towards the door, and grab the fence.

(3) If the detainee refuses to cooperate with the (3) If the detainee refuses to cooperate with the

MP instructions at any time, the detainee will be guard’s instructions at any time, the detainee will be

subject to disciplinary measures based on his failure to subject to disciplinary measures based on his failure to

follow MP instructions. follow guard instructions.

(4) To take a detainee out when more than one (4) To take a detainee out when more than one

occupies the cell, reverse the process. occupies the cell, reverse the process.

c. For the special reward of a roll of toilet paper, the c. For the special reward of a roll of toilet paper, the

following procedure will apply: following procedure will apply:

(1) Give the detainee the roll of toilet paper (1) Give the detainee the roll of toilet paper

(2) If the detainee tries to force the roll into the (2) If the detainee tries to force the roll into the

toilet or passes it out to other detainees, confiscate the toilet or passes it out to other detainees, confiscate the

roll of toilet paper. roll of toilet paper.

d. With any special rewards, immediately notify the d. With any special rewards, immediately notify the

DOC so that the JIG may be informed of an DOC so that the JIG may be informed of an

uncooperative detainee. In addition, the detainee uncooperative detainee. In addition, the detainee will

will be disciplined accordingly. be disciplined accordingly.

Chapter 9 Chapter 9

Maximum Security Units (MSU) Operations Segregation Operations

Section I – In-Processing Section I – In-Processing

9-1. In-Processing And Documentation 9-1. In-Processing And Documentation

a. Before placing a detainee in MSU, the following a. Before placing a detainee in segregation, the

procedures should be followed: following procedures should be followed:

(1) New detainees will be placed in MSU for (1) New detainees will be placed in segregation

processing for up to thirty days. for processing for up to thirty days.

(2) DOD and military personnel involved with (2) DOD and military personnel involved with

detainees in a disruptive behavior must write a sworn detainees in a disruptive behavior must write a sworn

statement describing the offense committed by the statement describing the offense committed by the

detainee. detainee.

(3) PL will annotate discipline measures on DD (3) PL will annotate discipline measures on DD

form 508. form 508.

(4) The CO or higher must endorse any discipline (4) The CO or higher must endorse any discipline

that includes movements into MSU. The CO can that includes movements into segregation. The CO can

recommend a maximum of ten days of discipline. If recommend a maximum of ten days of discipline. If

exceeding 11 days of discipline, the JDOG S-3, Deputy exceeding 11 days of discipline, the JDOG S-3, Deputy

JDOG Commander (DCJDOG) or CJDOG must JDOG Commander (DCJDOG) or CJDOG must

approve. If a detainee, while at MSU commits another approve. If a detainee, while in segregation commits

offense, the JDOG S-3 or the CJDOG can approve an another offense, the JDOG S-3 or the CJDOG can

extension over 30 days in the same process used for approve an extension over 30 days in the same process

Intel detainees. used for Intel detainees.

(5) When a detainee is sent to MSU, a CD-S341 (5) When a detainee is sent to segregation, a

must be completed to include offense committed and DIMS entry must be completed to include offense

discipline imposed. committed and discipline imposed.

b. If a detainee has committed an offense that

requires segregation time, even if a segregation cell is

not available, the detainee will receive a shave and a

haircut for hygiene and medical reasons. If the

detainee is IRFed, the haircut and shave will follow the

decontamination process.

c. The only segregation blocks available in Camp

Delta are India, November and Oscar . Other blocks

may be designated for holding level 4 detainees, but

they are not segregation blocks.

9-2. Placement For Intelligence Purposes 9-2. Placement For Intelligence Purposes

a. Request by interrogation to place detainees will a. Request by interrogation to place detainees will

be coordinated with the Interrogator Sections Chief and be coordinated with the Interrogator Sections Chief and

the Interrogation Control Element (ICE) OIC or JIG to the Interrogation Control Element (ICE) OIC or JIG to

ensure there is a valid reason for detainee placement in ensure there is a valid reason for detainee placement in

MSU. SHU.

b. After concurrence by the ICE OIC, requestor or b. After concurrence by the ICE OIC, requestor or

section chief will indicate on the MSU transfer Request section chief will indicate on the segregation transfer

Form the specific reasons for placements in the MSU Request Form the specific reasons for placements in

and the proposal level of detainee’s access allowed to the segregation and the proposal level of detainee’s

ICRC representatives. The request form is then access allowed to ICRC representatives. The request

forwarded to the JIG Commander or his designated form is then forwarded to the JIG Commander or his

representative for approval. The initial period of time, designated representative for approval. The initial

which a detainee may be placed in the Maximum period of time, which a detainee may be placed in the

Security unit without ICRC, access or restricted access Special Housing Unit without ICRC, visual access or

shall be 30 days. Unless the JIG approves of a detainee restricted access shall be 30 days. Unless the JIG

placement in MSU, such placement is not permitted. approves of a detainee placement in segregation, such

placement is not permitted.

c. When a detainee placement is approved, the JIG c. When a detainee placement is approved, the JIG

Commander, through his representative at the Commander, through his representative at the

Detention Facility notifies the JDOG to transfer the Detention Facility notifies the JDOG to transfer the

detainee to MSU. detainee to segregation.

d. When it is determined that military necessity d. When it is determined that military necessity

justifies continued detention beyond this initial 30 days justifies continued detention beyond this initial 30 days

period the J-3 will prepare a notification memorandum period the J-3 will prepare a notification memorandum

for Commander JTF-GTMO signature to commander for Commander JTF-GTMO signature to commander

US SOUTHCOM. This notification memorandum will US SOUTHCOM. This notification memorandum will

be prepared at least five days before the end of the be prepared at least five days before the end of the

initial segregation period and will include justification initial segregation period and will include justification

for the extended MSU Detention. for the extended segregation Detention.

Section II – Operations Section II – Operations

9-3. Block Operations 9-3. Block Operations

a. Block personnel will operate MSU blocks IAW a. Block personnel will operate segregation blocks

chapter 6 except for the provisions as noted in this IAW chapter 6 except for the provisions as noted in

chapter. this chapter.

b. Due to behavior, some detainees may be house in b. Due to behavior, some detainees may be housed

MSU either for their own protection or for security or in segregation either for their own protection or for

safety reasons. security or safety reasons.

c. For detainees other than those in Self- c. For detainees other than those in Self-

Harm/Injured Behavior, guards will walk the block and Harm/Injured Behavior, two guards will walk the block

document the conducted checks every 10 minutes on at all times and document the conducted checks every

CD-S341. The Block Guard conducting the checks will 10 minutes. For detainees in Self Harm/Injured

initial the CD-S341. For detainees in Self Behavior follow Self Harm/Injured Behavior SOP

Harm/Injured Behavior follow Self Harm/Injured contained in Section 31-1.

Behavior SOP contained in Section 31-1. d. Bean hole doors will only be open to pass items

d. Feed tray doors will only be open during meal through.

times. It will be opened when detainee is issued a meal

and left open until the meal remnants and trash are

recovered. Once trash has been collected, the feed tray

doors will be closed.

e. The viewing doors will remain open at all times. e. The viewing doors will remain open at all times.

f. Detainees who are in a MSU block for INTEL f. Detainees who are in a segregation block for

purposes will be allowed to have their viewing door INTEL purposes will be allowed to have their viewing

open at their request. door open at their request.

g. An Alpha Roster will be maintained on the block g. An Alpha Roster will be maintained on the block

identifying the ISN numbers of all the detainees on the identifying the ISN numbers of all the detainees on the

block. block.

h. Maximum Security Log will be maintained on h. Maximum Security Log will be maintained on

the block with entrance/departure dates of MSU, ICRC the block with entrance/departure dates of segregation

access. and ICRC access level.

i. All MSU blocks have a fire alarm system with i. All segregation blocks have a fire alarm system

electronic control system that can be reset in false with electronic control system that can be reset in false

alarm. alarm.

j. All MSU have an air conditioning system. The j. All segregation have an air conditioning system.

temperature control system is set at a temperature that will be set and maintained at 85 degrees.

within five degrees of the week’s average high

temperature.

k. Detainee comfort items and confiscated property k. Detainee comfort items and confiscated property

will be stored in box above their cell until time served. will be stored in box above their cell until time served.

h. Intelligence directed segregation to MSU receive l. Intelligence directed segregation receive level 1,

level 1, level 2, or level 3 privileges as recommended level 2, or level 3 privileges as recommended by JIG.

by JIG. m. Each cell in segregation will have an assigned

l. Each MSU cell will have an assigned suicide Koran.

prevention blanket. This blanket will stay in the n. Detainees may only cover the lower half of the

assigned cell. Day shift will check daily all seams of viewing window while using the bathroom. After the

the blankets for cells 1-12 in India and November detainee has completed using the bathroom, the object

blocks and cells 1-18 in Oscar block. Swing shift will covering the window must be removed.

check daily all seems of the blankets for cells 13-24 in o. During shower and exercise, no razors, or nail

India and November blocks and 19-36 in Oscar block. clippers will be issued to detainees.

If any seam has been chewed, or otherwise

compromised, the blanket should be repaired before p. The uniform for detainees while in segregation

reuse. Use of this blanket is not a substitute for careful will be shorts and a shirt.

monitoring of individuals on self-harm watch. q. The only segregation blocks are I, N, and O.

Other blocks may hold level 4 detainees, but they are

not segregation blocks. Detainees may also be placed

on a segregation block and have a different reward

level other than four.

9-4. Extension Request Processing

a. If a detainee has discipline or is required to

remain in a segregation cell for longer than 30 days, an

extension letter will be submitted.

(1) ICE Ops will submit all extension requests to

the J-3 Future Operations for detainees in segregation

for intelligence purposes.

(2) JDOG S-3 will submit all extension requests

to J-3 Future Operations for detainees in segregation

for discipline purposes.

b. At the 25-day mark, a memorandum requesting

the extension will be created and submitted. The

memorandum will state which detainee and the

justification for the extension beyond 30 days. DSB

will create the extension request for detainees on

discipline and forward to the JDOG S-3.

c. If the extension is not approved by 1800 hrs on

the 30th

day, the detainee will be removed from

segregation.

Chapter 10 Chapter 10

NAVSTA Brig Operations NAVSTA Brig Operations

10-1. Purpose 10-1. Purpose

To establish a policy and procedure for transportation To establish a policy and procedure for transportation

to and US Army security of detainees housed at the to and US Army security of detainees housed at the

NAVSTA Brig, Guantanamo Bay, Cuba. NAVSTA Brig, Guantanamo Bay, Cuba.

10-2. Transport To NAVSTA Brig 10-2. Transport To NAVSTA Brig

a. Based on the number of detainees to be moved, a. Based on the number of detainees to be moved,

the following vehicles can be utilized: the following vehicles can be utilized:

(1) NAVSTA Brig Vehicle (1) NAVSTA Brig Vehicle

(2) Detention Hospital Ambulance (2) Detention Hospital Ambulance

(3) Detainee Bus. (3) Detainee Bus.

b. As needed, medical personnel will accompany b. As needed, medical personnel will accompany

detainees to the Brig. detainees to the Brig.

c. Detainee will be escorted to the Brig in three- c. Detainee will be escorted to the Brig in three-

piece restraints; two MPs will provide security inside piece restraints; two guards will provide security inside

the transporting vehicle. Escorts will execute duties the transporting vehicle. Escorts will execute duties

IAW Chapter 11. IAW Chapter 11.

d. The vehicle will enter the NAVSTA Brig through d. The vehicle will enter the NAVSTA Brig through

the Vehicle Sally Port. At no time will the detainee be the Vehicle Sally Port. At no time will the detainee be

outside of the vehicle except when they are inside the outside of the vehicle except when they are inside the

NAVSTA Brig compound. NAVSTA Brig compound.

e. The vehicle will pull to the far end of the block e. The vehicle will pull to the far end of the block

for offloading. for offloading.

f. Once positioned inside the compound, two MPs f. Once positioned inside the compound, two

will escort detainee from the vehicle to the cell. The guards will escort detainee from the vehicle to the cell.

cells nearest the door will be occupied first. The cell The cells nearest the door will be occupied first. The

will be searched for weapons and contraband before cell will be searched for weapons and contraband

the detainee is placed into the cell. before the detainee is placed into the cell.

g. Detainee comfort items will be searched and g. Detainee comfort items will be searched and

placed into cell before detainee arrives. placed into cell before detainee arrives.

h. Once detainee is inside the cell, two escorting h. Once detainee is inside the cell, two escorting

MPs will conduct standard unshackling procedures. guards will conduct standard unshackling procedures.

10-3. Personnel Support Requirements 10-3. Personnel Support Requirements

a. JDOG will provide three guards per shift when a. JDOG will provide three guards per shift when

detainees are confined in the NAVSTA Brig. detainees are confined in the NAVSTA Brig.

b. JDOG will provide Chaplain and Interpreter b. JDOG will provide Chaplain and Interpreter

support as needed. support as needed.

10-4. Medical Support Requirements 10-4. Medical Support Requirements

Detention Hospital will continue to provide daily Detention Hospital will continue to provide daily

medical support throughout the duration of medical support throughout the duration of

confinement within NAVSTA Brig. confinement within NAVSTA Brig.

10-5. Meals 10-5. Meals

a. Detainees will have 30 minutes to consume a. Detainees will have 30 minutes to consume

meals. JDOG will provide meals for detainees as meals. JDOG will provide meals for detainees as

follows: follows:

(1) Breakfast: 0715-0745 (1) Breakfast: 0715-0745

(2) Lunch: 1100-1130 (2) Lunch: 1100-1130

(3) Dinner: 1715-1745. (3) Dinner: 1715-1745.

10-6. Recreation 10-6. Exercise

a. Detainees will receive two 20-minute recreation a. Detainees will receive two 20-minute exercise

periods a week. periods a week.

b. The recreation period will take place inside the b. The exercise period will take place inside the

NAVSTA Brig day room or recreation yard. NAVSTA Brig day room or exercise yard.

c. If the exercise yard is used, one detainee at a time c. If the exercise yard is used, one detainee at a time

will be allowed to exercise in the yard adjacent to the will be allowed to exercise in the yard adjacent to the

Brig. In order to accomplish this, the following Brig. In order to accomplish this, the following

procedures apply: procedures apply:

(1) There is a 20-minute time limit placed upon (1) There is a 20-minute time limit placed upon

this exercise period. this exercise period.

(2) A green Brig uniform will be issued to the (2) A green Brig uniform will be issued to the

detainee and he will change prior to exiting his cell. detainee and he will change prior to exiting his cell.

Upon returning, the detainee will change back into his Upon returning, the detainee will change back into his

orange jumpsuit. orange jumpsuit.

(3) The detainee will be moved in the following (3) The detainee will be moved in the following

manner: manner:

(a) The entry gate will be closed. (a) The entry gate will be closed.

(b) The detainee will be cuffed and shackled. (b) The detainee will be cuffed and shackled.

(c) The detainee will be escorted to the yard by (c) The detainee will be escorted to the yard by

two MPs. two guards.

(d) The detainee will be uncuffed at the request (d) The detainee will be uncuffed at the request

of the interrogator. of the interrogator.

(e) Shackles will not be removed. (e) Shackles will not be removed.

(4) One MP will be positioned outside the (4) One guard will be positioned outside the

entrance to the Brig leading into the yard. The other entrance to the Brig leading into the yard. The other

MP will be positioned in the yard by the exit gate. guard will be positioned in the yard by the exit gate.

(5) The detainee will be allowed to walk the (5) The detainee will be allowed to walk the

entire yard however the interrogator must be with him entire yard however the interrogator must be with him

at all times. at all times.

(6) Only one detainee will be out of his cell at a (6) Only one detainee will be out of his cell at a

time. time.

10-7. Showers And Laundry 10-7. Showers And Laundry

a. The three MPs on duty are responsible for all a. The three guards on duty are responsible for all

functions that are required for detainee showers. This functions that are required for detainee showers. This

includes, but is not limited to: includes, but is not limited to:

(1) Escort to and from shower (1) Escort to and from shower

(2) Sanitation and cleanliness of shower point. (2) Sanitation and cleanliness of shower point.

(3) Detainees will receive two five-minute (3) Detainees will receive two five-minute

showers a week unless otherwise directed by the showers a week unless otherwise directed by the

CJDOG. CJDOG.

(4) The following will be the procedure for (4) The following will be the procedure for

conducting showers and laundry exchange for the conducting showers and laundry exchange for the

detainees: detainees:

skipping to change at line 4390 skipping to change at line 5129

JDOG prior to the interrogators arriving at the brig. JDOG prior to the interrogators arriving at the brig.

(b) One interrogation will be conducted at a time. (b) One interrogation will be conducted at a time.

At no time will more than one detainee be out of his At no time will more than one detainee be out of his

cell at a time unless the CJDOG grants approval. cell at a time unless the CJDOG grants approval.

(c) Detainees will be moved to cell #10 with (c) Detainees will be moved to cell #10 with

cuffs and shackles secured and the entry gate closed. cuffs and shackles secured and the entry gate closed.

(d) The interrogators may ask to have the cuffs (d) The interrogators may ask to have the cuffs

removed prior to the interrogation beginning. This is removed prior to the interrogation beginning. This is

authorized after the detainee is moved and placed in authorized after the detainee is moved and placed in

cell #10. The leg shackles will never be removed. cell #10. The leg shackles will never be removed.

(e) One MP will be stationed outside the door of (e) One guard will be stationed outside the door

cell #10 observing the detainee. The other MP will of cell #10 observing the detainee. The other guard

continue to watch the remaining detainees within the will continue to watch the remaining detainees within

block. the block.

(f) After the interrogation is completed, the (f) After the interrogation is completed, the

interrogators will leave cell #10 but remain within the interrogators will leave cell #10 but remain within the

block. The MPs will re-cuff the detainee and return block. The guards will re-cuff the detainee and return

him to his cell where he will be secured. At this time, him to his cell where he will be secured. At this time,

the interrogators will be permitted to leave the brig or the interrogators will be permitted to leave the brig or

conduct an interrogation with another detainee. conduct an interrogation with another detainee.

(2) Within the block at a table. Interrogators are (2) Within the block at a table. Interrogators are

permitted to conduct the interrogation within the permitted to conduct the interrogation within the

confines of the block. confines of the block.

(a) The detainee will be removed from his cell (a) The detainee will be removed from his cell

with handcuffs and shackles on. with handcuffs and shackles on.

(b) The entry gate will be closed when a detainee (b) The entry gate will be closed when a detainee

is not in his individual cell. is not in his individual cell.

skipping to change at line 4421 skipping to change at line 5160

(3) Within the confines of the adjacent building. (3) Within the confines of the adjacent building.

Interrogators and JIIF personnel are authorized to Interrogators and JIIF personnel are authorized to

interview/interrogate detainees within the confines of interview/interrogate detainees within the confines of

the building adjacent to the holding/cell area. the building adjacent to the holding/cell area.

(a) There is no time limit placed upon the (a) There is no time limit placed upon the

interrogators/JIIF personnel. interrogators/JIIF personnel.

(b) There will be no limit as to the duration of the (b) There will be no limit as to the duration of the

interrogation/interview. interrogation/interview.

(c) The interrogators/JIIF personnel will (c) The interrogators/JIIF personnel will

coordinate with the JDOG for the support of an coordinate with the JDOG for the support of an

additional MP to accompany them. additional guard to accompany them.

(d) The detainee will be moved in the following (d) The detainee will be moved in the following

manner: manner:

(-) The entry gate will be closed. (-) The entry gate will be closed.

(-) The detainee will be cuffed and shackled. (-) The detainee will be cuffed and shackled.

(-) The detainee will be escorted by two MPs to (-) Two guards will escort the detainee to the

the adjacent building. adjacent building.

(-) The small room will be utilized. (-) The small room will be utilized.

(-) The detainee will be uncuffed at the request (-) The detainee will be uncuffed at the request

of the interrogator. of the interrogator.

(-) Shackles will not be removed. (-) Shackles will not be removed.

(-) One MP will position himself/herself outside (-) One guard will position himself/herself

the entrance to the room being utilized. The other MP outside the entrance to the room being utilized. The

will be positioned outside at the rear door of the room other guard will be positioned outside at the rear door

being utilized. The third MP will remain inside the of the room being utilized. The third guard will remain

block as security for the detainees remaining within inside the block as security for the detainees remaining

their cells. within their cells.

(-) Only one detainee will be out of his cell at a (-) Only one detainee will be out of his cell at a

time. time.

(-) If more than one interview is going to be (-) If more than one interview is going to be

conducted, the first interview will be completed in its conducted, the first interview will be completed in its

entirety before the second interview commences. entirety before the second interview commences.

10-10. Use Of The Television 10-10. Use Of The Television

a. The television is there for the enjoyment of the a. The television is there for the enjoyment of the

MPs and Brig personnel on duty. guards and Brig personnel on duty.

b. Between the hours of 2200 and 0600, the b. Between the hours of 2200 and 0600, the

television will be moved to an area in the vicinity of television will be moved to an area in the vicinity of

the shower (outside the gate). the shower (outside the gate).

c. The volume will be at the lowest level possible to c. The volume will be at the lowest level possible to

be heard by the MP’s and Brig personnel but not loud be heard by the guards and Brig personnel but not loud

enough to disturb the detainees. enough to disturb the detainees.

Chapter 11 Chapter 11

Escort Operations Escort Operations

11-1. General 11-1. General

Escorts provide two missions within Camp Delta. The a. Escort Operations provide two missions in Camp

first mission is to provide MPs for the movement of Delta. The first mission provides escorts for the

detainees within Camp Delta for JIIF, Medical, and movement of detainees for JIIF, Medical and ICRC

ICRC appointments and block transfers. The second appointments and block transfers. The second mission

mission is to provide MPs for escort of all personnel provides escorts for all personnel entering Camp Delta

entering Camp Delta who require escorted access to the who require escorted access.

facility. b. Those assigned to the escort detail must be

available for the whole shift.

c. All use of escorts will be coordinated through

Escort Control.

d. Any detainee transported outside of Camp Delta

will have an E-5 assigned, in addition to normal escort

requirements.

11-2. Escort Control 11-2. Escort Control

a. Description: Serves as the central control facility a. Description: Serves as the central control facility

for all escorts assigned to Camp Delta. All escorts for all escorts assigned to Camp Delta. All escorts

report movement to Escort Control via secure radio or report movement to Escort Control via saber radio or

telephone based on the type of escort. telephone, based on the type/location of escort.

b. Staffing: Escort Control is staffed with a b. Staffing: Escort Control is staffed with a

minimum of two personnel familiar with Escort minimum of two personnel familiar with Escort

Operations. However, between the hours of 0700-1800, Operations. However, between the hours of 0700-1800,

the staff should be augmented by one additional staff the staff should be augmented by one additional staff

member to assist with heighten daytime escort member to assist with heighten daytime escort

requirements. requirements.

c. Escort Management: Escort control is c. Escort Management: Escort control is responsible

responsible for coordinating all escort operations for coordinating all escort operations within Camp

within Camp Delta. Escort control will maintain a Delta except those involving distinguished visitors or

tracking board that displays the status and location of the media. Escort control will maintain a tracking

all escort teams within Camp Delta. Escort control board that displays the status and location of all escort

personnel will call for a status check with all escort teams within Camp Delta. Escort control personnel

teams at least every 30 minutes to verify location and will call for a status check with all escort teams at least

status of all escort teams. Escort control will every 30 minutes to verify location and status of all

coordinate the assignment of escort teams to escort escort teams. Escort control will coordinate the

missions based on current mission requirements and assignment of escort teams to escort missions based on

ensures that the priority of support doesn’t conflict current mission requirements and ensures that the

with the CJDOG commander’s intent. With the priority of support doesn’t conflict with the CJDOG

consent of the on-duty CO, escort control can re-task commander’s intent. With the consent of the on-duty

escort teams as necessary to support the CJDOG’s CO, escort control can re-task escort teams as

intent. necessary to support the CJDOG’s intent.

d. Escort control will receive a schedule from the

ICE for the next day’s interrogation plan. Escort

control will review the list for any items outside the

normal operating parameters. The normal operating

parameters are no more than five escorts in any one-

hour block of time and a minimal amount of escorts

during guard chow times and shift changes.

e. Escort control will receive any planned escorts

required for detainee transfer to NAVBASE Hospital

the day prior from Detention Hospital personnel.

Escort Control in coordination with DOC personnel

will ensure that the unit tasked to provide armed

escorts for this mission report 30 minutes prior and are

at the designated location on time.

f. Escort control, when notified by ICRC personnel

through the DOC, will dispatch escort teams for the

ICRC to SP 1 to greet the ICRC representative upon

arrival.

g. At the beginning of an escort team shift, Escort

Control personnel will issue out radios and escort team

call signs. At the end of the escort teams’ shift, Escort

Control will collect all radios.

11-3. Priority Of Escorts. 11-3. Priority Of Escorts.

The CJDOG establishes the priority of escorts based on The CJDOG establishes the priority of escorts based on

mission and available resources. The normal priority mission and available resources. The normal priority

for escorts is: for escorts is:

a. JIIF. a. JIIF.

b. ICRC. b. ICRC.

c. Medical. c. Medical.

d. Contractor. d. Contractor.

e. Detainee block transfers. e. Detainee block transfers.

11-4. Escort Teams 11-4. Escort Teams

a. Escorts are broken into two distinct groups. a. Escorts are broken into two distinct groups.

Group one provides escort teams typically to detainees Group one provides escort teams typically to detainees

within Camp Delta involving block transfers or moving within Camp Delta involving block transfers or moving

to appointments at JIIF or Medical. Group Two to appointments at JIIF or Medical. Group Two

provides MPs to escort teams who are not authorized provides guards to escort teams who are not authorized

unaccompanied access to Camp Delta. Typically, these unaccompanied access to Camp Delta.

escorts involve two groups of people either the

International Committee of the Red Cross or Contract

Workers making improvements or repairs within Camp

Delta.

GROUP ONE GROUP TWO GROUP ONE GROUP TWO

Who Detainees Escorted Personnel Who Detainees Escorted Personnel

Why JIIF Why JIIF

Medical Medical

Block Transfers Block Transfers

ICRC ICRC

Contractors Contractors

DV Personnel DV Personnel

Table 11-1

b. Detainee Escorts. Group 1 Escorts typically b. Detainee Escorts. Group 1 Escorts typically

involve two types of escort missions. Each type of involve two types of escort missions. Each type of

escort mission is explained below. escort mission is explained below.

(1) JIIF Escort. These escorts are responsible for (1) JIIF Escort. These escorts are responsible for

moving detainees for appointments with the Joint moving detainees for appointments with the Joint

Interrogation Facility. These escorts are staged in the Interrogation Facility. These escorts are staged in the

Brown Bldg located in the JIIF and are notified by Brown Bldg located in the JIIF and are notified by

Escort Control when needed to escort a detainee to the Escort Control when needed to escort a detainee to the

JIIF. The process follows these steps: JIIF. The escort team is also responsible for

completing the Interrogation Support Form and

PSYOPS Spot Report when applicable. The process

follows these steps:

STEPS: STEPS:

ESCORT ESCORT

TEAM TEAM

ESCORT ESCORT

CONTROL CONTROL

Interrogator reports to escort control and Interrogator reports to escort control and

STEPS:

ESCORT

TEAM

ESCORT

CONTROL

notifies escort control of integration. notifies escort control of integration.

Escort control assigns the Interrogator an Escort control assigns the Interrogator an

Interrogation booth based on the Interrogation booth based on the

Interrogator’s needs and organization. Interrogator’s needs and organization.

√ √

Interrogator departs for interrogation Interrogator departs for interrogation

booth and prepares for interrogation. booth and prepares for interrogation.

Escort control assigns a JIIF escort team Escort control assigns a JIIF escort team

to pickup the detainee and calls the to pickup the detainee and calls the

escort team to escort control via secure escort team to escort control via secure

skipping to change at line 4568 skipping to change at line 5341

Escort team secures detainee from cell. √ Escort team secures detainee from cell. √

Escort team calls escort control and Escort team calls escort control and

reports beginning of escort. reports beginning of escort.

√ √

Escort control logs the start of escort on Escort control logs the start of escort on

escort control log. escort control log.

√ √

Block NCO notifies DOC of detainee Block NCO notifies DOC of detainee

departure from block and gives new head departure from block and gives new head

count to DOC. count to DOC.

STEPS:

ESCORT

TEAM

ESCORT

CONTROL

Escort team secures detainee in the Escort team secures detainee in the

interrogation booth. interrogation booth.

√ √

Escort team reports to escort control Escort team reports to escort control

completion of escort via secure radio. completion of escort via secure radio.

√ √

Escort team returns to escort control and Escort team returns to escort control and

turns-in shackles and place detainee ID turns-in shackles and place detainee ID

card in the appropriate slot on the card in the appropriate slot on the

interrogation bldg board. interrogation bldg board.

√ √ √ √

Interrogator completes interrogation. Interrogator completes interrogation.

Interrogator reports to escort control that Interrogator reports to escort control that

the interrogation is complete. the interrogation is complete.

Escort control assigns a JIIF escort team Escort control assigns a JIIF escort team

to pickup the detainee and calls the to pickup the detainee and calls the

escort team to escort control via secure escort team to escort control via secure

radio on channel 4. radio on channel 4.

√ √

STEPS:

ESCORT

TEAM

ESCORT

CONTROL

The escort team reports to escort control The escort team reports to escort control

and draws shackles and receives an and draws shackles and receives an

escort briefing which includes the escort briefing which includes the

following: following:

Current location of detainee Current location of detainee

(interrogation booth) (interrogation booth)

Location of cell Location of cell

Special instructions Special instructions

√ √

Escort team moves to pickup detainee. √ Escort team moves to pickup detainee. √

skipping to change at line 4626 skipping to change at line 5398

√ √

Escort control logs the completion of Escort control logs the completion of

escort on escort control log. escort on escort control log.

√ √

Block NCO notifies DOC of detainee Block NCO notifies DOC of detainee

arrival from interrogation and gives new arrival from interrogation and gives new

head count to DOC. head count to DOC.

Escort team returns to escort control and Escort team returns to escort control and

turns-in shackles. turns-in shackles.

√ √

Table 11-2

(2) Medical Escort. These escorts are responsible (2) Medical Escort. These escorts are responsible

for moving detainees for appointments with the for moving detainees for appointments with the

Detainee Clinic located outside Sally Port 3. At 0830 Detainee Clinic located outside Sally Port 3. At 0830

hours, one medical escort team will report to the hours, one medical escort team will report to the

Detention Hospital. At 1000, two more teams will Detention Hospital. At 1000, two more teams will

report to the Detention Hospital. These teams will be report to the Detention Hospital. These teams will be

dispatched by the Detention Hospital and will maintain dispatched by the Detention Hospital and will maintain

contact with Escort Control. These escorts are staged contact with Escort Control. The escort team will stay

in the Detainee Clinic and are notified by medical with the detainee at all times unless properly relieved,

personnel when needed to escort a detainee to the he is returned to the block, or admitted to the Detention

medical. The process typically follows these steps: Hospital. These escorts are staged in the Detainee

Clinic and are notified by medical personnel when

needed to escort a detainee to the medical. The process

typically follows these steps:

STEPS: STEPS:

ESCORT ESCORT

TEAM TEAM

ESCORT ESCORT

CONTROL CONTROL

Medical personnel notify escort control Medical personnel notify escort control

STEPS:

ESCORT

TEAM

ESCORT

CONTROL

of medical escort requirement via phone. of medical escort requirement via phone.

Escort control assigns a medical escort Escort control assigns a medical escort

team to pickup the detainee and calls the team to pickup the detainee and calls the

escort team via secure radio on channel escort team via secure radio on channel

4.

√ √

Escort team moves to pickup detainee. √ Escort team moves to pickup detainee. √

Escort control notifies DOC of medical Escort control notifies DOC of medical

escort. escort.

√ √

Escort team secures detainee from cell. √ Escort team secures detainee from cell. √

Escort team calls escort control and Escort team calls escort control and

reports beginning of escort. reports beginning of escort.

√ √

Escort control logs the start of escort on Escort control logs the start of escort on

skipping to change at line 4685 skipping to change at line 5467

Escort team reports to escort control the Escort team reports to escort control the

completion of escort. completion of escort.

√ √

Escort control logs the completion of Escort control logs the completion of

escort on escort control log. escort on escort control log.

√ √

Block NCO notifies DOC of detainee Block NCO notifies DOC of detainee

arrival from medical and gives new head arrival from medical and gives new head

count to DOC. count to DOC.

Escort team returns to medical. √ Escort team returns to medical. √

Table 11-3

(3) Block Transfers. The DOC will direct on a (3) Block Transfers. The DOC will direct on a

regular basis the movement of detainees from one regular basis the movement of detainees from one

block to another. General escorts will normally be block to another. The DOC will give the escort control

used to accomplish these escorts. The DOC will give a list of detainees that require movement during the

the escort control a list of detainees that require coming shift. The escort NCOIC will ensure the timely

movement during the coming shift. The escort NCOIC execution of these cells movements by using general

escorts.

will ensure the timely execution of these cells

movements by using general escorts.

c. Accompanied Access Escorts. Group 2 escorts c. Accompanied Access Escorts. Group 2 escorts

typically involve three types of escort missions. Each typically involve three types of escort missions. Each

type of escort mission is explained below. type of escort mission is explained below.

(1) Contractor Escorts. Contractor escorts are (1) Contractor Escorts. Contractor escorts are

necessary when personnel need access to Camp Delta necessary when personnel need access to Camp Delta

facilities in order to conduct maintenance or facilities in order to conduct maintenance or

improvements. Escorts control will work closely with improvements. Escorts control will work closely with

sally ports in order to understand and manage sally ports in order to understand and manage

contractor escort requirements. If there is an unused contractor escort requirements. The escorts will not

contractor escort, they will stage at Sally Port 1. The allow any vehicle to be left unattended with the motor

escorts will not allow any vehicle to be left unattended running. The process typically follows these steps:

with the motor running. The process typically follows

these steps:

STEPS: STEPS:

ESCORT ESCORT

TEAM TEAM

ESCORT ESCORT

CONTROL CONTROL

Sally port 1 or 8 will notified escort Sally port 1 or 8 will notified escort

control concerning requirement for control concerning requirement for

contractor escort over secure radio on contractor escort over secure radio on

channel 4. channel 4.

Escort control will assign a general Escort control will assign a general

skipping to change at line 4746 skipping to change at line 5525

√ √

Escort team reports to escort control the Escort team reports to escort control the

completion of escort. completion of escort.

√ √

Escort control logs the completion of Escort control logs the completion of

escort on escort control log. escort on escort control log.

√ √

Escort team will return to the brown Escort team will return to the brown

building and wait next mission. building and wait next mission.

√ √

(2) ICRC Escort. ICRC escorts are available to Table 11-4

escort ICRC personnel during their visitation and (a) Contractor escorts will maintain visual

interviews within Camp Delta. ICRC escorts are contact on all contractors at all times. No contractor is

dedicated to this mission and may not be used for any allowed to move from one location to another without

other escort mission. ICRC escorts are only required an escort.

with ICRC personnel are on ground in Cuba. ICRC (b) Contractors are prohibited from having any

escorts will not be required when ICRC is not present direct contact with detainees. Immediately report any

in Cuba. ICRC escorts are required are managed communication between a contractor and detainee to

through escort control. ICRC provides a list of the SOG and DOC. Identify and detain the

detainees that they would like to visit typically 24 contractor(s) involved immediately.

hours prior to visit. ICRC escorts are usually staged (c) Be aware of suspicious activity such as

out of the brown bldg until called upon by escort drawing maps, non-verbal signals to other individuals,

control. ICRC escort team is composed of three MPs and leaving tools and other equipment behind.

unlikely most escort teams which are only composed of Immediately report any suspicious activity to the SOG

two MPs. These escorts should be ready at all times. and DOC. Identify and detainee the contractor(s)

ICRC escorts typically follow the following process: involved immediately.

(d) Ensure no equipment, tools, or other items are

left behind at the work site once work is complete.

(e) Notify the DOC at the start of the escort the

destination and then notify the DOC for any change in

location or the completion of the escort.

(f) Escorts, when the contractor arrives, will ask

for the number of separate work locations to ensure the

proper number of escorts is on hand.

(g) Contractor escorts will not permit contractors

to park next to any outside perimeter fence.

(2) ICRC Escort. Escorts will be designated as

ICRC escorts and are available to escort ICRC

personnel during their visitation and interviews within

Camp Delta. ICRC escorts are dedicated to this

mission and may not be used for any other escort

mission. ICRC escorts are only required with ICRC

personnel are on ground in Cuba. ICRC escorts will

not be required when ICRC is not present in Cuba.

ICRC escorts are required are managed through escort

control. ICRC provides a list of detainees that they

would like to visit 24 hours prior to visit. ICRC

escorts are usually staged out of the brown bldg until

called upon by escort control. ICRC escort team is

composed of three guards unlikely most escort teams

which are only composed of two guards. These escorts

should be ready at all times. ICRC escorts typically

follow the following process:

STEPS: STEPS:

ESCORT ESCORT

TEAM TEAM

ESCORT ESCORT

CONTROL CONTROL

ICRC will call the DOC and notify them ICRC will call the DOC and notify them

that they are enroute to Sally Port 1. that they are enroute to Sally Port 1.

DOC will notify Escort Control. DOC will notify Escort Control.

Escort control will assign an ICRC Escort control will assign an ICRC

escort team to the mission. escort team to the mission.

skipping to change at line 4793 skipping to change at line 5600

√ √

Escort control logs the start of escort on Escort control logs the start of escort on

escort control log. escort control log.

√ √

Escort team conducts escort mission. √ Escort team conducts escort mission. √

Escort team returns to Sally Port 1 with Escort team returns to Sally Port 1 with

ICRC representatives. ICRC representatives.

√ √

ICRC leaves Camp Delta through Sally ICRC leaves Camp Delta through Sally

Port 1. Port 1.

Escort team reports to escort control the Escort team reports to escort control the √

STEPS:

ESCORT

TEAM

ESCORT

CONTROL

completion of escort. completion of escort.

√

Escort control logs the completion of Escort control logs the completion of

escort on escort control log. escort on escort control log.

√ √

11-5. Vehicle Usage Table 11-5

a. Teams will utilize Gators or Golf Carts when d. Upon the approach of any Distinguished Visitor

moving detainees from Camp II or Camp IV for (DV), an escort team moving a detainee will stop

movement and face the detainee away from the passing

DV. Once the DV or DV party has passed, the escort

team will resume movement of the detainee.

11-5. Vehicle Usage/Gators

a. Teams will utilize Gators when transporting

detainees from Camp II, III or Camp IV for

appointments in Medical or JIIF. The keys for the appointments in Medical or JIIF. The keys for the

Gators and Golf Carts will be maintained in escort Gators will be maintained in escort control.

control. b. Only escorts for detainees going to reservation

b. Only JIIF escorts will use golf carts. will use Gators.

c. Gators will be used for any escort mission. The c. Gators will be used for any escort mission. The

SOG also can use them to move bulk items. SOG also can use them to move bulk items.

d. Gators and golf carts will be utilized in Camp d. Gators will be utilized in Camp Delta only.

Delta only. e. Gators will not be operated in excess of 5 MPH.

e. Gators and golf carts will not be operated in f. Gator occupancy will not exceed 4 personnel.

excess of 5 MPH. will be kept clean and free of trash and debris.

g. Gators will be topped off at the end of each shift.

f. Gators and golf carts will be kept clean and free h. Sundays from 1400-1700, SOG 3 will ensure

of trash and debris. Gators have been washed and cleaned of debris and

g. Gators and golf carts will be topped off at the end trash.

of each shift. i. Maintenance issues will be brought to the

h. Gator and golf cart keys will be maintained in the

Escort Control when not in use.

i. COs will inspect the vehicle logbook at the end

of the duty week.

j. Maintenance issues will be brought to the

attention of the JDOG S-3. attention of the JDOG S-3.

j. Gators will only be “combat” parked in the

designated area near the Medical Gate.

k. To load or unload a detainee, move the Gator to

loading area. After unloading the detainee and moving

him to their destination, the escort team will return to

properly park the Gator.

l. One member of the team will sit in the rear of the

Gator with his arm across the detainee and hold onto

the side of the Gator to secure him in place during

transport.

11-6. Equipment Maintenance 11-6. Equipment Maintenance

Escort teams assigned duty during midnight shift will Escort teams assigned duty during midnight shift will

conduct PMCS of all escort equipment to include conduct PMCS of all escort equipment to include

shackles, golf carts and gators. The midnight shift shackles, Gators. The midnight shift Escort Control

Escort Control NCOIC should be sure that PMCS is NCOIC should be sure that PMCS is completed and

completed and noted in the DOC Staff Journal. noted in the DOC Staff Journal.

11-7. Communications 11-7. Communications

Communications between Escort Control and Escort Communications between Escort Control and Escort

Teams will management primarily over secure radios Teams will management primarily over secure radios

on Channel 4. Escort Control Call Sign will be Escort on Channel 4. Escort Control Call Sign will be Escort

Control. Escort Teams will be assigned a call sign Control. Escort Teams will be assigned a call sign

based on the following matrix. based on the following matrix.

Escort Teams: Call Sign: Escort Teams: Call Sign:

Medical Escorts

Medical Escort 1 Mike 1

Medical Escort 2 Mike 2

Medical Escort 3 Mike 3

Medical Escort 4 Mike 4

Medical Escort 5 Mike 5

General Escorts General Escorts

General Escort 1 Golf 1 General Escort 1 Golf 1

General Escort 2 Golf 2 General Escort 2 Golf 2

General Escort 3 Golf 3 General Escort 3 Golf 3

General Escort 4 Golf 4 General Escort 4 Golf 4

General Escort 5 Golf 5 General Escort 5 Golf 5

JIIF Escorts General Escort 6 Golf 6

JIIF Escort 1 Echo 1 General Escort 7 Golf 7

JIIF Escort 2 Echo 2 General Escort 8 Golf 8

JIIF Escort 3 Echo 3 General Escort 9 Golf 9

JIIF Escort 4 Echo 4 General Escort 10 Golf 10

JIIF Escort 5 Echo 5 General Escort 11 Golf 11

JIIF Escort 6 Echo 6 General Escort 12 Golf 12

JIIF Escort 7 Echo 7 General Escort 13 Golf 13

ICRC Escorts General Escort 14 Golf 14

ICRC Escort 1 India 1 General Escort 15 Golf 15

ICRC Escort 2 India 2 General Escort 16 Golf 16

ICRC Escort 3 India 3 General Escort 17 Golf 17

General Escort 18 Golf 18

General Escort 19 Golf 19

General Escort 20 Golf 20

Table 11-6

11-8. Distinguished Visitors 11-8. Distinguished Visitors

COs escort all distinguished visitors inside the Camp COs escort all distinguished visitors inside Camp

Delta complex. If the visitor is military, it will be for Delta. If the visitor is military, it will be for grade O-5

grade O-5 and above. This will not include PAO tours. and above. This will not include PAO tours.

11-9. NAVBASE Hospital Escorts 11-9. NAVBASE Hospital Escorts

a. A two-man team from day shift will man the a. A two-person team will escort detainees to the

hospital escorts. This team will be on call for 24 hours. NAVBASE Hospital Detainee Acute Care Unit

Upon notification, the team will go to Camp Delta to (DACU) for treatment. These escorts will not exceed

draw equipment and to be briefed. four hours in length.

b. Escort to the NAVBASE Hospital will be b. Escorts will consist of one MP armed with a

executed using 2:1 ratio with one MP armed with a 9mm pistol, 5 rounds of ammunition and OC pepper.

9mm sidearm, and both MPs armed with OC Pepper The other MP will carry OC pepper and key to

Spray. restraints.

c. Weapons will be stored at the hospital upon c. Weapons will be stored at the hospital upon

arrival. arrival IAW NAVBASE Security Force SOP.

d. MP hospital escort teams will: d. Escort Responsibilities:

(1) Search the interior of the ambulance prior to 1. Search the interior, exterior and

the detainee being placed inside. undercarriage of the ambulance prior to

(2) Check the exterior and under-carriage of the detainee being placed inside

ambulance prior to the ambulance being moved. 2. Maintain continuous observation of the

(3) Maintain continuous observation of the ambulance, following the search until the completion

ambulance following the search until completion of the of the move.

move. e. When escorts are traveling to pick up a detainee

e. When the MP hospital escort team is traveling to already at NAVBASE Hospital, or returning to Camp

pick up a detainee already at the NAVBASE Hospital, Delta after dropping off a detainee at NAVBASE, it

or returning to Camp Delta after dropping off a remains the escorts’ responsibility to search the

detainee at the NAVBASE Hospital, it remains the MP interior, exterior and undercarriage of the ambulance

hospital escort team’s responsibility to search the prior to entering or exiting Camp Delta.

interior and exterior of the ambulance prior to exiting f. If a detainee’s appointment or medical treatment

or entering Camp Delta. If continual observation of the requires them to remain at NAVBASE longer than 4

ambulance is lost following the search and before hours, then the Detainee Acute Care Unit (DACU) will

entering or exiting Camp Delta, the MP hospital escort cover the mission.

team will conduct another full search of the ambulance g. DACU Security Force will consist of one NCO

before proceeding through any sally port. and two soldiers. The mission may require this

position to be manned 24 hours 7 days a week or

however long medical attention is needed at the

facility, to be determined by competent medical

authority. Extended stays will be broken down into (3)

eight-hour shifts and manned accordingly.

h. DACU Security Force will report to the DOC

prior to assuming duties to sign for equipment and

receive briefing. When relieved of duties, DACU

escorts will report to the DOC and return any

equipment and turn in any reports required and conduct

debriefing.

i. DACU Escort will have security responsibilities for

the detainee hospital room area, and any areas the

detainee would receive treatment. One DACU Escort

will also maintain visual contact inside the area where

the detainee is located. At a minimum, one DACU

Escort will be posted at the outside entrance of the

detainees’ location while in the hospital. The third

DACU Escort will provide breaks and assist with other

support for this mission.

j. For any emergency situations the DACU Escorts will

follow established SOP’s of NAVBASE Hospital

Security Force. It is the responsibility of the DACU

Escorts to review and comply with all postings.

k. While performing duties at the NAVBASE Hospital

the DACU Escorts will maintain communication,

primary long-range saber radio and secondary, landline

telephone to the DOC.

Chapter 12 Chapter 12

Detainee Property Detainee Property

12-1. Authorized Personnel 12-1. Authorized Personnel

a. Personnel authorized to receipt, issue, and store a. Personnel authorized to receipt, issue, and store

detainee property must be designated on a detainee property must be designated on a

memorandum from the CJDOG. Personnel designated memorandum from the CJDOG. Personnel designated

must be in the grade of E-7 or above and shall be the must be in the grade of E-7 or above and shall be the

only personnel allowed access into the detainee only personnel allowed access into the detainee

Property Storage Room. Property Storage Room.

skipping to change at line 4966 skipping to change at line 5815

Chapter 13 Chapter 13

Detainee Mail Operations Detainee Mail Operations

13-1. Types Of Mail 13-1. Types Of Mail

a. Ordinary Mail. Normal incoming mail processed a. Ordinary Mail. Normal incoming mail processed

through the Washington D.C. postal address not through the Washington D.C. postal address not

deemed to be from the ICRC or Legal mail. deemed to be from the ICRC or Legal mail.

b. ICRC Mail. Mail that is written in the presence b. ICRC Mail. Mail that is written in the presence

of an ICRC representative, handled through the ICRC, of an ICRC representative, handled through the ICRC,

and delivered by ICRC representatives. The mail and delivered by ICRC representatives. The mail

section only translates and screens the mail. section only translates and JDOG S-2 screens the mail.

c. Legal Mail. Mail that is obviously from a c. Legal Mail. Mail that is obviously from a

lawyer, court, or other legal representative. lawyer, court, or other legal representative.

d. Incoming. Mail that is sent from an outside party d. Incoming. Mail that is sent from an outside party

to a detainee. to a detainee.

e. Outgoing. Mail that a detainee writes. e. Outgoing. Mail that a detainee writes.

f. Hold/File. Mail that is designated to be placed 13-2. Definitions

only in a detainee’s mail file and passed on for a. Highview. The Operating System used to

screening purposes. Will not be sent out or given to manipulate DOCEX [Possible Document Exploitation]

the detainee. throughout the detainee mail dissemination process.

13-2. Incoming Mail This system simplifies the scanning, filing, retrieving,

routing, and processing of Detainee Mail.

b. DMPC. The Detainee Mail Processing Center. A

function of JDOG S-1.

13-3. Incoming Mail

a. Every time anyone handles ordinary incoming a. Every time anyone handles ordinary incoming

mail, they should wear latex gloves to protect against mail, they should wear latex gloves to protect against

any chemical hazard on the envelopes or letters. All any chemical hazard on the envelopes or letters. All

mail is irradiated against biological hazards, but this mail is irradiated against biological hazards, but this

may not protect against chemical hazards. may not protect against chemical hazards.

b. When Incoming mail is received at the JTF APO b. When Incoming mail is received at the JTF APO

or postal room, the NCOIC of the postal room will call or postal room, the NCOIC of the postal room will call

the detainee mail section and notify the mail section of the detainee mail section and notify the mail section of

the arrival of mail. A representative of the detainee the arrival of mail. A representative of the Detainee

Mail Processing Center (DMPC) will then go to the Mail Processing Center (DMPC) will then go to the

mailroom to pick up the mail. The representative will mailroom to pick up the mail. The representative will

count and verify the correct number of incoming mail count and verify the correct number of incoming mail

items. The representative from the detainee mail items. The representative from the detainee mail

section will then sign for the incoming mail. Detainees section will then sign for the incoming mail. Detainees

are not authorized to receive anything other than flat are not authorized to receive anything other than flat

letters weighing less than one ounce. All postal units letters weighing less than one ounce. All postal units

have been told any other items will be immediately have been told any other items will be immediately

returned to the sender. returned to the sender.

c. The mail will then be entered into the detainee c. The mail will then be entered into the detainee

mail-tracking database, Mail Management System mail-tracking database, DOCEX.

(MMS).

d. The Alpha Numeric Code representing the d. The Alpha Numeric Code representing the

sequence number of the detainee that the mail is sequence number of the detainee that the mail is

addressed to is entered into the MMS. As each item is addressed to is entered into DOCEX. As each item is

entered into the MMS, it is assigned a mail item entered into DOCEX, it is assigned a mail item number

number. This mail item number will be written on all (Harmony number). This Harmony number will be

items arriving in the mail and in the envelope. This labeled on all items arriving in the mail and in the

includes each page of the letter, any enclosures, and the envelope. This includes each written page of the letter,

envelope. (Example: I-001234) any enclosures, and the envelope. (Example:

e. After the mail is entered into the MMS, the GUAN2003I-######DP)

original mail item is copied. The original mail is e. After the mail is entered into DOCEX, it will

placed in the detainee’s incoming mail pending file. then go through an Initial Review. A format is made

The copies will be sent to the translators. After the displaying the Harmony Number, Alpha Numeric

copies of original incoming mail are placed in the Code, Box Number/ICRC Number, Title, Primary

detainee pending files, all work will be done with Language, Security Classification, Document type, and

copies of the mail. Any original photographs Publication Country. After the Initial Review is

accompanying the letters will be stapled to the final completed, the electronic versions of the mail items are

copy that will be delivered to the detainee. then forwarded to Translation. The original documents

f. The copy machine and work area must be wiped are then delivered to Translation with an Incoming

down and cleaned after each batch of incoming mail is Mail Transmittal Sheet. The transmittal must be signed

copied. This will ensure nothing is transferred from for by the representative from the document translation

detainee mail to any other items being copied. section for permanent records (refer to section 13-10).

g. After the mail is copied, it is transferred to f. The DOCEX scanners and work area must be

translation (refer to section 13-10). wiped down and cleaned after each batch of incoming

h. After translation, the copy is returned to the mail is entered into DOCEX. This will ensure nothing

detainee mail-processing center. Four copies of the is transferred from detainee mail to any other items

translation will be made. One copy of the translated being scanned.

mail will be placed in the detainee file. Three copies of g. After translation, the original mail items are

the mail will be transferred to the JDOG S-2 [Possible returned to the detainee mail-processing center, and

Document Exploitation (DOCEX)]. At this point, the filed in a temporary file. The electronic version of the

mail is entered into the computer as transferred to both translation will be forwarded to both the JDOG S-2 for

the JIG and to the JDOG S-2 for screening. screening in DOCEX.

i. A copy of the incoming mail will be given out to h. A copy of the incoming mail will be given out to

the detainee five days after screening by the JDOG the detainee five days after screening by the JDOG S-2

JDOG S-2 personnel, unless contacted by the JDOG S- personnel, unless contacted by the JDOG S-2 section to

2 section to hold the mail for a specific reason. If the hold the mail for a specific reason. The mail must be

mail has been redacted, then a copy of the redacted

piece will be given to the detainee. The mail must be

entered into the computer as delivered to the detainee entered into the computer as delivered to the detainee

on the day it is given out to the detainee. on the day it is given out to the detainee.

j. The JDOG S-2 section will screen the mail as a 13-4. Outgoing Mail

group according to the transmittal record it is

transferred to the JDOG S-2 shop on. After screening,

a copy of this transmittal record will be given back to

the detainee Mail Processing section with the date the

mail is eligible for delivery to the detainee. If any

items are to be held or redacted, those items will also

be annotated on that transmittal record.

13-3. Outgoing Mail

a. Outgoing mail is collected by the detainee mail a. Outgoing mail is collected by the detainee mail

section daily IAW the mail collection schedule. This section daily IAW the mail collection schedule. This

schedule rotates collection between blocks and schedule rotates collection between blocks and

between types of outgoing mail. This schedule allows between types of outgoing mail. This schedule allows

the detainees to write four post cards (6” x 4” in size) the detainees to write four post cards (6” x 4” in size)

and two letters (single side of one piece of paper not and two letters (single side of one piece of paper not

larger than 8.5” x 11”) per month IAW AR 190-8, larger than 8.5” x 11”) per month IAW AR 190-8,

Section 3-5, page 7. Note: Per AR 190-8, para 3-5, Section 3-5, page 7. Note: Per AR 190-8, para 3-5,

sec f. (3), maps, sketches, and drawings are not sec f. (3), maps, sketches, and drawings are not

permitted in outgoing correspondences. A sample permitted in outgoing correspondences. A sample

schedule follows: schedule follows:

B L O C K S B L O C K S

Day Letters Postcards Day Letters Postcards

1 Wed 1 Wed V W Y U

2 Thu A T P Q R K 2 Thu A T P Q R K

3 Fri B M N O S 3 Fri B M N O S

4 Sat 4 Sat W U Y V

5 Sun 5 Sun

6 Mon C I K L T 6 Mon C I K L T

7 Tue Q M F G H 7 Tue Q M F G H

8 Wed R S C D E 8 Wed R S C D E

9 Thu Det Hosp G A B 9 Thu

Det

Hosp G A B

10 Fri D P Q R 10 Fri D P Q R

11 Sat

11 Sat V C U Y

12 Sun 12 Sun

13 Mon E M N O S 13 Mon E M N O S

14 Tue F N I K L T 14 Tue F N I K L T

15 Wed K O F G H 15 Wed K O F G H

16 Thu L P C D E 16 Thu L P C D E

17 Fri M T A B R 17 Fri M T A B R

18 Sat 18 Sat V Y U W

19 Sun 19 Sun

20 Mon G R P Q A S 20 Mon G R P Q A S

21 Tue H C M N O B 21 Tue H C M N O B

22 Wed I D K L T 22 Wed I D K L T

23 Thu N E F G H 23 Thu N E F G H

24 Fri O F C D 24 Fri O F C D

25 Sat 25 Sat Y W V U

26 Sun 26 Sun

27 Mon P Det Hosp A B I S 27 Mon P

Det

Hosp A B I S

28 Tue K H P Q R C 28 Tue K H P Q R C

29 Wed A I S M N O D 29 Wed A I S M N O D

30 Thu B K I L E T 30 Thu B K I L E T

31 Fri L Q F G H 31 Fri L Q F G H

Table 13-1

b. If there is a situation that involves a security risk, b. If there is a situation that involves a security risk,

and the block is closed down for that specific time, the and the block is closed down for that specific time, the

mail clerk will be informed and that block will be mail clerk will be informed and that block will be

skipped for that rotation. skipped for that rotation.

c. Detainee mail clerks will take no more than five c. Detainee mail clerks will take no more than five

pens with black ink to the blocks at a time. The mail pens with black ink to the blocks at a time. The mail

clerks can allow up to five detainees to write at one clerks can allow up to five detainees to write at one

time. The mail clerk must closely observe the time. The mail clerk must closely observe the

detainees while they write the letter/post-card to ensure detainees while they write the letter/post-card to ensure

the detainee is not using the pen to write anything other the detainee is not using the pen to write anything other

than the letter/postcard. When leaving the block, the than the letter/postcard. When leaving the block, the

mail clerk and Block NCO will ensure all pens and mail clerk and Block NCO will ensure all pens and

materials are accounted for. materials are accounted for.

(1) Detainee Mail Clerks should attempt to wake (1) Detainee Mail Clerks should attempt to wake

up sleeping detainees and offer them a chance to write. up sleeping detainees and offer them a chance to write.

If a detainee refuses to write when he is offered his If a detainee refuses to write when he is offered his

chance, the mail clerk continues. If a detainee changes chance, the mail clerk continues. If a detainee changes

his mind after being offered an opportunity to write, he his mind after being offered an opportunity to write, he

will not be offered a second chance to write. WILL NOT be offered a second chance to write.

(2) If a detainee is praying, prayer should not be (2) If a detainee is praying, prayer should not be

interrupted in order to inform the detainee of the interrupted in order to inform the detainee of the

opportunity to write. However, if the detainee stops opportunity to write. However, if the detainee stops

praying on his own and the mail clerk is still in the praying on his own and the mail clerk is still in the

block, then the detainee should be offered the block, then the detainee should be offered the

opportunity to write. opportunity to write.

(3) Detainees are given 20 minutes per postcard (3) Detainees are given 20 minutes per postcard

and 30 minutes per letter. If a detainee takes longer and 30 minutes per letter. If a detainee takes longer

than this, he should be told to address the item and turn than this, he should be told to address the item and turn

it in. it in. If a detainee refuses, he will be instructed to turn

(4) If a detainee refuses, he will be instructed to in the mail immediately or it will not be sent out. If he

turn in the mail immediately or it will not be sent out. still refuses, then it is up to the guards to retrieve the

If he still refuses, then it is up to the MPs to retrieve the

mail and the pen in accordance with their operating mail and the pen in accordance with their operating

procedures. Mail clerks will complete an incident procedures. Mail clerks will complete an incident

report if this occurs. report if this occurs.

d. After the detainee mail clerk allows all detainees (4) If a detainee declines the opportunity to write,

scheduled to write that day, the mail is taken to the

detainee mail-processing center and entered into MMS.

As each letter is entered, the MMS assigns a mail item

number, an alphanumeric tracking number (Example:

T-001234). The mail item number must be written on

the lower left hand corner of both the letter and

envelope. For postcards, the mail item number will be

written on the upper left hand corner.

e. After the mail is processed into MMS, the mail is

copied and the original is placed into the detainee

outgoing mail pending file. Then the mail is

transferred to the linguist section for translation in the

same manner as incoming mail (refer to section 13-10).

f. If a detainee declines the opportunity to write,

this declination is documented on the daily mail this declination is documented on the daily mail

schedule. The mail schedules are kept in binders to schedule. The mail schedules are kept in binders to

document when each detainee was given an document when each detainee was given an

opportunity to write. opportunity to write.

g. After translation, the mail is transferred back to d. After the detainee mail clerk allows all detainees

the DMPC. Four copies of the translated mail will be scheduled to write that day, the mail is taken to the

made. One copy of the translated mail will be placed detainee mail-processing center and entered into

in the detainee file. Three copies of the mail will be DOCEX. Each letter or postcard is given an Alpha

transferred to the JDOG S-2 (DOCEX). At this point, Numeric Code representing the sequence number of the

the mail is entered into the computer as transferred to detainee that wrote the letter or postcard, and DOCEX

both the JIG and to the JDOG S-2 for screening. assigns a mail item number (Harmony number) to the

h. Mail is sent to the JTF-GTMO APO or Mail letter or postcard (Example: GUAN2003T-######DP).

Room (refer to section 13-10) for mailing five days The Harmony number must be labeled on the lower left

after being screened unless contacted by the JDOG S-2 hand corner of both the letter and envelope. For

section to hold the mail for a specific reason. The mail postcards, the mail item number will be written on the

must be entered into the computer as mailed on the day upper right hand corner.

it is transferred to the JTF Mailroom. e. After the mail is processed into DOCEX, it will

i. The JDOG S-2 section will screen the mail as a then go through an Initial Review. A format is made

group according to the transmittal record it is displaying the Harmony Number, Alpha Numeric

transferred to the JDOG S-2 section on. After Code, Box Number/ICRC Number, Title, Primary

screening, a copy of this transmittal record will be Language, Security Classification, Document type, and

given back to the detainee Mail section with the date Publication Country. After the Initial Review is

the mail is eligible for delivery to the JTF-GTMO mail completed, the electronic versions of the mail items are

room. If any items are to be held or redacted, those then forwarded to Translation. The original documents

items will also be annotated on that transmittal record. are then delivered to Translation with an Outgoing

13-4. ICRC Mail Mail Transmittal Sheet. The transmittal must be signed

and dated for by the representative from the document

translation section for permanent records.

f. After translation, the original mail items are

returned to the detainee mail-processing center, and

filed in a temporary file. The electronic version of the

translation will be forwarded to JDOG S-2 for

screening in DOCEX.

g. Mail is sent to the JTF-GTMO APO for mailing

five days after being screened, unless contacted by the

JDOG S-2 section to hold the mail for a specific

reason. The mail must be entered into the computer as

mailed on the day it is transferred to the JTF Mailroom.

h. Interrogators will conduct mail collection and

distribution for detainees on any level 5 blocks for all

mail except ICRC mail. When mail is received on

island and has been processed, the mail will be

forwarded to the JIFF for distribution to the detainee.

Interrogators will forward mail collected from a

detainee directly to the mail section for processing and

screening.

13-5. ICRC Mail

a. Ordinarily, ICRC mail is collected by a. Ordinarily, ICRC mail is collected by

representatives of the ICRC and transferred to the representatives of the ICRC and transferred to the

detainee mail section by the JDOG’s ICRC liaison. detainee mail section by the JDOG’s ICRC liaison.

The JDOG representative normally delivers the ICRC The JDOG representative normally delivers the ICRC

mail to the detainee mail section. mail to the detainee mail section.

b. If the ICRC Rep wishes to document outgoing b. The ICRC Rep will document outgoing pieces of

pieces of mail prior to handing them over to the mail prior to handing them over to the Detainee Mail

detainee Mail Section a non-networked computer that Section on a non-networked computer that has no

has no sensitive information on it will be provided for sensitive information on it. This will be done in the

their use in the vicinity of the mail room. Under no vicinity of the mail room. The ICRC Rep will assign

circumstance may unscreened mail leave the detention each ICRC mail piece an ICRC mail code. UNDER

facility. Neither the ICRC Rep nor the JDOG liaison is NO CIRCUMSTANCE MAY UNSCREENED MAIL

LEAVE THE DETENTION FACILITY. Neither the

ICRC representative nor the JDOG liaison is

authorized to remove unscreened mail from the facility. authorized to remove unscreened mail from the facility.

c. When ICRC mail is delivered to the detainee mail c. When ICRC mail is delivered to the detainee mail

section, the mail must first be entered into MMS. After section, the mail must first be entered into DOCEX.

the mail is entered into MMS, it is transferred to the ICRC mail enters DOCEX through the same process as

linguist section for translation in the same manner ordinary mail with the exception of Initial Review,

ordinary mail is transferred. (Refer to section 13-10) where the ICRC mail code is included with the format.

d. When ICRC mail is returned from translation, it After the mail is entered into DOCEX, it is transferred

is forwarded to the JDOG S-2 for screening (DOCEX). to the linguist section for translation in the same

After screening ICRC mail, the JDOG S-2 will return manner ordinary mail is transferred (Refer to section

the mail to the detainee Mail Processing Center. 13-3, 13-4).

13-5. Cleared Mail d. When ICRC mail is returned from translation, the

Cleared mail will be stamped “Cleared by US Forces” originals are placed into a temporary hold file and the

on each page of a letter and on the back of electronic versions are forwarded to the JDOG S-2 for

photographs. Incoming ICRC mail will be returned to screening [DOCEX].

the ICRC rep, while inside the detention facility, for f. ICRC mail originals are returned to the ICRC

delivery to the detainees. Outgoing mail will be representative 5 days after being screened, unless

returned to the ICRC rep for delivery at their expense. contacted by the JDOG S-2 section to hold the mail for

13-6. Redacted Mail a specific reason. The mail must be entered into the

A redacted copy will be stamped “Cleared by US computer as transferred to ICRC on the day it is

Forces” on each page and given to the ICRC rep for transferred to the ICRC representative.

them to deliver. A redacted copy, an unredacted 13-6. Mail Screening

translation, and the original letter will be placed in the a. All mail will be processed through the DMPC

detainee mail file. Only the redacted copy may be then forwarded electronically to the JDOG S-2 for

stamped with “Cleared by US Forces”. screening.

13-7. Held Mail b. Cleared Mail. Mail that has been screened by

JDOG S2, authorized delivery, and stamped with

JDOG S2 approved stamp controlled by S2.

c. Exploited/Forwarded mail. Any mail that has

been designated to have INTEL/OPSEC value beyond

the normal mail process will be notated in PINK and

disseminated appropriately.

d. Hold Mail. Mail that is deemed undeliverable for

Intelligence and/or OPSEC standards. Mail that is

designated to be placed only in a detainee’s mail file.

Hold Mail will be notated in YELLOW. If JDOG S-2

places a permanent Hold on a piece of mail it will NOT

be sent out or given to the detainee (Refer to section

13-8).

e. Redacted mail. A redaction is to strike through,

cross out, or remove a portion of a letter or message

that violates Intelligence and/or OPSEC standards.

Redact Mail will be notated in ORANGE.

(1).Incoming mail redact. A copy of the original

mail item and a translation is made from DOCEX. The

front of the copy is annotated, “REDACT.” The

translation section to be redacted is noted in orange and

both the copy of the original mail item and the

translation are forwarded to translation. Once the

copies of the mail item return from translation, the

original mail item is logged out from the DMPC for

redaction. The redacted sections will be noted in

orange on the original mail item and a copy will be

made with the redacted sections marked out in either

black or blue ink. All ICRC will have the original

redacted according to policy. Once redaction is

completed, the mail item will be annotated in DOCEX

as “CLEARED-Redact Completed,” then logged back

into the DMPC for further processing (Refer to section

13-8).

(2).Outgoing mail redact. The outgoing mail

redaction process is conducted the same as for

incoming mail redaction (Refer to section 13-6e1).

13-7. Cleared Mail (DMPC)

a. Incoming mail. Cleared incoming mail will be

stamped “Approved by US Forces”* on each written

page of the letter and on the back of photographs. A

copy of the cleared letter will be delivered to the

detainee while the original letter and/or pictures are

placed into the detainee’s mail file (Refer to section 13-

3h).

b. Outgoing mail. Cleared outgoing mail will be

stamped “Approved by US Forces”* on each written

page of the letter or postcard. The original letter or

postcard will then be delivered to the JTF-GTMO APO

(Refer to section 13-4g).

c. ICRC mail. Incoming ICRC mail will be returned

to the ICRC rep, while inside the detention facility, for

delivery to the detainees. Outgoing ICRC mail will be

returned to the ICRC rep for delivery at their expense

(Refer to section 13-5f).

* Annotates item controlled by JDOG S-2. Actual

phrase of the stamp is subject to change as dictated by

JDOG S-2.

13-8. Redacted Mail (DMPC)

a. Incoming mail. For letters, the redacted sections

will be highlighted on the originals and translations,

and then filed in the detainee’s mail file. A redacted

copy will be stamped “Approved by US Forces”* on

each page and delivered to the detainee (refer to section

13-3h).

b. Outgoing mail. A copy of the original letter or

postcard and translation will be made with the redacted

sections highlighted, and then filed in the detainee’s

permanent file. The redacted original letter or postcard

will be stamped “Approved by US Forces”* on each

page and then delivered to the JTF-GTMO APO (Refer

to section 13-4g).

c. ICRC mail. A redacted copy will be stamped

“Approved by US Forces”* on each page and given to

the ICRC rep for them to deliver. An unredacted copy,

an unredacted translation, and a redacted copy will be

placed in the detainee mail file. Only the redacted

original may be stamped with “Cleared by US

Forces”* (Refer to section 13-5f).

* Annotates item is controlled by JDOG S-2.

Actual phrase of the stamp is subject to change as

dictated by JDOG S-2.

13-9. Held Mail (DMPC)

a. If JDOG S-2 determines a letter is to be held they a. If JDOG S-2 determines a letter is to be held they

will notify the detainee Mail Section. The original will notify the detainee Mail Section. The original

letter or photo will be placed in the detainee mail file. letter or photo will be placed in the detainee mail file.

ICRC will be notified that the letter has been held. In the case of ICRC mail, the ICRC will be notified

Notification to the ICRC will be on a Transmittal Sheet that the letter has been held. Notification to the ICRC

and will include their tracking number and our MMS will be on a transmittal Sheet and will include the

ICRC tracking number and the DOCEX Harmony

identification number. NO COPIES WILL BE identification number. NO COPIES WILL BE

RETURNED TO THE ICRC. Held mail will be RETURNED TO THE ICRC. Held mail will be

annotated as CLOSED on the MMS. annotated as “HOLD” on DOCEX.

b. During absences of ICRC from Guantanamo Bay, b. During absences of ICRC from Guantanamo Bay,

ICRC mail is handled per directions of the ICRC ICRC mail is handled per directions of the ICRC liason

representative to the JDOG and the CJDOG. to the JDOG and the CJDOG.

13-8. Mail Screening 13-10. Mail Transmittal Records

a. Receive mail from JDOG S-1 for JDOG S-2 and a. TRANSFER TRANSMITTAL SHEETS WILL

JIG review. A JDOG S-2 representative will sign and ACCOMPANY ALL MAIL TRANSFERS. The

make a copy of each Transmittal Record (TR) from the process is as follows:

JDOG S-1 section. The JDOG S-2 copy of the TR is b. Two copies of a transmittal sheet go with the

filed in the appropriate detainee Mail binder. Binders mail for signatures; one is a file copy to be provided to

are divided according to the type of mail (ICRC or the receiving location (translation, RFI, etc.). The

ordinary). Each binder is further sub-divided into the other will be filed in the DMPC.

step of the mail process the TR represents (received c. These records will be kept in binders. There

from JDOG S-1, to JIG, etc.)

b. Deliver mail to JIG and have them sign

Transmittal Record. Persons delivering the letters will

inventory all mail with a JIG representative. Mail is

usually delivered to the JDOG S-2 Admin

representative. If this person is not available, the JIG

linguists are the secondary POC for mail delivery.

After the JIG representative signs for the mail, a copy

of each TR is made for their record keeping. Original

Transmittal Sheet s is filed in the correct detainee Mail

binders.

c. JDOG S-2 review of detainee mail. Pull out any

redacted, hold/file, rewrites, or INTSUM mail.

d. Redacted mail. This is mail that is not appropriate

to be mailed out or given to the detainee. This would

include:

(1) Mail containing complaints or criticism of

any governmental agency or official.

(2) Refer to events or circumstances of capture.

(3) Comparing camps.

(4) Containing numbers, ciphers, codes, music

symbols, shorthand marks, or signs other than those

used for normal punctuation.

(5) Containing military information on numbers

of detainees. This also includes the use of ISN number.

(6) Location of the camps. This includes maps,

sketches, and drawings.

(7) Any item that could be used against the

camps as a force protection issue.

(8) Any item that has intelligence value.

e. Incoming mail. All mail selected for redaction

will be copied and the copy will be redacted and copied

again. The second redacted copy will go to the

detainee in the incoming envelope. The unblemished

original and redacted copy will go into the detainee

file. Redacts need to be completely marked through

and be unable to read.

f. Outgoing mail. There are two types of outgoing

correspondence: letters and postcards. Letters will be

copied and redacted and the second redacted copy will

be mailed out. The original and redacted copy will be

filed in detainee file. Postcards will be redacted on

originals and then copied. The copy of the redaction

will go into the detainee file and the original will be

mailed out.

g. Hold/File mail. Any detainee mail that is not

addressed to family (incoming and outgoing)(to

include mail addressed to fellow detainees) needs to be

held/filed IAW SECDEF guidance. The JDOG S-2 rep

will build a Transmittal sheet and pull the originals

from the JDOG S-1 files. The originals are then

appropriately marked as Hold/File and the transfer is

annotated in MMS computer database.

h. Rewrites. Any mail that needs to be rewritten

will need to be marked with the reason why. A

Transmittal Record will be made in MMS for JDOG S-

1 to take the original and reasons why back to the

detainee for rewrite. Mail that violates the provisions

of AR 190-8 (listed under Redacted Mail) can be sent

back to the JDOG S-1 and the detainee to be rewritten.

i. Intrep mail. This category describes any mail

that contains information pertinent to the intelligence

community. These items may contain suicidal threats,

capture information, known acquaintances, etc. The

copy of the designated letter is marked for inclusion in

the daily INTREP and then shredded if the mail is

cleared for delivery. Once noted, the mail will

continue through the detainee mail process. If

required, the original piece of mail can be pulled from

the JDOG S-1.

j. If the mail clears screening, the JDOG S-2 copy

is shredded, as there is no further need for this

document. The JDOG S-1 will automatically deliver

the remaining mail that has not been pulled or marked

for non-delivery.

13-9. Mail Transmittal Records

a. Transfer Transmittal sheets will accompany all

mail transfers. In all cases the process is as follows:

b. Print three Mail Transmittal sheets; one is

immediately filed in the appropriate binder in the

DMPC, this copy is kept only until a signed copy can

replace it.

c. Two copies go with the mail for signatures; one

is a file copy to be provided to the receiving location

(translation, JDOG S-2, etc.). The other will replace

the unsigned copy that has been filed in the DMPC.

d. These records will be kept in binders. There

should be a separate binder for each category of mail as should be a separate binder for each category of mail as

follows: follows:

(1) LETTERS & POST CARDS (1) LETTERS & POST CARDS

(a) Ordinary incoming mail to translation (a) Ordinary incoming mail to translation

(b) Ordinary outgoing mail to translation (b) Ordinary outgoing mail to translation

(c) Ordinary Incoming mail to JDOG S-2/JIG (c) Ordinary outgoing mail to post office

(d) Ordinary Outgoing mail to JDOG S-2/JIG

(e) Ordinary Incoming mail to redact/hold

(f) Ordinary Outgoing mail to redact/hold

(g) Ordinary outgoing mail to post office

(2) ICRC (2) ICRC

(a) ICRC incoming mail to translation (a) ICRC incoming mail to translation

(b) ICRC outgoing mail to translation (b) ICRC outgoing mail to translation

(c) ICRC Incoming mail to JDOG S-2/JIG (e) ICRC Incoming mail to ICRC Rep*

(d) ICRC Outgoing mail to JDOG S-2/JIG (f) ICRC outgoing mail to ICRC Rep*

(e) ICRC Incoming mail to redact/hold (3)REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFI)

(f) ICRC Outgoing mail to redact/hold d. These are the permanent history of each item that

(g) ICRC Incoming mail to ICRC Rep*

(h) ICRC outgoing mail to ICRC Rep*

e. These are the permanent history of each item that

has been transferred through the system. has been transferred through the system.

f. Within the MMS database, ICRC may be referred 13-11. Requests for Information

to as BLD or BLD may be linked to ICRC files, such a. Any requests for information (RFI) from a

as: ICRC outgoing mail to ICRC Rep/BLD. This is an detainee’s mail file, either hardcopy or from DOCEX

organic feature of the current software. must have prior authorization from the JDOG S-2 OIC

13-10. Mail For detainees Held At Locations Other or NCOIC and notification to the JDOG S-1 Postal

OIC or NCOIC. Only copies of items from a detainee’s

mail file will be furnished and a transmittal sheet must

accompany the RFI from the DMPC to the requesting

party (Refer to section 13-10).

13-12. Foreign Delegations

a. Periodically, Foreign Delegations will conduct a

visitation to the detainees. A representative of the

Foreign Delegation must check in with the JDOG S-2

and DMPC if they have correspondence for a detainee

or vice versa.

b. The Foreign Delegation must be accompanied by

a representative of the DMPC and an M.P. when

visiting a detainee.

c. Correspondence from a Foreign Delegation to a

detainee or from a detainee to a Foreign Delegation

must go through the same processes as ordinary mail,

unless given authorization from the JDOG S-2 to

assign the correspondence a higher priority to complete

than ordinary mail.

d. Cleared Correspondence. A copy of the original

and translation will be placed in the detainee’s mail

file. The original will be stamped “Approved by US

Forces”* on each written page and given to the Foreign

Delegation.

e. Redacted Correspondence. A copy of the original

correspondence and translation with the redacted

sections highlighted will be placed in the detainee’s

mail file. The original will be redacted, then stamped

with “Approved by US Forces”* and given to the

Foreign Delegation (Refer to section 13-8).

f. Held Correspondence. A copy of the original

correspondence and translation will be placed in the

detainee’s mail file. The Foreign Delegation will be

notified that the correspondence cannot be delivered to

the detainee and the original correspondence is

returned to the Foreign Delegation. The electronic

version of the correspondence will be annotated as

“HOLD – Returned to Delegation” on DOCEX.

* Annotates item is controlled by JDOG S-2.

Actual phrase of the stamp is subject to change as

dictated by JDOG S-2.

13-13. Mail For detainees Held At Locations Other

Than GTMO Than GTMO

a. In accordance with Joint Chief of Staff guidance, a. In accordance with Joint Chief of Staff guidance,

mail for detainees not held at the Camp Delta facility mail for detainees not held at the Camp Delta facility

will also be processed and screened by the detainee will also be processed and screened by the detainee

mail section. mail section.

b. Incoming mail for the detainee should be sent to b. Incoming mail for the detainee should be sent to

the Camp Delta detainee mail section through the the Camp Delta detainee mail section through the

Washington DC address. This ensures the mail is Washington DC address. This ensures the mail is

properly cleared of hazardous materials before properly cleared of hazardous materials before

handling. If the mail is sent directly to the other handling. If the mail is sent directly to the other

skipping to change at line 5378 skipping to change at line 6266

and emailed over secure email to the OIC of the and emailed over secure email to the OIC of the

detainee mail section or to the JDOG S-2. This mail detainee mail section or to the JDOG S-2. This mail

will then be processed and screened. Once the mail has will then be processed and screened. Once the mail has

been screened, instructions for the handling of the mail been screened, instructions for the handling of the mail

will be emailed back to the Detention Facility. will be emailed back to the Detention Facility.

d. The Washington DC Address is: d. The Washington DC Address is:

Detainee: XXXXXX (Alpha Numeric Code) Detainee: XXXXXX (Alpha Numeric Code)

Camp Delta Camp Delta

Washington, D.C. 20355 Washington, D.C. 20355

USA USA

13-11. Mail Sent Directly To detainees 13-14. Mail To Be Returned To Sender

a. Any mail containing a return address and sent a. Any mail containing a return address and sent

directly to detainees without processing through the directly to detainees without processing through the

Washington, DC postal address will be returned to the Washington, DC postal address will be returned to the

sender. The mail should under no circumstances be sender. The mail should under no circumstances be

opened. The postal room, at their discretion, can write opened. The postal room, at their discretion, can write

the proper address somewhere on the envelope for the proper address somewhere on the envelope for

future reference of the sender. future reference of the sender.

b. If the mail does not have a return address, the b. If the mail does not have a return address, the

mail will be handled IAW with postal room procedures mail will be an immediate HOLD and directed to the

for processing undeliverable mail without a return JDOG S-2 for dissemination.

address. 13-15. Incorrectly Addressed Mail

13-12. Incorrectly Addressed Mail

a. Mail without a detainee alpha code or return a. Mail without a detainee alpha code or return

address will be processed and screened as any other address will be processed and screened as any other

piece of mail. After the mail has been cleared, a piece of mail. After the mail has been cleared, a

reasonable effort will be made to determine the reasonable effort will be made to determine the

detainee to whom the mail is addressed. If the detainee detainee to whom the mail is addressed. If the detainee

cannot be determined, the mail will be placed in a hold cannot be determined, the mail will be placed in a hold

file. file.

b. Mail arriving in the detainee mail bag, clearly not b. Mail arriving in the detainee mail bag, clearly not

belonging to a detainee will be returned to the postal belonging to a detainee will be returned to the postal

room unopened. room unopened.

skipping to change at line 5413 skipping to change at line 6299

be determined if it belongs to a detainee or not, will be be determined if it belongs to a detainee or not, will be

opened and processed. If at some point during the opened and processed. If at some point during the

process or screening it becomes evident that the mail is process or screening it becomes evident that the mail is

not for a detainee, it will be returned to the postal room not for a detainee, it will be returned to the postal room

with an explanation of why the mail was opened. with an explanation of why the mail was opened.

d. Outgoing mail returned for lack of a country d. Outgoing mail returned for lack of a country

name in English will be corrected and sent out again. name in English will be corrected and sent out again.

A new transmittal sheet will be created to transfer it to A new transmittal sheet will be created to transfer it to

the post office. File the transmittal sheet under the post office. File the transmittal sheet under

outgoing mail for the current day. outgoing mail for the current day.

13-13. Mail For Released detainees 13-16. Mail For Released Detainees

a. Detainees that are released may have mail in the a. Detainees that are released may have mail in the

system. When determination is made to repatriate a system. When determination is made to repatriate a

detainee, the JDOG S-2 should notify the detainee mail detainee, the JDOG S-2 should notify the detainee mail

section, through the JDOG S-1. section, through the JDOG S-1.

b. The detainee mail section should search the mail b. The detainee mail section should search the mail

database and determine if the detainee has any mail in database and determine if the detainee has any mail in

the system. If there is mail in the system, the mail the system. If there is mail in the system, the mail

NCOIC should determine where in the process the mail NCOIC should determine where in the process the mail

is. The NCOIC should then notify that part of the is located. A list of all mail items for the detainee in

process that the detainee is scheduled for repatriation. the system will be printed with the Harmony numbers

The mail should then be treated as priority to complete highlighted. JDOG S-2 should annotate in red the

the screening process. After screening, the mail should action next to the Harmony number of each mail item:

be given to the detainees so it can be carried back with C – Cleared, H – Hold, R – Redacted. Any mail items

all other items returned to the detainee. still in the screening process should be treated as

c. Only mail that has been stamped “Cleared by US priority to complete

Forces” will be returned to a detainee upon his release. c. After screening, the mail should be given to the

d. When a detainee is released all original mail that detainees so it can be carried back with all other items

has been stamped “Cleared by US Forces” and a copy returned to the detainee.

of all redacted items that have been stamped “Cleared d. Only mail that has been stamped “Approved by

by US Forces” that are in their detainee mail file will US Forces” by JDOG S-2 will be returned to a detainee

be given to them. upon his release.

e. Mail coming in after the detainee has left the e. When a detainee is released all original mail that

detention facility should be automatically returned to has been stamped “Approved by US Forces” by JDOG

the sender. S-2 and a copy of all redacted items that have been

13-14. Detainees In Isolation stamped “Approved by US Forces” that are in their

Mail for detainees in MSU will be handled in detainee mail file will be released to the detainee.

f. Incoming mail for a released detainee should be

automatically returned to the sender.

13-17. Detainees In Special Housing

Mail for detainees in segregation will be handled in

accordance with the most current approved discipline accordance with the most current approved discipline

matrix. It is up to the JDOG S-3 to ensure the detainee matrix. It is up to the JDOG S-3 to ensure the detainee

mail section is aware of current discipline matrix mail section is aware of current discipline matrix

procedures. procedures. Mail delivery and collection will be

13-15. Detainees With More Than 12 Items Of Mail conducted on a schedule constructed by the DMPC

a. When the Mail NCOIC notices a detainee who NCOIC and the segregation NCOIC.

has received a total amount of mail greater than 12 13-18. Detainees With More Than 12 Items Of Mail

pieces, the NCOIC should notify the JDOG S-3 section a. When a Block NCOIC notices a detainee who has

in writing of the detainee number and the total amount received a total amount of mail greater than 12 pieces,

of mail he has received. This will assist the JDOG S-3 the Block NCOIC should notify JDOG S-3 who will

and MPs in controlling the amount of mail in the cells. notify the DMPC NCOIC in writing of the detainee

number and the total amount of mail he has received.

b. If a detainee does accumulate more than 12 mail b. If a detainee does accumulate more than 12 mail

items, the excess mail will be collected by the MPs and items, the excess mail will be collected by the guards

sent to the detainee Mail Section for storage. and sent to the Detainee Mail Section for storage.

c. The detainee is allowed to choose which 12 c. The detainee is allowed to choose which 12

letters to keep in his possession. He is also allowed to letters to keep in his possession. He is also allowed to

exchange one letter in his possession for a letter held in exchange one letter in his possession for a letter held in

the detainee mail section. When the detainee requests the detainee mail section. When the detainee requests

a letter held in the mail section, the MPs should notify a letter held in the mail section, the guards should

the detainee mail section. notify the detainee mail section.

d. The detainee mail section will bring the letter out d. The detainee mail section will bring the letter out

to the detainee. The mail clerk will bring exchange the to the detainee. The mail clerk will bring exchange the

new letter for one already in the detainee’s possession. new letter for one already in the detainee’s possession.

e. If the mail clerk knows a detainee has 12 mail e. If the mail clerk knows a detainee has 12 mail

items in his possession, the clerk should exchange any items in his possession, the clerk should exchange any

new mail items for one already in the detainee’s new mail items for one already in the detainee’s

possession. possession.

f. For those detainees in a Level 2 block, this f. For those detainees in a Reward Level 2 block,

number for section 13-16 paragraphs a-e will be 15. this number for section 13-18 paragraphs a-e will be

For those detainees in a Level 1 block, this number for 15, upgradeable upon request from the detainee. For

section 13-16 paragraphs a-e will be 20. those detainees in a Reward Level 1 block, this number

13-16. Detainees Passing Mail Between Cells for section 13-18 paragraphs a-e will be 20.

a. At no time should anyone from the detainee mail 13-19. Detainees Passing Mail Between Cells

section pass mail or any other items from one detainee a. AT NO TIME should anyone from the detainee

to another. mail section pass mail or any other items from one

detainee to another.

b. Items can only be passed between detainees with b. Items can only be passed between detainees with

prior approval from the JDOG S-3, or other specified prior approval from the JDOG S-3, or other specified

individuals for intelligence purposes. The MP Block individuals for intelligence purposes. The Block NCO

NCO does not have the authority to tell the mail clerks does not have the authority to tell the mail clerks to

to pass items between detainees. pass items between detainees.

c. If a detainee is passing, attempting to pass or c. If a detainee is passing, attempting to pass or

requesting to pass items amongst each other this should requesting to pass items amongst each other this should

be documented on a Significant Activity Report and be documented on a Significant Activity Report and

forwarded to the JDOG S-2 shop including, if possible, forwarded to the JDOG S-2 shop including, if possible,

the detainees involved and the type of item being the detainees involved and the type of item being

passed. passed.

d. At no time should ICRC reps pass any mail d. AT NO TIME should ICRC reps pass any mail

between detainees. between detainees.

Chapter 14 Chapter 14

Intelligence Operations Intelligence Operations

14-1. General The JDOG S-2 is tasked with 14-1. General The JDOG S-2 is tasked with

maintaining records for the following information: maintaining records for the following information:

a. Force Protection a. Force Protection

b. Significant activities reports b. Significant activities reports

c. Disturbance matrix c. Disturbance matrix

d. Communication matrix and link diagram d. Communication matrix and link diagram

skipping to change at line 5517 skipping to change at line 6410

o. Source operation reports o. Source operation reports

p. JIG directed observation reports p. JIG directed observation reports

q. Counterintelligence Information Reports (CIIR) q. Counterintelligence Information Reports (CIIR)

r. Counter reconnaissance support for detainee r. Counter reconnaissance support for detainee

movements. movements.

14-2. Force Protection Information collected within 14-2. Force Protection Information collected within

Camp Delta utilized for the protection of US forces and Camp Delta utilized for the protection of US forces and

detained persons at NAVSTAGTMO. This detained persons at NAVSTAGTMO. This

information will be provided to the JDOG S-2 OIC, information will be provided to the JDOG S-2 OIC,

who will then disseminate it to the JDOG commander, who will then disseminate it to the JDOG commander,

appropriate Military Police (MP) COs, and the JTF- appropriate COs, and the JTF-GTMO J-2. The

GTMO J-2. The information will be applied to all information will be applied to all operational levels to

operational levels to provide maximum security and provide maximum security and safety of personnel

safety of personnel under the respective commands. under the respective commands.

14-3. Significant Activity Report A report generated 14-3. Significant Activity Report A report generated

by Camp Delta Block Guards on a shift-by-shift basis, by Camp Delta guards on a shift-by-shift basis, which

which details the activities of the detainees on each details the activities of the detainees on each block.

block. These reports are to include a date time group These reports are to include a date time group of any

of any incident, the Internment Serial Number (ISN) of incident, the Internment Serial Number (ISN) of the

the detainee(s) involved, a description of events, and an detainee(s) involved, a description of events, and an

evidentiary custody chain of any items with evidentiary custody chain of any items with

intelligence value collected. This report is turned into intelligence value collected. This report is turned into

the DOC at the end of each shift, where the PL and the the DOC at the end of each shift, where the PL and the

CO review it. The JDOG S-2 Counter Intelligence (CI) CO review it. The JDOG S-2 Counter Intelligence (CI)

agents will then collect and screen the reports for agents will then collect and screen the reports for

pertinent force protection information. The Significant pertinent force protection information. The Significant

Activity Report will then be entered into the Internee Activity Report will then be entered into the Internee

Management Database (IMD) for production of the Management Database (IMD) for production of the

daily Intelligence Report (INTREP). daily Intelligence Report (INTREP).

14-4. Disturbance Matrix This is a comprehensive 14-4. Disturbance Matrix This is a comprehensive

skipping to change at line 5577 skipping to change at line 6470

discernable acts of leadership that occur within Camp discernable acts of leadership that occur within Camp

Delta. The individual matrices report various types of Delta. The individual matrices report various types of

leadership. These types include: religious, leadership. These types include: religious,

secular/block, communication, block lookouts, and secular/block, communication, block lookouts, and

teachers. Each instance of leadership will be recorded teachers. Each instance of leadership will be recorded

on a spreadsheet. This system will allow the JDOG S- on a spreadsheet. This system will allow the JDOG S-

2 CI section to readily identify the primary leadership 2 CI section to readily identify the primary leadership

structure on the blocks and within Camp Delta as a structure on the blocks and within Camp Delta as a

whole. The data is obtained by screening the whole. The data is obtained by screening the

Significant Activity reports, Staff Journal Logs Significant Activity reports, Staff Journal Logs

maintained on each block, CI debriefing of Block maintained on each block, CI debriefing of guards

Guards working in Camp Delta, debriefing of JDOG working in Camp Delta, debriefing of JDOG linguists,

linguists, and from interrogation packet review. The and from interrogation packet review. The last being

last being coordinated through appropriate CI coordinated through appropriate CI personnel assigned

personnel assigned to the JIG. to the JIG.

14-7. Items Of Intelligence Value All items of 14-7. Items Of Intelligence Value All items of

intelligence value collected from detainees will be intelligence value collected from detainees will be

reviewed by JDOG S-2 CI agents and translated by reviewed by JDOG S-2 CI agents and translated by

JDOG linguists if necessary. The JDOG S-2 will then JDOG linguists if necessary. The JDOG S-2 will then

provide storage for the items. All such items will be provide storage for the items. All such items will be

stored for the duration of the individual’s detention at stored for the duration of the individual’s detention at

Camp Delta. Camp Delta.

14-8. Detainee Mail Screening All incoming and 14-8. Detainee Mail Screening All incoming and

outgoing detainee correspondence will be translated by outgoing detainee correspondence will be translated by

JDOG linguists and screened by CI personnel. The JDOG linguists and screened by CI personnel. The

skipping to change at line 5678 skipping to change at line 6571

Significant Activities Report Significant Activities Report

(d) Monitor blocks on a rotating basis (d) Monitor blocks on a rotating basis

(e) Screen detainee mail (e) Screen detainee mail

(f) Conduct end of day security procedures (f) Conduct end of day security procedures

d. Monthly Operations d. Monthly Operations

(1) Compilation of matrices and diagrams (1) Compilation of matrices and diagrams

(2) Briefings for appropriate intelligence sections (2) Briefings for appropriate intelligence sections

and commanders and commanders

e. All other products, listed above, will be done on e. All other products, listed above, will be done on

an as needed basis. an as needed basis.

14-12. JIIF MP Personnel 14-12. JIIF Guard Personnel

a. The JIIF will require personnel to monitor and to a. The JIIF will require personnel to monitor and to

react in the event of an altercation between detainee react in the event of an altercation between detainee

and Interrogator. and Interrogator.

b. A JIIF monitor will be located either in a monitor b. A JIIF monitor will be located either in a monitor

room that is equipped with two-way mirrors and CCTV room that is equipped with two-way mirrors and CCTV

or in a CCTV only room. or in a CCTV only room.

c. A roving MP will be present in the hallways of c. A roving guard will be present in the hallways of

all buildings that have interrogations being conducted. all buildings that have interrogations being conducted.

This MP will respond to any problems in an This guard will respond to any problems in an

interrogation room. interrogation room.

d. Detainees will be secured to the eyebolt in the d. Detainees will be secured to the eyebolt in the

floor of the interrogation room. Detainees may be floor of the interrogation room. Detainees may be

unshackled at the request of the Interrogators. unshackled at the request of the Interrogators.

e. JIIF monitors will observe all interrogations. e. JIIF monitors will observe all interrogations.

They will NOT listen to any interrogations. They will They will NOT listen to any interrogations. They will

NOT discuss any events that occur inside an NOT discuss any events that occur inside an

interrogation room. If a JIIF monitor observes a interrogation room. If a JIIF monitor observes a

perceived security threat by a detainee, the JIIF perceived security threat by a detainee, the JIIF

monitor will alert the roving MP. The roving MP will monitor will alert the roving guard. The roving guard

enter the room and alert the Interrogators by note. will enter the room and alert the Interrogators by note.

f. Guards must physically inspect each room prior

to and after a detainee occupies the room.

g. Guards are responsible for clearing the hallway

prior to the detainee arriving and departing from their

assigned room.

h. Guards are responsible for the detainee being

restrained in their assigned room.

14-13. SCIF Security 14-13. SCIF Security

a. The following personnel are needed to man full a. The following personnel are needed to man full

Sensitive Compartmented Information Facility (SCIF) Sensitive Compartmented Information Facility (SCIF)

Operations per shift: Operations per shift:

(1) One SOG (E-5 or above) (1) One SOG (E-5 or above)

(2) One soldier for the Access Control Point (2) One soldier for the Access Control Point

(3) One soldier for Roving Patrol (3) One soldier for Roving Patrol

b. SOG: SOG is responsible for the total operation b. SOG: SOG is responsible for the total operation

of the SCIF for their shift. He/She is directly of the SCIF for their shift. He/She is directly

responsible to the MP Duty Officer. The SOG will be responsible to the CO. The SOG will be responsible

responsible for the following: for the following:

(1) Posting of the oncoming guard section. (1) Posting of the oncoming guard section.

(2) Disorders and actions taken. (2) Disorders and actions taken.

(3) Ensure the duties of shift are carried out. (3) Ensure the duties of shift are carried out.

Notify higher authority of any discrepancies or Notify higher authority of any discrepancies or

alterations to the approved schedule. alterations to the approved schedule.

(4) Inspect the on-coming shift of escort guards (4) Inspect the on-coming shift of escort guards

and pass any information required to maximize and pass any information required to maximize

efficiency and control. efficiency and control.

(5) Inspect the entire facility to ensure security of (5) Inspect the entire facility to ensure security of

locks, doors, gates, and fences on their shift. This will locks, doors, gates, and fences on their shift. This will

be completed at once per shift. Any discrepancies will be completed at once per shift. Any discrepancies will

be noted and reported to the Duty Officer. be noted and reported to the Duty Officer.

(6) Be responsible for the supervision, discipline, (6) Be responsible for the supervision, discipline,

and performance of the guard section. and performance of the guard section.

(7) Ensure all Military Police Roving Patrols are (7) Ensure all Roving Patrols are alert and

alert and appropriately conducting their duties. appropriately conducting their duties.

c. Access Control Point: Access to the SCIF will c. Access Control Point: Access to the SCIF will

be restricted to a single entrance point, which will be be restricted to a single entrance point, which will be

guarded on a continuous 24-hour basis. guarded on a continuous 24-hour basis.

(1) Only personnel displaying a JTF-GTMO (1) Only personnel displaying a JTF-GTMO

Level 5 access badge will be allowed to enter the SCIF Level 5 access badge will be allowed to enter the SCIF

unescorted. Those personnel displaying a Level 3 or 4 unescorted. Those personnel displaying a Level 3 or 4

JTF-GTMO access badge must have an escort and JTF-GTMO access badge must have an escort and

must be signed in with the SSO in room 2226. All must be signed in with the SSO in room 2226. All

other personnel with a Level 1 or 2 access badge must other personnel with a Level 1 or 2 access badge must

be escorted at all times by an individual with a Level 5 be escorted at all times by an individual with a Level 5

skipping to change at line 5759 skipping to change at line 6659

(a) Transmitters or receivers (i.e. Cell phones, (a) Transmitters or receivers (i.e. Cell phones,

Pagers, Handheld radios of any kind) Pagers, Handheld radios of any kind)

(b) Cameras and film (video and photo) (b) Cameras and film (video and photo)

(c) Firearms of any kind (c) Firearms of any kind

(d) Ammunition (d) Ammunition

(e) Pyrotechnics (smoke grenades, flares, (e) Pyrotechnics (smoke grenades, flares,

fireworks, etc.) fireworks, etc.)

The access control point will allow transmitters in the The access control point will allow transmitters in the

compound but not in the SCIF area. Any individual compound but not in the SCIF area. Any individual

with prohibited items will leave those items with the with prohibited items will leave those items with the

access control point MP guard. These items may be access control point guard. These items may be

retrieved upon leaving the compound. MP guards may retrieved upon leaving the compound. Guards may

search bags for these items, as they feel necessary. search bags for these items, as they feel necessary.

(3) The access control point is also responsible (3) The access control point is also responsible

for maintaining the keys to all of the gate entrances to for maintaining the keys to all of the gate entrances to

the SCIF. These gates will remained locked at all the SCIF. These gates will remained locked at all

times with the exception of the one access point unless times with the exception of the one access point unless

otherwise directed by JTF-GTMO personnel displaying otherwise directed by JTF-GTMO personnel displaying

a Level 5 access badge. All keys will be kept at the a Level 5 access badge. All keys will be kept at the

access control point desk in a key box and will be access control point desk in a key box and will be

signed out in the key log. signed out in the key log.

(4) The access control point is responsible for

monitoring the camera console.

(5) The volume of the television at the access

control point will be kept at a moderate level at all

times and shall be tuned in to the CNN station.

(6) The appropriate flag will be displayed when a

General is in the building. The SCIF staff will provide

notification of a Flag Officer arriving and provide the

appropriate flag.

d. Roving Patrol: The roving guard is responsible d. Roving Patrol: The roving guard is responsible

for identifying and monitoring all possible exterior for identifying and monitoring all possible exterior

access points to the SCIF for evidence of unauthorized access points to the SCIF for evidence of unauthorized

access. During daylight hours, the roving patrol will access. During daylight hours, the roving patrol will

perform his/her duties at least once every hour. After perform his/her duties at least once every hour. After

hours of darkness, the SCIF perimeter will be hours of darkness, the SCIF perimeter will be

monitored at least twice hourly by the roving patrol. monitored at least twice hourly by the roving patrol.

When not performing his/her duties as a roving guard, When not performing his/her duties as a roving guard,

this patrol will assist the access control point with their this patrol will assist the access control point with their

duties. duties.

skipping to change at line 5795 skipping to change at line 6704

followed in order to safely and effectively assess and followed in order to safely and effectively assess and

deal with the situation: deal with the situation:

(a) Assess the situation and notify the Special (a) Assess the situation and notify the Special

Security Officer (SSO) (see paragraph q) of the current Security Officer (SSO) (see paragraph q) of the current

situation. The SSO will advise the guard of any further situation. The SSO will advise the guard of any further

action necessary. action necessary.

(b) Once action has been taken, notify the SOG (b) Once action has been taken, notify the SOG

of the situation. of the situation.

(c) If necessary, and upon direction from either (c) If necessary, and upon direction from either

the SOG or SSO, call 911. the SOG or SSO, call 911.

(2) In the event of an emergency, caused by a (2) In the event of an emergency, caused by a

hostile entity (armed or unarmed), the guard will: hostile entity (armed or unarmed), the guard will:

(a) Use Rules of Force IAW paragraph p. (a) Use Rules of Force IAW paragraph p.

(b) Do not leave SCIF unsecured in any attempt (b) Do not leave SCIF unsecured in any attempt

to stop a hostile entity. to stop a hostile entity.

(c) Immediately notify the Naval Security Police, (c) Immediately notify the Naval Security Police,

Fire Department, or EMS (ambulance) (911) for further Fire Department, or EMS (ambulance) (911) for further

instructions. instructions.

(d) Notify the SSO of the situation. (d) Notify the SSO of the situation.

(e) Contact the Military Police SOG. (e) Contact the SOG.

(3) In the event of an extreme emergency (severe (3) In the event of an extreme emergency (severe

threat to national security or imminent personal threat to national security or imminent personal

casualties or fatalities): casualties or fatalities):

(a) Use Rules of Force IAW paragraph p. (a) Use Rules of Force IAW paragraph p.

(b) Keep SCIF as priority for security while (b) Keep SCIF as priority for security while

reacting to the threat. reacting to the threat.

(c) The SCIF guard will call 911 for further (c) The SCIF guard will call 911 for further

instructions. instructions.

(d) They will then notify the SSO of the situation. (d) They will then notify the SSO of the situation.

(4) In the event of a gate found unsecured, the (4) In the event of a gate found unsecured, the

guard will: guard will:

(a) Take the appropriate action to secure the gate. (a) Take the appropriate action to secure the gate.

(b) Notify the SSO of the unsecured gate. (b) Notify the SSO of the unsecured gate.

(c) Notify the MP SOG of the security violation. (c) Notify the SOG of the security violation.

f. Communications. f. Communications.

(1) Primary communications will be by hand- (1) Primary communications will be by hand-

held radio. The SOG will carry one long-range saber held radio. The SOG will carry one long-range saber

radio. The access control point will have one long- radio. The access control point will have one long-

range radio for communications with the SOG. Both range radio for communications with the SOG. Both

the access control point and the roving patrol will carry the access control point and the roving patrol will carry

one short-range saber radio. In addition to these hand- one short-range saber radio. In addition to these hand-

held radios, the SCIF access control point will have held radios, the SCIF access control point will have

communications with the MP Duty Officer and communications with the DOC and Commanding

Commanding Officer at all times via land line at Officer at all times via land line at x3102.

x3102.

(2) Secondary communications will be by (2) Secondary communications will be by

landline at extension 3102. landline at extension 3102.

(3) Tertiary communications will be by (3) Tertiary communications will be by

messenger. messenger.

g. Uniform. All soldiers will wear garrison MP g. Uniform. . The access control point and roving

brassard. The access control point and roving patrol patrol will each carry one 9mm pistol and wear their

will each carry one 9mm pistol and wear their law law enforcement gear.

enforcement gear.

h. Facility Equipment Requirements. The following h. Facility Equipment Requirements. The following

is a list of all equipment necessary to operate the T- is a list of all equipment necessary to operate the T-

SCIF: SCIF:

(1) Four SABER Radios (1) Four SABER Radios

(2) Two 9mm Pistols (2) Two 9mm Pistols

i. Cleanliness Of The Facility. All those who work i. Cleanliness Of The Facility. All those who work

in the SCIF must clean up after themselves. MPs are in the SCIF must clean up after themselves. Guards are

responsible for cleaning the access control point desk responsible for cleaning the access control point desk

and the area around the desk. MPs are to be security and the area around the desk. Guards are to be

focused during shift. They are not responsible for any security focused during shift. They are not responsible

janitorial duties such as sweeping stairwells, emptying for any janitorial duties such as sweeping stairwells,

trashcans, or picking up trash outside the compound. emptying trashcans, or picking up trash outside the

In addition, MPs will not monitor cell phones for any compound. In addition, guards will not monitor cell

JTF-GTMO personnel, with the exception of general phones for any JTF-GTMO personnel, with the

officers. Any unreasonable requests such as these exception of general officers. Any unreasonable

made by personnel that work in the SCIF will be requests such as these made by personnel that work in

directed toward the SOG. the SCIF will be directed toward the SOG.

j. Smoking Policy. Smoking inside the facility is j. Smoking Policy. Smoking inside the facility is

prohibited. The only smoking authorized will be done prohibited. The only smoking authorized will be done

outside the facility doors. outside the facility doors.

k. Entertainment Policy. Security of the facility is k. Entertainment Policy. Security of the facility is

the primary focus during guard shift. Any distractions the primary focus during guard shift. Any distractions

that prohibit guards from carrying out their duties are that prohibit guards from carrying out their duties are

prohibited. prohibited.

l. MP Documentation. DA Form 1594 (Daily Staff l. Documentation. DA Form 1594 (Daily Staff

Journal), DA 5513-R (Key Control Register) and any Journal), DA 5513-R (Key Control Register) and any

other form used at the T-SCIF will be held at the SCIF other form used at the T-SCIF will be held at the SCIF

for the month and then turned in to the JDOG for the month and then turned in to the JDOG

Administration Section on the 1st Administration Section on the 1st

of every month. of every month.

Midnight shift is responsible to turn in these forms to Midnight shift is responsible to turn in these forms to

appropriate office at the end of the their shift. appropriate office at the end of the their shift.

m.MP Meals. SOG will coordinate with his/her m.Guard Meals. SOG will coordinate with his/her

company’s CP for providing meals to MP personnel. company’s CP for providing meals to guard personnel.

n. Transportation. SOG and Access Control Point n. Transportation. SOG and Access Control Point

Guard will have transportation while at the SCIF. Guard will have transportation while at the SCIF.

Transportation will be coordinated between the SOG Transportation will be coordinated between the SOG

and his/her company. and his/her company.

o. When an incident happens at the SCIF, the o. When an incident happens at the SCIF, the

Access Control Point notifies the following personnel Access Control Point notifies the following personnel

via phone in the below order IAW paragraph: via phone in the below order IAW paragraph:

(1) JTF-GTMO Special Security Officer (SSO) (1) JTF-GTMO Special Security Officer (SSO)

(2) JTF-GTMO Assistant Special Security (2) JTF-GTMO Assistant Special Security

Officer Officer

skipping to change at line 5976 skipping to change at line 6883

of shift members, both on and off duty. The shift NCO of shift members, both on and off duty. The shift NCO

will forward and administrative and/or disciplinary will forward and administrative and/or disciplinary

issues that warrant NCOIC or OIC involvement up the issues that warrant NCOIC or OIC involvement up the

chain of command. As in any military organization, chain of command. As in any military organization,

shift NCOs have full authority to make on the spot shift NCOs have full authority to make on the spot

corrections. corrections.

d. Interpreter. Interpreters will carry out d. Interpreter. Interpreters will carry out

interpreter/translator duties as directed by the chain of interpreter/translator duties as directed by the chain of

command. Interpreter section members will maintain command. Interpreter section members will maintain

their military bearing and will conduct themselves in a their military bearing and will conduct themselves in a

professional manner at all times. They will present for professional manner at all times. Civilian Interpreters

duty as directed and will utilize the chain of command will be dressed in appropriate civilian attire and

beginning with the shift NCO to address and military will be dressed in BDU’s. They will present

for duty as directed and will utilize the chain of

command beginning with the shift NCO to address and

requests/concerns. Should the concern lie within the requests/concerns. Should the concern lie within the

immediate chain of command, the member may go immediate chain of command, the member may go

directly to the NCOIC or OIC for resolution. In all directly to the NCOIC or OIC for resolution. In all

cases, issues should be resolved at the lowest level cases, issues should be resolved at the lowest level

possible. possible.

e. Assigned Driver. Personnel the NCOIC e. Assigned Driver. Personnel the NCOIC

designates as drivers are responsible for the transport designates as drivers are responsible for the transport

of section members to and from their assigned duty of section members to and from their assigned duty

locations. Additionally, the assigned driver will locations. Additionally, the assigned driver will

conduct scheduled and unscheduled conduct scheduled and unscheduled

skipping to change at line 6186 skipping to change at line 7095

noted in the Interpreter’s Comments section on the noted in the Interpreter’s Comments section on the

DTF. DTF.

i. Determine whether the letter is addressed to a i. Determine whether the letter is addressed to a

family member or not and annotate the DTF family member or not and annotate the DTF

appropriately. appropriately.

j. Ensure the translator has included his/her name j. Ensure the translator has included his/her name

on the DTF. on the DTF.

15-9. Detainee Library 15-9. Detainee Library

a. The Detainee Library (DL) is established to a. The Detainee Library (DL) is established to

support the approved Rewards/Punishment guidelines support the approved Rewards/Punishment guidelines

as set by the JTF GTMO commander. set by the JTF GTMO Commander.

b. The DL is presently staffed, maintained by, and b. The DL is presently staffed by, maintained by, and

responsible to the JDOG. It is tasked with supporting responsible to the ICE. The DL is tasked with

the joint interrogation process and assisting in supporting the joint interrogation process and assisting

maintaining order in the Camp with emphasis placed with maintaining order in the Camp with an emphasis

on Force Protection and fostering maximum placed on fostering maximum cooperation from the

cooperation from the detainees. detainees.

c. The DL will have two full-time service members c. The DL will have a full-time librarian designated

drawn from the JDOG Interpreter Cell to perform or hired by the ICE Chief and/or JIG Director. The

duties as librarians during hours of operation. One of librarian will be a full time position, and will be

these personnel will serve as the NCO Supervisor/ supported by linguists on an on-call basis, to assist the

Librarian and the other as the Assistant Librarian. Two librarian cataloguing new reading material. The

more interpreters will assist the librarians in the actual librarian will be responsible for issue / return of

distribution and return of the reading materials. These reading materials from the DL. The librarian will

designated personnel will be the sole POCs authorized ensure that all reading materials are issued / returned in

for issue / return of reading materials from the DL. accordance with this SOP. No current periodicals will

The librarians will ensure that all reading materials are come into the camp. All interrogators will bring any

issued / returned in accordance with this SOP. In and all materials they want to distribute to detainees to

special situations, other federal agencies may wish to the librarian for screening and for confirmation that the

issue reading material to detainees for reading outside detainee is authorized a book. At no time will

interview sessions (in their cells). These special detainees receive or return reading materials through a

circumstances must be coordinated with library third party. In particular, guards must not engage in

personnel. This would include cases where the unaccounted book exchange.

interrogators need to deliver books personally to d. ICE will provide an appropriate location for

detainees. At no time will detainees receive or return storage of all library reading materials and issuance

reading materials through a third party. In particular,

military police must not engage in unaccounted book

exchange.

d. The JDOG will provide an appropriate location

for storage of all library reading materials and issuance

documentation. This location will provide physical documentation. This location will provide physical

security (lock and key) to prevent unauthorized access. security (lock and key) to prevent unauthorized access.

The DOC will maintain a contingency spare key. One The DOC will maintain a contingency spare key. One

computer will be designated for library operations. computer will be designated for library operations.

e. Hours of operation for book issue / return are The library computer will be a stand-alone system,

0800-1530 (Monday-Friday). The circulation schedule with a database to track and manage all library

is subject to change. A typical circulation schedule will business.

be as follows: e. All reading materials that have been approved for

Day of distribution among detainees must be stamped by the

Week S-2 with the official U.S. Forces stamp. Any reading

Cell materials found in the camp without that stamp is

Bloc subject to confiscation by JDOG and will not be

k returned.

Lev f. Detainees at levels 1 through 3 are allowed a

el Koran either in Arabic or in their native language.

Monday A, Detainees at levels 4 and 5 do not normally receive

D, reading material, but may receive books by exception

1 at the interrogator’s request. Detainees in Camps 1 and

H 4 who are listed as level 1 detainees, at the discretion

Tuesday K, R 1 of the interrogator, will receive one book for one week,

Wednesd with no option for renewal. Camp 2 detainees may

ay receive one book for one week at the discretion of the

Q, P 1 interrogator, with no option of renewal. Book

Thursday B, F 2 distribution is subject to supply.

Friday E, G 3 g. Books issued to Camp1 will not be issued to

f. Cells at level 1 are allowed a Koran, and six Camp 4 to minimize opportunities for communication

books. Cells at level 2 are allowed one Koran, and four through the books. Books will be purchased in

books. Cells at level 3 are allowed one Koran, and two duplicate in order to accommodate this requirement.

books. Native Arab speakers are allowed one Arabic h. Book issue procedures

Koran only, while non-native Arabic speakers are

allowed one Arabic Koran and a translation of the

Koran in their native language. Cells at level 4 (I and

N) and at level 5 (M, T, and O) do not normally receive

reading material. Cells at level 4 and level 5 may

receive books by exception.

g. The following procedure will be used for every

issue of reading material:

(1) Confirm detainee is authorized reading (1) Confirm detainee is authorized reading

material privileges. material privileges by the interrogator.

(2) Confirm detainee is authorized that particular (2) Confirm detainee is authorized that particular

title (category). title (category) by the interrogator.

(3) Examine the reading material for damage or (3) Examine the reading material for damage or

markings (report any evidence of covert messages to markings (report any evidence of covert messages to

JDOG S-2 immediately). JDOG S-2 immediately).

(4) Annotate on the issue sheet: date, ISN, (4) Log the book into the database, noting ID

publication ID, and title. For publications requested by number of book, ISN number of detainee to receive it,

interrogators, annotate requesting person and and the dates of issue and return.

publication pull date. i. Book return procedures

h. The following procedure will be used for each (1) Log the book into the database, confirming the

return of reading material: ISN number of the detainee returning the book.

(1) Examine the reading material for damage or Correlate the due date with date of return.

markings (report any evidence of covert messages to (2) Each book will be inspected for damage upon

JDOG S-2 immediately). return. Damage to books will result in disciplinary

(2) Annotate on the issue sheet (enclosure) DTG action determined by Chief, ICE and administered by

of return and name of person returning the reading CJDOG. Evidence of covert messages will be reported

material. to JDOG S-2 immediately. Library guidelines:

i. General library guidelines: (1) Approved materials will be catalogued prior to

(1) All approved materials will be cataloged prior circulation.

to circulation. (2) Detainees are authorized reading material

(2) Selected detainees are authorized reading according to level of cooperation as reading material

material according to level of cooperation and as the supply allows, unless otherwise directed by Director

reading material supply allows, unless otherwise JIG.

directed by camp officials. (3) Requests for books must be through the

(3) Dictionaries may be issued in addition to the interrogator, and must be approved by the interrogator.

reading materials listed above (to include English The interrogator must communicate to the librarian the

dictionaries if desired by the interrogators). type of book to be issued, particularly the languages

(4) Two interpreters distribute reading material. the detainee is able to read.(4) Each selected detainee is

Reading material may be issued or returned during offered reading material once a week in exchange for a

unscheduled days, at the discretion of the Library publication already in the detainee’s possession. A new

personnel within the Interpreter Section. book will not be issued until the previous publication

(5) Each selected detainee is offered reading has been returned.

material once a week in exchange for a publication (5) Reading material provided by the interrogators

already in the detainee’s possession. A new book will will be screened and approved by the librarian before

not be issued until the previous publication has been they enter the library system for cataloguing. Materials

returned. should be presented for approval 48 hours in advance

(6) With the exception of the Interrogators, the of when needed. For these additions, the letter “I” will

Chaplain and library section members will issue be included in the ID number of the publication. The

reading materials. The Chaplain will issue Korans and materials then become property of the library, and will

other reading materials. be managed as are all other reading materials managed

(7) The Chaplain has unrestricted access to by the librarian.

library materials in the performance of his duties; (6) If the librarian cannot make a decision on the

however, reading material presented to the detainees by distribution of specific reading materials based upon

the Chaplain should be performed using the guidelines the SOP, the librarian will take the material to the

as prescribed in this SOP. Library personnel will Library Working Group for approval/disapproval. The

accompany the Chaplain during the reading material Working Group will respond within 24 hours.

exchange as needed. (7) No English instructional materials,

(8) Reading material provided by the JIG during

interrogation should be screened and approved by

interrogators and coordinated with the librarian before

they enter the library system for cataloging. For these

additions, the letter “I” will be included in the ID

number of the publication.

(9) No English instructional materials,

dictionaries, or other related reading material will be dictionaries, or other related reading material will be

distributed unless requested by the JIG. These distributed.

materials will be kept in a separate section in the (8) The librarian will submit to DIMS a report

library. each week of the detainees who have books, and the ID

(10) A copy of the reading material distribution number of the book each detainee has, as a reference

process and number of approved publications will be for the guards. Documentation in DIMS should include

included in the binder at each block as a reference to an updated list of any detainees who have lost reading

the MPs. Documentation should include an updated list privileges and the date the privilege may be restored.

of any detainees who have lost reading privileges due Guards are not allowed to distribute or exchange

to discipline problems. MPs are not allowed to reading material from one detainee to another.

distribute or exchange reading material from one (9) Interrogators are the final approval authority

detainee to another.

(11) On order, the DL will implement a

distribution process in support of the JIIF Reward or

Incentive Program which presently allows levels 1, 2,

and 3 detainees to receive Korans and other reading

materials, while detainees in level 4 (discipline hold)

and level 5 (intelligence hold) will not receive Korans

or any other reading material unless specified by the

interrogators.

(12) Interrogators are the final approval authority

for the issuance of reading material. It is their duty to for the issuance of reading material. It is their duty to

assist the librarian in updating the issuance database. assist the librarian in updating the issuance database.

Library personnel will submit a weekly summary to the Library personnel will submit a weekly summary to the

J-2 Analysis commander to include detainee ISN, book Chief, ICE or his/her designee and J-2 Analysis

title, and date checked out / in. commander to include detainee ISN, book title, and

j. Reading Material Purchases / Screening. date checked out / in.

Funding for new reading material purchases will be k. Distribution process.

requested through normal J-4 process. A “Non- (1) The librarian will pull the book out, check it

expendable / consumable request form” (enclosure 2) out and distribute the books on Monday afternoons.

will be completed and forwarded through J-4 JTF- (2) The librarian will hand the book to the Block

GTMO. Qualified interpreters will screen new NCOIC who will hand the book to the detainee. The

publication titles. Any books, which include the MP will confirm that the book and ISN have been

content listed below, will not be circulated and will be entered into DIMS.

immediately returned to the source (e.g. ICRC, private (3) Books will be returned to the library on

donor, etc…): Monday mornings, with the Block NCOIC collecting

(1) Extremism (Modernist writing that incites the books from the detainees, and documenting the

Jihad) return in DIMS. The Block NCOIC should conduct a

cursory search of the books for obvious marks and

notes.

(4) The librarian collects the books from the Block

NCOIC, returns them to the library, and checks them

in.

(5) By Tuesday, noon, the librarian must report on

the accountability for return of books to DOC and ICE.

Detainees who have not returned a book from last

week, must return the old book as well as one that may

have been distributed this week. The Interrogator must

retrieve the book and submit a 508, which will result in

35 days of loss of privilege for taking out books.

(6) By Thursday, noon, the librarian will check

each returned book for damage, checking for writing,

indentation marks, notes, codes, and torn pages. A

report will be sent to each interrogator of a detainee

who has damaged a book. The interrogator will then

submit a 508, which will result in 35 days of loss of

privilege for taking out books. Damaged books will be

sent to JDOG S-2 for review and submission to MPI as

necessary, and may be removed from distribution

permanently.

(7) New requests for books for detainees must be

submitted by noon the Friday prior to the desired

distribution day. Books may not be duplicated to a

detainee unless specifically requested by an

interrogator.

(8) Until the library is fully restocked, the librarian

will deliver approximately 10 books to each of the

Blocks in Camp Four for detainees to share for the

week. Failure to return a book or damage found in a

book will result in the entire block losing library

privileges for 35 days. When supply permits, more

books can be distributed to the detainees in Camp Four,

with a maximum of one book per detainee.

(9) Because books are not to be passed from one

detainee to another, if a book is not returned on time, or

if damage is found in a book, the original detainee who

checked out the book will be denied the library

privilege. If the book is found in a second cell, that

second detainee will also lose library privileges.

l. Reading Material Purchases / Screening. Funding

for new reading material purchases will be requested

through normal J-4 process. A “Nonexpendable /

consumable request form” will be completed and

forwarded through J-4 JTF-GTMO. Qualified

interpreters will screen new publication titles. Any

books, which include the content listed below, will not

be circulated and will be immediately returned to the

source (e.g. ICRC, private donor, etc…):

(1) Extremism (Modernist writing that incites Jihad)

(2) Militant Islam / Militant Jihad (2) Militant Islam / Militant Jihad

(3) Anti-American topics (3) Anti-American topics

(4) Anti-Semitic topics (4) Anti-Semitic topics

(5) Anti-Western topics (5) Anti-Western topics

(6) Any military topic (6) Any military topic

(7) Sexual situations. (7) Sexual situations.

k. Library Working Group. The Library Working (8) Dictionaries.

Group will meet bi-weekly to review library operations (9) Language Instruction

and forward recommendations to the JIIF commander. (10) Technology/Medical Updates

This group will consist of the Chaplain’s office, JDOG, (11) Geography

J-2 (JIG and CI), J-3 (IO and PSYOP), CTC, CITF, m. Library Working Group. The Library Working

and others as needed. This SOP is subject to change by Group will meet bi-weekly to review library

recommendation and approval of the Library Working Operations and forward recommendations to the JIG

Group. commander. This group will consist of the ICE,

15-10. Passive Collection Of CI Information JDOG, J-2 (JIG and CI), J-3 (IO and PSYOP), and

a. Collaboration between Interpreter and JDOG S-2 others as needed.

provides a framework within which interpreters can

materially contribute to the intelligence mission.

b. Each Interpreter is allowed to loiter in blocks and

be drawn into conversations with detainees.

c. The interpreter notes what the detainees say, ask

for, and the overall mental climate of the block.

d. The interpreter maintains radio contact with the

dispatcher and is subject to recall or redirection.

e. When the Interpreter leaves the block, he/she

immediately records findings on Standard Intelligence

Reporting Form (SIRF; see section 4.6.d.)

f. JDOG S-2 collects SIRFs from Interpreter Shift

NCO daily.

g. JDOG S-2 digests information gleaned from the

SIRFs.

h. JDOG S-2 directs further interpreter sorties.

i. The Standard Intelligence Reporting Form

(SIRF).

15-11. Intelligence Reference Guide For Linguists

a. Interpreters are to use the following list as a

reference when walking the blocks. They are to make

casual observations on the following detainee behavior:

(1) Communication

(2) Hostile actions

(3) Reverence to other detainees

(4) Wanting to give the other detainee an item

(book, etc…)

(5) Cheering when the other detainee says

something or passes by to the shower, etc…

(6) Leading Prayer

(7) Teachers

(8) Lookouts

(9) Any type of leadership behavior

(10) Instigators

(11) Anything suspicious or out of the ordinary

(12) Alliances those detainees have formed with

their neighboring detainees

(13) General attitude of the block

(14) If they’re angry, why?

15-12. Security Considerations 15-12. Security Considerations

a. Interpreters will practice good OPSEC and a. Interpreters will practice good OPSEC and

COMSEC both on and off duty; essential elements of COMSEC both on and off duty; essential elements of

friendly information (EEFIs) will be protected at all friendly information (EEFIs) will be protected at all

times; operations within the camp are not to be times; operations within the camp are not to be

discussed outside the JTF-GTMO channels. discussed outside the JTF-GTMO channels.

b. Interpreters are ordered to guard their personal b. Interpreters are ordered to guard their personal

information from disclosure to detainees. Nametapes information from disclosure to detainees. Nametapes

will be covered by duct tape. In addition, will be covered by duct tape. In addition,

recommended practices include the concealing of recommended practices include the concealing of

service affiliation, rank, and unit patches. service affiliation, rank, and unit patches.

Chapter 16 Chapter 16

Religious Support Religious Support

Section I – Accommodation of Religion Section I – Accommodation of Religion

16-1. Chaplain 16-1. Chaplain

a. The chaplain is responsible for administering the a. The chaplain is responsible for administering the

religious program for the facility and shall be directly religious program for the facility and shall be directly

responsible to the CJDOG for providing religious responsible to the CJDOG for providing religious

coverage and pastoral care to all detainees. The coverage and pastoral care throughout the camp. The

chaplain is the principal advisor to the CJDOG on the chaplain is the principal advisor to the CJDOG on

religious needs of detainees. religious issues.

b. The chaplain is authorized unaccompanied access b. The chaplain is authorized access to the detainee

to the detainee holding areas and will be allowed to holding areas and will be allowed to speak with

speak freely with detainees. The chaplain is allowed to detainees. A linguist and/or a chaplain assistant may

distribute books and religious items to detainees in accompany the chaplain. The chaplain will be assigned

accordance with the detainee Library SOP. Block an escort .

Guards will give as much privacy to the chaplain as c. The chaplain will provide observation and

possible. A linguist and/or a chaplain assistant may recommendations to the CJDOG and appropriate staff

often accompany the chaplain. The chaplain may officers.

request an MP escort in circumstances where personal

security is of concern.

c. The chaplain provides the CJDOG an additional

resource by detainee issues and concerns can be

addressed. The chaplain will provide observation and

recommendations pertaining to both the general

detainee population and to individual detainee

treatment requirements to the CJDOG and appropriate

staff officers.

16-2. Religious Practices 16-2. Religious Practices

a. All detainees regardless of religious a. Detainees will be given liberty in the exercise of

denomination will be given complete liberty in the their religion within the bounds of JDOG in a manner

exercise of their religion on the condition that they consistent with the articles of the Geneva Conventions

comply with the disciplinary routine prescribed by to the extent allowed by military necessity.

JDOG in a manner consistent with the articles of the b. The religious practices listed in sections 17-3 and

Geneva Conventions to the extent allowed by military

necessity.

b. JDOG may choose to accommodate certain

detainee religious rites and observances when mission

requirements and military necessity permit.

c. The religious practices listed in sections 17-3 and

17-4 will be considered for accommodation when 17-4 will be considered for accommodation when

military necessity allows. military necessity allows.

d. At no time will personnel working at Camp Delta c. Personnel working at Camp Delta act in a

will not say or act in a manner that disrespectful to any manner that is disrespectful to any religion or religious

religion or religious practice. practice.

16-3. Chaplain Requests 16-3. Chaplain Requests

a. Any requests to see the chaplain by the detainees a. Any requests to see the chaplain by detainees

will be called into the DOC by the block. will be entered into DIMS.

b. The DOC will annotate all requests to see the b. The JDOG Unit Ministry Team (UMT)

chaplain on the Chaplain Requests form and placed in Chaplain Assistant will monitor such requests and

the chaplain distribution box. report them to the JDOG Chaplain who will evaluate

c. If the detainee requests to see a Christian the request and forward the information to the

chaplain, this will be annotated on the request form. appropriate parties.

c. Once the Chaplain has been notified of the

request, it will be marked as complete in DIMS.

16-4. Fasting Requests 16-4. Fasting Requests

a. Detainees will be given the opportunity to a. Detainees will be given the opportunity to

identify themselves as wanting to fast per week. identify themselves as wanting to fast each week.

b. For reoccurring fasting periods, such as the every b. For reoccurring fasting periods, such as the every

Monday and Thursday fasting, the following procedure Monday and Thursday fasting, the following procedure

will be used: will be used:

(1) The day shift on the Friday before the week (1) The day shift on Friday will ask the detainees

of Friday will ask the detainees if they want to fast. if they want to fast. Detainees will not be added to or

Detainees will not be added to or removed from the list removed from the list after the end Friday day shift.

after the Friday day shift ends.

(2) Each block will list the fasting detainees by (2) Each block will list the fasting detainees by

ISN and cell number. ISN and cell number.

(3) This list will be forwarded to the DOC by the (3) This list will be forwarded to the DOC by the

end of the shift. end of the shift.

(4) All lists will be consolidated into a single list, (4) All lists will be consolidated into a single list,

which contains the ISN and cell number. which contains the ISN and cell number.

(5) The list will be marked as “Monday and (5) The list will be marked as “Monday and

Thursday Fasting” and distributed to all MP Thursday Fasting” and distributed to all blocks on

companies. Sunday.

(6) Detainees on this list will not be removed (6) Detainees on this list will not be removed

unless directed by a medical professional. unless directed by a medical professional.

(7) The count will be forwarded through the (7) The count will be forwarded through the

supply room personnel to the JDOG S-4 so the MREs supply room personnel to the JDOG S-4 so the MREs

will be available. will be available.

(8) The list of fasting detainees will be

distributed to the blocks on the day of fasting.

c. For other fasting periods, such as Ramadan or c. For other fasting periods, such as Ramadan or

Eid, the following procedure will be used: Eid, the following procedure will be used:

(1) The chaplain will write an announcement to (1) The chaplain will write an announcement to

be read over the camp PA system. The announcement be read over the camp PA system. The announcement

will include at the minimum what the fasting period is will include at the minimum what the fasting period is

for, that the MPs will be asking if the detainees want to for, that the guards will be asking if the detainees want

fast, and once they are on the fasting list, the detainee to fast, and once they are on the fasting list, the

will stay on the fasting list. detainee will stay on the fasting list.

(2) JDOG will approve the announcement and it (2) JDOG will approve the announcement and it

will then be translated. will then be translated.

(3) The chaplain will read the English version (3) An Interpreter will read the English version

followed by the other translated text three days prior to followed by the other translated text three days prior to

the start of the fasting period. The announcement will the start of the fasting period. The announcement will

be completed NLT 1000 hours in all camps. be completed NLT 1000 hours in all camps.

(4) Block personnel will then ask the detainees (4) Block personnel will then ask the detainees

who wants to fast. who wants to fast.

(5) Each block will list the fasting detainees by (5) Each block will list the fasting detainees by

ISN and cell number. ISN and cell number.

(6) This list will be forwarded to the DOC by the (6) This list will be forwarded to the DOC by the

end of the shift. end of the shift.

(7) All lists will be consolidated into a single list, (7) All lists will be consolidated into a single list,

which contains the ISN and cell number. which contains the ISN and cell number.

(8) The list will be marked with the special (8) The list will be marked with the special

fasting period and date and distributed to all MP fasting period and date and distributed to all blocks.

companies.

(9) Detainees on this list will not be removed (9) Detainees on this list will not be removed

unless directed by a medical professional. unless directed by a medical professional.

(10) The count will be forwarded through the (10) The count will be forwarded through the

supply room personnel to the JDOG S-4 so the MREs supply room personnel to the JDOG S-4 so the MREs

will be available. will be available.

Section II - Muslim Detainee Religious

(11) The list of fasting detainees will be Practices

distributed to the blocks on the day of fasting.

Section II - Muslim Detainee Religious Practices

16-5. The Muslim Prayer 16-5. The Muslim Prayer

a. Muslim detainees perform prayer at least five a. Muslim detainees perform prayer at least five

times daily according to a specific prayer schedule. times daily according to a specific prayer schedule.

The chaplain will provide prayer times and are Call to prayer will be announced over the PA.

announced by camp personnel.

b. The Muslim Prayer requires the detainee to wash b. The Muslim Prayer requires the detainee to wash

with water his/her face, hands, arms, head, and feet before prayer. A source of running water should be

before prayer. In addition to the washing, the provided.

detainee’s body must also be free of filth. A source of

running water should be provided.

c. The Muslim prayer requires the detainee to pray c. The Muslim prayer requires the detainee to pray

towards the direction of Mecca, Saudi Arabia. Prayer towards the direction of Mecca, Saudi Arabia.

direction should be predetermined with the assistance d. The Muslim prayer requires a clean place if

of a subject matter expert in the Islamic faith. possible. . An ISO mat and large towel is provided for

d. The Muslim prayer requires that the prayer be this purpose.

made in a place free of filth. An ISO mat and large e. Muslim prayer requires that the male detainee

towel is provided for this purpose. pray in clothing that covers at minimum the area

e. The Muslim prayer requires that the male between the navel and knees. Clothing issued to

detainee pray in clothing that covers at minimum the

area between the navel and knees. At a minimum, detainees should meet this requirement. Detainee

clothing issued to detainees should meet this issued orange suit meets this requirement. Muslim

requirement. Detainee issued orange suit meets this prayer requires that the female pray in clothing that

requirement. The Muslim prayer requires that the modestly covers all except the hands and face. An

female pray in clothing that modestly covers all except additional headscarf should be provided to Muslim

the hands and face. An additional headscarf should be females to cover the hair, head, and neck areas.

provided to Muslim females to cover the hair, head,

and neck areas.

f. It is preferable according to Islamic doctrine that f. It is preferable according to Islamic doctrine that

the Muslim prayer is prayed in congregation. This the Muslim prayer is prayed in congregation. This

aspect of prayer is accommodated based on operational aspect of prayer is accommodated based on operational

conditions of the camp. conditions of the camp.

16-6. Friday Prayer Service 16-6. Friday Prayer Service

a. According to Islamic law, the weekly Friday a. According to Islamic law, the weekly Friday

Prayer Service is traditionally held on Fridays during Prayer Service is traditionally held on Fridays during

the time of the noon (2nd the time of the noon (2nd

daily) prayer time. daily) prayer time.

b. The congregational Friday Prayer Service b. The congregational Friday Prayer Service

includes a message or sermon and a shortened noon includes a message or sermon and a shortened noon

prayer. The Friday Prayer Service can be lead by any prayer. The Friday Prayer Service can be lead by any

male Muslim knowledgeable in the requirements of male Muslim knowledgeable in the requirements of

conducting the Friday Prayer. conducting the Friday Prayer.

c. Muslim requirements for participating and c. Muslim requirements for participating and

attending the Friday Prayer Service are the same as in attending the Friday Prayer Service are the same as in

paragraph 17-4.b through 17-4.e listed above. paragraph 17-4.b through 17-4.e listed above.

d. The Muslim Friday Prayer Service is d. The Muslim Friday Prayer Service is

accommodated by providing an open room or place accommodated by providing an open room or place

with a clean area free of filth, and spacious enough for with a clean area, in addition, Muslim detainees will

a congregation of Muslims to perform the prayer in be provided the opportunity to perform the Friday

straight rows facing a specific direction of prayer. In Prayer Service to the extent allowed by military

addition, Muslim detainees will be provided the necessity.

opportunity to perform the Friday Prayer Service to the

extent allowed by military necessity.

16-7. Muslim Fasting 16-7. Muslim Fasting

a. Ramadan a. Ramadan

(1) A month long fast in which a Muslim abstains (1) A month long fast in which a Muslim abstains

from food, drink, sexual relations, smoking, and in from food, drink, sexual relations, smoking, and in

general taking anything into the body from the hours of general taking anything into the body from the hours of

dawn (time of the 1st dawn (time of the 1st

daily prayer) until sunset (time of daily prayer) until sunset (time of

4th 4th

daily prayer). Ramadan is the ninth lunar month of daily prayer). Ramadan is the ninth lunar month of

the Islamic calendar. the Islamic calendar.

(2) Muslim detainees are provided a pre-dawn (2) Muslim detainees are provided a pre-dawn

meal to be served no later that 45 minutes prior to the meal to be served prior to the time of the 1st

time of the 1st daily

daily prayer (dawn). prayer (dawn).

(3) Dates and honey is provided for Muslim (3) Dates and honey is provided for Muslim

detainees to break their fast at time of the 4th detainees to break their fast at time of the 4th

prayer prayer

(sunset). (sunset).

(4) Muslim detainees are served a full meal 15 (4) Muslim detainees are served a full meal

minutes following sunset (4th following sunset (4th

prayer). prayer).

(5) The Chaplain will provide scheduled prayer (5) The Chaplain will provide scheduled prayer

times, which includes projected times for dawn (1st times, which includes projected times for dawn (1st

prayer) and sunset (4th prayer) and sunset (4th

prayer). prayer).

(6) Special Ramadan prayers (called Ta-ra-weeh) (6) Special Ramadan prayers (called Ta-ra-weeh)

are performed after the evening (5th are performed after the evening (5th

prayer) daily prayer) daily

during the month of Ramadan. These prayers could during the month of Ramadan. These prayers could

last approximately 1-2 hours. last approximately 1-2 hours.

skipping to change at line 6644 skipping to change at line 7509

c. The manner of fasting these prescribed days is c. The manner of fasting these prescribed days is

performed in the same manner as one would fast a day performed in the same manner as one would fast a day

of Ramadan. of Ramadan.

d. Muslims detainees desiring to maintain this d. Muslims detainees desiring to maintain this

practice of fasting these prescribed days are practice of fasting these prescribed days are

accommodated in the same manner as in accommodated in the same manner as in

accommodating a day of fasting in Ramadan. accommodating a day of fasting in Ramadan.

16-8. Muslim Holiday - Eid 16-8. Muslim Holiday - Eid

a. Islam has two major religious holidays: Eid Al- a. Islam has two major religious holidays: Eid Al-

Fitr (Feast of Breaking the Fast) and Eid Al-Adha Fitr (Feast of Breaking the Fast) and Eid Al-Adha

(Feast of Sacrifice). Eid Al-Fitr celebrates completing (Feast of Sacrifice). Eid Al-Fitr celebrates completing

the month long fast of Ramadan. Projected dates will the month long fast of Ramadan. Projected dates will

be provided by the chaplain or by a subject matter be provided by the chaplain or by a subject matter

expert in Islam. expert in Islam.

(1) Eid Al-Fitr (Feast of Breaking the Fast) (1) Eid Al-Fitr (Feast of Breaking the Fast)

celebrates completing the month long fast of Ramadan. celebrates completing the month long fast of Ramadan.

It occurs on the first day immediately following

Ramadan and is traditionally determined by the

sighting of the new moon.

(2) Eid Al-Adha (Feast of Sacrifice) (2) Eid Al-Adha (Feast of Sacrifice)

commemorates the Biblical and Quranic sacrifice of commemorates sacrifice of Abraham. It occurs on the

Abraham. It occurs on the 10th 10th

day of the twelfth lunar day of the twelfth lunar month of the Islamic

month of the Islamic calendar (Dhu Hijjah), which is calendar, which is approximately 69 days following the

approximately 69 days following the Eid Al-Fitr. Eid Al-Fitr.

b. On both Eid holidays, an Eid Prayer Service is b. On both Eid holidays, an Eid Prayer Service is

held in the morning after sunrise but before the noon held in the morning after sunrise but before the noon

(2nd (2nd

) prayer. The Eid Prayer Service is congregational ) prayer. The Eid Prayer Service is congregational

and consists of a group prayer followed by a message and consists of a group prayer followed by a message

or sermon. or sermon.

c. The Eid Prayer Service is accommodated in the c. The Eid Prayer Service is accommodated in the

same manner as in accommodating the Friday Prayer same manner as in accommodating the Friday Prayer

Service. Eid holiday meals with traditional Arabic Service. Eid holiday meals with traditional Arabic

sweets are provided to detainees on the day of Eid Al- sweets are provided to detainees on the day of Eid Al-

skipping to change at line 6728 skipping to change at line 7590

detainee enough privacy to ensure that the area detainee enough privacy to ensure that the area

between her shoulders and her knees is not exposed to between her shoulders and her knees is not exposed to

another female individual. another female individual.

d. All detainee showers will allow the Muslim d. All detainee showers will allow the Muslim

detainee complete privacy from members of the detainee complete privacy from members of the

opposite sex. opposite sex.

e. Islamic guidelines for health and hygiene dictate e. Islamic guidelines for health and hygiene dictate

the practice of shaving the body hair of armpit and the practice of shaving the body hair of armpit and

pubic areas. Periodically, razors will be provided for pubic areas. Periodically, razors will be provided for

Muslim detainees desiring to maintain this practice Muslim detainees desiring to maintain this practice

unless the detainee is in a MSU block. unless the detainee is in a segregation block or Delta

16-13. Religious Items Block on self-harm watch.

a. The chaplain will provide specific religious 16-13. Religious Accommodation

items to Muslim detainees to facilitate worship and a. Any other religious faith traditions will be

religious practices. Those items include but are not considered on a case-by-case basis and will be

limited to the following: provided for appropriately.

(1) Koran b. Religious items will distributed in accordance

(2) Prayer Cap with the detainee current reward level.

(3) Prayer Beads

(4) Islamic Oils

(5) Religious Books (Provided by detainee

Library personnel).

b. Religious items are distributed in accordance

with the detainee Rewards Program.

Section III – Islam Section III – Islam

16-14. Cultural Considerations 16-14. Cultural Considerations

a. Do not disrespect the Koran (let it touch the floor, a. Do not disrespect the Koran (let it touch the floor,

kick it, step on it). kick it, step on it).

(1) Muslims even wash their hands before (1) Muslims even wash their hands before

touching the Koran; non-Muslims should avoid touching the Koran; non-Muslims should avoid

touching a detainee’s Koran whenever possible. touching a detainee’s Koran whenever possible.

(2) Anyone disrespecting the Koran most likely (2) Anyone disrespecting the Koran most likely

will get no cooperation and could provoke a violent will get no cooperation and could provoke a violent

reaction from detainees. reaction from detainees.

b. Friday is the Islamic holy day; prayer time is b. Friday is the Islamic holy day; prayer time is

most sacred on this day. most sacred on this day.

c. Do not talk, play loud music in front of, or c. Do not talk, play loud music in front of, or

otherwise interrupt detainees during prayer or the call otherwise interrupt detainees during prayer or the call

to prayer. to prayer.

(1) Interrupting a Muslim during prayer is (1) Interrupting a Muslim during prayer is

considered inappropriate and he is unlikely to respond. considered inappropriate and he is unlikely to respond.

skipping to change at line 6767 skipping to change at line 7622

to prayer. to prayer.

(1) Interrupting a Muslim during prayer is (1) Interrupting a Muslim during prayer is

considered inappropriate and he is unlikely to respond. considered inappropriate and he is unlikely to respond.

(2) Avoid mocking or imitating detainee’s prayer. (2) Avoid mocking or imitating detainee’s prayer.

d. Do not eat or drink in front of detainees during d. Do not eat or drink in front of detainees during

the Islamic holy month of Ramadan. the Islamic holy month of Ramadan.

(1) Ramadan has significant religious (1) Ramadan has significant religious

importance. importance.

(2) Detainees will be fasting during daylight (2) Detainees will be fasting during daylight

hours. hours.

(3) During Ramadan, the detainees will for the e.Do not ask about female members of a

most part be non-argumentative and non- Muslim’s family (e.g., wife, daughter, mother, sister,

confrontational as to not upset their fast. etc.); it is culturally unsuitable. Do not insist on asking

e. Do not ask about female members of a Muslim’s the names of the women.

family (e.g., wife, daughter, mother, sister, etc.); it is

culturally unsuitable. Do not insist on asking the

names of the women.

f. Do not use the left hand to give a detainee food. f. Do not use the left hand to give a detainee food.

Muslims use their left hand to clean themselves and it Muslims use their left hand to clean themselves and it

is culturally inappropriate to offer food with the left is culturally inappropriate to offer food with the left

hand. hand.

g. Do not relate terrorism to Islam. It is g. Do not relate terrorism to Islam. It is

inappropriate to equate any religion to such heinous inappropriate to equate any religion to such activity.

activity.

h. Do not point a finger at detainees as it is h. Do not point a finger at detainees as it is

considered very disrespectful and derogatory. considered very disrespectful and derogatory.

i. Avoid using foul language as it displays a lack of i. Avoid using foul language as it displays a lack of

composure. composure.

j. Female Block Guards and interpreters should not j. Female guards and interpreters should not insist

insist that the detainees make eye contact with them that the detainees make eye contact with them during

during interactions. Close contact with unrelated interactions. Close contact with unrelated females is

females is culturally inappropriate. culturally inappropriate.

k. Detainees might cover their eyes or not talk to k. Detainees might cover their eyes or not talk to

female Block Guards. Such actions are not considered female guards. Such actions are not considered

disrespectful but instead are considered a form of disrespectful but instead are considered a form of

modesty by the detainee. modesty by the detainee.

l. The loudspeakers should not be covered nor any l. The loudspeakers should not be covered nor any

form of music be played through the unit block form of music be played through the unit block

speakers. The playing of the call to prayer should not speakers. The playing of the call to prayer should not

have the volume adjusted up or down. have the volume adjusted up or down.

m.If you do not understand what is going on or have m.Communicating Through An Interpreter

questions about some cultural practice, ask the Islamic

Chaplain.

n. Communicating Through An Interpreter

(1) Interpreters are tasked to facilitate the (1) Interpreters are tasked to facilitate the

communication process between camp personnel and communication process between camp personnel and

the detainees. Interpreters will relay detainee the detainees. Interpreters will relay detainee

questions/requests to the Block NCO or other authority questions/requests to the Block NCO or other authority

as appropriate for follow up. as appropriate for follow up.

(2) Direct your statement to the detainee and then (2) Direct your statement to the detainee and then

pause for the interpreter to translate. pause for the interpreter to translate.

(3) Avoid using slang (e.g., “…we’re in the same (3) Avoid using slang (e.g., “…we’re in the same

boat.”) when utilizing an interpreter. Slang is difficult boat.”) when utilizing an interpreter. Slang is difficult

to translate and often loses its meaning during to translate and often loses its meaning during

skipping to change at line 6857 skipping to change at line 7706

(d) November 1—the solemnity of All Saints (d) November 1—the solemnity of All Saints

(e) December 8—the solemnity of the (e) December 8—the solemnity of the

Immaculate Immaculate

d. Christian detainees (to include those who follow d. Christian detainees (to include those who follow

the beliefs of the Roman Catholic Church) should be the beliefs of the Roman Catholic Church) should be

allowed to celebrate these special days in accordance allowed to celebrate these special days in accordance

with their personal faith. with their personal faith.

e. The Christian chaplain can be used to provide e. The Christian chaplain can be used to provide

additional information relating to the celebration of additional information relating to the celebration of

these days. these days.

16-17. Religious Items: 16-17. Religious Items:

a. The chaplain may provide specific religious items The JDOG Unit Ministry Team (UMT) will provide

to Christian detainees to facilitate worship and or oversee the supply of specific items to Muslim

religious practices. Those items include but are not detainees to facilitate worship and religious practices.

limited to the following: Those items include but are not limited to the

(1) The Holy Bible following:

(2) A Crucifix (1) Koran

(3) Rosary Beads (2) Prayer Cap

(4) Religious Books (Provided by detainee (3) Prayer Beads

Library personnel) (4) Islamic Prayer Oils

b. Religious items are distributed in accordance b. Korans will not be supplied by the JDOG

with the detainee Rewards Program. UMT. All Koran requests entered into DIMS as a

Chaplain request are to be changed to Librarian

requests. The completed date will be erased before the

request is saved as a Librarian request.

c. The JDOG UMT Chaplain Assistant will

oversee the supply, preparation, and delivery of the

prayer beads and prayer caps. These items are to be

handled as follows:

(1) Prayer beads and Prayer Caps will be

obtained through the S-4. They will be requested and

picked up by the JDOG UMT Chaplain Assistant.

(2) New prayer beads are to have the tassels

cut off and the remaining ends burned. This process

will be followed to prevent detainees from using the

tassel string as contraband. Prayer beads that have

been prepared for the detainees will be stored in the

Camp Delta JDOG UMT office.

(3) All prayer caps are to be inspected for tears

or holes after being received from S4. Any prayer caps

with such defects are to be disposed of. Prayer caps

are to have all stickers removed from them before

distribution to the detainees. Inspected and approved

prayer caps will be stored in the JDOG UMT Religious

Items filing cabinet, upper drawer. Caps will only be

stored clean and will be folded and neat.

(4) All requests for replacement prayer beads

or prayer caps must be entered into DIMS by the MP

guards. Chaplain Assistants will not accept requests

directly from any detainee. Detainees must request

prayer beads or prayer caps through the MP guards.

(5) Deliveries of requested items will be made

on Tuesday and Friday. Requests entered into DIMS

on Tuesday, Wednesday, or Thursday will be supplied

on Friday. Requests entered into DIMS on Friday,

Saturday, Sunday, or Monday will be supplied on

Tuesday.

(6) Prayer caps and beads are to be exchanged

on a one-for-one basis. The only exception should be

when prayer beads are broken and confiscated by the

MP guards.

(7) Prayer caps collected from the detainees

will be inspected for holes or wear and tear.

Serviceable prayer caps will be turned in to S-4 to be

laundered. Laundered prayer caps will be re-entered

into the normal supply chain.

(8) Prayer beads collected from the detainees

are to be inspected to see if they are still serviceable.

Prayer beads with visible string extending beyond the

length of two beads are not serviceable. Prayer beads

that are missing beads or appear to be discolored are

not serviceable. Non-serviceable prayer beads will be

disposed of.

d. The supply and distribution of pray oil is to be

handled as follows:

(1) Prayer oil will be obtained through the S-4.

It will be requested and picked up by the JDOG UMT

Chaplain Assistant. There are two varieties of prayer

oil available:

i) Sandalwood, white in color.

ii)Egyptian Musk, yellow in color.

(2) Oil will be divided into plastic baggies.

There will be thirteen white oils and seven yellow oils

in each baggie. Prayer Oil will be stored only after it

has been packaged in baggies. The oil baggies will be

stored in the JDOG UMT Religious Items filing

cabinet, lower drawer. The oil baggies will be kept in a

large plastic bag which will be tied closed.

(3) Chaplain Assistants will supply each block

with a baggie of oils. Chaplain Assistants will monitor

the supply at least once a week to ensure each block

has an adequate supply of oils to meet the requests of

the detainees.

(4) All requests for replacement prayer oil will

be processed through the MP guards. Requests for

prayer oil should not be entered into DIMS. Chaplain

Assistants will not provide oil directly to the detainees.

MP guards should respond to oil requests and distribute

oil accordingly.

e. All requests for items will be monitored

through DIMS. The requests report will be printed

prior to delivering supplies to the blocks. The report

will be printed on the day of delivery. After supplying

requests to the blocks, requests are to be marked in

DIMS as complete. Updates will be made the same

day as delivery to keep DIMS current at all times.

f. Camp 4 and any other facilities needing a

regular supply of religious items will be stocked on a

periodic basis. MP guards working in these facilities

will meet the detainee requests. Detainee requests for

these facilities do not need to be entered into DIMS.

Chaplain Assistants will monitor the supply at least

once a month to ensure an adequate supply is available

to meet the requests of the detainees.

Section V – Muslim Funerals Section V – Muslim Funerals

16-18. Muslim Funeral and Burial Rites 16-18. Muslim Funeral and Burial Rites

a. The chaplain will perform or provide for the a. The chaplain will perform or provide for the

honorable burial of a deceased detainee in a manner honorable burial of a deceased detainee in a manner

consistent with Article 120 of the Geneva Convention consistent with Article 120 of the Geneva Convention

to the extent allowed by military necessity. to the extent allowed by military necessity.

b. Funeral and burial rites according to Islamic law b. Funeral and burial rites according to Islamic law

necessitate that 4 actions be performed. All four necessitate that 4 actions be performed. Persons of the

actions must be performed by persons of the Muslim Muslim faith must perform all four actions. Muslims

faith. Muslims performing these actions must be performing these actions must be knowledgeable in the

knowledgeable in the requirements of Islamic requirements of Islamic purification and Muslim

purification and Muslim funeral/burial rites. The 4 funeral/burial rites. The 4 necessary actions are to be

necessary actions are to be performed in the following performed in the following order:

order:

(1) Washing the body (1) Washing the body

(2) Shrouding the body (2) Shrouding the body

(3) Funeral prayer (Janaza prayer) (3) Funeral prayer (Janaza prayer)

(4) Burial. (4) Burial.

16-19. Washing the Body 16-19. Washing the Body

a. Protect the nakedness of the deceased by keeping a. Protect the nakedness of the deceased by keeping

the body clothed while the washing is performed. In the body clothed while the washing is performed. In

addition, if the deceased is male, then only a Muslim addition, if the deceased is male, then only a Muslim

male should wash the body of the deceased. Likewise, male should wash the body of the deceased. Likewise,

if the deceased is a female, then a Muslim female will if the deceased is a female, then a Muslim female will

skipping to change at line 6912 skipping to change at line 7852

body, however at no time will the area between the body, however at no time will the area between the

naval and the knees of the deceased be uncovered. naval and the knees of the deceased be uncovered.

d. Any waste from the stomach should be forced d. Any waste from the stomach should be forced

out, and private parts of the deceased by cleansed of out, and private parts of the deceased by cleansed of

filth. filth.

e. The washer performs the usual ablution before e. The washer performs the usual ablution before

prayer (in Arabic “wudu”) for the deceased and on the prayer (in Arabic “wudu”) for the deceased and on the

deceased. deceased.

f. The washer then performs the purificatory bath f. The washer then performs the purificatory bath

(in Arabic “ghusl”) with religious intention. The (in Arabic “ghusl”) with religious intention. The

purifcatory bath consists of washing the head, beard, purificatory bath consists of washing the head, beard,

and body each three times. The washer begins each and body each three times. The washer begins each

repetition by washing the right side of the deceased, repetition by washing the right side of the deceased,

front and back, to the feet. The repetition is completed front and back, to the feet. Doing the same to the left

by doing the same to the left side. The washer ensures side completes the repetition. The washer ensures that

that water reaches and covers every external part of the water reaches and covers every external part of the

body and that the body is free of all filth. The hair and body and that the body is free of all filth. The hair and

beard if matted is gently combed with a wide-tooth beard if matted is gently combed with a wide-tooth

comb being careful not to extract any hair. The final comb being careful not to extract any hair. The final

washing should be performed with water containing washing should be performed with water containing

some camphor or perfume. some camphor or perfume.

g. The washer and the assistant should utilize hand g. The washer and the assistant should utilize hand

towels, wash cloths and gloves. towels, wash cloths and gloves.

h. The place of washing should be on an incline h. The place of washing should be on an incline

allowing the water to flow from the head downward allowing the water to flow from the head downward

and away. The assistant helps in pouring abundant and away. The assistant helps in pouring abundant

water. water.

i. Incense should be burned during the washing. i. Incense should be burned during the washing.

j. Upon completion of the washing, the body of the j. Upon completion of the washing, the body of the

deceased is dried with a clean towel, laid on his back deceased is dried with a clean towel, laid on his back

with his feet towards the direction of prayer, and with his feet towards the direction of prayer, and

skipping to change at line 6953 skipping to change at line 7894

and laid on his back on the top sheet. Some scent or and laid on his back on the top sheet. Some scent or

perfume should be applied with cotton on the parts of perfume should be applied with cotton on the parts of

body upon which one rests during prayer prostration, body upon which one rests during prayer prostration,

i.e. forehead, nose, hands, knees and feet. Also include i.e. forehead, nose, hands, knees and feet. Also include

the eyes, mouth, nostrils, and ears. the eyes, mouth, nostrils, and ears.

d. If possible, the deceased left hand is placed on d. If possible, the deceased left hand is placed on

the chest, and then the deceased right hand is place on the chest, and then the deceased right hand is place on

the left – similar to the position of the hands in the the left – similar to the position of the hands in the

form of the Muslim prayer. Each shroud covers the form of the Muslim prayer. Each shroud covers the

whole body. The edge of the top sheet is folded over whole body. The edge of the top sheet is folded over

the deceased right side, then the other edge is folded the deceased right side, and then the other edge is

over the deceased left side. The second sheet is folded folded over the deceased left side. The second sheet is

in the same manner, and then the third sheet is folded folded in the same manner, and then the third sheet is

in the same manner. If the deceased is male, the body folded in the same manner. If the deceased is male, the

is wrapped without the ankle-length shirt or body is wrapped without the ankle-length shirt or

turban/prayer cap. If the deceased is female, the turban/prayer cap. If the deceased is female, the

following is done before wrapping of the sheets: following is done before wrapping of the sheets:

(1) Two approx 4ft x 1 ft loin cloths are first (1) Two approx 4ft x 1 ft loin cloths are first

wrapped around the upper legs acting as underwear wrapped around the upper legs acting as underwear

(2) One approx 6ft x 3 ½ ft sheet is used to wrap (2) One approx 6ft x 3 ½ ft sheet is used to wrap

the lower portion of the body the lower portion of the body

(3) The body dressed in a full, loose fitting (3) The body dressed in a full, loose fitting

sleeveless shirt, full length and long enough to cover sleeveless shirt, full length and long enough to cover

from shoulders to feet from shoulders to feet

(4) The head is veiled with a Muslim headscarf (4) The head is veiled with a Muslim headscarf

e. The sheets are then fastened with four cloth strips e. The sheets are then fastened with four cloth strips

or tie ropes above the head, under the feet, and two or tie ropes above the head, under the feet, and two

around the body. around the body.

f. Materials used to wrap and dress the body of the f. Materials used to wrap and dress the body of the

deceased should be cotton. deceased should be cotton.

g. The washed, white cotton shrouds are scented g. The washed, white cotton shrouds are scented

with incense or aloes and sprinkled with an aromatic with incense or aloes and sprinkled with an aromatic

compound of camphor, scented oils and/or perfumes. compound of camphor, scented oils and/or perfumes.

h. Procedures for funeral prayer. h. Procedures for funeral prayer.

skipping to change at line 7017 skipping to change at line 7957

(e) The Prayer for the Prophet (e) The Prayer for the Prophet

(f) Supplication for the deceased, the minimum (f) Supplication for the deceased, the minimum

being “O Allah, forgive this deceased.” being “O Allah, forgive this deceased.”

(g) Ending the prayer by saying “As-Salaamu (g) Ending the prayer by saying “As-Salaamu

‘Alaykum” (Peace be upon you ) – the first of two ‘Alaykum” (Peace be upon you ) – the first of two

mentioning. mentioning.

16-21. Procedures for the Burial. 16-21. Procedures for the Burial.

a. The deceased will be buried in a cemetery, and a. The deceased will be buried in a cemetery, and

not in a grave where another person is previously not in a grave where another person is previously

buried. Muslims should not be buried beside non- buried. Muslims should not be buried beside non-

Muslims, nor non-Muslims beside Muslims. Muslims Muslims, or non-Muslims beside Muslims. Muslims

should have their own graveyard. should have their own graveyard.

b. The burial should be done as soon as possible b. The burial should be done as soon as possible

after death, and within 24 hours. after death, and within 24 hours.

c. The burial should take place immediately after c. The burial should take place immediately after

the funeral prayer. the funeral prayer.

d. The deceased is not buried in a coffin, but one d. The deceased is not buried in a coffin, but one

may be used to transport the body of the deceased to may be used to transport the body of the deceased to

the grave. the grave.

e. The grave must be dug deep enough to totally e. The grave must be dug deep enough to totally

hide the body of the deceased. A recommendation is to hide the body of the deceased. A recommendation is to

skipping to change at line 7066 skipping to change at line 8007

forgiveness of the deceased. forgiveness of the deceased.

MUSLIM BURIAL MUSLIM BURIAL

(Side View) (Side View)

Figure 16-1 Figure 16-1

Chapter 17 Chapter 17

International Committee Of The Red Cross (ICRC) International Committee Of The Red Cross (ICRC)

17-1. Personnel 17-1. Personnel

a. There will be four ICRC escort teams consisting a. There will be four ICRC escort teams consisting

of two MPs. of two guards.

b. There will be one ICRC monitor located in Juliet b. There will be one ICRC monitor located in Juliet

block. block.

c. ICRC escort teams or the ICRC monitor will c. ICRC escort teams or the ICRC monitor will

escort all ICRC personnel at all times while in Camp escort all ICRC personnel at all times while in Camp

Delta. Delta.

d. Escort Control will control all ICRC escorts and d. Escort Control will control all ICRC escorts and

the ICRC monitor. the ICRC monitor.

e. The Juliet Block monitor will escort all ICRC e. The Juliet Block monitor will escort all ICRC

personnel If the visit is an individual interview, the personnel If the visit is an individual interview, the

Juliet Block monitor will escort the ICRC personnel to Juliet Block monitor will escort the ICRC personnel to

Juliet block. One MP will stay with the ICRC Juliet block. One escort will stay with the ICRC

personnel while the other two get the detainee and personnel while the other two get the detainee and

return with him. If it is a cell visit, the three-man team return with him. If it is a cell visit, the three-man team

will escort the ICRC personnel to and throughout the will escort the ICRC personnel to and throughout the

block visit. block visit. Escort Control will attempt to move

detainees from Camp 2/3 to Juliet block by Gator

whenever practical.

17-2. Operations 17-2. Operations

a. The physical security of U.S. Forces and a. The physical security of U.S. Forces and

detainees in U.S. care is paramount. Safety and detainees in U.S. care is paramount. Safety and

security of U.S. Forces and detainees will not be security of U.S. Forces and detainees will not be

compromised in an effort to conform to the wishes and compromised in an effort to conform to the wishes and

requests of the ICRC that are not covered in this SOP. requests of the ICRC that are not covered in this SOP.

b. The ICRC will provide the JDOG a list of b. The ICRC will provide the JDOG a list of

detainees on the ICRC Request form. This list will detainees on the ICRC Request form. This list will

stipulate either individual interviews or cell visits. stipulate either individual interviews or cell visits.

c. All ICRC personnel and detainees will be c. All ICRC personnel and detainees will be

escorted by MPs and detainees will be in three-piece escorted by guards and detainees will be in three-piece

suites while they are out of their cell. At no time will suites while they are out of their cell. At no time will

the detainee be unaccompanied by MPs. the detainee be unaccompanied by guards.

d. If any interviews by ICRC are conducted on the d. If any interviews by ICRC are conducted on the

blocks, the MPs will remain with the ICRC far enough blocks, the guards will remain with the ICRC far

away as to not interfere with the interviews. This is to enough away as to not interfere with the interviews.

ensure the safety of the ICRC personnel and the This is to ensure the safety of the ICRC personnel and

detainee. the detainee. The guards will not stand within earshot

of the ICRC representative and detainee.

e. ICRC personnel must collect any item, such as a e. ICRC personnel must collect any item, such as a

pen to write with, that they give to a detainee prior to pen to write with, that they give to a detainee prior to

moving on to the next detainee. moving on to the next detainee. No pen can be passed

from one detainee to another.

f. While in the interview block, only one hand may f. While in the interview block, only one hand may

be unshackled to allow the detainee to write. be unshackled to allow the detainee to write.

g. ICRC personnel are allowed access to all blocks. g. ICRC personnel are allowed access to all blocks.

ICRC visit lists should be scrubbed to insure there are ICRC visit lists should be scrubbed to insure there are

no discrepancies such as disciplinary actions or no discrepancies such as disciplinary actions or

restricted ICRC access. There is no time limit for restricted ICRC access. There is no time limit for

ICRC visits. ICRC visits.

h. JDOG will also provide an alternate place for h. JDOG will also provide an alternate place for

ICRC so that the ICRC may conduct interviews ICRC so that the ICRC may conduct interviews

without other detainees present. This location is without other detainees present. This location is

currently Juliet block. currently Juliet block.

i. Guards will identify any detainee that poses a

security risk to the ICRC representative.

j. Block NCOs must know the access privileges for

all detainees on their block.

k. ICRC has access to all blocks within Camp Delta.

The ICRC is restricted from all buildings

without prior approval from JDOG operations

except the Detention Clinic and the Detention

Hospital.

l. ICRC will be aware of scheduled guard feeding

times and the need to adjust their schedule accordingly

so guards have an opportunity to eat.

17-3. ICRC Visitation Rules 17-3. ICRC Visitation Rules

The following rules apply to ICRC personnel while The following rules apply to ICRC personnel while

they are at any part of Camp Delta. they are at any part of Camp Delta.

a. ICRC personnel are allowed to talk to detainees a. ICRC personnel are allowed to talk to detainees

on all blocks at the detainee’s cell as long as there is no on all blocks at the detainee’s cell as long as there is no

interference with the safeguard of U.S. Forces or interference with the safeguard of U.S. Forces or

detainees, except for detainees placed at the Maximum detainees, except for detainees placed segregation.

Security Units (MSU).

b. ICRC personnel are allowed to talk to detainees b. ICRC personnel are allowed to talk to detainees

who are placed in MSU for disciplinary reasons only who are placed in segregation for disciplinary reasons

with the exception of the following: only with the exception of the following:

(1) Detainees placed in MSU by the JIG will be (1) Detainees placed in segregation by the JIG

listed on the MSU log. Their level of allowable contact will be listed on the segregation log. Their level of

with ICRC will be listed on the MSU log. allowable contact with ICRC will be listed on the

segregation log.

(2) If the log is unavailable, the PL or SOG will (2) If the log is unavailable, the PL or SOG will

contact the JIG during duty hours for clearance. They contact the JIG during duty hours for clearance. They

will also receive from the JIG what visitation level the will also receive from the JIG what visitation level the

ICRC has with the detainee. ICRC has with the detainee.

(3) Detainees will not be allowed to leave the (3) Detainees will not be allowed to leave the

MSU block for ICRC visits. segregation block for ICRC visits.

c. ICRC representatives may visit other detainees

on a block after visiting a specific detainee. They may

visit any detainee on the block as long as that

detainee’s level of visitation permits the visit.

17-4. Levels of Visitation 17-4. Levels of Visitation

All detainees will have a level of ICRC contact All detainees will have a level of ICRC contact

designated for them. These different levels are as designated for them. These different levels are as

follows: follows:

a. No Access: No contact of any kind with the a. No Access: No contact of any kind with the

ICRC. This includes the delivery of ICRC mail. ICRC. This includes the delivery of ICRC mail.

b. Restricted: ICRC is allowed to ask the detainee b. Restricted: ICRC is allowed to ask the detainee

about health and welfare only. No prolonged about health and welfare only. No prolonged

questions. questions.

c. Unrestricted: ICRC is allowed full access to talk c. Unrestricted: ICRC is allowed full access to talk

to the detainee. to the detainee.

d. Visual: Access is restricted to visual inspection d. Visual: Access is restricted to visual inspection

of the detainee’s physical condition. No form of of the detainee’s physical condition. No form of

communication is permitted. No delivery of ICRC communication is permitted. No delivery of ICRC

mail. mail.

Chapter 18 Chapter 18

Food Service Food Service

18-1. Responsibilities 18-1. Responsibilities

a. J-4 Food Service Personnel are responsible for a. Block personnel will serve the meals to the

delivering, serving and providing all necessary supplies

to feed the detainees.

b. Block personnel will serve the meals to the

detainees. detainees.

18-2. Operations 18-2. Operations

a. Detainees will be provided with three meals per a. Detainees will be provided with three meals per

day according to the meal time needs of the facility. day according to the meal time needs of the facility.

For camps 1-3, this will usually this will be at the For camps 1-3, this will usually this will be at the

following times: following times:

(1) Breakfast at 0630 (1) Breakfast at 0630

(2) Lunch at 1200 (2) Lunch at 1200

(3) Dinner at 1930. (3) Dinner at 1930.

b. For camps 1-3, the rations schedule consist of b. For camps 1-3, the rations schedule will consist

two hot meals a day for breakfast and dinner and a of three hot meals a day, except under inclement

MRE for lunch, except under inclement weather in weather/hurricane in which case it shall be MREs for

which case it shall be MREs for all meals until the all meals until the weather passes. For Camp IV, the

weather passes. For Camp IV, the ration schedule will ration schedule will consist of three hot meals.

consist of three hot meals.

c. For camps 1-3, all meals will be served through c. For camps 1-3, all meals will be served through

the bean hole in the cell gate and consumed inside the the bean hole in the cell gate and consumed inside the

cell. For Camp IV, all meals will be served through the cell. For Camp IV, all meals will be served through the

bean hole in the block gate and consumed in the bay. bean hole in the block gate and consumed in the bay.

d. For camps 1-3, Food Service Section will provide d. For Camp IV, Food Service personnel will

cooks to deliver and portion all food in the correct provide cooks to deliver and portion all food in the

portions while the MPs issue the food to the detainee correct portions while the guards issue the food to the

through the bean hole in the cell gate. For Camp IV, detainee through the bean hole in the block gate. The

Food Service personnel will provide cooks to deliver food service personnel shall ensure that also any dirty

and portion all food in the correct portions while the dishes are returned to the contractor for cleaning.

MPs issue the food to the detainee through the bean

hole in the block gate. The food service personnel

shall ensure that also any dirty dishes are returned to

the contractor for cleaning.

e. Meals will be served on all blocks e. Meals will be served on all blocks

simultaneously. Serving and consumption of meals simultaneously. Serving and consumption of meals

will be allowed a maximum of 30 minutes per detainee. will be allowed a maximum of 30 minutes per detainee.

f. MPs on duty are responsible for providing escort f. MPs on duty are responsible for providing escort

to the cooks, directing the detainees in an orderly to the cooks, directing the detainees in an orderly

fashion and ensuring that all required items are issued, fashion and ensuring that all required items are issued,

returned, and accounted for. MPs are also responsible returned, and accounted for. Guards are also

for the removal of trash from all compounds and responsible for the removal of trash from all

placing it in the designated dumpsters per the waste compounds and placing it in the designated dumpsters

disposal SOP in chapter 33. per the waste disposal SOP in chapter 33.

g. During inclement weather, all meals will be g. During a hurricane, all meals will be MREs.

MREs. h. Detainees will have 30 minutes in which to

h. The PL is responsible to the Commanding consume their meals.

Officer for the adequate quality and quantity of food

served to detainees and U.S personnel and that

sanitation, preparation, handling and servicing of food

meet established criteria. Detainees will have 30

minutes in which to consume their meals.

i. During times of fasting or religious requirements i. During times of fasting or religious requirements

for the detainees, modifications to this portion of the for the detainees, modifications to this portion of the

SOP will be directed as appropriate. SOP will be directed as appropriate.

j. At any time there is large pieces of construction j. At any time there is large pieces of construction

equipment such as portable generators in the roving equipment such as portable generators in the roving

sally area of Camp 1, the food service truck will stop at sally area of Camp 1, the food service truck will stop at

Sally Port 4. Sally Port 4.

18-3. Duties 18-3. Duties

a. JDOG S-4. The JDOG S-4 will be responsible a. JDOG S-4. The JDOG S-4 will be responsible

for coordinating the hours of all meals with the needs for coordinating the hours of all meals with the needs

of the facility. of the facility.

b. PL. PLs will coordinate meals for those b. SOG. The SOG for each camp will sign for

detainees who are on discipline measures that include meals delivered form the Food Service Shift Leader,

loss of hot meals. noting the quality and quantity at the end of each meal.

c. SOG. The SOG will keep the PL informed of all The SOG will ensure the meal hours are in accordance

issues pertaining to the meal feeding times. The SOG with the Schedule of Calls. If the meals arrive late, the

will ensure the meal hours are in accordance with the SOG will notify JDOG S-4.

Schedule of Calls. If the meals arrive late, the SOG c. Block NCO. The Block NCO will accept and

will notify JDOG S-4.

d. Block NCO. The Block NCO will accept and

account for the utensils used for eating from mess account for the utensils used for eating from mess

personnel. In Camp I-3, while the Block Guards are personnel. In Camp I-3, while the guards are serving

serving the meal to the detainees, the Block NCO will the meal to the detainees, the Block NCO will pass out

pass out the utensils to each detainee. In Camp IV, the the utensils to each detainee. In Camp IV, the Block

Block NCO will serve the meal and distribute the NCO will serve the meal and distribute the utensils at

utensils at the same time. Once the mealtime is the same time. Once the mealtime is completed, the

completed, the Block NCO will account for all utensils Block NCO will account for all utensils that were

that were passed out. The SOG will be notified if passed out. The SOG will be notified if utensils are not

utensils are not returned and a search will be conducted returned and a search will be conducted to locate the

to locate the missing spoon. missing spoon.

e. Block Guards. In camps 1-3, they will issue d. Guards. In camps 1-3, they will issue meals to

meals to the detainees and monitor them during chow. the detainees and monitor them during chow. At the

At the conclusion of the meal, the Block Guards will conclusion of the meal, the guards will collect the trash

collect the trash from the detainees. Block Guards will from the detainees. Guards will inventory the return of

inventory the return of all packaging, plates, spoons, all packaging, plates, spoons, and Styrofoam cups. If

and Styrofoam cups. If items are not returned and items are not returned and cannot be found, the

cannot be found, the detainee will receive his meals detainee will receive his meals poured onto a paper

poured onto a paper plate for the next three days. This plate for the next three days. This is done with the

is done with the intention of reducing the amount of intention of reducing the amount of trash being flushed

trash being flushed down the toilet. In Camp IV, the down the toilet. In Camp IV, the guards will only be

Block Guards will only be able to observe the detainees able to observe the detainees eating from their

eating from their observation location. observation location.

Chapter 19 Chapter 19

Detainee Health Services Detainee Health Services

Section I – Procedures Section I – Procedures

19-1. Restraint Procedures 19-1. Restraint Procedures

a. Restraints will be used at all times when a. Restraints will be used at all times when

detainees are moved from their cell, as a precaution detainees are moved from their cell, as a precaution

against escape; for medical reasons as directed by a against escape; for medical reasons as directed by a

medical officer; or to prevent self-injury, injury to medical officer; or to prevent self-injury, injury to

others, or property damage. others, or property damage.

skipping to change at line 7270 skipping to change at line 8216

detainee when the detainee is secured in his cell, or detainee when the detainee is secured in his cell, or

other secure area. Any deviation of this policy must be other secure area. Any deviation of this policy must be

authorized by the CO, PL, or the on duty SOG with authorized by the CO, PL, or the on duty SOG with

prior approval of the JDOG CDR, and will never be prior approval of the JDOG CDR, and will never be

applied as punishment. applied as punishment.

c. Restraint types: c. Restraint types:

(1) Three-piece Suit: Hand-irons, Leg-irons, (1) Three-piece Suit: Hand-irons, Leg-irons,

connecting chain, and belly chains. connecting chain, and belly chains.

(2) Four/Five Point Position: Arms, head, and (2) Four/Five Point Position: Arms, head, and

legs are secured. legs are secured.

d. Emergency use of special restraints: d. Routine use of restraints:

(1) The SOG will obtain advanced approval from

the CO and a Psychologist prior to placing four/five-

point restraints on a detainee.

(2) If four/five point restraints are applied to a

detainee, the CO will contact the CJDOG and on-duty

medical officer or designated representative.

(3) Direct visual observation by Block Guard will

be continuous until on-duty medical officer or

designated representative arrive and assess the

situation.

(4) The medical officer will assess the detainee’s

physical condition and psych evaluate mental health,

and advise the CO on the necessity of further medical

treatment.

(5) If the detainee is not transferred to a

medical/mental health facility and is restrained in a

four/five point position, the block personnel will

continuously observe the detainee and document

activity every 15 minutes until the restraints are

removed. This will be recorded on a CD-S319.

e. Routine use of restraints:

(1) To ensure safety and prevent injury, guard (1) To ensure safety and prevent injury, guard

will maintain positive control of all detainees being will maintain positive control of all detainees being

escorted while wearing restraints. escorted while wearing restraints.

(a) When a detainee is in full restraints, the guard (a) When a detainee is in full restraints, the guard

will grasp the belly chain behind the detainee with will grasp the belly chain behind the detainee with

his/her strong hand. his/her strong hand.

(b) When a detainee is restrained with their hands (b) When a detainee is restrained with their hands

in the rear, the guard will grasp the detainee’s upper in the rear, the guard will grasp the detainee’s upper

arm just below the armpit with his/her strong hand. arm just below the armpit with his/her strong hand.

(2) If there is an injury that could be aggravated, (2) If there is an injury that could be aggravated,

guards should seek guidance through the chain of guards should seek guidance through the chain of

command before applying restraints (time permitting). command before applying restraints (time permitting).

Sound judgment applies in emergencies. Sound judgment applies in emergencies.

f. Only medical personnel will authorize the use of

suicide prevention smocks. Only medical personnel

will authorize discontinuing the use of the smocks.

19-2. Dispensing of Medications 19-2. Dispensing of Medications

a. The assigned hospital corpsman shall review a. The assigned hospital corpsman shall review

NAVMED 6550/8 Medication Administration Record NAVMED 6550/8 Medication Administration Record

(MAR) and compare detainee ISN number and location (MAR) and compare detainee ISN number and location

against current alpha roster. If necessary make against current alpha roster. If necessary make

appropriate changes in individual MAR folders and appropriate changes in individual MAR folders and

move medications to appropriate place in medicinal move medications to appropriate place in medicinal

locker. locker.

b. Gather appropriate medicinals from Camp Delta b. Gather appropriate medicines from Camp Delta

Clinic. Notify security personnel of each block which Clinic. Notify security personnel of each block which

detainees require meds. detainees require meds.

c. The hospital corpsman will dispense the c. The hospital corpsman will dispense the

medication at each cell’s bean hole. The hospital medication at each cell’s bean hole. The hospital

corpsman will verify the following prior to dispensing corpsman will verify the following prior to dispensing

any medications. any medications.

(1) Have orders and MAR been verified by (1) Have orders and MAR been verified by

nursing staff? nursing staff?

(2) Are you authorized to give this medication? (2) Are you authorized to give this medication?

(3) Is it the correct patient? Verify against ISN (3) Is it the correct patient? Verify against ISN

skipping to change at line 7340 skipping to change at line 8262

(6) Is it the correct route of administration? (6) Is it the correct route of administration?

(7) Is it the correct time to give the medication? (7) Is it the correct time to give the medication?

d. Document the administration of all medications d. Document the administration of all medications

and or refusals on the MAR and notify nursing staff of and or refusals on the MAR and notify nursing staff of

any concerns. any concerns.

e. Transcribe any changes to medications on MAR. e. Transcribe any changes to medications on MAR.

The nursing staff will verify accuracy on a regular The nursing staff will verify accuracy on a regular

basis. basis.

f. Medication types and frequencies will determine f. Medication types and frequencies will determine

when medications are dispensed. when medications are dispensed.

19-3. Self-Harm Blankets and Smocks g. Detainees may not refuse to take their daily TB

a. Prior to completion of the psychiatric unit use of medications, if being treated for active TB.

the seclusion cell/suicide prevention smocks and

blankets for a psychiatric patient on self harm

precautions or in administrative or disciplinary

segregation will be at the discretion of the psychiatric

nurse or licensed independent practitioner and

documented in the patients chart.

b. After completion of the psychiatric unit medical

use of the seclusion cell/suicide prevention smocks and

blankets will be as follows:

(1) Required use for a psychiatric patient on self-

harm precautions or in medical seclusion, unless

clinically not indicated and documented by a licensed

independent practitioner, in the patient’s chart.

(2) For a psychiatric patient in administrative or

disciplinary segregation use will be at the discretion of

the psychiatric nurse or licensed independent

practitioner and documented in the patients chart.

c. For non-psychiatric detainees recommend that

the use of seclusion cell/suicide prevention smocks and

blankets be utilized on a case-by-case basis in

administrative or disciplinary segregation cells.

Strongly recommend consultation with a psychiatric

nurse or licensed independent provider at the Detention

Hospital. The reason for case-by-case use is that, like

being stripped, smocks can be humiliating for some

and may actually increase the risk of suicide.

Additionally, the anticipated humiliation may deter a

detainee from voicing their psychological concerns.

d. Detainees should not be transported in smocks

except within the psychiatric unit or in an emergency.

19-4. Sick Call 19-4. Sick Call

a. Both medical and dental sick calls are conducted a. Both medical and dental sick calls are conducted

in accordance with the same procedures. Detainees in accordance with the same procedures. Detainees

needing to see a dentist will be screened at normal sick needing to see a dentist will be screened at normal sick

call and referred, if necessary, to the Dental Clinic call and referred, if necessary, to the Dental Clinic

b. The medic will screen all detainees while b. The medic will screen all detainees while

conducting rounds. If the medic is able to treat the conducting rounds. If the medic is able to treat the

detainee’s ailment, he/she will do so and advise the detainee’s ailment, he/she will do so and advise the

detainee that he does not need to see a doctor. If the detainee that he does not need to see a doctor. If the

detainee still wishes to see a doctor, he or will not be detainee still wishes to see a doctor, he will not be

denied that right. denied that right.

c. The medic will compile a list of all detainees and c. The medic will compile a list of all detainees and

detainees who were seen each day. The list will be detainees who were seen each day. The list will be

turned into the front office before the medic leaves the turned into the front office before the medic leaves the

facility. facility.

d. In the event the Medical Officer/Designated

Representative deems it necessary to evaluate a

detainee in his cell, the medic or representative shall be

accompanied by two guards after the detainee has been

restrained in a three-piece suit. Freeing of one limb at

a time may be permitted for the purpose of conducting

a medical exam.

Section II – Emergencies Section II – Emergencies

19-5. Emergency Sick Call 19-5. Emergency Sick Call

a. Detainees who have a medical emergency will be a. Detainees who have a medical emergency will be

seen immediately at any time. seen immediately at any time.

b. During duty hours, all medical/dental problems b. All medical/dental problems deemed a possible

deemed a possible “emergency” will be referred to the “emergency” will be referred to the Delta Clinic for

Health Clinic for evaluation as to whether or not a real evaluation as to whether or not a real emergency exists.

emergency exists.

c. After duty hours, the SOG will determine c. After duty hours, the SOG will determine

whether an emergency condition exists. He will whether an emergency condition exists. He will

consult via telephone with the Detention Hospital as consult via telephone with the Detention Hospital as

needed to assist in making the determination. needed to assist in making the determination.

19-6. Emergency Condition Responses 19-6. Emergency Condition Responses

a. The International Color Codes for triage will be a. The International Color Codes for triage will be

utilized to conduct triage of a patient to convey the utilized to conduct triage of a patient to convey the

seriousness of a patient’s medical condition. The seriousness of a patient’s medical condition. The

following criteria are examples of medical conditions following criteria are examples of medical conditions

indicating a specific triage: indicating a specific triage:

(1) Code Green: Utilized for non-serious, non- (1) Code Green: Utilized for non-serious, non-

life threatening medical condition (cut hand, scrape, life threatening medical condition (cut hand, scrape,

broken arm, nausea, and headache with no other broken arm, nausea, and headache with no other

indicators) does not require immediate medical indicators) does not require immediate medical

attention. attention.

(2) Code Yellow: Utilized for potentially life- (2) Code Yellow: Utilized for potentially life-

threatening medical condition (decreased level of threatening medical condition (decreased level of

skipping to change at line 7481 skipping to change at line 8378

(d) Supervise reporting of the incident. (d) Supervise reporting of the incident.

(4) Sally Ports: (4) Sally Ports:

(a) Be prepared for medical personnel to need (a) Be prepared for medical personnel to need

immediate access through the sally port. This includes immediate access through the sally port. This includes

vehicle access to the area and departing from Delta. vehicle access to the area and departing from Delta.

(b) Stop other traffic through sally port if it (b) Stop other traffic through sally port if it

impedes with the movement of personnel associated impedes with the movement of personnel associated

with the Code Blue situation. with the Code Blue situation.

(c) Be prepared to implement a Lockdown if (c) Be prepared to implement a Lockdown if

called by the CO/PL/SOG. called by the CO/PL/SOG.

(5) Block NCOs/Block Guards/Other duty (5) Block NCOs/guards/Other duty positions:

positions:

(a) Monitor the situation by radio and be (a) Monitor the situation by radio and be

prepared to take action as directed (Lockdown, etc.) prepared to take action as directed (Lockdown, etc.)

(b) Be prepared for reaction by other detainees as (b) Be prepared for reaction by other detainees as

they learn about the situation. they learn about the situation.

19-7. Combat Lifesavers 19-7. Combat Lifesavers

a. Combat Lifesavers will be permitted to provide a. Combat Lifesavers will be permitted to provide

medical care in accordance with the Combat Lifesaver medical care to friendly forces in accordance with the

curriculum. Combat Lifesaver curriculum in an emergency

situation.

b. Combat Lifesavers will not treat any detainee for b. Combat Lifesavers will not treat any detainee for

any medical problem. any medical problem.

c. Medical tasks taught to Combat Lifesavers that c. Medical tasks taught to Combat Lifesavers that

they may perform without restriction on the they might perform without restriction on the

installation. installation.

(1) Monitor a pulse (1) Monitor a pulse

(2) Monitor respirations (2) Monitor respirations

(3) Apply a Splint, Aluminum, Malleable splint (3) Apply a Splint, Aluminum, Malleable

(4) Insert an oropharyngeal airway (4) Evaluate a casualty.

(5) Evaluate a casualty.

d. Combat Lifesavers must fill out a Field Medical d. Combat Lifesavers must fill out a Field Medical

Card at the time of incident and transfer this to the Card at the time of incident and transfer this to the

receiving medical unit with a complete patient report. receiving medical unit with a complete patient report.

e. Medical tasks taught to Combat Lifesavers that

they may perform with the below restrictions, on the

installation:

(1) Administer Acetaminophen and

Pseudoephedrine tablets. The purpose of these

medications in the Combat Lifesaver bag is to

eliminate minor complaints until the soldier can be

seen at sick call by medical personnel.

(a) While in garrison, Combat Lifesavers may

not dispense these medications.

(b) While on the installation, but not in garrison

(i.e., field training exercises), Combat Lifesavers may

dispense these medications IAW the Medical Tasks

subcourse of the Combat Lifesaver course. They are

not to dispense more than eight tablets per individual.

(c) A medical officer must see all individuals

who receive these medications from a Combat

Lifesaver within 24 hours.

(2) Administer intravenous solution.

(a) Before attempting to start an intravenous (IV)

infusion, 911 must be called.

(b) Combat Lifesavers who determine a casualty

needs an IV solution may administer it.

(c) No more than two attempts will be made on

any one patient to initiate an IV.

(d) No more than one 1000 ml bag will be given

to any one patient.

(e) Upon initiation of an IV, the patient must be

seen by a medical officer and cleared for duty.

f. Medical Supplies (Class VIII) Combat Lifesavers

are authorized to carry:

NSN Nomenclature QTY Description

651 0009268882 2

Adhesive tape, surgical,

1 in 1 SP

651 5006878052 1

Airway pharyngeal,

large adult

651 5009582232 1

Airway pharyngeal,

small adult

651 0009137909 18

Bandage adhesive ¾ X 3

inches flesh

651 0000583047 2 Bandage gau4- ½”

651 0002011755 2

Bandage muslin

compressed brown 37 X

37 X 52” triangular

w/pins

651 5013156227 2

Catheter & needle unit,

d12 I.V. 18ga

651 0001594883 4

Dressing first aid field

camouflaged 4”w X

-7.25”Ig, abs

651 0002017425 1 Dress FLD 11-3/4IN

651 5002267692 3 pr Gloves, exam lrg

651 5014721863 2

Intravenous inj set, 7

comp macrodrip 10

drops/ml 2

651 0010100307 12

Pad povidone-iodine

impre, ster 2 X 1.375”

brown

651 0007863736 12 Pad isopropyl alcohol

651 0014640826 12 Sponge Surg 2X2

651 5009357138 1

Scissors bandage

”Cut lg. 7.25” O/a lg

both blades blunt crs

651 5012254681 1

Splint universal 36 X

” malleable alum

radiolucent ltwt

g. Resupply for Combat Lifesaver Class VIII items

will be the JTF-Joint Aid Stations (JAS).

h. POC for Combat Lifesavers is the JAS XO.

Section III – Medical Problems Section III – Medical Problems

19-8. Hunger Strike 19-8. Voluntary Total Fasting and Re-Feeding

a. A detainee is considered to be on a hunger strike a. A detainee is considered to be on a Voluntary

when he refuses to eat nine consecutive meals as a Total Fast, (VTF), when he refuses to eat nine

form of protest or refuses fluids for 48 hours. The consecutive meals as a form of protest or refuses fluids

protest may or may not be verbalized. Detainee’s who for 48 hours. The protest may or may not be

eat portions of the meals are not normally considered to verbalized. Detainee’s who eat portions of the meals

be on a hunger strike. are not normally considered to be on a VTF.

b. The hunger strike is terminated when the b. The VTF is terminated when the following occur:

following occur:

(1) The detainee eats a meal or portion of a meal (1) The detainee eats a meal or portion of a meal

(excluding liquids). (excluding liquids).

(2) A Medical Officer or Physician’s Assistant (2) A Medical Officer or Physician’s Assistant

(PA), after examining the detainee, recommends that (PA), after examining the detainee, recommends that

the Hunger Strike Protocol be terminated. the VTF Protocol be terminated.

(3) The CO or DOC will terminate the Hunger

Strike Protocol.

c. Initial Monitoring Procedures. c. Initial Monitoring Procedures.

(1) Submit an Observation Report to DOC (1) Submit an Observation Report to DOC

recording a detainee’s refusal to consume a meal. recording a detainee’s refusal to consume a meal.

(2) Make a blotter entry. (2) Make a blotter entry.

(3) Continue to monitor the detainee during meal (3) Continue to monitor the detainee during meal

times to see if he refuses to consume any other meals. times to see if he refuses to consume any other meals.

(4) Continue to inspect the detainee’s food tray to (4) Continue to inspect the detainee’s food tray to

see if any portion of the meal was consumed. Check see if any portion of the meal was consumed. Check

the tray before and after each mealtime. the tray before and after each mealtime.

(5) Record any subsequent refusal to consume (5) Record any subsequent refusal to consume

meals and number them sequentially. meals and number them sequentially.

(6) Monitor the detainee’s behavior and (6) Monitor the detainee’s behavior and

record/report anything out of the ordinary to DOC. record/report anything out of the ordinary to DOC.

(7) Notify DOC when a detainee refuses to (7) Notify DOC when a detainee refuses to

consume nine consecutive meals. consume nine consecutive meals.

(8) After the Hunger Strike Protocol has been (8) After the VTF Protocol has been initiated,

initiated, ensure that the detainee does not receive any ensure that the detainee does not receive any caffeine

caffeine products (coffee, tea, hot chocolate) because products (coffee, tea, hot chocolate) because of its

of its diuretic affect. Only water is provided during the diuretic affect. Only water is provided during the

hunger strike. VTF.

d. Close Confinement Procedures. d. Close Confinement Procedures.

(1) Monitor the detainee’s behavior and meal (1) Monitor the detainee’s behavior and meal

consumption. consumption.

(2) Notify the SOG who will then notify DOC, (2) Notify the SOG who will then notify DOC,

the CO, and the Health Clinic when a detainee refuses the CO, and the Delta Clinic when a detainee refuses to

to consume nine consecutive meals. consume nine consecutive meals.

(3) Segregate the detainee for better observation (3) Segregate the detainee for better observation

by moving them to Delta Block. by moving them to Delta Block.

e. DOC Procedures. e. DOC Procedures.

(1) Brief the CO.

(2) Monitor the detainee’s behavior and meal (2) Monitor the detainee’s behavior and meal

consumption. consumption.

(3) After a detainee has refused to consume nine (3) After a detainee has refused to consume nine

consecutive meals, ensure the Health Clinic begins the consecutive meals, ensure the Delta Clinic begins the

Hunger Strike Protocol. VTF Protocol.

f. As directed by the DOC, the admin section will: f. As directed by the DOC, the admin section will:

(1) Make a blotter entry recording when a (1) Make a blotter entry recording when a

detainee was placed on the Hunger Strike Protocol, and detainee was placed on the VTF Protocol, and how

how many consecutive meals were refused at that time. many consecutive meals were refused at that time.

(2) Make a blotter entry recording when the (2) Make a blotter entry recording when the Delta

Health Clinic Medical Officer of the Day (MOD) Clinic Medical Officer of the Day (MOD) conducts

conducts checks with IAW paragraph f. checks.

(3) Make a blotter entry recording when a (3) Make a blotter entry recording when a

detainee was removed from the Hunger Strike detainee was removed from the VTF Protocol, and

Protocol, and which medical officer conducted the which medical officer conducted the examination and

examination and recommended the termination of the recommended the termination of the VTF Protocol.

Hunger Strike Protocol. g. The Delta Clinic will ensure that the following

g. The Health Clinic will ensure that the following

occur: occur:

(1) The CO is briefed daily on the detainee’s (1) The CO is briefed daily on the detainee’s

condition. condition.

(2) During duty hours, a Physician Assistant (PA) (2) During duty hours, a Medical Officer or

will examine the detainee. Physician Assistant (PA) will examine the detainee.

(3) After duty hours, the Medical Officer of the (3) After duty hours, the Medical Officer of the

Day (MOD) will examine the detainee. Day (MOD) will examine the detainee.

h. Immediately after the Hunger Strike Protocol has h. Immediately after the VTF Protocol has been

been initiated, the following procedures will occur: initiated, the following procedures will occur:

(1) A blood sample (CBC, SMA-20, Albumin, (1) A blood sample (CBC, SMA-20, Albumin,

and Iron Panel) will be drawn from the detainee. and Iron Panel) will be drawn from the detainee.

(2) A urine sample (24-hour urine for Creatinine (2) A urine sample (24-hour urine for Creatinine

and Protein) will be taken from the detainee. and Protein) will be taken from the detainee.

(3) An electrocardiograph will be conducted (a (3) An electrocardiograph will be conducted (a

12 lead EKG). 12 lead EKG).

i. Consider supplemental feeding when the i. Consider supplemental feeding when the

detainee’s body weight reaches 85-90% of ideal body detainee’s body mass index is below 16, when

weight, when incapacitated, or ordered by a Medical incapacitated, or ordered by a Medical Officer. The

Officer. The detainee will be admitted to Naval Station detainee will be admitted to the Detention Hospital if

Hospital if supplemental feeding is necessary. supplemental feeding is necessary. The JTF

Commander is the only person who can authorize

forced feeding.

j. Consult with the Command Judge Advocate j. Consult with the Command Judge Advocate

before force treatment is initiated. The legal opinion before force treatment is initiated. The legal opinion

should be noted in the detainee’s medical chart. should be noted in the detainee’s medical chart.

k. The Duty Investigator will take the photographs k. The Duty Investigator will take the photographs

required for the Hunger Strike Protocol. required for the VTF Protocol.

l. The CO will review the situation and ensure it l. The CO will review the situation and ensure it

meets the criteria required for the Hunger Strike meets the criteria required for the VTF Protocol.

Protocol. Coordinate with medical authorities for Coordinate with medical authorities for detainee health

detainee health considerations. considerations.

19-9. Bodily Fluids 19-9. Bodily Fluids

a. Protective equipment is available in each block, a. Protective equipment is available in each block,

and a resupply is on hand in the supply room. A and a re-supply is on hand in the supply room.

Biohazard Spill Care Kit includes:

(1) A protective polypropylene gown.

(2) One pair of shoe covers.

(3) Eye shield and mask.

(4) One Red Biohazard bag.

(5) One pair of vinyl gloves.

(6) ¾ oz. pouch absorbent.

(7) Scoop shovel.

(8) Sani-Cloth surface disinfectant.

(9) Two anti-microbial hand wipes.

(10) Two paper towels.

(11) Bleach.

(12) Hand soap.

b. The Guard Force will always carry disposable b. The Guard Force will always carry disposable

gloves and a CPR physical barrier. gloves.

c. The staff will make sure their own open wounds c. The staff will make sure their own open wounds

and sores are covered with clean dry bandages to and sores are covered with clean dry bandages to

prevent possible exchange of blood and other body prevent possible exchange of blood and other body

fluids. Change wet bandages frequently. fluids. Change wet bandages frequently.

d. The staff will assume that all detainees and any d. The staff will assume that all detainees and any

exposed body fluids carry an infectious disease. exposed body fluids carry an infectious disease.

e. The staff will remain aware of the fact that a e. The staff will remain aware of the fact that a

respirator mask is required to protect against airborne respirator mask is required to protect against airborne

infectious diseases. infectious diseases.

f. The staff members who conduct a forced move of f. The staff members who conduct a forced move of

skipping to change at line 7754 skipping to change at line 8554

a disinfectant solution of hot water and household a disinfectant solution of hot water and household

bleach. bleach.

(4) Place contaminated disposable items such as (4) Place contaminated disposable items such as

gloves, mask, prongs, rags, or other material in red gloves, mask, prongs, rags, or other material in red

plastic biohazard bags. If red biohazard bags are not plastic biohazard bags. If red biohazard bags are not

available, use other strong plastic bags and label with available, use other strong plastic bags and label with

“BIOHAZARD” markings. “BIOHAZARD” markings.

j. Disposal of contaminated items. j. Disposal of contaminated items.

(1) The staff will: (1) The staff will:

(a) Take any bags containing contaminated items (a) Take any bags containing contaminated items

to the Delta Medical Center. to the Delta Clinic.

(b) Inform the Health Clinic personnel that the (b) Inform the Delta Clinic personnel that the

bags contain contaminated items. bags contain contaminated items.

(2) The Navy Health Clinic will: (2) The Delta Clinic will:

(a) Take bags containing contaminated material (a) Take bags containing contaminated material

to Delta Medical Center. to the Detention Hospital for ultimate disposal at Naval

Hospital Guantanamo.

(b) Ensure that all disposable contaminated (b) Ensure that all disposable contaminated

material is placed in red biohazard bags before material is placed in properly labeled red biohazard

transporting it. bags before transporting it.

k. Suspected Exposure. Staff who suspect exposure k. Suspected Exposure. Staff who suspect exposure

to body fluids will: to body fluids will:

(1) Wash the area with warm water and soap. (1) Wash the area with warm water and soap.

When mucous membranes may have been exposed, When mucous membranes may have been exposed,

flush the areas with warm water for 10 minutes. flush the areas with warm water for 10 minutes.

(2) Report the incident to the SOG and seek (2) Report the incident to the SOG and seek

medical attention at the Navy Health Clinic. medical attention at the Delta Clinic.

l. Bodily Fluid Exposures.

(1) Splash of urine / feces / saliva to clothing or

intact skin:

(a) Change clothing and shower / wash affected

skin area

(b) No immunizations or blood draws required

(2) Splash of urine / feces / saliva to eyes / nose /

mouth / non-intact skin:

(a) Change clothing and shower / wash affected

nose / mouth / non-intact skin areas IMMEDIATELY

(b) Affected eye(s) should be irrigated

IMMEDIATELY via the nearest clean water source

(c) The soldier's immunization record needs to be

reviewed to determine his/her immunization status with

respect to Hepatitis A

(d) Contact the Delta Clinic to determine the

infectious disease status of the detainee(s) involved if

possible.

(e) Occupational Injury or Illness Report

(NHGTMO Form-5100/02) is to be completed by the

JAS medical staff and forwarded to the Guantanamo

Bay Naval Hospital Occupational Health Officer (ext.

7-2013) if treatment is required

(3) Splash of BLOODY urine / feces / saliva to

eyes / nose / mouth / non-intact skin:

(a) Treat and manage as Blood-Borne Pathogen

Exposure.

m.Blood-Borne Pathogen Exposures

(1) Blood-blood contact/ human bites that break

the skin/ lacerations, abrasions, puncture wounds/blood

splash to the eyes, nose, mouth, and non-intact skin:

(a) Change clothing and shower/ wash affected

area IMMEDIATELY. Affected eye(s) should be

irrigated IMMEDIATELY with at least 250cc normal

saline solution

(b) Soldier MUST be transported to Guantanamo

Bay Naval Hospital EMD IMMEDIATELY for further

evaluation and treatment by medical staff

(c) Contact the Delta Clinic to determine the

infectious disease status of the detainee(s) involved if

possible and have the information forwarded to the E/R

immediately with the patient

(d) Contact the Camp America or TK JAS to

review the soldier's Hepatitis B immunization status

and have the information forwarded to the EMD

immediately

(e) Occupational Injury or Illness Report

(NHGTMO Form-5100/02) is to be completed by the

USNH medical staff and forwarded to the Guantanamo

Bay Naval Hospital Occupational Health Officer (ext

7-2013) if treatment is required

(2) Recommend the 2x2 rule. If it is a couple of

cc's and can be contained by a 2x2, then regular wash

is recommended. Can use the troop washer.

(a) If greater than 10 cc's you can either discard

the items or send to NEX laundry as the hospital does.

19-10. Heat Category Measures 19-10. Heat Category Measures

a. The following are the heat categories and flag a. The following are the heat categories and flag colors

colors being utilized at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba. being utilized at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba.

(1) Green Flag: Heat Stress Index 75F-85F. (1) Green Flag: Heat Stress Index 75F-85F.

Discretion required in heavy exercise for new Discretion required in heavy exercise for new

personnel during the first weeks of heat exposure. personnel during the first weeks of heat exposure.

Acclimated personnel who participate in regular Acclimated personnel who participate in regular

physical exercise are unrestricted. physical exercise are unrestricted.

(2) Yellow Flag: Heat Stress Index 86F-100F. (2) Yellow Flag: Heat Stress Index 86F-100F.

Strenuous exercise should be curtailed for new Strenuous exercise should be curtailed for new

personnel during the first weeks of heat exposure. personnel during the first weeks of heat exposure.

Acclimated personnel who participate in regular Acclimated personnel who participate in regular

physical exercise are unrestricted. physical exercise are unrestricted.

skipping to change at line 7798 skipping to change at line 8656

(4) Black Flag: Heat Stress Index above 115F. (4) Black Flag: Heat Stress Index above 115F.

All strenuous activity should be halted. All strenuous activity should be halted.

b. Due to the demands of the mission, it is not b. Due to the demands of the mission, it is not

possible to stop all strenuous activity at Black Flag. possible to stop all strenuous activity at Black Flag.

Reduction in workloads at lesser heat categories will be Reduction in workloads at lesser heat categories will be

balanced with the mission requirements. It will be balanced with the mission requirements. It will be

necessary for shifts to perform relief of their own necessary for shifts to perform relief of their own

personnel. Suggested relief measures include using personnel. Suggested relief measures include using

ICRC, medical escorts, and IRF Team members to ICRC, medical escorts, and IRF Team members to

periodically relieve Sally Port guards, escorts, and periodically relieve Sally Port guards, escorts, and

Block Guards. guards.

c. The following actions will be taken at each heat c. The following actions will be taken at each heat

stress index: stress index:

(1) Green Flag: No special actions taken. (1) Green Flag: No special actions taken.

(2) Yellow Flag: Increase water intake to ¾ (2) Yellow Flag: Increase water intake to ¾

quarts/hour for easy and moderate work and 1 quarts/hour for easy and moderate work and 1

quart/hour for hard work. quart/hour for hard work.

(3) Red Flag: Increase water intake to ¾ (3) Red Flag: Increase water intake to ¾

quarts/hour for easy and moderate work and 1 quarts/hour for easy and moderate work and 1

quart/hour for hard work. Leaders monitor the quart/hour for hard work. Leaders monitor the

condition of soldiers and take any additional condition of soldiers and take any additional

appropriate actions on an individual basis. appropriate actions on an individual basis.

(4) Black Flag: Increase water intake to NLT 1 (4) Black Flag: Increase water intake to NLT 1

quart/hour. Un-blouse boots and implement relief for quart/hour. Un-blouse boots and implement relief for

skipping to change at line 7824 skipping to change at line 8681

turned on. turned on.

d. BDU blouses will not be removed. d. BDU blouses will not be removed.

e. If wearing body armor, add 5o e. If wearing body armor, add 5o

F to WBGT index. F to WBGT index.

If wearing MOPP overgarment, add 10o If wearing MOPP overgarment, add 10o

F. F.

f. Hourly fluid intake should not exceed 1-½ quarts. f. Hourly fluid intake should not exceed 1-½ quarts.

Section IV – Facilities Section IV – Facilities

19-11. Detention Hospital 19-11. Detention Hospital

a. MP personnel have been tasked to provide a a. MP personnel have been tasked to provide a

security force to the United States Navy Fleet Hospital security force to the Detention Hospital. Primary

(“Detention Hospital”). Primary responsibilities of the responsibilities of the security force are:

security force are:

b. Ensure the secure custody and control of all b. Ensure the secure custody and control of all

detainees being quartered and treated at the Detention detainees being quartered and treated at the Detention

Hospital. Hospital.

c. Ensure the safety of all hospital staff c. Ensure the safety of all hospital staff

administering medical care to the detainees. administering medical care to the detainees.

d. Detention Hospital Guard Detail NCOIC: d. Detention Hospital Guard Detail NCOIC:

(1) Attend Detention Hospital daily staff meeting (1) Attend Detention Hospital daily staff meeting

at 0900. at 0900, and each Thursday at 1500 NAVBASE

Hospital.

(2) Communicate JDOG and Hospital concerns (2) Communicate JDOG and Hospital concerns

to Military Police personnel working in the Hospital. to guards working in the Hospital.

(3) Identify, and reduce mission deficiencies. (3) Identify, and reduce mission deficiencies.

(4) Overseeing all shift operation and will report (4) Oversee all shift operation and report all

all feedback to the Camp Operations. feedback to the Detention Operations Center.

(5) Report any information between detainees to (5) Report any information exchanged between

the CI Intel personnel. detainees to the CI Intel personnel.

e. Shift NCOIC: e. Shift NCOIC:

(1) One per shift (1) One per shift

(2) Supervise, inspect and train the security force. (2) Supervise, inspect and train the security force.

(3) Maintain Daily Staff Journal (DA 1594) and (3) Maintain Daily Staff Journal in DIMS.

turn in weekly to Camp Delta DOC.

(4) Coordinate with hospital staff for changes in (4) Coordinate with hospital staff for changes in

staffing requirements and duty positions. staffing requirements and duty positions.

(5) Maintain communications between the Fleet (5) Maintain communications between the Fleet

security force and Delta DOC, making radio checks security force and Delta DOC, making radio or landline

every hour. checks every hour.

(6) Ensure accountability of all security force (6) Ensure accountability of all security force

equipment (radios, keys, batteries, charger, and equipment (radios, keys, batteries, charger, and

restrains). restrains).

(7) Escort, brief and monitor all visitors. (7) Escort, brief and monitor all visitors.

(8) Brief the on-coming NCOIC. (8) Brief the on-coming NCOIC.

(9) Report any information between detainees to (9) Report any information exchanged between

the JDOG S-2. detainees to the JDOG S-2.

(10) Perform security check with Detention (10) Perform security check with Detention

Hospital staff and advise of security deficiencies and Hospital staff and advise of security deficiencies and

concerns. concerns.

(11) Attend the daily Detention Hospital staff (11) Assist with the clean up in the break area.

meeting. (12) Conduct a daily assessment of personnel.

(12) Assist with the clean up in the break area. (13) Maintain a record of security force shift.

(13) Conduct a daily assessment of personnel. (14) Maintain SIGACT sheets and turn in at the

(14) Maintain a record of security force shift. end of shift if needed.

(15) Maintain SigAct sheets and turn in at the end

of shift.

f. Escort Team: f. Escort Team:

(1) Two teams per shift (1) Two teams per shift

(2) Escort detainee through the Detention (2) Escort detainee through the Detention

Hospital (operating room, recovery ward, therapy, and Hospital (operating room, recovery ward, therapy, and

radiology). radiology).

(3) Escort team will apply, modify, and maintain (3) Escort team will apply, modify, and maintain

the appropriated level of restraints of each detainee the appropriated level of restraints of each detainee

while being escorted through the Detention Hospital. while being escorted through the Detention Hospital.

(4) Escort team will search detainees prior to and (4) Escort team will search detainees prior to and

after any movements. after any movements.

(5) Report any information between detainees to (5) Report any information between detainees to

the JDOG S-2. the JDOG S-2.

g. Operating Room Escort: g. Operating Room Escort:

(1) Two escorts as needed (1) Two escorts as needed

(2) Inside OR MP (One MP scrubbed) will (2) One inside OR guard, scrubbed; will provide

provide security support to the OR staff inside the OR. security support to the OR staff inside the OR.

(3) Outside OR MP (One MP) will provide

security support and access control to the OR and apply (3) One outside OR guard will provide security

& maintain appropriate level of restraints to the support and access control to the OR and apply &

detainee. maintain appropriate level of restraints to the detainee.

h. Ward Security: h. Ward Security:

(1) Number dependant on detainee patient (1) Number dependant on detainee patient

population. population, minimum 4 MP’s every shift up to 6

detainees.

(2) Monitor detainee behavior & movements. (2) Monitor detainee behavior & movements.

(3) Provide direct security to hospital staff (3) Provide direct security to hospital staff

administering care to the detainees. administering care to the detainees.

(4) Search detainees as appropriate. (4) Search detainees as appropriate.

(5) Report any information discussed between (5) Report any information discussed between

detainees to the JDOG S-2. detainees to the JDOG S-2.

(6) Check, apply and maintain appropriate level (6) Check, apply and maintain appropriate level

of restraints. of restraints and comfort items.

(7) Accountability of the keys and restraints. (7) Accountability of the keys and restraints.

i. Escort & Security Force Special Instructions. i. Escort & Security Force Special Instructions.

(1) All detainees will be properly restrained prior (1) All detainees will be properly restrained prior

to being escorted. Exceptions will be made at the to being escorted. Exceptions will be made at the

discretion of the security force Shift NCOIC. discretion of the security force Detention Hospital

NCOIC with input from the medical staff regarding the

detainee’s medical condition.

(2) All escorts will be executed using 2:1 ratio (2) All escorts will be executed using 2:1 ratio

(MP:detainee). (MP:detainee).

(3) MPs will not allow detainees to talk to each (3) MPs will not allow detainees to talk to each

other during any escort. other during any escort.

(4) Upon completion of escort, detainees will be (4) Upon completion of escort, detainees will be

properly restrained to their gurneys. Padded leather properly restrained to their gurneys. Padded leather

restraints will be utilized. restraints will be utilized.

(5) Report any unusual activity or conditions to (5) Report any unusual activity or conditions to

the shift NCOIC. the Detention Hospital NCOIC for the morning report.

(6) For escort to the Base Naval Hospital, see (6) For escort to the Base Naval Hospital, see

Section 11-10 Hospital Escorts. Section 11-10 Hospital Escorts.

(7) If normal restraints interfere with a procedure, (7) If normal restraints interfere with a procedure,

detainees may be restrained with flex-cuffs. detainees may be restrained with flex-cuffs.

(8) While in the OR, detainee will remain (8) While in the OR, detainee will remain

restrained until the sedative takes effect. Detainees restrained until the sedative takes effect. Detainees

will be unrestrained during surgery. will be unrestrained during surgery.

(9) After surgery, detainee(s) will again be fully (9) After surgery, detainee(s) will again be fully

restrained and secured. restrained and secured unless directed by medical

officer.

(10) When detainees are sitting in the chair, they (10) When detainees are sitting in the chair, they

will remain in full restraints. will remain in full restraints.

(11) During latrine escorts, one hand of the (11) During latrine escorts, one hand of the

detainee will be unsecured while the detainee is using detainee will be unsecured while the detainee is using

the latrine. Detainee will be in full restraints prior to the latrine. Detainee will be in full restraints prior to

escorting the detainee back. escorting the detainee back.

(12) NCOIC should consider medical condition & (12) NCOIC should consider medical condition &

background of the detainee when determining level & background of the detainee when determining level &

method of restraint. If there are questions about the method of restraint. If there are questions about the

level of restraint, the Shift NCOIC will make the final level of restraint, the NCOIC will make the final

determination regarding the level of restraint necessary. determination regarding the level of restraint necessary.

j. Communications & Coordination. j. Communications & Coordination.

(1) Shift NCOIC will conduct radio check with (1) Shift NCOIC will conduct radio check with

the DOC. the DOC.

(2) Radio checks will be conducted once per hour (2) Radio checks will be conducted once per hour

and logged in the Daily Staff Journal (DA1594). and logged in DIMS.

(3) At the start of the new shift, the briefing (3) At the start of the new shift, the briefing

should include, but is not limited to, the following: # of should include, but is not limited to, the following: # of

detainees, losses or gains, visitors to the hospital, detainees, losses or gains, visitors to the hospital,

special cases, any incident on the previous shift. special cases, any incident on the previous shift.

(4) Shift MPs will maintain a Significant (4) Shift guards will maintain a Significant

Information (SigAct) sheet, for Intel purpose only. This Information (SIGACT) sheet, for Intel purpose only.

record will be use for intelligence record, should This record will be use for intelligence record, should

include: Conversation between detainees, personal include: Conversation between detainees, personal

information between detainees and hospital staff, information between detainees and hospital staff,

personal information detainees may relate to MP or personal information detainees may relate to guard or

translator. translator.

k. Log Entries. Shift NCOIC will maintain a daily k. Log Entries. Shift NCOIC will maintain DIMS

staff journal DA 1594 detailing all activities at the entries detailing all activities at the Detention Hospital.

Detention Hospital. The journal will be continuous and The journal will be continuous and will be passed on to

will be passed on to the next shift. The staff journal the next shift. The staff journal should include the

should include the following: following:

(1) Shift changes (1) Shift changes

(2) Detainees head count and ISN (2) Detainees head count and ISN

(3) Detainee movement within the facility (3) Detainee movement within the facility

(4) Communication check with DOC (4) Communication check with DOC

(5) Any radio or phone communication between (5) Any radio or phone communication between

Detention Hospital, DOC, and Camp Operations Detention Hospital, DOC, and Camp Operations

(6) Visitors to the Detention Hospital (6) Visitors to the Detention Hospital

(7) Feed times (7) Feed times

(8) Searches of gurneys (8) Searches of gurneys

(9) Injuries or illness of members of the security (9) Injuries or illness of members of the security

skipping to change at line 7981 skipping to change at line 8838

guard mount. guard mount.

(2) NCOIC will assign personnel to their post (2) NCOIC will assign personnel to their post

prior of taking over the shift. prior of taking over the shift.

(3) Upon arrival at the hospital, all personnel will (3) Upon arrival at the hospital, all personnel will

be posted without delay and will conduct a “relief-in- be posted without delay and will conduct a “relief-in-

place.” place.”

(4) Out-going NCOIC would collect all keys and (4) Out-going NCOIC would collect all keys and

turn them over to the in-coming shift. turn them over to the in-coming shift.

(5) NCOIC should ensure that security force is (5) NCOIC should ensure that security force is

given frequent rest. (10-15 minutes every two hours, at given frequent rest. (10-15 minutes every two hours, at

least). MPs should be rotated from post to post to least). Guards should be rotated from post to post to

combat fatigue and complacency. combat fatigue and complacency.

(6) The desk guard, stationed at a desk near the (6) The desk guard, stationed at a desk near the

front door, will know who key medical personnel are front door, will know who key medical personnel are

and their location so that they can direct entering and their location so that they can direct entering

people to the proper individual. people to the proper individual.

m.TB patient procedures.

(1) Only guards who have been fit tested by the

NAVHOSP GTMO Preventive Medicine department to

wear a N-95 Respirator will be assigned to work with

detainees residing in the TB isolation rooms.

(2) Consult with the nurse on duty regarding

these detainees.

n. Medical Orders. Instructions for medical staff

are written in medical orders will be complied with

provided they do not cause a security violation that has

not been approved by the Detention Hospital guard

NCOIC. Valid instructions that would counter normal

guard operating procedure include items such as

serving extra meals.

(2) Interior guards notify exterior guard.

(3) Exterior guard ensures that the main entrance

of the unit is locked (unless otherwise directed no

personnel are authorized to exit or enter this area).

(4) Exterior guard then moves to Female Latrine

(Head) and checks latrine (head) and shower area.

Upon completion, exterior guard then goes to side door

of the unit.

(5) Upon notification by the medical personnel

that the detainee is ready to move the exterior guard

will then open the side door of the unit.

(6) Once the unit is open one of the interior

guards and the exterior guard will escort the detainee to

the female latrine (head) for showering (exterior guard

ensuring that the side door of the unit is locked prior to

moving to the female latrine (head)).

(7) Interior guard will ensure detainee is

showered and exterior guard will post outside of the

female latrine (head).

(8) Upon completion of showering interior guard

will notify exterior guard who will in turn notify the

medical unit that the detainee is ready to return.

(9) Upon confirmation from medical that they are

ready to accept detainee, exterior guard will assist

interior guard with escorting the detainee back to the

unit. Exterior guard will unlock the unit, interior guard

will escort detainee into unit with assistance from the

2nd

interior guard. Exterior guard will then lock the

side door of the unit and return to original post in front

of the unit.

(10) At this point normal entry and exit of the

unit may begin.

Chapter 20 Chapter 20

Repair And Utility Repair And Utility

20-1. Work Orders 20-1. Work Orders

a. Procedures for repair work and modifications to a. Procedures for repair work and modifications to

Camp Delta and other areas designated by the CJDOG. Camp Delta and other areas designated by the CJDOG.

The primary goal of the R&U section is to significantly The primary goal of the R&U section is to significantly

reduce the number of work orders being submitted to reduce the number of work orders being submitted to

contractors for work inside Camp Delta. contractors for work inside Camp Delta.

b. Priorities of Work. b. Priorities of Work.

skipping to change at line 8023 skipping to change at line 8928

assign a number, and call the appropriate contractor to assign a number, and call the appropriate contractor to

perform the repairs. All emergency work orders have a perform the repairs. All emergency work orders have a

30-minute response time unless told otherwise. 30-minute response time unless told otherwise.

Emergency work orders can be called in with time Emergency work orders can be called in with time

periods such as one, two or eight hours. periods such as one, two or eight hours.

d. Procedures (Camp Delta/Detention Operations). d. Procedures (Camp Delta/Detention Operations).

Repair & Utility (R&U) will pick up sanctioned work Repair & Utility (R&U) will pick up sanctioned work

orders from the DOC each morning NLT 0800 hours. orders from the DOC each morning NLT 0800 hours.

They may pick up subsequent work orders (post-0800 They may pick up subsequent work orders (post-0800

hours) from the DOC as time and missions permit. hours) from the DOC as time and missions permit.

MPs will remove detainees from requisite cells prior to Guards will remove detainees from requisite cells prior

any work being done. At no time will work be done in to any work being done. At no time will work be done

a cell with a detainee present in said cell. in a cell with a detainee present in said cell.

(1) Prevent further damage and establish a safe (1) Prevent further damage and establish a safe

environment. This will ALWAYS be done with environment. This will ALWAYS be done with

personal safety, safety of detainees, and good judgment personal safety, safety of detainees, and good judgment

in mind. in mind.

(2) Attempt to correct the problem if within your (2) Attempt to correct the problem if within your

means/ability (i.e. plunging a clogged drain). means/ability (i.e. plunging a clogged drain).

(3) If you cannot, or it fails, individual initially (3) If you cannot, or it fails, individual initially

reporting item will complete the work request order. reporting item will complete the work request order.

(4) Notify the Block NCO who will in turn log (4) Notify the Block NCO who will in turn log

the problem in their pass-along logbook. the problem in their pass-along logbook.

skipping to change at line 8194 skipping to change at line 9099

provisions had been taken. provisions had been taken.

21-3. Fire Prevention Precautions 21-3. Fire Prevention Precautions

a. The JDOG commander will appoint a Fire a. The JDOG commander will appoint a Fire

Marshal in writing. This will be an additional duty for Marshal in writing. This will be an additional duty for

a senior NCO. This NCO will coordinate fire a senior NCO. This NCO will coordinate fire

prevention activities with the Fire Department. prevention activities with the Fire Department.

b. All personnel working at Camp Delta should be b. All personnel working at Camp Delta should be

familiar with the Fire Response and Evacuation Plans. familiar with the Fire Response and Evacuation Plans.

c. The only smoking areas at Camp Delta are the c. The only smoking areas at Camp Delta are the

break area to the rear of DOC and the break area break area to the rear of DOC and the break area

between the JIG and QRF building. between the JIG and DOC building.

d. It is responsibility of all personnel working at d. It is responsibility of all personnel working at

Camp Delta turn the cigarettes butts off and put them Camp Delta turn the cigarettes butts off and put them

inside the specific container. inside the specific container.

e. Do not smoke 50 meters close to a container e. Do not smoke 50 meters close to a container

and/or any flammable and combustible liquids, grease, and/or any flammable and combustible liquids, grease,

material or gases. material or gases.

f. Fire extinguishers will be available in all f. Fire extinguishers will be available in all

structures except blocks. For blocks, the fire structures except blocks. For blocks, the fire

extinguishers will be centrally located in the central extinguishers will be centrally located in the central

causeway. All personnel should know how to operate causeway. All personnel should know how to operate

skipping to change at line 8237 skipping to change at line 9142

implement other tasks under each measure as needed implement other tasks under each measure as needed

IAW the ROE. They should coordinate these IAW the ROE. They should coordinate these

additional implementations with the JOC. additional implementations with the JOC.

FPCON ALPHA FPCON ALPHA

This condition is declared when there is a general This condition is declared when there is a general

threat of possible terrorist activity against personnel threat of possible terrorist activity against personnel

and facilities, the nature, and extent of which are and facilities, the nature, and extent of which are

unpredictable, and circumstances do not justify full unpredictable, and circumstances do not justify full

implementation of FPCON BRAVO measures. implementation of FPCON BRAVO measures.

However, it may be necessary to implement selected However, it may be necessary to implement selected

measures from FPCON BRAVO (this would be called measures from FPCON BRAVO and this would be

FPCON ALPHA +). The measures in this FPCON called FPCON ALPHA +. The measures in this

must be capable of being maintained indefinitely. FPCON must be capable of being maintained

(1) Measure 1. At regular intervals, remind all indefinitely.

personnel to be suspicious and inquisitive about 1. At regular intervals, remind all personnel and

dependents to be suspicious and inquisitive about

strangers, particularly those carrying suitcases or other strangers, particularly those carrying suitcases or other

containers. Watch for unidentified personnel on or in containers. Watch for unidentified on or in the vicinity

the vicinity of JTF or NAVBASE facilities. Watch for of U.S. installations. Watch for abandoned parcels or

abandoned parcels or suitcases and any unusual suitcases and any unusual activity.

activity.

(a) All JTF personnel shall be particularly (a) All JTF personnel shall be particularly

suspicious of strangers carrying parcels, suitcases, or suspicious of strangers carrying parcels, suitcases or

other containers. other containers.

(1) Be alert to scantily clad individuals as (1) Be alert to scantily clad individuals as they

they may be Cuban Asylum Seekers (CAS) or may be Cuban Asylum Seekers (CAS) or detainees

detainees who have escaped and are trying to hide their who have escaped and are trying to hide their identity.

identity.

(2) Be inquisitive of strangers/persons taking (2) Be inquisitive of strangers/persons taking

photographs or video of sensitive items and areas such photographs or video of sensitive items and areas such

as; Magazines, Antennas, JTF HQ, detainee as; Magazines, Antennas, JTF HQ, Detainee

Operations, Detention Facilities, Radio Range Site, etc. Operations, Radio Range Site, etc. Report all incidents

Report all incidents to the JTF Joint Operations Center to the JTF Joint Operations Center (JOC) Watch

(JOC) Watch Officer at 5010/5038/5037, tactical Officer at 5010/5038/5037, tactical telephone at (411)

telephone at (411) 2219-954, or in person immediately. 2219-954, or in person immediately.

(3) Review unit-level terrorism awareness 2. The duty officer or personnel with access to

training. building plans as well as the plans for area evacuations

(b) JDOG AT/FP Officer, ensure the must be available at all times. Key personnel should be

able to seal off area immediately. Key personnel

required to implement security plans should be on call

and readily available

(a) JTF AT/FP Officer, ensure that

(1) All JTF Headquarters buildings exercise area

evacuation plans monthly.

implementation of all steps for FPCON Alpha IAW (2) Floor wardens conduct refresher briefings of

this PLAN. all personnel concerning fire and bomb evacuation

(2) Measure 2. All personnel with access to procedures monthly.

building plans/area evacuation plans must be available

at all times. Key personnel should be able to seal off

an area immediately. Key personnel required to

implement security plans should be on call and readily

available.

(a) JDOG AT/FP Officer ensure that:

(1) All Camp Delta evacuation plans are

exercised monthly.

(2) Conduct refresher briefings of all

personnel concerning fire, bomb, and terrorist threat

evacuation procedures monthly.

(3) Radio and telephone communications are (3) Radio and telephone communications are

tested daily. tested daily.

(4) All JDOG and Company CQs are familiar (4) All JOC watch standers are familiar with Blue

with Blue Dart and White Pinnacle procedures. Dart and White Pinnacle procedures.

(3) Measure 3. Secure buildings, rooms, and 3. Secure buildings, rooms & storage areas not in

storage areas not in regular use. regular use.

(a) JDOG AT/FP Officer ensures that all (a) HHC, ensure that all outbuildings in vicinity

outbuildings in vicinity of Camp America not being of JTF Headquarters are secured. Ensure that floor

used are secured. wardens/building watches in JTF Headquarters

(b) Commanders or 1SG conduct daily buildings secure all rooms and storage areas not in

regular use.

(b) Commander, JDOG, conduct daily

inspections of common troop areas (messing facilities, inspections of common troop areas (messing facilities,

troop billeting, latrines, recreation sea huts, etc.) for latrines, recreation sea huts, etc.) for

suspicious/abandoned packages. If assistance/guidance suspicious/abandoned packages. If assistance/guidance

is required, contact the JTF JOC Watch Officer at is required, contact the JTF JOC Watch Officer at

5010/5038/5037, tactical telephone at (411) 2219-954, 5010/5038/5037, tactical telephone at (411) 2219-954,

or in person immediately. or in person immediately.

(c) Subordinate Commanders/OICs ensure (c) Subordinate Commanders/OICs ensure

vehicle accountability daily. Ensure vehicle drivers vehicle accountability daily. Ensure vehicle drivers

conduct daily searches of vehicles for tampering before conduct daily searches of vehicles for tampering before

operating. operating.

(4) Measure 4. Increase security spot checks of 4. Increase security spot checks of vehicles and

vehicles and persons entering the JTF areas. persons entering the installation and unclassified areas

under the jurisdiction of the United States.

(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, conduct (a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, conduct

security spot checks during normal work hours. security spot checks during normal work hours.

(1) Ensure that classified materials are (1) Ensure that classified materials are not left

secured. unsecured.

(2) Ensure that personnel assigned to conduct (2) Ensure that personnel assigned to conduct

I.D. checks at access points are briefed and understand I.D. checks at access points are briefed and understand

their responsibilities. their responsibilities.

(3) Ensure that all personnel have required (3) Ensure that all personnel have required

identification cards in their possession at all times. identification cards in their possession at all times.

(4) Ensure guard force members conduct a (4) Ensure guard force members on all personnel

100% I.D. check on all personnel entering restricted entering restricted areas (i.e., Camp Delta, JTF

areas (i.e., Camp Delta I, Camp Delta II). Headquarters, etc.) conduct a 100% I.D. check.

(b) JDOG S-2, coordinate with JTF AT/FP (b) JTF Counterintelligence Officer, coordinate

Officer to conduct weekly after hours with JTF AT/FP Officer to conduct weekly after hours

counterintelligence inspections of all JTF Headquarters counterintelligence inspections of all JTF Headquarters

spaces (including garbage dumpsters, etc). spaces (including garbage dumpsters, etc).

(5) Measure 5. Limit access points for vehicles (c) Commander, Naval Base, Guantanamo Bay

and personnel commensurate with a reasonable flow of (COMNAVBASE), conduct random maritime patrols

traffic. of the Joint Operations Area (JOA).

(6) Measure 6. As a deterrent, apply measures 14, 5. Limit access points for vehicles and personnel

15, 17, or 18 from FPCON Bravo, either individually commensurate with a reasonable flow of traffic.

or in combination with each other. 6. As a deterrent apply measures 14,15,17, or 18

(7) Measure 7. Review all plans, orders, from FPCON Bravo, either individually on in

personnel details, and logistic requirements related to combination with each other.

the introduction of higher FPCONs. 7. Review all plans, orders, personnel details, and

(a) Commanders, review all watch stander logistic requirements related to the introduction of

procedures and ensure each watch station is aware of higher FPCONs.

their duties and responsibilities. (a) JTF JOC Watch Officer, review all watch

(b) JDOG AT/FP Officer attend Force stander procedures and ensure each watch station is

Protection Committee meetings and ensure subordinate aware of their duties and responsibilities.

units understand their responsibilities and can (b) JTF Communications Officer, ensure phone

effectively respond to threats in all FPCON levels. listings are up to date and passed out to all sections

(c) JDOG RTO, ensure phone listings are up to within the JTF. Ensure that the JOC is briefed on the

date and passed out to all sections and companies security communication system frequencies/call signs

within the JDOG. Ensure that the companies are utilized by the JTF.

briefed on the security communication system (c) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, ensure key

frequencies/call signs utilized by the JTF.

(d) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, ensure key

personnel understand they are subject to immediate personnel understand they are subject to immediate

recall. recall.

(1) Inform all personnel to fuel all (1) Inform all personnel to fuel all government

vehicles, and keep them full at all times.

government vehicles, and keep them full at all times. (d) Staff Judge Advocate, ensure that existing

(e) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, ensure Rules of Engagement (ROE) and Use of Force (UOF)

policies are applicable.

(1) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, ensure

approved ROE and UOF policies are passed down to approved ROE and UOF policies are passed down to

the lowest levels so that all personnel understand it’s the lowest levels so that all personnel understand it’s

application. application.

(8) Measure 8. Review and implement, as 8. Review and implement security measures for

appropriate, security measures for high-risk personnel high-risk personnel as appropriate.

(HRP). (a) JTF Provost Marshal, coordinate with NCIS

(9) Measure 9. As appropriate consult with and be prepared to provide a qualified Personal

NAVBASE Security and NAVBASE N2 on the threat Security Detail (PSD) for designated High-Risk

and mutual antiterrorism measures. Personnel (HRP) and JTF visitors as

(10) Measure 10. Review nuclear, biological, Directed by CJTF.

chemical (NBC) threat and mission oriented protective (b) Aide de Camp, ensure that yourself and the

posture (MOPP) level. CJTF’s driver possess current qualification with the

(a) JDOG Operations Officer, consult with M9 Service Pistol.

JDOG Intelligence Officer concerning the (1) Ensure that a radio and alternate means of

chemical/biological threat; be prepared to raise MOPP communication (Cell Phone) are maintained with the

levels as necessary. CJTF and CJTF’s driver at all times. Review HRP

(b) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, review procedures.

NBC measures with all personnel. 9. As appropriate, consult local authorities on the

threat and mutual antiterrorism measures.

(a) JTF Intelligence Officer, consult daily with

NCIS, NAVBASE Security, and NAVBASE N-2 to

discuss threat levels and emerging threat information

pass appropriate information to personnel affected, as

required.

(b) JTF AT/FP Officer, conduct Force Protection

Working Group meetings to discuss emerging /

emergency force protection requirements as required.

10. Review all plans and be prepared to implement

higher FPCON.

(a) JTF Operations Officer, consult with JTF

Intelligence Officer concerning the chemical/biological

threat; be prepared to raise MOPP levels as necessary.

(b)Subordinate Commanders/OICs, review NBCD

measures with all hands.

FPCON BRAVO FPCON BRAVO

This condition is declared when there is an increased This condition is declared when there is an increased

and more predictable threat of terrorist activity even and more predictable threat of terrorist activity even

though no particular target has been identified. though no particular target has been identified.

However, it may be necessary to implement selected However, it may be necessary to implement selected

measures from FPCON CHARLIE (this would be measures from FPCON CHARLIE (this would be

called FPCON BRAVO +). Measures in this FPCON called FPCON BRAVO +). Measures in this FPCON

must be maintainable for weeks without causing undue must be maintainable for weeks without causing undue

hardship or affecting operational capability. hardship or affecting operational capability.

(1) Measure 11. Repeat measure 1 and warn 11. Repeat measure 1 and warn personnel of any

personnel of any other potential form of terrorist attack. other potential form of terrorist attack.

(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, ensure (a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, ensure

antiterrorism awareness briefing for all personnel, antiterrorism awareness briefing for all personnel,

including mail procedures and vehicle searches for all including mail procedures and vehicle searches for all

hands. hands.

(b) JDOG AT/FP Officer, ensure the (b) AT/FP Officer, ensure the implementation all

implementation all steps for FPCON Bravo IAW this steps for FPCON Bravo IAW this PLAN. Ensure that

PLAN. Ensure that NAVBASE Security Police are NAVBASE Security Police are briefed on additional

briefed on additional security measures implemented in security measures implemented in this FPCON.

this FPCON. 12. Keep all personnel involved in implementing

(3) Measure 12. Check plans for implementation antiterrorist contingency plans on call.

of next FPCON. 13. Check plans for implementation of next

(4) Measure 13. Move cars and such objects as FPCON.

trash containers, etc., from vicinity of all buildings. 14. Move cars and objects (e.g., crates, trash

Consider the application of centralized parking. containers) at least 25 meters from buildings,

(a) JDOG AT/FP Officer, coordinate with the particularly buildings of a sensitive or prestigious

Public Works Officer and affected department heads to nature. Consider centralized parking.

remove all dumpsters, cars, etc. away from all JDOG (a) AT/FP Officer, coordinate with the

Headquarters buildings and areas. Reference (a) NAVBASE AT/FP Officer and affected department

requires a minimum 100-foot standoff from high- heads to remove all dumpsters, cars, etc. away from all

density soft targets. JTF Headquarters buildings and areas a minimum 100-

(b) JDOG AT/FP Officer coordinate with JTF foot standoff from high-density soft targets.

AT/FP Officer to have all dumpsters, cars, etc, 15. Secure and regularly inspect all buildings,

removed from vicinity of Camp Delta and guard force rooms, and storage areas not in regular use.

billeting areas. (a) HHC, ensure that all abandoned structures in

(5) Measure 14. Secure and regularly inspect all vicinity of JTF Headquarters previously secured in

buildings, rooms, and storage areas not in regular use. FPCON Alpha are inspected daily.

(a) JDOG AT/FP Officer ensure all abandoned (b) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, immediately

structures in vicinity of Camp America previously conduct inspections of all secured buildings and areas

secured in FPCON Alpha are inspected daily. and report any discrepancies or abnormalities to the

(b) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, JOC Watch Officer via telephone at ext. 5010 / 5038 /

immediately conduct inspections of all secured 5037, tactical telephone at (411) 2219-954, or in person

buildings and areas and report any discrepancies or immediately.

abnormalities to the JOC Watch Officer via telephone 16. At the beginning and end of each workday, as

at ext. 5010/5038/5037, tactical telephone at (411) well as at other regular and frequent intervals, inspect

2219-954, or in person immediately. the interior and exterior of buildings in regular use for

(6) Measure 15. At the beginning and end of each suspicious packages.

workday, and at other regular and frequent intervals,

inspect for suspicious activity or packages of the

interior and exterior of buildings in regular use.

(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, at the (a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, at the

beginning and end of each workday, and at four-hour beginning and end of each workday, and at four-hour

intervals during the workday, inspect the interior and intervals during the workday, inspect the interior and

exterior of buildings in regular use under your control exterior of buildings in regular use under your control

for suspicious activity or packages. Report your for suspicious activity or packages. Report your

findings, positive or negative to the JTF JOC watch findings, positive or negative to the JTF JOC watch

officer at ext. 5010/5058/5037, tactical telephone at officer at ext. 5010/5058/5037, tactical telephone at

(411) 2219-954, or in person immediately. (411) 2219-954, or in person immediately.

(7) Measure 16. Examine all mail (above the 17. Examine mail (above the regular examination

regular examination process) for letter or parcel bombs. process) for letter or parcel bombs.

(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, ensure (a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, ensure USPS

USPS Poster 26 is distributed throughout office spaces, Poster 26 is distributed throughout office spaces,

billeting, and unit mailrooms. Review mail-handling billeting, and unit mailrooms. Review mail-handling

procedures with all unit mail personnel. procedures with all unit mail personnel.

18. Check all deliveries to messes, clubs, etc.

(8) Measure 17. Inspect all deliveries (including Advise dependents to check home deliveries.

soda, vending machines, etc) to facilities. (a) JTF AT/FP Officer, ensure that JTF

(a) AT/FP Officer, ensure that interior building Headquarters, Pink Palace, and JIIF interior building

guards conduct inspections of all deliveries to their sentries conduct inspections of all deliveries to their

respective buildings. All delivery personnel are to be respective buildings. All delivery personnel are to be

escorted while in JDOG AOR. escorted while in JTF Headquarters buildings.

(b) Delta Shift OIC, ensure that all civilian (b) Commander, JDOG, commence inspection of

one of every ten civilian commercial or contractor

vehicles entering Radio Range ECP.

(c) Commander, JDOG, ensure that all civilian

contractor vehicles (waste removal trucks, etc) that contractor vehicles (waste removal trucks, etc) that

need access to the inner perimeter of the Camp Delta need access to the inner perimeter of Camp Delta and

detention facilities are searched prior to entry. Camp America facilities are searched prior to entry.

Commence inspection of one of every ten civilian 19. Increase surveillance of domestic

commercial or contractor vehicles entering Camp Delta

TAOR.

(9) Measure 18. Increase surveillance of domestic

accommodations, schools, messes, clubs, and other soft accommodations, schools, messes, clubs, and other soft

targets to improve deterrence and defense and to build targets to improve deterrence and defense and to build

confidence among JTF personnel. confidence among staff and dependents.

(a) JDOG S-2 Intelligence Officer, as far as (a) JTF Intelligence Officer, as far as resources

resources allow, increase surveillance of all soft allow, increase surveillance of all soft JTF targets.

targets. (b) JTF Provost Marshal, coordinate with

(b) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF- NAVBASE Security Police for increased NAVBASE

GTMO FPCON measures. security patrols of JTF headquarters and housing areas.

(c) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF- (c) COMNAVBASE, conduct maritime patrols in

GTMO FPCON measures. JOA 24 hrs/day, 7 days/week.

(d) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF- 20. Make staff and dependents aware of the general

GTMO FPCON measures. situation in order to stop rumors and prevent

(e) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF- unnecessary alarm.

GTMO FPCON measures.

(10) Measure 19. Make JDOG and Company

staffs and personnel aware of the general situation in

order to stop rumors and prevent unnecessary alarm.

(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, inform (a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, inform

personnel of general situation as it progresses or personnel of general situation as it progresses or

regresses. regresses.

(11) Measure 20. At an early stage, inform 21. At an early stage, inform members of local

members of local security committees/of any action security committees of actions being taken. Explain

being taken and why. reason for actions.

(a) JDOG OPNS inform subordinate elements (a) JTF AT/FP Officer, inform the Force

as soon as elevated FPCON is set and all action being Protection Working Group (FPWG) as soon as elevated

taken. FPCON is set and of all action being taken.

(12) Measure 21. Operate random patrols to 22. Physically inspect visitors and randomly

check vehicles, people, and buildings. inspect their suitcases, parcels, and other containers.

(a) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF- Ensure that proper dignity is maintained and if

GTMO FPCON measures. possible, ensure that soldiers conduct physical

(13) Measure 22. Remind drivers to lock parked inspections of members of the same sex.

vehicles and to institute a positive system of checking 23. Operate random patrols to check vehicles,

before they entering or exit the vehicle. people, and buildings.

(14) Measure 23. Implement additional security (a) Provost Marshal, Coordinate with NAVBASE

measures for high-risk personnel, as appropriate. security vehicle patrols are conducted of JTF housing

(a) Not Used. Does not apply to units located areas.

at RRDF. 24. Protect off-base military personnel and military

(15) Measure 24. Brief personnel who may vehicles in accordance with prepared plans. Remind

augment guard forces on the use of Deadly Force. drivers to lock vehicles and check vehicle before

Ensure that there is no misunderstanding of these entering or exiting the vehicle.

instructions. 25. Implement additional security measures fro

(16) Measure 25. Pre-stage materials for any high-risk personnel as appropriate.

additional barriers that may be needed in elevated

FPCON. (a) JTF Provost Marshal, ensure the following

(a) AT/FP Officer, coordinate with JTF AT/FP actions occur:

Officer and JTF Intelligence Officer to design and pre- (1) CJTF driver, conduct thorough search of

stage the necessary Class IV construction materials and CJTF vehicle prior to each use for tampering or

pre-constructed barriers at designated access points to explosive devices.

the JDOG TAOR (VH897015) commensurate with the (2) CJTF driver, maintain constant

current threat indications and warnings. Assist JTF- communication with JTF JOC when transporting CJTF

GTMO, as required. to destinations. Inform JTF JOC via radio upon arrival

(b) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF- at destination, and upon departure, next destination and

GTMO FPCON measures ETA.

(17) Measure 26. JDOG AT/FP Officer attends (3) CJTF Aide-de-Camp, personally inform JTF

increased frequency of AT/FP Working Group JOC Watch Officer of CJTF departure from JTF

Meetings as necessary. Headquarters, destination(s), and ETA. Ensure that

CJTF driver carries out measure 25a and 25b.

26. Brief personnel who may augment guard forces

on the use of deadly force. Ensure that there is no

misunderstanding of these instructions.

27. As appropriate, consult local authorities on the

threat and mutual antiterrorism measures.

28. Pre-stage materials for any additional barriers

that may be needed in elevated FPCON.

(a) JTF Engineer Officer, coordinate with JTF

AT/FP Officer and JTF Intelligence Officer to design

and pre-stage the necessary Class IV construction

materials and pre-constructed barriers at designated

access points to the JTF Headquarters complex

(north/south ends of Huntington Hill Road), Camp

Delta (Sherman Road access control point), JTF

housing areas (main entrances of Windward Loop and

East Caravella) and Radio Range (VH897015)

commensurate with the current threat indications and

warnings.

(b) Commander, JDOG, be prepared to institute

vehicle checkpoint and emplace pre-staged barriers

along Kittery Beach Road (grid VH897015) to deny

and slow traffic access to the Radio Range area.

(c) JTF Headquarters Commandant, be prepared

to emplace pre-staged barriers to deny/slow traffic into

JTF housing areas (Windward Loop, East Caravella

and Villamar housing area).

29. JTF AT/FP Officer, increase the frequency of

AT/FP Working Group Meetings as necessary.

FPCON CHARLIE FPCON CHARLIE

This condition is declared when an incident occurs or This condition is declared when an incident occurs or

intelligence is received indicating that some form of intelligence is received indicating that some form of

terrorist action is imminent. However, it may be terrorist action is imminent. However, it may be

necessary to implement selected measures from necessary to implement selected measures from

FPCON DELTA (this would be called FPCON FPCON DELTA (this would be called FPCON

CHARLIE +). Implementation for more than a short CHARLIE +). Implementation for more than a short

period will probably create hardship and affect the period will probably create hardship and affect the

NAVBASEGTMO peacetime operations. NAVBASEGTMO peacetime operations.

30. Continue, or introduce, all measures listed in

(1) Measure 27. Inform all personnel of the FPCON Bravo.

increased FPCON and continue all FPCON BRAVO (a) JTF JOC Watch Officer, inform all personnel

measures. listed in the recall list of this PLAN to remain at their

(a) JTF JOC Watch Officer and JDOG OPNS place of duty/billeting in the event of a recall.

inform all personnel listed in the recall list of this (b) JTF AT/FP Officer, ensure the

PLAN to remain at their place of duty/billeting in the

event of a recall.

(b) JDOG AT/FP Officer, ensure the

implementation all steps for FPCON Charlie are IAW implementation all steps for FPCON Charlie are IAW

this PLAN. this PLAN. Ensure that NAVBASE Security Police

(c) All JTF personnel have body armor, helmet, are briefed on additional security measures

load-bearing equipment (LBE/LBV), protective mask, implemented in this FPCON.

and weapon readily accessible. All JTF personnel on (c) All JTF personnel, based on threat, BPT have

duty/at work will wear body armor, helmet, LBE/LBV, body armor, helmet, load-bearing equipment (LBE),

and protective mask (in carrier) while outdoors, and gasmask, and weapon readily accessible.

carry a Condition Three weapon. 31. Keep all personnel responsible for

(2) Measure 28. Keep all personnel responsible implementing antiterrorism plans at their places of

for implementing antiterrorist plans at their places of

duty. duty.

(a) Subordinate commanders/OICs, institute (a) Subordinate commanders/OICs, institute

check out log for personnel on liberty status. check out log for personnel on liberty status.

(3) Measure 29. Limit access points to 32. Limit access points to absolute minimum.

vital/restricted areas to an absolute minimum. (a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, limit access

(a) Subordinate Commanders/ OICs, limit points to an absolute minimum. All contractor

access points to an absolute minimum. All contractor

personnel will be escorted while conducting business personnel will be escorted while conducting business

around Camp America, Camp Bulkeley, Camp Delta I, around JTF activities.

and Camp Delta II, if personnel permit. (b) HHC, ensure that all access roads leading to

(b) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF- JTF Headquarters are blocked with obstacles, with only

GTMO FPCON measures. a single access point available for vehicle traffic.

(c) Shift OIC, Camp Delta, ensures 100% Ensure that an armed two-man sentry post is in place

(24 hour post) to control access to the JTF

Headquarters complex. Sentries will be in weapons

condition three (M16A2), with 60 rounds of

ammunition, and briefed on the proper use of Deadly

Force and Rules of Engagement. The only vehicles

permitted access to the JTF Headquarters complex are

the CJTF, JTF Chief of Staff, and JTF JOC Watch

Officer vehicles. Sentries will contact JTF JOC Watch

Officer via Motorola to request permission should

additional vehicles desire entry into the JTF

Headquarters complex.

(c) Commander, JDOG, conduct 100%

inspection of civilian commercial and contractor inspection of civilian commercial and contractor

vehicles entering Delta Detention Facilities. vehicles entering Camp Delta Detention Facility.

(d) JDOG AT/FP Officer ensures that no (d) HHC, as manpower allows, implement a

vehicles are parked near occupied buildings. All non- vehicle checkpoint at entrance to JTF housing areas

military vehicles will be parked in the lot by the bus (Windward Loop and East Caravella). Checkpoint will

stop located near Seaside Galley. All military vehicles be manned 24 hours a day until directed to stand down.

will be parked in the parking lot West of Evacuation Only personnel with government identification

Route #1. card/JTF identification will be permitted into the

(e) JDOG S-4 coordinate with JTF Logistics housing areas. Ensure that checkpoint has accurate

Officer to cancel all non-mission essential deliveries rosters of personnel residing in JTF housing. Allow no

(soda, vending machines) to JDOG AOR and Camps civilian or contractor vehicles into housing areas.

Delta. JDOG S-4 coordinate with JTF Logistics Officer Ensure that vehicle checkpoint has proper

to stop aerial spraying of insecticide from truck. communications with JTF JOC Watch Officer.

(f) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF- Checkpoint will be armed with T/O weapons,

GTMO FPCON measures. ammunition (60 rounds 5.56mm, 30 rounds 9mm) and

(4) Measure 30. Enforce control of base entry of in weapons condition three

residents/visitors. (e) JTF Logistics Officer, coordinate with

(a) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF- NAVBASE Navy Exchange to cancel all non-mission

GTMO FPCON measures.

(b) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF-

GTMO FPCON measures.

(5) Measure 31. Enforce centralized parking of

vehicles away from sensitive buildings.

(a) Ensure that all non-military vehicles not

necessary for the operation of the JDOG AOR are

parked in the parking lot next to Seaside Galley.

(b) Ensure that all non-military vehicles

(contractor, government sedans, etc) are parked at least

100 meters from military work areas (parked in parking

lot next to Seaside Galley) and no non-military

vehicles are permitted to approach or park within 100

meters of Camp Delta I, Camp Delta II, or Detention

Hospital.

(6) Measure 32. Issue weapons to guards. Local

orders should include specific orders on issue of

ammunition.

(a) JDOG S-4 coordinates for issue of weapons

and ammunition to subordinate units.

(b) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF-

GTMO FPCON measures.

(c) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF-

GTMO FPCON measures.

(7) Measure 33. Increase patrolling of JDOG

areas of responsibility.

(a) JDOG OPNS establishes a 24-hour roving

patrol of Camp America and Camp Bulkeley.

(b) JDOG OPNS utilizes Infantry to increase essential deliveries (soda, vending machines) to JTF

patrols of likely avenues of approach/observation Headquarters buildings.

points to Camp Delta. (f) JTF Provost Marshal, coordinate with CJTF

(8) Measure 34. Protect all designated vulnerable Aide-de-Camp for HRP security detail to be posted

points. Give special attention to vulnerable points with CJTF after hours (CJTF billeting).

outside of military establishment. 33. Strictly enforce control of base entry.

(a) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF- Randomly search vehicles.

GTMO FPCON measures. (a) JTF Operations Officer, immediately

(b) Increase frequency of roving patrols of coordinate with higher headquarters to review/delay

guard force billeting areas any inbound detainee transfers to Guantanamo Bay.

(9) Measure 35. Erect barriers and obstacles to (b) JTF Operations Officer, coordinate with Joint

control traffic flow. Information Bureau COMNAVBASE to restrict non-

(a) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF- essential visitors on base. All non-essential visitors

GTMO FPCON measures. will be held at the Leeward air terminal until they are

(b) Emplace barriers in front of or inside sally able to obtain a flight off NAVBASEGTMO.

ports for Detention Hospital and Delta II. (c) JDOG, Randomly search all vehicle entering

(c) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF- Radio Range ECP

GTMO FPCON measures. 34. Enforce centralized parking of vehicles away

(10) Measure 36. Consult local authorities about from sensitive buildings.

closing public roads and facilities that might make sites (a) HHC, immediately implement the parking of

all vehicles visiting/assigned to JTF Headquarters at

McCalla Airfield. Only vehicles allowed to park in

vicinity of JTF Headquarters are CJTF, JTF Chief of

Staff, COMNAVBASE, NAVBASE XO and JTF JOC

Watch Officer vehicles (personal or official).

(b) Commander, JDOG, ensure that all non-

military vehicles (contractor, government sedans, etc)

are parked at least 100 meters from guard force

billeting. Ensure that no non-military vehicles are

permitted to approach or park within the 100 meters of

the Delta detention facility without being thoroughly

searched beforehand.

35. Issue weapons to guards. Local orders should

include specific orders on issue of ammunition.

(a) JTF Logistics Officer, be prepared to issue

weapons and ammunition (60 rounds (M16A2), 30

rounds (M9)) to all identified personnel.

(b) CJTF, CJTF Aide-de-Camp, CJTF Driver,

draw T/O weapon and ammunition (30 rounds 9mm,

60 rounds 5.56mm). Maintain weapons condition

three.

(c) HHC, ensure that JTF Headquarters interior

building sentry is armed with T/O weapon and

ammunition (30 rounds 9mm, 60 rounds 5.56mm).

Maintain weapons condition three

36. Increase patrolling of JTF areas of

responsibility.

(a) Commander, JDOG, increase patrols of likely

avenues of approach/observation points to JTF

Facilities/Radio Range.

37. Protect all designated vulnerable points. Give

special attention to vulnerable points outside of

military establishment.

(a) JTF Provost Marshal, coordinate with

NAVBASE Security Police for increased patrolling of

JTF housing areas

(b) Commander, JDOG, increase frequency of

roving patrols of guard force billeting areas. Conduct

100% identification checks of all individuals entering

guard force billeting area.

38. Erect barriers and obstacles to control traffic

flow.

(a) HHC, ensure that all access roads leading to

JTF Headquarters are blocked with obstacles, with only

a single access point available for vehicle traffic.

39. Consult local authorities about closing public

(and military) roads and facilities that might make sites

more vulnerable to attacks. more vulnerable to attacks.

(a) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF- (a) JTF AT/FP Officer, coordinate with

GTMO FPCON measures. NAVBASE Security Police to close all public access to

(11) Measure 37. The CJTF will institute a Skyline Drive. Coordinate with NAVBASE Security

mandatory curfew for all JTF personnel not on duty. Police to close access to Kittery Beach and Windmill

The curfew time will be determined by the CJTF. Beach to all personnel.

40. The CJTF will institute a mandatory curfew for

all JTF personnel not on duty. The curfew time will be

determined by the CJTF.

(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, institute (a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, institute

buddy system for individuals in liberty status. buddy system for individuals in liberty status.

FPCON DELTA FPCON DELTA

This condition applies in the immediate location where This condition applies in the immediate location where

a terrorist attack has occurred or when intelligence is a terrorist attack has occurred or when intelligence is

received that terrorist action against a specific location received that terrorist action against a specific location

is likely. Normally this FPCON is declared as a is likely. Normally this FPCON is declared as a

localized warning. localized warning.

(1) Measure 38. Inform all personnel of the 41. Inform all personnel of the upgraded FPCON

upgraded FPCON and continue to introduce all and continue or introduce all measures listed for

measures listed for FPCON BRAVO and CHARLIE. FPCON BRAVO and CHARLIE.

(a) All JDOG personnel (both on and off duty) (a) Based on local threat, JTF personnel BPT

draw weapons and ammunition (30 rounds 9mm, 60 draw weapons and ammunition (30 rounds 9mm, 60

rounds 5.56). Maintain weapons condition four rounds 5.56mm). Maintain weapons condition four

(M16A2 and M9) for off duty personnel; weapons (M16A2 and M9) for off duty. Personnel, weapons

condition three for on duty/at work personnel when condition three for on duty/at work personnel. All JTF

outdoors. All JDOG personnel will wear body armor, personnel will wear body armor, helmet, and gasmask

helmet, protective mask (in carrier), and weapon (in carrier) while outdoors.

readily available. All JDOG personnel will wear body (b) AT/FP Officer, based on CG’s guidance,

armor, helmet, and protective mask (in carrier) while ensure the implementation all steps for FPCON Delta

outdoors. IAW this PLAN. Ensure that NAVBASE Security

(b) JDOG AT/FP Officer, ensure the Police are briefed on all additional security measures in

implementation of all steps for FPCON Delta IAW this this FPCON.

APPENDIX. Ensure that the JDOG’s FPCON status is 42. Augment guards as necessary.

reported to higher headquarters. (a) Commander JDOG, BPT arm and deploy

(c) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF- eight-man security element around JTF Headquarters.

GTMO FPCON measures. All sentries will have weapons in condition three

(2) Measure 39. Augment guards as necessary. (M16A2); weapons condition three (M9).

(a) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF- (b) Commander, JDOG, increase size of exterior

GTMO FPCON measures. roving patrols of Radio Range from four-man to eight-

(b) JDOG OPNS increase size of internal man elements. Increase size of internal guards and

guards force as manpower allows. tower sentries, as manpower will allow. All sentries

(3) Measure 40. Identify all vehicles in will have weapons in condition three M16A2; weapons

operational or mission-support areas. condition three (M9).

(4) Measure 41. Search all vehicles and their 43. Identify all vehicles in operational or mission-

contents before allowing entrance to JTF TAORs. support areas.

(a) Camp Delta will search all vehicles

entering the camp.

(b) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF-

GTMO FPCON measures.

(5) Measure 42. Control access and implement

positive identification of all personnel – no exceptions.

(a) Camps Delta will conduct 100% ID check

of all personnel entering the camps. Any personnel not

necessary for the operation or command and control of

the camps will not be allowed access. Any personnel

inside the camps who are not necessary for the

operation or command and control of the camps will be

escorted out of the camps. JIG personnel will be given

to option of leaving or staying IAW their own SOP.

Any non-military or non-JIG personnel that must enter

the camps will be searched and escorted at all times. 44. Search all vehicles and their contents before

(6) Measure 43. Search all suitcases, briefcases, allowing entrance to JTF TAORs.

packages, etc, brought into all JTF buildings, facilities, (a) Commander, JDOG, conduct 100% vehicle

and areas. search of all commercial/privately owned vehicles

(a) Delta OIC and SOGs will ensure all items entering Radio Range, through the Kittery Beach

brought through the sally port are searched. Infantry Checkpoint.

(7) Measure 44. Be prepared to displace JDOG (b) Commander, JDOG, Conduct 100% vehicle

OPS and company operations to alternate DOC. search of all vehicles entering Camp Delta.

(Buildings West of Camp Bulkeley.) 45. Control access and implement positive

(a) JDOG OPNS ensures that all staff sections identification of all personnel – no exceptions.

have identified primary personnel and essential (a) JTF AT/FP Officer, consider canceling all

materials that would need to be moved on short notice non-essential deliveries (vending machines, etc). All

to an alternate DOC. contractor/NAVBASE workers not on JTF access list

(8) Measure 45. Make frequent checks of the will be escorted at all times.

exterior of buildings and parking lots. 46. Search all suitcases, briefcases, packages, etc,

brought into all JTF buildings, facilities, and areas.

(a) Subordinate Commanders/OIC’s, ensure that

all suitcases, briefcases, packages, etc, brought into

your HQ/buildings are searched.

47. Control access and implement positive

identification of all personnel-on exceptions.

(a) Be prepared to displace JTF Headquarters on

short notice to alternate command post (Wine Cellar).

(b) JTF Operations Officer, ensure that all JTF

staff sections have identified primary personnel and

essential materials that would need to be moved on

short notice to the alternate command post.

48. Make frequent checks of the exterior of

buildings and parking lots.

(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, ensure that (a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, ensure that

designated personnel conduct frequent inspections of designated personnel conduct frequent inspections of

building exteriors and parking areas. building exteriors and parking areas.

(9) Measure 46. Minimize all administrative 49. Minimize all administrative journeys and visits.

journeys and visits. (a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, cancel

(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs cancel pass liberty for all hands. All hands will be at place of duty,

and days off for all personnel. All personnel will be at dining facilities, or billeting.

place of duty, dining facilities, billeting or staging area. (b) JTF Logistics Officer, be prepared to provide

(b) JDOG S-4 will be prepared to provide field field rations/MREs to JTF units should dining facilities

rations/MREs to JDOG units should dining facilities be be declared off limits due to threat.

declared off limits due to threat. JDOG S-4 should 50. Consult intelligence authorities about closing

anticipate the need to provide rations for the detainees public (and military) roads and facilities that might

being held at Camp Delta I, Camp Delta II, and

Detention Hospital.

(10) Measure 47. Consult intelligence authorities

about closing public roads and facilities that might

make sites vulnerable to terrorist attack. make sites vulnerable to terrorist attack.

(a) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF- (a) JTF AT/FP Officer, JTF Intelligence Officer,

GTMO FPCON measures. coordinate with NAVBASE Security Police and

(11) Measure 48. CJTF-GTMO will consider NAVBASE N2 regarding threat and restricting all non-

NBC threat and increase in MOPP level. military vehicular traffic from McCalla Hill Road.

51. CJTF-GTMO will consider NBC threat and

increase in MOPP level.

21-5. Alert Roster/Recall Roster 21-5. Alert Roster/Recall Roster

Commanders will implement an alert roster/recall Commanders will implement an alert roster/recall

roster for the members of their unit to be implemented roster for the members of their unit to be implemented

in the event of an increase in FPCON. Initial contact in the event of an increase in FPCON. Initial contact

attempt will be by telephone. Secondary will be by attempt will be by telephone. Secondary will be by

radio and/or cellular phone. Notifications of units at radio and/or cellular phone. Notifications of units at

Camp America/Camp Bulkeley will be by runner if Camp America/Camp Bulkeley will be by runner if

necessary. JDOG S-1 section will maintain and necessary. JDOG S-1 section will maintain and

distribute the Alert Roster/Recall Roster. distribute the Alert Roster/Recall Roster.

21-6. Brevity Codes For Implementation Of FPCON 21-6. Brevity Codes For Implementation Of FPCON

skipping to change at line 8724 skipping to change at line 9691

001 IMPLEMENT FPCON 001 IMPLEMENT FPCON

CHARLIE MEASURES CHARLIE MEASURES

Preakness Preakness

Stakes Stakes

002 IMPLEMENT FPCON 002 IMPLEMENT FPCON

DELTA MEASURES DELTA MEASURES

Belmont Stakes Belmont Stakes

003 IMPLEMENT FPCON 003 IMPLEMENT FPCON

BRAVO MEASURES BRAVO MEASURES

Kentucky Derby Kentucky Derby

Table 21-1

The radio traffic to send the brevity code will be: The radio traffic to send the brevity code will be:

“(Receiving Unit) this is (Sending Unit) I have FLASH “(Receiving Unit) this is (Sending Unit) I have FLASH

traffic…(BREAK)…I send (Brevity Code). traffic…(BREAK)…I send (Brevity Code).

Acknowledge receipt of code. OVER.” Acknowledge receipt of code. OVER.”

Section III – Alert Systems Section III – Alert Systems

21-7. Duress Condition 21-7. Duress Condition

a. Can be indicated by Block Guard utilizing a a. Can be indicated by a guard utilizing a duress

duress code, yelling for help, using a radio, blowing a code, yelling for help, using a radio, blowing a whistle,

whistle, or other means. or other means.

(1) Guards on the affected block attempt to DOC (1) Guards on the affected block attempt to DOC

the situation and call for assistance as necessary. the situation and call for assistance as necessary.

(2) If a call for assistance is made, one Block (2) If a call for assistance is made, one guard

Guard from each of the neighboring blocks will from each of the neighboring blocks will respond to the

respond to the affected block. A Block Guard from a affected block. A guard from a non-affected block will

non-affected block will contact the DOC to notify them contact the DOC to notify them of the situation.

of the situation.

(3) Roving sally port guard will let responding (3) Roving sally port guard will let responding

Block Guards out of their block and into the affected guards out of their block and into the affected block.

block. Roving sally port guard will not enter the Roving sally port guard will not enter the affected

affected block with the sally port keys. block with the sally port keys.

(4) As the situation continues, Block Guards will (4) As the situation continues, guards will advise

advise when the situation is under DOC or if additional when the situation is under DOC or if additional guards

Block Guards are needed. are needed.

(5) RTO will establish emergency traffic radio (5) RTO will establish emergency traffic radio

conditions by stating “EMERGENCY TRAFFIC conditions by stating “EMERGENCY TRAFFIC

ONLY” and stating the location and type of ONLY” and stating the location and type of

emergency. Only personnel with radio traffic about the emergency. Only personnel with radio traffic about the

situation or another emergency will use the radio until situation or another emergency will use the radio until

emergency traffic is cleared. emergency traffic is cleared.

(6) PL and SOG will respond and/or assist as (6) PL and SOG will respond and/or assist as

necessary. necessary.

21-8. NAVBASE Siren System 21-8. NAVBASE Siren System

a. The NAVBASE tests the siren system at 1200 a. The NAVBASE tests the siren system at 1200

skipping to change at line 8999 skipping to change at line 9966

Block NCO on DA Form 5513-R maintained in the Block NCO on DA Form 5513-R maintained in the

binder located on that particular block. binder located on that particular block.

(2) When DA Form 5513-R is filled out (2) When DA Form 5513-R is filled out

completely, the NCOIC for that block will submit it to completely, the NCOIC for that block will submit it to

the PL or SOG who will submit the completed forms to the PL or SOG who will submit the completed forms to

the DOC for filing. the DOC for filing.

(3) The Block NCO will have positive control of (3) The Block NCO will have positive control of

the block keys at all times. At no time will the Block the block keys at all times. At no time will the Block

NCO go beyond the steps leading out to the shower NCO go beyond the steps leading out to the shower

and recreation while detainees are in these areas. If the and exercise while detainees are in these areas. If the

Block NCO is needed in the aforementioned areas, the Block NCO is needed in the aforementioned areas, the

most senior block personnel will take control of the most senior block personnel will take control of the

keys until the Block NCO completes his/her assigned keys until the Block NCO completes his/her assigned

task. task.

(4) The Block NCO will maintain physical (4) The Block NCO will maintain physical

control of the block(s) keys at all times. At no time control of the block(s) keys at all times. At no time

will the block door be pushed open with the key will the block door be pushed open with the key

located in it and unsecured. located in it and unsecured.

c. Senior Block Guard. c. Senior Guard.

(1) The most Senior Block Guard will take (1) The most senior guard will take possession of

possession of any block or sally port keys while the any block or sally port keys while the Block NCO is

Block NCO is not present. not present.

(2) The Senior Block Guard will maintain (2) The senior guard will maintain physical

physical custody of the shower and recreations keys. If custody of the shower and exercises keys. If not

not present, the keys will be given to a Block Guard present, the keys will be given to a guard other than the

other than the Block NCO. Block NCO.

(3) When unlocking a cell or sally port the Block (3) When unlocking a cell or sally port the Block

NCO and/or Senior Block Guard will maintain physical NCO and/or senior guard will maintain physical

control of the keys. At no time will the door be pushed control of the keys. At no time will the door be pushed

open with the key in it and unsecured. open with the key in it and unsecured.

d. Sally Port Operators. d. Sally Port Operators.

(1) During shift change the off going sally port (1) During shift change the off going sally port

operator will sign over the sally port keys to the on- operator will sign over the sally port keys to the on-

coming sally port operator on DA Form 5513-R coming sally port operator on DA Form 5513-R

maintained in a binder/clipboard located at that sally maintained in a binder/clipboard located at that sally

port. port.

(2) When DA Form 5513-R is filled out (2) When DA Form 5513-R is filled out

completely, the forms will be turned over to the PL or completely, the forms will be turned over to the PL or

SOG who will submit the completed forms to the SOG who will submit the completed forms to the

respective DOC for filing. respective DOC for filing.

(3) The sally port operator will maintain physical (3) The sally port operator will maintain physical

custody of sally port keys at all times unless relieved custody of sally port keys at all times unless relieved

by the proper authority or another Block Guard. by the proper authority or another guard.

(4) When unlocking the sally port gate, the sally (4) When unlocking the sally port gate, the sally

port operator will maintain physical control of the keys port operator will maintain physical control of the keys

and at no time will the door be pushed open with the and at no time will the door be pushed open with the

key still in it and unsecured. key still in it and unsecured.

e. Roving Sally Port Operators. e. Roving Sally Port Operators.

(1) During shift change the off going Roving (1) During shift change the off going Roving

Sally Port Operator will sign over the sally port keys to Sally Port Operator will sign over the sally port keys to

the oncoming Roving Sally Port Operator on DA Form the oncoming Roving Sally Port Operator on DA Form

5513-R maintained in a binder/clipboard in their 5513-R maintained in a binder/clipboard in their

respective camp. respective camp.

(2) When DA Form 5513-R is filled out (2) When DA Form 5513-R is filled out

completely, the Roving Sally Port Operator for that completely, the Roving Sally Port Operator for that

camp will submit it to the respective DOC for filing. camp will submit it to the respective DOC for filing.

(3) The Roving Sally Port Operator will maintain (3) The Roving Sally Port Operator will maintain

physical control of the sally port keys at all times physical control of the sally port keys at all times

unless relieved by the proper authority or another unless relieved by the proper authority or another

Block Guard. guard.

(4) When unlocking the roving sally port gate, (4) When unlocking the roving sally port gate,

the Roving Sally Port Operator will maintain physical the Roving Sally Port Operator will maintain physical

control of the keys and at no time will the door be control of the keys and at no time will the door be

pushed open with the key still in it and unsecured. pushed open with the key still in it and unsecured.

22-7. Emergency Procedures 22-7. Emergency Procedures

a. Upon loss of control of a detainee, (i.e., detainee a. Upon loss of control of a detainee, (i.e., detainee

is out of cell and unrestrained) the Block NCO will is out of cell and unrestrained) the Block NCO will

immediately transfer custody of all keys to the Roving immediately transfer custody of all keys to the Roving

Sally Port Operator through the block sally port. Sally Port Operator through the block sally port.

b. If a key is misplaced or lost, the following b. If a key is misplaced or lost, the following

skipping to change at line 9076 skipping to change at line 10043

(3) The IRF team will be notified and be ready in (3) The IRF team will be notified and be ready in

the event of compromise. the event of compromise.

(4) An immediate search of the block area will (4) An immediate search of the block area will

begin; this search will include but is not limited to, any begin; this search will include but is not limited to, any

one area within Camp Delta. one area within Camp Delta.

(5) All blocks are searched or are subject to (5) All blocks are searched or are subject to

search. The search will be conducted and supervised search. The search will be conducted and supervised

by the PL and/or SOG. by the PL and/or SOG.

(6) If keys are still compromised, a 100% lock (6) If keys are still compromised, a 100% lock

down of Camp Delta will occur and all shower, down of Camp Delta will occur and all shower,

recreation, and appointments are cancelled until the exercise, and appointments are cancelled until the keys

keys are located. are located.

(7) The PL will notify the CO if, after step 23- (7) The PL will notify the CO if, after step 23-

b.4 above has been completed and the key(s) are still 7.b.4 above has been completed and the key(s) are still

missing. missing.

Chapter 23 Chapter 23

External Security Operations External Security Operations

23-1. Conduct Of Infantry Soldiers 23-1. Conduct of Infantry Soldiers

a. Platoons will rotate in the following order: a. Platoons will rotate in the following order:

towers, QRF, patrols/TCPs/OPs, reserve (rearm/refit/ towers, QRF, patrols/TCPs/OPs, reserve (rearm/refit/

training cycle). training cycle).

b. Soldiers will stay in the designated uniform while b. Soldiers will stay in the designated uniform while

on duty. All soldiers are required to follow the uniform on duty. All soldiers are required to follow the uniform

policy established by the CSM. policy established by the CSM.

c. The reserve forces will conduct detainee c. The reserve forces will conduct detainee

movement operations. The focus of this force is movement operations. The focus of this force is

training and rearm/refit. Detainee movement training and rearm/refit. Detainee movement

operations are an O/O mission. The reserve forces will operations are an O/O mission. The reserve forces will

skipping to change at line 9144 skipping to change at line 10111

for securing the Camp Delta Area of Operations (AO) for securing the Camp Delta Area of Operations (AO)

at the appropriate FPCON level. at the appropriate FPCON level.

c. FPCON BRAVO. c. FPCON BRAVO.

(1) The platoon with the tower security mission (1) The platoon with the tower security mission

will man six towers, with one soldier per tower. will man six towers, with one soldier per tower.

(2) The platoon with the dismounted/mounted (2) The platoon with the dismounted/mounted

patrols, LP/OPs, TCPs, and the blocking position will patrols, LP/OPs, TCPs, and the blocking position will

establish a mobile reaction force. establish a mobile reaction force.

(3) The platoon with the QRF mission will (3) The platoon with the QRF mission will

remain at a high alert status capable of responding to a remain at a high alert status capable of responding to a

disturbance within five minutes. The QRF will be disturbance within 10 minutes. The QRF will be

positioned inside Camp Delta. This QRF Element will positioned adjacent to Camp Echo. This QRF Element

have riot gear staged with non-lethal munitions. Its will have riot gear staged with non-lethal munitions. Its

primary function is to assist the MP IRF Teams inside primary function is to assist the IRF Teams inside

Camp Delta. During detainee arrival missions, this Camp Delta. During detainee arrival missions, this

element will be on standby if needed to provide element will be on standby if needed to provide

additional support to the QRF assigned to the detainee additional support to the QRF assigned to the detainee

movement operation. movement operation.

(4) The company in reserve will perform the (4) The company in reserve will perform the

detainee movement operations and provide security detainee movement operations and provide security

details on main post. The soldiers of this company will details on main post. The soldiers of this company will

conduct individual and collective tasks training IAW conduct individual and collective tasks training IAW

the METL and mission specific tasks. This company the METL and mission specific tasks. This company

will also provide details around the Radio Range area will also provide details around the Radio Range area

skipping to change at line 9299 skipping to change at line 10266

Forces and detainees. Examples include: routine Forces and detainees. Examples include: routine

conversations with same detainee, prolonged conversations with same detainee, prolonged

conversations outside interrogation areas, etc. conversations outside interrogation areas, etc.

f. Any unusual behavior of civilian contract f. Any unusual behavior of civilian contract

workers. Examples include: attempting to map the workers. Examples include: attempting to map the

area, attempting to communicate with detainees, area, attempting to communicate with detainees,

attempting to hide contraband, etc. attempting to hide contraband, etc.

23-6. External Positions 23-6. External Positions

a. The mission consists of one rifle platoon. a. The mission consists of one rifle platoon.

b. There is one LP/OP (Richmond), two TCPs b. There is one LP/OP (Richmond), two TCPs

(Lexington and Harrisonburg), and one blocking (Worcester and Gardner), and one blocking position

position (Staunton). (blocker).

c. The patrol platoon mans OP Richmond during all c. The patrol platoon mans OP Richmond during all

FPCON levels (This OP is further discussed under the FPCON levels (This OP is further discussed under the

mounted security section). The platoon with this mounted security section). The platoon with this

mission will man one HMMWV w/ 50 Cal MG during mission will man one HMMWV w/ 50 Cal MG during

FPCON C. During all FPCON levels, this Platoon FPCON C. During all FPCON levels, this Platoon

mans the two TCPs, the Blocking Position, conducts mans the two TCPs, the Blocking Position, conducts

Dismounted/Mounted Patrols, and conducts any Dismounted/Mounted Patrols, and conducts any

published/scheduled RAM. published/scheduled RAM.

d. Traffic Control Point “TCP” (Lexington): Three d. Traffic Control Point “TCP” (Lexington): Three

skipping to change at line 9365 skipping to change at line 10332

vehicles. vehicles.

h. Dismounted Patrols: These patrols will move h. Dismounted Patrols: These patrols will move

IAW the patrol order published by the BN TOC. The IAW the patrol order published by the BN TOC. The

TOC will identify Sectors and named areas of interest TOC will identify Sectors and named areas of interest

(NAI), which will be the focus of the Patrols. The (NAI), which will be the focus of the Patrols. The

FRAGO will be published 48 hours in advance. COs FRAGO will be published 48 hours in advance. COs

will back-brief the Battalion Commander the day of the will back-brief the Battalion Commander the day of the

mission cycle changes. mission cycle changes.

(1) Uniform: BDU, patrol cap, LBV, kneepads, (1) Uniform: BDU, patrol cap, LBV, kneepads,

ICOM radio, protective mask (carried), assigned ICOM radio, protective mask (carried), assigned

weapon, Camelback, ID card and dog tags, weapon, Camelback, ID card and dog tags, JTF-GTMO

JTF_GTMO ID Card, and ROE / RUF card (dated 30 ID Card, and ROE / RUF card (dated 30 Nov 02) in left

Nov 02) in left breast pocket. At FPCON C and D, the breast pocket. At FPCON C and D, the uniform will

uniform will include Kevlar helmet and body armor. include Kevlar helmet and body armor. The Squad

The Squad Leader will carry a SABER radio. Leader will carry a SABER radio.

(2) Information to report: The squad will report (2) Information to report: The squad will report

any unusual activity, which may include unauthorized any unusual activity, which may include unauthorized

personnel and vehicles in the obscure areas of the personnel and vehicles in the obscure areas of the

routes, any unusual activity in the Contactors Labor routes, any unusual activity in the Contactors Labor

Camp, personnel taking photographs within the AOR, Camp, personnel taking photographs within the AOR,

unexploded ordinance, and unidentified boats and unexploded ordinance, and unidentified boats and

aircraft. EOD personnel will handle unexploded aircraft. EOD personnel will handle unexploded

ordnance. Patrols will mark, provide a grid, and notify ordnance. Patrols will mark, provide a grid, and notify

the BN TOC. the BN TOC.

i. Additional instructions: The following additional i. Additional instructions: The following additional

skipping to change at line 9513 skipping to change at line 10480

HMMWVs with .50-caliber MGs and LRAS. The HMMWVs with .50-caliber MGs and LRAS. The

primary means of communication is FM and the primary means of communication is FM and the

alternate is SABER. The patrols call signs are their alternate is SABER. The patrols call signs are their

designated Platoon call signs. The patrols will move designated Platoon call signs. The patrols will move

along the designated routes and report the status of along the designated routes and report the status of

each check point to the CP. When the patrols are each check point to the CP. When the patrols are

complete, the crews will report all clear to the CP. The complete, the crews will report all clear to the CP. The

crews will patrol the AO once every three hours IAW crews will patrol the AO once every three hours IAW

with the schedules below. with the schedules below.

(1) Patrol schedule 1: Per the published patrol (1) Patrol schedule 1: Per the published patrol

order. The BN TOC will provide a FRAGO 48 hours in order. The BN TOC will provide a FRAGO 48 hours

advance of mission assumption. The COs will back- in advance of mission assumption. The COs will back-

brief the Battalion Commander the day of the mission brief the Battalion Commander the day of the mission

cycle change. cycle change.

b. Weapons Control Status: b. Weapons Control Status:

(1) .50 caliber machine guns: Each .50 Cal MG (1) .50 caliber machine guns: Each .50 Cal MG

will have 100 rounds. The gunner will NOT insert the will have 100 rounds. The gunner will NOT insert the

ammunition belt. The ammunition belt will remain in ammunition belt. The ammunition belt will remain in

the container at all times unless instructed otherwise. the container at all times unless instructed otherwise.

(2) M16A2: Each M16A2 will have two 30- (2) M16A2: Each M16A2 will have two 30-

round magazines. The soldier will insert the magazine round magazines. The soldier will insert the magazine

into the weapon, and ensure NO round is chambered. into the weapon, and ensure NO round is chambered.

c. Soldiers will wear the following uniform: BDU, c. Soldiers will wear the following uniform: BDU,

Kevlar helmet, LBV, protective mask (carried), Kevlar helmet, LBV, protective mask (carried),

assigned weapon, NVDs, Camelback, ID card and dog assigned weapon, NVDs, Camelback, ID card and dog

tags, JTF-GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF Card (dated tags, JTF-GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF Card (dated

30 Nov 02) in their left breast pocket. Soldiers will 30 Nov 02) in their left breast pocket. Soldiers will

have their body armor in the HMMWV with them, have their body armor in the HMMWV with them,

except for the gunner who will wear his as a Force except for the gunner who will wear his as a Force

Protection Measure. During black flag conditions, the Protection Measure. At no time will any patrolling

gunner may remove his blouse. At FPCON C and D, soldier be out of the prescribed uniform. At FPCON C

all soldiers will wear body armor. and D, all soldiers will wear body armor.

23-9. Listening Posts (LP)/Observation Posts (OP) 23-9. Listening Posts (LP)/Observation Posts (OP)

a. Each LP/OP will consist of two personnel. The a. Each LP/OP will consist of two personnel. The

primary means of communication is FM per the BN primary means of communication is FM per the BN

SOI. The alternate means of communication is SOI. The alternate means of communication is

SABER radio. The LP/OP will report and record any SABER radio. The LP/OP will report and record any

suspicious activity or unauthorized personnel, suspicious activity or unauthorized personnel,

boats/ships, or vehicles in the JOA. boats/ships, or vehicles in the JOA.

b. Weapons Control Status: b. Weapons Control Status:

(1) .50 caliber machine gun: Each LP/OP will (1) .50 caliber machine gun: Each LP/OP will

have 400 rounds. The gunner will NOT insert the have 400 rounds. The gunner will NOT insert the

skipping to change at line 9601 skipping to change at line 10568

notify the XO or First Sergeant (1SG). Notify the TOC notify the XO or First Sergeant (1SG). Notify the TOC

immediately. An investigation will follow. immediately. An investigation will follow.

(6) Taped over magazines or coloring the last (6) Taped over magazines or coloring the last

round in a magazine is not a sufficient means for round in a magazine is not a sufficient means for

conducting an accurate round count. This method may conducting an accurate round count. This method may

be used for periodic leader checks, but a by-round be used for periodic leader checks, but a by-round

count must be completed after each mission cycle. count must be completed after each mission cycle.

(7) When entering the cantonment area clear (7) When entering the cantonment area clear

weapons at the ammunition transfer point (ATP), rod weapons at the ammunition transfer point (ATP), rod

the weapon, and put weapon on safe. the weapon, and put weapon on safe.

23-11. Lexington TCP 23-11. Worcester TCP

a. Three soldiers (one NCO) will man TCP a. Three soldiers (one NCO) will man TCP

Lexington at all times. This TCP will validate that all Lexington at all times. This TCP will validate that all

personnel who attempt to enter the Camp Delta AO are personnel who attempt to enter the Camp Delta AO are

authorized to enter. The soldiers are responsible for authorized to enter. The soldiers are responsible for

thoroughly inspecting badges, to include the front and thoroughly inspecting badges, to include the front and

back of the badge. If an individual attempts to show a back of the badge. If an individual attempts to show a

badge thru the window the soldier should ask the badge thru the window the soldier should ask the

individual to roll the window down and visually and individual to roll the window down and visually and

physically inspect the badge for authorization. The physically inspect the badge for authorization. The

TCP will use the JTF-GTMO policy letter on badges to TCP will use the JTF-GTMO policy letter on badges to

determine who has access. Soldiers shall carry determine who has access. Soldiers shall carry

flashlights at night to inspect the interior of vehicles. flashlights at night to inspect the interior of vehicles.

b. All soldiers operating the TCP and controlling b. All soldiers operating the TCP and controlling

the flow of traffic must wear a road guard vest and will the flow of traffic must wear a road guard vest and will

carry their assigned weapon. The only exception is for carry their assigned weapon. The only exception is for

the soldier in the soldier guard house monitoring the the soldier in the soldier guard house monitoring the

radio. The weapon will be at the ready at all times and radio. The weapon will be at the ready at all times and

within arms length. within arms length.

c. The interior/exterior area of the soldier guard c. The interior/exterior area of the soldier

house will be kept clean and organized at all times. guardhouse will be kept clean and organized at all

Trash will be discarded properly at each shift change. times. Trash will be discarded properly at each shift

change.

d. All soldiers checking badges to enter the area will d. All soldiers checking badges to enter the area will

also visually look inside all vehicles, to include the bed also visually look inside all vehicles, to include the bed

of trucks, opening the back and/ or side doors of vans. of trucks, opening the back and/ or side doors of vans.

e. Marine Corps Vehicles: Do not have to produce e. Marine Corps Vehicles: Do not have to produce

a JTF-GTMO badge to pass thru the TCP. The a JTF-GTMO badge to pass thru the TCP. The

Marines are only authorized to pass through the Marines are only authorized to pass through the

checkpoint with prior coordination. Coordination will checkpoint with prior coordination. Coordination will

be a call to the TOC, over the react net, stating the be a call to the TOC, over the react net, stating the

approximate time the vehicle will arrive at the TCP, the approximate time the vehicle will arrive at the TCP, the

first phonetic alphabet letter of the day of the week and first phonetic alphabet letter of the day of the week and

the numeric date of the arrival. Example: 15 minutes,

the numeric date of the arrival. Example: 15 minutes,

Foxtrot 10 equates to 15 minutes on Friday the 10th Foxtrot 10 equates to 15 minutes on Friday the 10th

.

Their vehicle will also be identified with a red placard Their vehicle will also be identified with a red placard

on the front bumper with the acronym MCSFC in white on the front bumper with the acronym MCSFC in white

lettering. If a vehicle reaches the TCP without prior lettering. If a vehicle reaches the TCP without prior

coordination, they will be detained at the TCP until coordination, they will be detained at the TCP until

they communicate the above requirement over the net they communicate the above requirement over the net

to the TOC. to the TOC.

f. All JTF-GTMO soldiers with lost badges may f. All JTF-GTMO soldiers with lost badges may

enter through the TCP with an E-8 or above to vouch enter through the TCP with an E-8 or above to vouch

for their identity. for their identity.

g. Contractors are allowed to bring alcohol through g. Contractors are allowed to bring alcohol through

skipping to change at line 9777 skipping to change at line 10745

(1) Uniform: BDU, patrol cap, LBV, ICOM radio (1) Uniform: BDU, patrol cap, LBV, ICOM radio

(if applicable), protective mask, assigned weapon, road (if applicable), protective mask, assigned weapon, road

guard vest, Camelback, ID card and dog tags, JTF guard vest, Camelback, ID card and dog tags, JTF

GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF card (dated 30 Nov 02) GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF card (dated 30 Nov 02)

in their left breast pocket. At FPCON C and D, the in their left breast pocket. At FPCON C and D, the

uniform will include Kevlar helmet and body armor. uniform will include Kevlar helmet and body armor.

(2) Common equipment: One PRC-119 radio, a (2) Common equipment: One PRC-119 radio, a

logbook, and a 5-gallon water cooler. The TCP will logbook, and a 5-gallon water cooler. The TCP will

also have mirrors to inspect the undercarriage of also have mirrors to inspect the undercarriage of

vehicles. vehicles.

23-12. Harrisonburg TCP 23-12. Gardner TCP

a. Two soldiers will man this TCP twenty-four a. Two soldiers will man this TCP twenty-four

hours a day. This TCP will not allow anyone to pass hours a day. This TCP will not allow anyone to pass

who does not have the JTF-GTMO badge. All others, who does not have the JTF-GTMO badge. All others,

to include contractors, must come through TCP to include contractors, must come through TCP

Lexington. Windmill Beach is closed from 1900 to Lexington. Windmill Beach is closed from 1900 to

The TCP closes to traffic at 1930. Beginning at 0500. The TCP closes to traffic at 1930. Beginning at

2100 and ending at 0500, it’s acceptable to have 2100 and ending at 0500, it’s acceptable to have

entrance traffic only for Physical Training (PT) and entrance traffic only for Physical Training (PT) and

will be allowed to pass through the TCP. This TCP will be allowed to pass through the TCP. This TCP

will validate that all personnel who attempt to enter the will validate that all personnel who attempt to enter the

Camp Delta AO are authorized to enter. The soldiers Camp Delta AO are authorized to enter. The soldiers

are responsible for thoroughly inspecting badges, to are responsible for thoroughly inspecting badges, to

include the front and back of the badge and ensuring include the front and back of the badge and ensuring

the picture on the badge matches the soldier. If ever in the picture on the badge matches the soldier. If ever in

doubt, ask for a second form of ID or call the TOC. If doubt, ask for a second form of ID or call the TOC. If

an individual attempts to show a badge thru the an individual attempts to show a badge thru the

skipping to change at line 9892 skipping to change at line 10860

assigned weapon, road guard vest, Camelback, ID card assigned weapon, road guard vest, Camelback, ID card

and dog tags, JTF-GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF card and dog tags, JTF-GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF card

(dated 30 Nov 02) in their left breast pocket. When the (dated 30 Nov 02) in their left breast pocket. When the

FPCON level changes to C and D, the uniform will FPCON level changes to C and D, the uniform will

include Kevlar helmet and body armor. Each soldier include Kevlar helmet and body armor. Each soldier

will have a flashlight. will have a flashlight.

(2) Common Equipment: One PRC-119 radio, a (2) Common Equipment: One PRC-119 radio, a

logbook, and a 5-gallon water cooler. The TCP will logbook, and a 5-gallon water cooler. The TCP will

also have mirrors to inspect the undercarriage of also have mirrors to inspect the undercarriage of

vehicles. vehicles.

23-13. Staunton Blocking Position (BP) 23-13. Blocker Position (BP)

a. Two soldiers man this position. The position will a. Two soldiers man this position. The position will

allow no one, regardless of unit, to pass through this allow no one, regardless of unit, to pass through this

point in a vehicle. There shall be no traffic allowed point in a vehicle. There shall be no traffic allowed

thru this TCP, dismounted or otherwise from 0500 to thru this TCP, dismounted or otherwise from 0500 to

The only exception (per J2) is that military unit 2100. The only exception (per J2) is that military unit

members perform Physical Training (PT) thru the TCP members perform Physical Training (PT) thru the TCP

beginning at 2100. The blocking position is an exit beginning at 2100. The blocking position is an exit

only for PT participants; that means they cannot re- only for PT participants; that means they cannot re-

enter thru the BP. Advise PT participants that they enter thru the BP. Advise PT participants that they

must pass thru the Windmill Beach Road or Kittery must pass thru the Windmill Beach Road or Kittery

Beach Road TCPs to re-enter the area. The BP is Beach Road TCPs to re-enter the area. The BP is

blocked with an obstacle consisting of rolls of blocked with an obstacle consisting of rolls of

concertina wire with pickets and barbed wire. concertina wire with pickets and barbed wire.

b. Uniform and Common Equipment: Soldiers at b. Uniform and Common Equipment: Soldiers at

this position will wear the following uniform and have this position will wear the following uniform and have

skipping to change at line 9919 skipping to change at line 10887

(1) Uniform: BDU, patrol cap, LBV, ICOM (1) Uniform: BDU, patrol cap, LBV, ICOM

radio (if applicable), protective mask (carried), radio (if applicable), protective mask (carried),

assigned weapon, road guard vest, Camelback, ID card assigned weapon, road guard vest, Camelback, ID card

and dog tags, JTF-GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF card and dog tags, JTF-GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF card

(dated 30 Nov 02) in their left breast pocket. When the (dated 30 Nov 02) in their left breast pocket. When the

FPCON level changes to C and D, the uniform will FPCON level changes to C and D, the uniform will

include Kevlar helmet and body armor. Each soldier include Kevlar helmet and body armor. Each soldier

will have a flashlight. will have a flashlight.

(2) Common Equipment: One PRC-119 radio, a (2) Common Equipment: One PRC-119 radio, a

logbook, and a 5-gallon water cooler. logbook, and a 5-gallon water cooler.

c. The BP will survey Camp Bulkeley and report c. The BP will survey Camp Bukeley and report any

any suspicious activity observed in the empty billeting suspicious activity observed in the empty billeting near

near Camp Bulkeley and the hardball road, which leads Camp Bulkeley and the hardball road, which leads to

to Windmill Beach. Windmill Beach.

d. Soldiers must maintain communication with the d. Soldiers must maintain communication with the

company CP. If ever in doubt about any issue or company CP. If ever in doubt about any issue or

occurrence immediately contact the company CP. occurrence immediately contact the company CP.

e. Soldiers are responsible for signing the hand e. Soldiers are responsible for signing the hand

receipt for the equipment located at the BP and receipt for the equipment located at the BP and

maintaining 100% accountability at all times. No maintaining 100% accountability at all times. No

exceptions. It is also the responsibility of the soldiers exceptions. It is also the responsibility of the soldiers

to ensure the equipment is signed for by the next shift to ensure the equipment is signed for by the next shift

reporting to the BP. reporting to the BP.

f. When crew-served weapons are employed at the f. When crew-served weapons are employed at the

skipping to change at line 9944 skipping to change at line 10912

rehearse actions for the employment of the crew- rehearse actions for the employment of the crew-

served weapon systems. All personnel will know their served weapon systems. All personnel will know their

weapon systems sector of fire. weapon systems sector of fire.

Chapter 24 Chapter 24

Immediate Reaction Force (IRF) Operations Immediate Reaction Force (IRF) Operations

Section I – Preparation Section I – Preparation

24-1. Team Organization 24-1. Team Organization

a. There will be primary and alternate IRF team a. There will be primary and alternate IRF team

designated for each camp. designated for each camp.

b. IRF teams consist of five MPs. The following b. IRF teams consist of five guards. The following

are the team positions and their responsibilities: are the team positions and their responsibilities:

(1) Number One Man. The Number One Man is (1) Number One Man. The Number One Man is

also the shield man. His responsibility is to give the also the shield man. His responsibility is to give the

conditions of the cell along with the location and conditions of the cell along with the location and

activity of the detainee is the team. Upon entry, the activity of the detainee is the team. Upon entry, the

number one man is responsible to pin the detainee with number one man is responsible to pin the detainee with

the shield with the minimal amount of force necessary. the shield with the minimal amount of force necessary.

The number one man is also responsible for securing The number one man is also responsible for securing

the head. the head.

(2) Number Two Man. The Number Two Man is (2) Number Two Man. The Number Two Man is

skipping to change at line 10172 skipping to change at line 11140

fails to comply, the PL or SOG may administer another fails to comply, the PL or SOG may administer another

burst of OC into the face of the detainee. The detainee burst of OC into the face of the detainee. The detainee

will be asked to comply again after a short period of will be asked to comply again after a short period of

time (15 to 30 seconds) that will allow the OC to work. time (15 to 30 seconds) that will allow the OC to work.

If he fails to comply, the Block NCO will open the cell If he fails to comply, the Block NCO will open the cell

door to allow the IRF Team entry into the cell. Upon door to allow the IRF Team entry into the cell. Upon

entry into the cell the IRF Team will use the minimum entry into the cell the IRF Team will use the minimum

amount of force necessary to subdue the detainee and amount of force necessary to subdue the detainee and

order the detainee to stop resisting. order the detainee to stop resisting.

h. Once the detainee is shackled, he will be brought h. Once the detainee is shackled, he will be brought

to the recreation area of the affected block or taken to to the exercise area of the affected block or taken to the

the decontamination location and decontaminated. The decontamination location and decontaminated. The

medical personnel on site will conduct a medical medical personnel on site will conduct a medical

evaluation of the detainee to check for any injuries evaluation of the detainee to check for any injuries

sustained during the IRF. Once decontamination is sustained during the IRF. Once decontamination is

complete and medical personnel clear the detainee, he complete and medical personnel clear the detainee, he

will be moved to his new block or placed into his will be moved to his new block or placed into his

previous cell. Prior to movement back into the previous cell. Prior to movement back into the

previous cell, the MPs on that block will decontaminate previous cell, the guards on that block will

that cell of any residual effects of the OC spray by decontaminate that cell of any residual effects of the

using the hose. OC spray by using the hose.

Section III – Documentation Section III – Documentation

24-8. Verbal Reporting 24-8. Verbal Reporting

a. Within fifteen minutes of the use of OC, the JOC a. Within fifteen minutes of the use of OC, the JOC

will be notified by secured telephone by DOC will be notified by secured telephone by DOC

personnel that an event is occurring. personnel that an event is occurring.

b. The CO will call the JOC after the detainee has b. The CO will call the JOC after the detainee has

been secured and provide all details available. been secured and provide all details available.

c. The CO will notify the CJDOG of the incident. c. The CO will notify the CJDOG of the incident if

the IRF results in an injury to either the detainee or a

soldier involved in the IRF.

24-9. Written Reporting 24-9. Written Reporting

a. The CO will initiate a SPOTREP to be sent up a. The CO will initiate a SPOTREP to be sent up

via SIPRNET computer to the JOC Watch Officer via SIPRNET computer to the JOC Watch Officer

within a half an hour of the completion of the IRF use. within a half an hour of the completion of the IRF use.

b. The CO will complete an unclassified Serious b. The CO will complete an unclassified Serious

Incident Report (SIR) IAW AR 190-40 and submit it to Incident Report (SIR) IAW AR 190-40 and submit it to

the JDOG S-3. The SIR will list all personnel and the JDOG S-3. The SIR will list all personnel and

detainees involved and will be forwarded within two detainees involved and will be forwarded within two

hours of the completion of the IRF use. hours of the completion of the IRF use.

c. The PL and/or SOG will complete a DD Form c. The PL and/or SOG will complete a DD Form

2823 Sworn Statement concerning the use of OC. The 2823 Sworn Statement concerning the use of OC. The

PL will also complete a DD 508 to document the PL will also complete a DD 508 to document the

discipline measures taken. discipline measures taken.

d. All MPs involved in the original incident that d. All guards involved in the original incident that

precipitated the use of the IRF will submit a completed precipitated the use of the IRF will submit a completed

DD Form 2823 on the incident. The PL will review DD Form 2823 on the incident. The PL will review

these sworn statements for completeness. these sworn statements for completeness.

e. All IRF Team members are required to submit e. All IRF Team members are required to submit

sworn statements. sworn statements.

f. All paperwork related to the IRF must be f. All paperwork related to the IRF must be

completed and turned in prior to end of shift. completed and turned in prior to end of shift.

g. The SIR, video, checklists, and copies of all g. The SIR, video, checklists, and copies of all

statements will be forwarded to the JDOG S-3 to be statements will be forwarded to the JDOG S-3 to be

kept as evidence. kept as evidence.

Chapter 25 Chapter 25

Quick Response Force (QRF) Operations Quick Response Force (QRF) Operations

25-1. Mission 25-1. Mission

a. Company secures Camp Delta with a QRF a. O/O secures Camp Delta to facilitate Detainment

element in order to facilitate Detainment Facility Facility Operations. This element has the following

Operations. This element has the following planning planning priorities:

priorities:

(1) Provides a Show-of-force within the detention (1) Provides a Show-of-force within the detention

facility to deter all errant behavior from unruly facility to deter all errant behavior from unruly

detainees. detainees.

(2) Follow and assume military police IRF duties (2) Follow and assume IRF duties to control

to control unruly detainees. unruly detainees.

(3) React to unauthorized intrusion into the (3) React to unauthorized intrusion into the

compound to protect U.S. forces and detainees. compound to protect U.S. forces and detainees.

25-2. Requirements 25-2. Requirements

a. The QRF must be able to react to a disturbance in a. The QRF must be able to react to a disturbance in

the Detention Facility within five minutes. the Detention Facility within 10 minutes.

b. The section will maintain a Command Post (CP) b. The QRF will maintain a Command Post (CP)

within the QRF building and must man this CP 24 adjacent to Camp Echo and must man this CP 24 hours

hours per day. per day, 7 days per week.

c. This QRF will maintain radio communication c. This QRF will maintain radio communication

with the Infantry SOG (ISOG) and the Company CP. with the DOC via Long Range SABER and/or

d. Either the PL or the Platoon Sergeant will be SINCGARS.

prepared to lead the QRF at all times. d. The PL or Platoon Sergeant will be prepared to

e. The DOC will contact the QRF CP via landline lead the QRF at all times.

or runner when the QRF is required. e. The DOC will contact the QRF CP via Long

Range SABER (primary) and/or SINCGARS when the

QRF is required.

25-3. Notification Procedures 25-3. Notification Procedures

a. If deemed necessary, the Detention Facility DOC a. The DOC will notify the QRF CP to respond to a

will notify the QRF CP to react to a threat within the threat within the camp.

compound. b. The PL or the Platoon Sergeant, will immediately

b. The soldier who receives this message will report to the Company CP that the QRF has been

immediately notify the PL or Platoon Sergeant and alerted.

then alert the QRF element. c. Upon being notified by the DOC to respond, the

c. The PL or the Platoon Sergeant, whomever is not QRF will don the riot control gear and secure assigned

leading the reaction squad, will immediately report to

the Company CP that the QRF has been alerted.

d. Once notified to react, the QRF reaction squad

will don the riot control gear and secure assigned

weapons for non-lethal delivery. weapons for non-lethal delivery.

e. Once prepared, the QRF squad will stand in d. The DOC will notify the on-duty CO, and sally

formation and prepare to enter the Detention Facility. port 1 that the QRF is inbound. The DOC will direct

f. The MP IRF representative will provide the QRF SOG 3 to meet the QRF and guide them to a designated

element a SITREP of the disturbance before entering parking location.

the compound. e. O/O, the QRF will deploy to the effected area.

f. The On-duty CO will provide the QRF element a

SITREP of the disturbance before entering the effected

area.

g. Once the disturbance is quelled, the QRF will g. Once the disturbance is quelled, the QRF will

relinquish command back to the MP IRF Team and re- relinquish command back to the IRF Team and re-

deploy to the QRF building to conduct a back brief. deploy to the QRF CP to conduct a back brief.

25-4. Ammunition Numbers and Accountability 25-4. Ammunition Numbers and Accountability

a. The Platoon Sergeant of the QRF will visually a. The Platoon Sergeant of the QRF will visually

inspect and count for the following ammunition prior inspect and count for the following ammunition prior

to his element assuming duty as the QRF. to his element assuming duty as the QRF.

b. The Platoon Sergeant will also conduct a physical b. The Platoon Sergeant will also conduct a physical

count of all ammunition daily while assigned to the count of all ammunition daily while assigned to the

QRF. QRF.

c. The QRF will have the following ammunition on c. The QRF will have the following ammunition on

hand at all times: hand at all times:

(1) 48 12-gauge area non-lethal rounds. (1) 48 12-gauge area non-lethal rounds.

(2) 48 40-millimeter point non-lethal rounds. (2) 48 40-millimeter point non-lethal rounds.

(3) 48 40-millimeter area non-lethal rounds. (3) 48 40-millimeter area non-lethal rounds.

(4) 48 M84 stun grenades. (4) 48 M84 stun grenades.

25-5. Uniform 25-5. Uniform: lethal/Non lethel

a. BDU, Kevlar, Body Armor, Protective Mask a. Lethal: BDUs, Kevlar, Body Armor, Protective

(carried), Assigned Weapon (if designated), Mask (carried), Assigned Weapon (if designated),

Camelback, ID Card and Dog Tags, JTF GTMO ID Camelback, ID Card and Dog Tags, Camp Delta

Card, and the ROE card in left breast pocket (dated 30 Badge, and the ROE card in left breast pocket (dated

Nov 02). 30 Nov 02).

b. In addition, QRF soldiers will don riot control b. Non lethal: BDUs, riot control gear consisting of

gear consisting of: face shields attached to the Kevlar, face shields attached to the Kevlar, non-ballistic shin

non-ballistic shin guards, a shield, and a baton. guards, body shield, baton, Camelback, ID Card and

Dog Tags, Camp Delta Badge, and the ROE card in left

breast pocket (dated 30 Nov 02).

Chapter 26 Chapter 26

Military Working Dogs (MWD) Military Working Dogs (MWD)

26-1. Responsibilities 26-1. Responsibilities

a. The CJDOG is responsible for ensuring MWD a. The CJDOG is responsible for ensuring MWD

are used to enhance physical security and as a are used to enhance physical security and as a

psychological deterrence. psychological deterrence.

b. The MWD Section Kennel master is responsible b. The MWD Section Kennel master is responsible

for the following: for the following:

(1) Recommendations for the deployment and (1) Recommendations for the deployment and

proper use of MWD teams proper use of MWD teams

(2) Assisting in planning and deployment of (2) Assisting in planning and deployment of

MWD teams and planning/conducting proficiency MWD teams and planning/conducting proficiency

training training

(3) Personnel needs and maintenance of MWD (3) Personnel needs and maintenance of MWD

Section Section

(4) Ensuring MWD teams are properly cared for (4) Ensuring MWD teams are properly cared for.

26-2. Operations 26-2. Operations

a. The JDOG currently has three MWD teams. a. The JDOG currently has three MWD teams.

Each team is composed of a dog handler and one dog. Each team is composed of a dog handler and one dog.

The three MWD teams consist of an explosive The three MWD teams consist of patrol dogs only

detection/patrol dog, narcotics detection/patrol dog, The teams (one per shift) will be employed as follows:

and a single purpose patrol dog. The joint manning

document (JMD) for future rotations authorizes five

MWD teams. The teams (one per shift) will be

employed as follows:

(1) Psychological deterrence. MWD will walk (1) Psychological deterrence. MWD will walk

“Main Street” in Camp Delta during shift to “Main Street” in Camp Delta during shift to

demonstrate physical presence to detainees. MWD demonstrate physical presence to detainees. MWD on

will not be walked through the blocks unless directed mid-shift will conduct random exterior checks of

by the JDOG. blocks. MWD will not walk through blocks unless

directed by the JDOG.

(2) Dismounted patrols. MWD will augment (2) Dismounted patrols. MWD will augment

Infantry dismounted patrols during hours of limited Infantry dismounted patrols during hours of limited

visibility and at higher THREATCONs. Additionally, visibility and during THREATCONs. Additionally,

patrols will include the following areas: patrols will include the following areas:

(a) Detention Hospital (a) Detention Hospital

(b) Camp Delta Fence Perimeter (b) Camp Delta Fence Perimeter

(c) Contractor Work Sites (c) Contractor Work Sites

(d) Camp Bulkeley (d) Camp Bulkeley

(e) Camp America (e) Camp America

(3) Explosives detection. MWD will be used at (3) Explosives detection. MWD from

Sally Port 1 and Kittery Beach Checkpoint in NAVBASE Security will be utilized in the event of a

conjunction with random antiterrorist measures to aid bomb threat.

in explosives detection. (4) Detainee Movement Operations. MWD team

(4) Detainee Transfer Missions. MWD team will will accompany (DMO) IAW JDOG Reception

accompany detainee transfer missions from Leeward OPORD.

Airfield IAW JTF-160 FRAGO.

b. Shift Requirements. MWD teams are an asset b. Shift Requirements. MWD teams are an asset

available 24 hours /7 days per week. The MWD teams available 24 hours /7 days per week. The MWD teams

are OPCON to the JDOG while in Camp Delta. When are OPCON to the JDOG while in Camp Delta. When

outside Camp Delta, movements will be coordinated outside Camp Delta, movements will be coordinated

with the TOC of the unit responsible for the security of through DOC as directed by IN BN TOC.

the exterior area of the camp.

(1) NCOIC: (1) NCOIC:

(a) Check on the status of each team on duty (a) Check on the status of each team on duty

twice per shift (via visitation or telephonically). MWD twice per shift (via visitation or telephonically). MWD

NCOIC is overall responsible to ensure the team is NCOIC is overall responsible to ensure the team is

equipped for the day’s mission. equipped for the day’s mission.

(b) Ensure that MWD on shift maintain a DA (b) Ensure that MWD on shift maintain a DA

1594 (Staff Duty/PL Journal). NCOIC will be 1594 (Staff Duty/PL Journal). NCOIC will be

responsible for maintaining a record of each shift. responsible for maintaining a record of each shift.

Ensures coordination for each mission or change of Ensures coordination for each mission or change of

mission is planned, resourced, and executed. mission is planned, resourced, and executed.

skipping to change at line 10359 skipping to change at line 11326

time and document the same. time and document the same.

(d) Report any significant or serious incidents to (d) Report any significant or serious incidents to

higher. higher.

(e) NCOIC will report to JDOG Operations when (e) NCOIC will report to JDOG Operations when

a MWD team is down due to illness, injury etc. a MWD team is down due to illness, injury etc.

NCOIC will maintain an internal tracking report and NCOIC will maintain an internal tracking report and

forward to JDOG Operations on the status of each forward to JDOG Operations on the status of each

MWD team. MWD team.

(2) MWD Team: (2) MWD Team:

(a) Will not escort detainee(s) unless specified by (a) Will not escort detainee(s) unless specified by

the CO JDOG.

(b) Assist Immediate Reaction Force (IRF) with (b) Assist Immediate Reaction Force (IRF) with

detainee(s) upon the request of the CO. detainee(s) upon the request of the CO.

(c) MWDs can be used to scout for escaped, (c) MWDs can be used to scout for escaped,

missing, or lost detainee(s) missing, or lost detainee(s)

(d) MWD handlers are overall responsible for the (d) MWD handlers are overall responsible for the

proper use of their assigned MWD while on duty and proper use of their assigned MWD while on duty and

ensuring all Military Police/personnel are aware of the ensuring all guards/personnel are aware of the

capabilities of their MWD capabilities of their MWD

(e) Draw weapon for external perimeter patrols (e)Confirm call sign and conduct communication

from the RFI Armory at Camp America; the weapon check

will be maintained with the QRF weapons while MWD (f) Coordinate movements with CO and Infantry

are within Camp Delta perimeter.

(f) Report to the DOC to draw a Saber Radio

battery.

(g) Confirm call sign and conduct

communication check

(h) Coordinate movements with CO and Infantry

TOC TOC

(i) Conduct four-hour checks on MWD (g) Conduct four-hour checks on MWD

(j) MWDs will only be released to pursue, (h) MWDs will only be released to pursue,

attack, and hold detainee(s) attempting to escape attack, and hold detainee(s) attempting to escape

c. Safety Procedures. All personnel are responsible c. Safety Procedures. All personnel are responsible

for ensuring that all safety procedures and rules are for ensuring that all safety procedures and rules are

followed at all times: followed at all times:

(1) While on duty, no person is to feed or be (1) While on duty, no person is to feed or be

allowed to befriend a MWD. allowed to befriend a MWD.

(2) Whenever entering or leaving a site with a (2) Whenever entering or leaving a site with a

MWD a loud verbal warning will be made. (DOG MWD a loud verbal warning will be made with “DOG

COMING IN/OUT). COMING IN/OUT”.

(3) All running and/or playing are strictly (3) All running and/or playing are strictly

prohibited in or near the kennel areas. prohibited in or near the kennel areas.

(4) Dog teams always have the right of way. (4) Dog teams always have the right of way.

(5) When staking out a dog a collar and stakeout (5) When staking out a dog a collar and stakeout

chain will be used. chain will be used.

(6) Only the dog handler will be permitted to (6) Only the dog handler will be permitted to

work with their assigned dog. work with their assigned dog.

(7) Each handler will learn to recognize the (7) Each handler will learn to recognize the

warning signs that a dog has the intent to attack/bite. warning signs that a dog has the intent to attack/bite.

(8) Loose Dog Procedures: (8) Loose Dog Procedures:

(a) First person to notice a loose dog will call (a) First person to notice a loose dog will call

out: LOOSE DOG! out: LOOSE DOG!

(b) Everyone in the area will stop movement and (b) Everyone in the area will stop movement and

remain still. remain still.

(c) The assigned handler will attempt to take (c) The assigned handler will attempt to take

control of their dog. control of their dog.

(d) In the absence of the assigned handler, the (d) In the absence of the assigned handler, the

skipping to change at line 10408 skipping to change at line 11368

warning signs that a dog has the intent to attack/bite. warning signs that a dog has the intent to attack/bite.

(8) Loose Dog Procedures: (8) Loose Dog Procedures:

(a) First person to notice a loose dog will call (a) First person to notice a loose dog will call

out: LOOSE DOG! out: LOOSE DOG!

(b) Everyone in the area will stop movement and (b) Everyone in the area will stop movement and

remain still. remain still.

(c) The assigned handler will attempt to take (c) The assigned handler will attempt to take

control of their dog. control of their dog.

(d) In the absence of the assigned handler, the (d) In the absence of the assigned handler, the

person nearest the dog will attempt to restrain it. person nearest the dog will attempt to restrain it.

(e) When the dog is secured, the handler that (e) When the dog is secured, the handler that

does so will call out: DOG SECURED! does so will call out: DOG SECURED!

26-3. Training 26-3. Training

a. Training will habitually be conducted with a. Training will be conducted IAW AR 190-12.

NAVBASE Security Forces MWD. Both an Any training planned outside the JTF AOR will be

explosives kit and narcotics kit are available to jointly coordinated through JDOG and NAVBASE

NAVBASE MWD on Guantanamo Bay. MWD.

b. MWD Kennel master will coordinate training b. MWD Kennel master will coordinate training

schedules with NAVBASE MWD personnel for schedules through JDOG Operations. Training

submission to JDOG Operations. Training schedules schedules will reflect, at a minimum:

will reflect, at a minimum:

(1) 60 days out, required proficiency training to (1) 60 days out, required proficiency training to

maintain qualification maintain qualification

(2) Weekly training conducted with NAVBASE (2) Weekly training to be conducted with MWD

section.

(3) Suggested RAMs for monthly implementation (3) Suggested RAMs for monthly implementation

(4) Transition training for follow-on MWD (4) Transition training for follow-on MWD

teams. teams.

26-4. Logistics 26-4. Logistics

a. Billeting. Both handlers and MWDs are housed a. Billeting. Handlers, and MWDs are housed at

at TK89 until a permanent MWD facility is completed. TK89.

b. Support Facilities. MWD teams work out of b. Support Facilities. MWD teams work out of

office space in Bldg 8 at Camp Delta until completion office space in Bldg 8A in Camp Delta until

of the proposed kennel facility. Support facility and completion of the proposed kennel facility. Support

kennel requirements are as follows: facility and kennel requirements are as follows:

(1) NIPR computer access (1) NIPR computer access

(2) Refrigerator for meds/food (2) Refrigerator for meds/food

(3) Food storage area (3) Food storage area

(4) Sink (4) Sink

(5) Six dog kennel (5) Six dog kennel

c. Transportation. MWD teams will be provided c. Transportation. MWD teams will be provided

vehicle support (1 vehicle) for the team on shift from vehicle support (2 vehicles) for the team on

J4. The vehicle must be dispatched IAW J4 shift from J4. The vehicle must be dispatched

Dispatching procedures. IAW J4 Dispatching procedures.

d. The veterinarian must inspect MWD Vehicles

before MWD can be transported.

d. Supplies. All supplies must be requested through d. Supplies. All supplies must be requested through

the JDOG S-4. the JDOG S-4.

e. Weapons and Ammo. Weapons will be stored in

the RFI Armory at Camp America when not in use.

During shift, weapons can be maintained with the QRF

weapons inside Camp Delta. While conducting

perimeter patrols outside the fence line, weapons will

be worn. Ammunition will be provided by JDOG and

stored inside the RFI Armory. During shift, two ten

round magazines will be drawn. The ammunition and

weapon will be maintained with the QRF weapons

while inside Camp Delta.

Chapter 27 Chapter 27

Operation Security (OPSEC) and Deceptive Operation Security (OPSEC) and Deceptive

Lighting Plan Lighting Plan

27-1. Purpose 27-1. Purpose

a. To prohibit conduct that is prejudicial to the good a. To prohibit conduct that is prejudicial to the good

order and discipline of JTF-GTMO that may threaten order and discipline of JTF-GTMO that may threaten

the national security of the United States or its allies, the national security of the United States or its allies,

and is of a nature likely to bring discredit upon the and is of a nature likely to bring discredit upon the

Armed Forces. Armed Forces.

skipping to change at line 10654 skipping to change at line 11607

drawings of camp facilities or personnel working in drawings of camp facilities or personnel working in

and around Camp Delta, Camp X-Ray, or any other and around Camp Delta, Camp X-Ray, or any other

part of the NAVBASE that is a photography-prohibited part of the NAVBASE that is a photography-prohibited

area. This prohibition also includes taking photographs area. This prohibition also includes taking photographs

or video recordings of personnel movements or or video recordings of personnel movements or

operations at NAVBASE GTMO without the operations at NAVBASE GTMO without the

appropriate authorization, and transmitting or appropriate authorization, and transmitting or

displaying any information relating to JTF-GTMO displaying any information relating to JTF-GTMO

operations on any website or other shared medium operations on any website or other shared medium

without the proper written authorization. without the proper written authorization.

27-6. Deceptive Lighting Plan 27-6. OPSEC Guidelines and Violations

a. There cannot be any confusion on the part of

JDOG personnel as to the importance of maintaining

professional, appropriate communication to prevent

OPSEC violations.

b. Some of our biggest OPSEC violations are things

that do not increase our probability of attack from an

external enemy, but instead make it more difficult for

guards, interrogators, linguist, and medical personnel to

complete our missions. These infractions will be

addressed with increasing severity if corrections are not

made.

c. You are responsible to hold yourself and your

fellow service members to use OPSEC in your mission.

More so than anyone else in JTF, we have the ability to

hurt the intelligence-gathering mission. Do not:

(1) Discuss current world events or history with

detainees, or within earshot of detainees, that could

upset or influence detainee actions or attitudes, such as

the situation in the Middle East, the destruction of the

Space Shuttle, or information concerning terrorist

groups or personnel.

(2) Discuss company, operational, or personal

information that will lead the detainees to spread

rumors, stir up other detainees, or attempt to use the

information for manipulative purposes.

(3) Share opinions or initiate discussions with

detainees regarding information that is not relevant to

the carrying out of essential duties. This includes

teaching detainees songs, phrases in English, Spanish,

or other languages.

(4) Discuss future missions, inbound or outbound

missions, additional missions such as Camp Echo or

the General’s Cottage, etc, unless specifically directed

to do so by JDOG through coordination with JIG

personnel.

(5) Attempt to listen in on, or influence,

interrogation activities on the block or in one of the

JIIF buildings. If you are requested to be present by the

interrogator or linguist, please accommodate them

appropriately. However, unless authorized to do so, do

not participate in an active manner. Only monitor and

conduct security as ordered. Do not monitor the audio

of the interrogation unless specifically requested to do

so.

(6) Allow detainees or other unauthorized

personnel to see the uncovered sign-in roster at brown

and yellow JIIF building entrance. Use a cover sheet or

turn face down when not actively using. This has led to

a detainee knowing names of several US personnel.

(7) Conduct conversations critical of another unit,

the chain of command, or other soldiers with detainees.

This also has happened, and will not be tolerated.

(8) Talk with other guards or US personnel not

assigned to special missions such as Camp Echo, DMO

Operations bus escort, General’s Cottage, etc, about

specific incidents or actions at those sites.

d. These OPSEC limitations do not preclude you

from talking to detainees in the conduct of your daily

assignment. Maintain your professionalism, be firm but

fair, and you will be able to build rapport with

detainees. OPSEC does not preclude a guard from

asking a detainee how he is doing, telling the detainee

what actions need to be conducted, being directive with

your commands, or answering routine questions. Being

firm, but polite, will not compromise OPSEC and will

promote detainee compliance.

e. General Order #2 has been disseminated to all

company commanders and sections, and all soldiers are

responsible to be familiar with its provisions.

Prohibited activities include:

(1) Discussing matters of a personal or

operational nature in the presence of detainees need not

be discussed in their presence.

(2) Communicating with detainees (verbal or

nonverbal) or assisting others and/or allowing others to

communicate with detainees without the proper

authorization. Also prohibited is failing to report any

unauthorized attempt at communication, whether a

detainee trying to communicate with an unauthorized

person, or an unauthorized person (a TCN, an ICRC

person, a soldier who is not authorized to talk to

detainees) attempting to communicate with a detainee.

(3) Leaving any tools, keys, weapons, or other

work related materials necessary to perform your

mission unattended or within the reach of persons

unauthorized to possess them, or bringing any

materials not necessary for the performance of the

mission into a sensitive area or detainee area.

(4) Bringing any type of camera or other

recording device without getting proper authorization

into any detainee or sensitive area.

(5) Taking any visual or audio recordings of

detainees, detainee facilities, personnel working in or

around Camp Delta, Echo, the Cottage, Camp X-Ray,

or any other photography prohibited areas. Use

common sense – If you have to question if something

is a possible violation, don’t take the chance. Ask if

necessary.

(6) Wearing unsanitized uniforms in the presence

of detainees.

(7) Discussing classified matters, work related

matters, or JTF operational matters with anyone who

does not have the appropriate clearance or in the

presence of anyone without the necessary clearance.

(8) Marking down of information, taking

classified materials to a housing unit, keeping or

recording classified material in an unauthorized area,

or keeping/leaving personnel rosters, whether detainee

or US personnel, unattended or in an unauthorized

area. For us, this means that we do not record

operational or detainee information anywhere but

inside Camp Delta (or other authorized area such as

NAVBASE Hospital, Camp Echo, etc), or keep

personal journals with specific Camp Delta records and

information.

f. Beyond what is listed in General Order #2, you

must also be aware of the JDOG and JTF Essential

Elements of Friendly Information, and protect this

information accordingly. All soldiers are responsible to

be aware of these items, and your chain of command

will re-disseminate these if needed. Included in these

EEFIs are:

(1) Any information pertaining to the movement

of detainees to and from GTMO, or detainee movement

while at GTMO.

(2) Any reference to the identity of a detainee

other than his ISN. If using non-secure radio channel or

telephone, only the last 3 of detainees ISN are to be

used.

(3) Any reference to specific detainee

interrogations or methods of interrogation. This

includes talking to other guards or US personnel who

do not have a need to know regarding the specific

information.

(4) Any references to a detainee’s medical

condition, any references to our daily schedules, or to

specific incidents that have occurred at Camp Delta.

(5) Discussion of Distinguished visitor travel

information, such as specifics on when they will be

visiting at what time, etc. Use common sense!

(6) Access procedures for entry into Camp Delta

or through Infantry checkpoints.

g. Violations of any of the above may result in

UCMJ action under article 92, violation of a general

order.

h. This list was not inclusive of all aspects of

General Order #2, or JTF/JDOG EEFIs. All of us are

responsible to meet the standards in these documents.

i. OPSEC is not just keeping secret the big picture

information like how many troops we have, what our

defense plans are, or when we are redeploying. Many

JDOG, JIG, and JMG service members have

information that could be detrimental to our mission if

the media knew of it or detainees became aware of it.

Don’t be the one who sparks something that makes it

difficult for the next shift, another company, the

interrogators, or any other fellow soldier to accomplish

our mission. If you see or hear a fellow service

member, guard, linguist, medical, or other, violate

OPSEC; make the correction. If the person(s) refuses,

and it occurs within Camp Delta, call the JDOG S-3

ASAP. It will be investigated. If outside of Delta,

report it to the assistant S-3 and OPSEC coordinator for

JDOG. More importantly though, be aware of what

you and your coworkers are saying and doing. We

would much rather stop OPSEC violations than punish

anyone for committing one.

27-7. Deceptive Lighting Plan

a. All military and civilian personnel working in a. All military and civilian personnel working in

Camp Delta will be familiar with and conform to the Camp Delta will be familiar with and conform to the

procedure prescribed by this policy. Unit leaders and procedure prescribed by this policy. Unit leaders and

shift OICs and NCOICs are responsible for ensuring shift OICs and NCOICs are responsible for ensuring

that their personnel are familiar with and comply with that their personnel are familiar with and comply with

this procedure. Personnel may be held accountable this procedure. Personnel may be held accountable

under the UCMJ for failing to follow the guidelines set under the UCMJ for failing to follow the guidelines set

forth under this SOP. forth under this SOP.

b. In the event of a threat either by sea or air, the b. In the event of a threat either by sea or air, the

following procedure will be followed. following procedure will be followed.

skipping to change at line 10669 skipping to change at line 11792

that their personnel are familiar with and comply with that their personnel are familiar with and comply with

this procedure. Personnel may be held accountable this procedure. Personnel may be held accountable

under the UCMJ for failing to follow the guidelines set under the UCMJ for failing to follow the guidelines set

forth under this SOP. forth under this SOP.

b. In the event of a threat either by sea or air, the b. In the event of a threat either by sea or air, the

following procedure will be followed. following procedure will be followed.

(1) The JOC will notify the Camp Delta DOC of (1) The JOC will notify the Camp Delta DOC of

an impending threat in two stages. an impending threat in two stages.

(a) The first notification occurs when a potential (a) The first notification occurs when a potential

threat has been identified. threat has been identified.

(b) The second notification occurs when the (b) The second notification occurs when the

threat is confirmed and the decision is made to turn off threat is confirmed and the decision is made to turn off

all lights in the Camp Delta area. all lights in the Camp Delta area.

(2) When JOC calls with the first notification: (2) When JOC calls with the first notification:

(a) Camp Delta CO will have one of the (a) Camp Delta CO will have one of the

Administrative NCOs, working in Camp-1, using Administrative NCOs, working in Camp-1, using

whatever means available (i.e. golf cart, HMMWV) whatever means available (i.e. Gator, HMMWV) move

move to the power substation adjacent to the water to the power substation adjacent to the water tanks by

tanks by Camp Bulkeley. Admin NCO will carry a Camp Bulkeley. Admin NCO will carry a SABRE

SABRE radio. radio.

(b) Upon arrival will enter the gate by entering (b) Upon arrival will enter the gate by entering

the number (1998) in the combination lock. the number (1998) in the combination lock.

(c) Proceed to the junction box with the number (c) Proceed to the junction box with the number

(7012-83) Breaker Box and open the box. The number (7012-83) Breaker Box and open the box. The number

for the lock on the breaker box is (224). for the lock on the breaker box is (224).

(d) Call Power Station #4 and advise them that (d) Call Power Station #4 and advise them that

they are getting ready to shut down power to Radio they are getting ready to shut down power to Radio

Range. All phone numbers are posted inside the door Range. All phone numbers are posted inside the door

of the phone box. of the phone box.

(e) Call the JOC (5010/5038) from the phone box (e) Call the JOC (5010/5038) from the phone box

skipping to change at line 10767 skipping to change at line 11889

28-3. Detainee International Public Information 28-3. Detainee International Public Information

Themes Themes

a. Detaining these people in Guantanamo Bay a. Detaining these people in Guantanamo Bay

supports the smooth transition to a stable and secure supports the smooth transition to a stable and secure

environment in Afghanistan. environment in Afghanistan.

b. Guantanamo Bay affords a safe facility to secure b. Guantanamo Bay affords a safe facility to secure

and provide appropriate care for detainees. and provide appropriate care for detainees.

c. All detainees will be treated humanely and c. All detainees will be treated humanely and

consistent with the principles of the Geneva consistent with the principles of the Geneva

Conventions. Conventions.

d. These detainees are the most dangerous of the al- d. These detainees are the most dangerous of the Al-

Qaida and Taliban. They continue to pose a threat and Qaida and Taliban. They continue to pose a threat and

must be under tight control. must be under tight control.

e. Guantanamo Bay and the detention facilities are e. Guantanamo Bay and the detention facilities are

secure and well-defended. secure and well defended.

Chapter 29 Chapter 29

Transitions Transitions

Section I – To Camp IV Section I – To Camp IV

29-1. Preparation 29-1. Preparation

a. The transition procedure from Camp I to Camp a. The transition procedure from Camp I to Camp

IV will allow the detainee over a period of time to IV will allow the detainee over a period of time to

acclimatize to a different security environment with its acclimatize to a different security environment with its

own set of rules and operating procedures. own set of rules and operating procedures.

b. The detainees to be moved from Camp I to Camp b. The detainees to be moved from Camp I to Camp

skipping to change at line 10823 skipping to change at line 11945

f. The detainee will be shackled using handcuffs f. The detainee will be shackled using handcuffs

and waist belt. and waist belt.

g. The detainee, the tub, the mattress, and ISO mat g. The detainee, the tub, the mattress, and ISO mat

will be taken to Tango Block. will be taken to Tango Block.

h. Combat Camera will film the transition from the h. Combat Camera will film the transition from the

detainee’s current cell to his cell in Tango Block. detainee’s current cell to his cell in Tango Block.

i. During the transition phase, the following i. During the transition phase, the following

activities will occur: activities will occur:

(1) An increase in food portions. (1) An increase in food portions.

(2) One shower allowed per day. (2) One shower allowed per day.

(3) Longer recreation periods allowed. (3) Longer exercise periods allowed.

(4) Group recreation time with up to three (4) Group exercise time with up to three

detainees. detainees.

(5) ISO mats placed in the recreation yard to (5) ISO mats placed in the exercise yard to

facilitate board games and prayer time. facilitate board games and prayer time.

(6) Classes on Camp IV and its associated rules (6) Classes on Camp IV and its associated rules

and privileges. and privileges.

(7) A tour of Camp IV and description of the (7) A tour of Camp IV and description of the

facilities. facilities.

29-3. Movement to Camp IV 29-3. Movement to Camp IV

a. On the movement day, the detainee will have his a. On the movement day, the detainee will have his

comfort items inventoried and packed in the storage comfort items inventoried and packed in the storage

tub. The green mattress will stay in the cell. tub. The green mattress will stay in the cell.

b. The detainee will be placed in handcuffs. b. The detainee will be placed in handcuffs.

skipping to change at line 10910 skipping to change at line 12032

detainee will meet with the designated representatives; detainee will meet with the designated representatives;

JDOG, chaplain, medical, etc. JDOG, chaplain, medical, etc.

i. JDOG/JIG will give an overview of the i. JDOG/JIG will give an overview of the

Transition Location along with rules to follow during Transition Location along with rules to follow during

transition. transition.

j. JIG will be responsible to provide all comfort j. JIG will be responsible to provide all comfort

items to the detainee as D-Day approaches. items to the detainee as D-Day approaches.

k. Detainee will utilize this time to adjust himself to k. Detainee will utilize this time to adjust himself to

a more lenient life style including such items as a more lenient life style including such items as

follows: follows:

(1) More recreation (1) More exercise

(2) More showers (2) More showers

(3) Different meals (3) Different meals

(4) Items provided by the JIG. (4) Items provided by the JIG.

29-6. Transition Location Rules 29-6. Transition Location Rules

Designated detainees will follow the following Designated detainees will follow the following

guidelines: guidelines:

(1) Follow all directions given to them by staff. (1) Follow all directions given to them by staff.

(2) Keep their area clean. (2) Keep their area clean.

(3) Will request use of the latrine and one at a (3) Will request use of the latrine and one at a

time. time.

skipping to change at line 10945 skipping to change at line 12067

custody. The Detainee Hospital’s former physical custody. The Detainee Hospital’s former physical

therapy room is designated as the current transition therapy room is designated as the current transition

location. Detainees identified for transfer will be given location. Detainees identified for transfer will be given

a period of “decompression” and will have increased a period of “decompression” and will have increased

privileges as they prepare for their transfer. privileges as they prepare for their transfer.

b. These detainees will be moved from their current b. These detainees will be moved from their current

cells to the transition location in waist belt and cells to the transition location in waist belt and

handcuffs only. Unless the detainee exhibits behavior handcuffs only. Unless the detainee exhibits behavior

that would require increased restraints, they will only that would require increased restraints, they will only

be moved with the use of the waist belt and handcuffs. be moved with the use of the waist belt and handcuffs.

There will be an MP stationed outside the entry to the There will be a guard stationed outside the entry to the

Transition Location and in a position to observe the Transition Location and in a position to observe the

room and control access to the Transition Location. room and control access to the Transition Location.

c. The door leading outside will be secured utilizing c. The door leading outside will be secured utilizing

a padlock and hasp. a padlock and hasp.

d. There will be two MP’s stationed inside the room d. There will be two guards stationed inside the

near the latrine area. This position will be by the entry room near the latrine area. This position will be by the

door leading to the Detainee Hospital. entry door leading to the Detainee Hospital.

e. The middle doors leading into the dental area will e. The middle doors leading into the dental area will

always remain secured except for emergency always remain secured except for emergency

situations. There will an MP at this location in order to situations. There will a guard at this location in order

observe the detainees. to observe the detainees.

f. The door leading into the hospital area will be f. The door leading into the hospital area will be

secured. If there is only one MP there, that one MP secured. If there is only one guard there, that one

will stand on the Detainee Hospital side of the door and guard will stand on the Detainee Hospital side of the

observe the detainees through the window of the door door and observe the detainees through the window of

until the second MP returns. the door until the second guard returns.

g. Inspections will be performed daily on the g. Inspections will be performed daily on the

detainee’s area by the day shift. detainee’s area by the day shift.

h. Shakedowns will be performed as designated. h. Shakedowns will be performed as designated.

i. MPs will ensure that the latrine and shower area i. Guards will ensure that the latrine and shower

are cleaned at least once per shift on days and swings. area are cleaned at least once per shift on days and

j. MPs will ensure that the detainee’s area is swings.

j. Guards will ensure that the detainee’s area is

cleaned each morning and also at any other time during cleaned each morning and also at any other time during

the day as needed. the day as needed.

k. Detainees may stack up their mattresses or beds k. Detainees may stack up their mattresses or beds

for storage. If this is done, bedding will be neatly for storage. If this is done, bedding will be neatly

placed on their storage bin. placed on their storage bin.

l. Detainees will not be allowed in prohibited areas l. Detainees will not be allowed in prohibited areas

(taped areas) without authorization. (taped areas) without authorization.

m.MPs will notify the D.O.C. via the phone, any m.Guards will notify the D.O.C. via the phone, any

counts that are conducted. counts that are conducted.

n. MPs will monitor all foot traffic from Detainee n. Guards will monitor all foot traffic from Detainee

Hospital to the Transition Location for utilizing the Hospital to the Transition Location for utilizing the

latrine. latrine.

o. If one of the MPs stationed by the latrine area o. If one of the guards stationed by the latrine area

needs to take a break, the roving MP will replace that needs to take a break, the roving guard will replace that

MP until that MP returns. guard until that guard returns.

p. MPs at the Transition Location need to p. Guards at the Transition Location need to

coordinate with the Detainee Hospital MP’s for getting coordinate with the Detainee Hospital guards for

meals for both detainees and themselves. getting meals for both detainees and themselves.

q. MPs on duty will remain vigilant. q. Guards on duty will remain vigilant.

r. MPs will not have any unauthorized items while r. Guards will not have any unauthorized items

in the performance of their duties. while in the performance of their duties.

s. MPs will wear latex gloves while performing s. MPs will wear latex gloves while performing

searches. searches.

t. MPs will wear “sanitized” uniforms with their t. MPs will wear “sanitized” uniforms with their

names covered up. names covered up.

u. MPs will document in a log book all significant u. MPs will document in a log book all significant

events that would include but not limited to the events that would include but not limited to the

following: shift change, chow times, authorized and following: shift change, chow times, authorized and

unauthorized visitors, medical staff, medical staff, unauthorized visitors, medical staff, medical staff,

interrogators, translators, and count times. interrogators, translators, and count times.

v. MPs will perform preventive measures and v. MPs will perform preventive measures and

accountability on all equipment. accountability on all equipment.

w. Whistles are provided to each MP for duress. w. Whistles are provided to each guard for duress.

MPs will keep whistles with lanyards on their person at Guards will keep whistles with lanyards on their person

all times while on duty. The whistles will be at all times while on duty. The whistles will be

transferred from MPs coming off shift to those coming transferred from guards coming off shift to those

on shift. coming on shift.

x. Detainees will be provided the opportunity to x. Detainees will be provided the opportunity to

participate with recreation per the schedule provided. participate with exercise per the schedule provided.

Showers will be allowed after recreation or as Showers will be allowed after exercise or as

authorized. authorized.

y. Recreation schedule: One MP will escort the y. Exercise schedule: One guard will escort the

detainee utilizing the hospital entrance doorway of the detainee utilizing the hospital entrance doorway of the

transition location (by the latrine). The detainee, along transition location (by the latrine). The detainee, along

with the escort, will exit out the rear entrance to the with the escort, will exit out the rear entrance to the

designated recreation location. The remaining three designated exercise location. The remaining three

MPs will observe the other detainees from three points: guards will observe the other detainees from three

points:

(1) Outside the access door looking in. (1) Outside the access door looking in.

(2) At the middle doors looking in from the (2) At the middle doors looking in from the

physical training room. physical training room.

(3) Sitting at the table by the latrine. (3) Sitting at the table by the latrine.

Chapter 30 Chapter 30

Delta Block Mental Health Facility (MHF) Delta Behavioral Healthcare Block

30-1. Operations 30-1. Overview

a. Any attempt at self-harm will cause the cell to be Delta Behavioral Health Block is constructed in two

considered a crime scene. This cell will be sealed and sections. The front Non-Acute section has 22 cells that

not used until JDOG S-3 gives the approval. have been modified with additional safety

b. No detainee is to be moved from this section to considerations to house detainees on Behavioral

MSU for behavioral reasons. Healthcare Service that are clinically stable but because

c. Any move for temporary reasons, the Koran must of their mental illness and/or limited coping skills, are

follow the detainee. at increased risk of self-harm and are more difficult to

d. All blankets in use in this section will be of the manage in the general population.

self-harm prevention type. This blanket will stay in the The rear section, Delta Acute, houses detainees who

assigned cell. Periodically check all seams of the are at imminent risk of serious self-harm, suicide or

blanket. If any seam has been chewed, or otherwise require seclusion or restraint to regain internal control,

compromised, the blanket should be repaired before under medical supervision. The section has nine acute

reuse. Use of this blanket is not a substitute for careful cells, four restraint cells, and two seclusion cells. A

monitoring of individuals on self-harm watch. nurse’s station, two secure restraint monitoring rooms

e. All security aspects with this section of Delta and two secure interview areas have also been

Block must by coordinated with the Psychologists. constructed. Video monitoring is available for all cells

in the Delta Acute section and in the passageway.

A lockable sally port style door covered with thick

plexi-glass divides the Block. This door can be closed

to control the flow of traffic, to reduce noise level and

control communication between acute and non-acute

detainees. This door will be locked only in the most

extreme of emergencies.

A ramp was constructed on the side of the Facility for

the ease of removing a detainee by litter. This ramp

slopes both the front and rear of the block and accesses

a side door. The side door is lockable and is used as a

general access/egress point from the non-acute section

near the middle of the Facility.

The Facility is also equipped with a rear sally port.

This gate accesses the dead-zone around Delta MHF

and allows access to the Block via Sally Port 4. The

rear gate is intended for ranking officers and dignitaries

to minimize detainee contact while still allowing access

to the Facility. This gate is for emergency, dignitary,

and ranking officers only, and general day-to-day

operational use would take away for its intended

purpose. The green wind screening has been doubled

to reduce the ability of detainee to see into the dead-

zone.

Camp Delta SOP will guide all Delta Behavioral

Health Block operations unless specifically expressed

otherwise in this chapter.

30-2. Staffing

a. Behavioral Healthcare Service Manager, in

conjunction with the Delta Block NCOIC, will have

overall responsibility for the daily operations of Delta

Block. Accountability will be to CJDOG and to the

Chief, Behavioral Healthcare Services. The Behavioral

Healthcare Service Chief is a credentialed provider

who is responsible for mental healthcare, operations

and resource management.

b. Delta Behavioral Healthcare Block staffing:

1 Psychiatric Registered Nurse

3-4 Behavioral Healthcare Technicians on days

and 2 Technicians on nights (24/7

coverage, 12 hour shifts)

c. The Facility is manned 24/7 by a permanent guard

force (GF) of 27 MP’s; 1 senior NCO (NCOIC), 4

junior NCO’s (block sergeants), and 22 enlisted MP’s.

The MPs work 12-hour shifts.

e. MPs assigned to Delta Behavioral Healthcare Block

will not be assigned to Camp Delta IRF teams due to

the high acuity of the detainees housed here. Because

of this high acuity and higher risk of acting out

behavior, consistency in staffing levels is paramount.

GF personnel are all volunteers and are selected by the

Delta Behavioral Healthcare Providers and the Delta

Behavioral Healthcare Block NCOIC from a list

provided by their chain of command through JDOG S3.

f. The MPs assigned to Delta Behavioral Healthcare

Block will be expected to manage most routine

situations of acting out behavior. The Delta Block

NCO will determine when additional staff support is

indicated and will notify the DOC and On-Duty CO as

per Camp Delta SOP.

g. JDOG S3 will identify candidates for permanent

NCO MP staff assignment to Delta Block; candidates

will be interviewed and recommendations for

assignment made by Behavioral Healthcare Staff to the

JDOG S3.

h. The Delta Behavioral Healthcare Block NCO is the

supervisor for all MPs assigned to the block. The Unit

Nurse will brief the oncoming block NCO on relevant

behavioral and safety issues and any special behavioral

treatment plans in effect. The NCO will be responsible

for briefing all oncoming shifts prior to the start of the

shift on the operational specifics of the Delta

Behavioral Healthcare Block and normal guard mount

information. Any significant changes in treatment

plans or a detainee’s mental health condition will be

briefed to the Block NCO as they arise.

30-3. Watch

a. There will be a minimum of one behavioral health

staff present on the block at all times. The guard force

should direct all questions regarding the behavior or

status of a detainee to them.

b. A credentialed mental health provider will be

designated daily for on-call purposes after normal

working hours.

30-4. Crisis/Mass Casualty Response

a. Mass casualty situations can arise at any time and

are rarely foreseen. The primary consideration in any

crisis or mass casualty situation is security and safety.

b. During a mass casualty situation not involving Delta

Block detainees, one psychiatric technician will remain

on the block and the remainder of unit behavioral

healthcare personnel will respond to their assigned

positions per the mass casualty plan. The guard staff

and remaining psychiatric technician will exercise

additional vigilance in detainee observation during this

time.

c. While a mass suicide attempt may occur anywhere

in the camp; detainees housed in the Delta Unit may be

at higher risk due to the potential severity of their

illness (e.g. psychosis) or the reckless or planned

actions due to a severe personality disorder. The

immediate action plan for a mass suicide attempt will

be to sweep from one end of the Unit to the other and

secure the extremities of detainees engaged in

imminent self harm behaviors, with flexi cuff

restraints, to points of their cells that would prevent

acute acts of suicide. This is done as quickly as

possible, however, the safety of the guard and medical

staff is paramount as these coordinated behaviors may

also indicate a clandestine plan to overpower staff.

The JDOG S-3 will ensure that adequate flexi cuff

restraints are readily available for this contingency.

d. In the event of a crisis/mass casualty on Delta Block

the following immediate action plan will be followed:

(1) The Video Monitoring MP will issue the

brevity code to alert DOC and the On-Duty CO.

(2) The Block NCO will organize the MP’s into 2-

3 soldier teams.

(3) The spare keys from behind the monitoring

room door, radios, and spare trauma sheers in nurses

office will be secured to aid in entering cells.

(4) Video Monitoring MP will contact the DOC

via landline to ensure proper response is in route.

(5) The block NCO coordinates operations on the

block in a sweeping motion from one end of the tier to

the other, prioritizing the detainees by the level of

distress then directing MP teams to the appropriate

detainee cell.

(6) The Block NCO utilizes OC to stop detainees

engaged in imminent self-harm behavior.

(7) MP team enters the cell with flexi-cuff

restraints and the detainees will be secured to the inside

of the cell, on the floor, laying on their back with flexi

cuffs to at least 2 points of the cell.

(8) The minimum amount of force will be used to

maintain complete control over the detainee.

(9) In the event a detainee is cut down, one MP

will stabilize the detainee’s head while he is cut down.

Then the detainee will be lowered to the floor and

placed on his back, then secured.

(10)The door to the detainees cell must be locked.

Remember the primary concern is soldier safety.

(11)If additional manning is required, the On-Duty

CO will call Camp One IRF teams. If the On-Duty CO

is not on the block the DOC will be notified to call for

the IRF teams.

(12)The Block NCO coordinates all activities on

the block, ensuring un-necessary personnel and

observers are not allowed on the tier and required

personnel are being properly directed.

(13)The Behavioral Healthcare Service Manager

and Delta MHF NCOIC will be notified as soon as

possible.

(14) All personnel must be vigilant to a clandestine

plan to overpower the guard and psych staff.

(15) All GF personnel file DA 2823, original with

DOC, copy to GF NCOIC.

30-5. Non-Acute Section

a. The non-acute section is for detainees with severe

mental illnesses that require an increased level of

monitoring/care, detainees at increased risk for self-

injurious behavior, and those detainees whose behavior

is so maladaptive as to create a significant disturbance

if housed in the general or segregated housing units.

b. The section’s guard force provides security and first

line observation of detainees with ready back up of

behavioral health staff. Detainees who are at a

particularly high risk of self-harm, (e.g. detainees who

have had repeated suicide attempts or detainees who

have just returned from the acute section), will have

their cells marked with a red tag. The purpose of the

red tag is to alert guard and behavioral health staff of

detainees to be particularly observant of and have a

lower threshold for further inquiry. These individuals

can or have demonstrated a propensity to be very

secretive or resourceful in their attempts to do self-

harm. During times of crisis or other times of potential

distraction, particular attention to cells marked with red

tags is paramount. During these times of crisis, the

Delta Block NCO will verbally and immediately assign

either a guard to assume the responsibility of

monitoring cells with red tags or task the Unit Nurse or

Unit Psychiatric Technician to immediately assign a

Behavioral Healthcare staff member to this task.

c. Cells with red tags will not have sheets. Large

shower type towels will be provided only for shower

purposes and will under no circumstances be allowed

inside any cells. Detainees assigned to Delta MHF,

both acute and non-acute, are issued small hand towels

for use in their cells. These restrictions should help

guard and behavioral health staff to quickly identify

high-risk detainees who have these unauthorized and

potentially dangerous items in their cell.

d. Behavioral health staff will conduct a visual check

of detainees housed with red tags every two hours and

document the detainee’s activity utilizing the High

Risk Observation form.

e. When the guard force is not able to redirect a

detainee from behavior that is potentially self-injurious,

e.g. head banging or scratching, or creating a

significant disturbance, the guard force will contact the

Unit Psychiatric Technician or Unit Nurse. If the Unit

Psychiatric Technician is unable to redirect the

detainee from potentially self-injurious behavior, the

Unit Nurse will be notified.

30-6 Delta Acute Section and Self-Harm

Precautions

The Acute Section is for those detainees at very high

risk for self-harm and who require Self-Harm

Precautions. A detainee on self-harm precautions is

at high risk for suicide or other self-injury. They may

suffer from poor self-control or a lack of coping

abilities. They often deal poorly with anger and stress.

Many try to manipulate others and their environment

by threats of suicide and self-harm. They often engage

in threats or actual self-injurious behavior, threats or

actual harm toward others, anti-social and aggressive

behaviors, and inappropriate sexual behaviors. Their

behavior can be dramatic and highly unpredictable.

The risk with these detainees is varying degrees of self-

injurious behaviors, including suicide.

a. Only Behavioral Healthcare providers, nurses and

psychiatric technicians, or another credentialed medical

provider can order Self-Harm Precautions. Only

credentialed behavioral healthcare providers can

discontinue Self-Harm Precautions.

b. Detainees placed on self-harm precautions will be

transferred into an acute cell on the Delta Acute Unit.

If space is not available, the detainee will be placed

into a restraint cell; if a restraint cell is not available the

detainee will be placed on constant observation in cell

1 or 22 of the Delta Non-Acute section.

c. Self-harm precautions will be in effect until the

detainee is clinically stable, as determined by a

credentialed provider, and safe to return to a less

restrictive environment.

d. Detainees who are on self-harm precautions that are

scheduled for interrogation will have their clinical

status and risk assessment verified by the licensed

Behavioral Health staff prior to leaving the block.

Detainees on self-harm precautions are generally not

clinically stable enough to leave the block.

e. All items are normally removed from the cell.

Exceptions may be made by the Behavioral Health

staff on a case-by-case basis. These exceptions will be

documented on the Self-Harm Guidelines form.

f. Detainee is to be given no items at any time that

may be used for self-harm (such as razors, sharp

objects, pens, pencils, nail cutters, etc.).

g. Detainee will not be placed in the Segregation Unit.

h. Return nothing to the detainee unless directed by

Behavioral Health staff.

i. Serve meals on Styrofoam plate with plastic spoon.

j. MP staff on Delta Behavioral Healthcare Block will

maintain a 1 staff to 3-detainee ratio while observing

detainees on Self-Harm Precautions. The MP assigned

to the video monitoring room on the “Observation of

Self-Injurious Behavior Form”, every 15 minutes will

complete documentation of the detainee’s behavior.

k. Unless actively aggressive, detainees may shower

per normal routine.

SELF-HARM PRECAUTIONS GUIDELINES

(1) Behavioral Health staff may recommend the

removal of Jumpsuit tops and pants, depending on the

nature of the self-harm behavior.

(2) Items may be given if approved by Behavioral

Health Staff, and in accordance with the Authorized

Items for Detainee Possession.

ITEM LEVEL INITIALS

Regular Blanket, No ribbon 1-4

ISO mat 1-4

Orange jumpsuit top 1-4

Orange jumpsuit pants 1-4

Orange shorts 1-4

Flip-Flops 1-4

Camp rules 1-4

Finger toothbrush 1-4

Toothpaste 1-4

Mattress 1-3

Koran 1-3

Religious books 1-3

Styrofoam cups 1-3

Prayer cap 1-3

Washcloths 1-3

Prayer beads 1-3

Perfume/oil from Chaplain 1-3

30–7. Interview Cells

(1) These cells were designed to provide security,

increased monitoring and improved privacy. They

allow detainees from the acute unit, non-acute unit or

general population to be transported and turned over to

Delta Block, Acute Unit and Behavioral Healthcare

staff for new or ongoing mental health evaluations.

(2) Detainees will be locked inside the cell but not

shackled while in the cell.

(3) The Unit Nurse will coordinate the use of escort

teams with Escort Control. The escort teams will report

to the Unit Nurse to ensure the teams understand any

standing limitations on the block and that local and

Camp SOP’s are followed.

(4) Detainees from Delta block MHF will be

escorted to the interview rooms by way of the rear

Sally Gate. The escort team will remain with the

detainee and ensure his safety and welfare.

(5) The Video Monitoring Room MP will make the

appropriate journal entry and monitor the interview

cells to alert the Block NCO and escort teams to any

possible problem. The Video Monitoring Room is not

a substitute for vigilance on the part of the escort team.

30-8. Restraints and Seclusion

I. PURPOSE

To publish policy and guidelines for use of medical

restraint and seclusion as a means of assisting a

detainee in regaining control of his behavior to protect

self, other detainees, guards and other staff.

II. BACKGROUND

a. It is the policy of Detention Hospital, JTF GTMO to

deliver proper and humane patient care to all detainees

while observing basic human rights. Use of restraint

temporarily restricts these rights. Restraint is used only

for detainees who are at imminent risk of harming

themselves or others. Restraint is to be used only after

other less restrictive interventions have proven

unsuccessful in efforts to control behavior.

b. Restraint cannot be ordered PRN (as needed).

c. When healthcare staff notes what they consider to

be improper use of restraints, jeopardizing the health of

a detainee, they communicate their concerns as soon as

possible to the Detention Hospital Officer in Charge

and the Detention Operations Center.

d. The Chief of Behavioral Health Services is to be

NOTIFIED/PAGED IMMEDIATELY ANY TIME A

DETAINEE IS RESTRAINED, in order to obtain a

formal order for restraints.

III. DEFINITIONS

a. Restraint: any method of physically restricting a

person’s movement, physical activity, or normal access

to his or her body. Restraint is considered involuntary

and is used as part of an approved protocol or as

indicated by an individual’s orders.

(1) Clinically-ordered restraints refer to measures

taken as part of a medical or mental health treatment,

which are designed to confine a patient’s bodily

movements, such as the use of leather cuffs and

anklets.

(2) Custody-ordered restraints are to be used only by

custody staff for security reasons. The health care staff

does not participate in the restraint of detainees ordered

by custody staff except for monitoring their health

status.

b. Seclusion: refers to the placement (by health

workers) of a patient in a bare room for the purpose of

containing a clinical situation (e.g. extreme agitation,

threatening behavior, assaultive behavior) that may

result in harm to self or others.

c. Observation.

(1) Close observation. Staff should observe such a

detainee at staggered intervals not to exceed every 15

minutes.

(2) Constant observation. Staff should observe such a

detainee on a continuous, uninterrupted basis. Closed-

circuit television can be used as a supplement to, but

never a substitute for, such observation.

d. The standards do not apply to restraints imposed for

correctional reasons or seclusion used for involuntary

confinement for legally mandated but non-clinical

purposes, such as confining a person facing serious

criminal charges or serving a criminal sentence in a

locked room.

e. Licensed Independent Practitioner (LIP). For the

purposes of this directive, a clinician that is permitted

by law and by the hospital to provide detainee care

services without direction or supervision, within the

scope of the individual’s license and consistent with

individually granted clinical privileges.

IV. INDICATIONS

a. Restraint is indicated in the following situations:

(1) When a detainee is in imminent risk of injuring

self or others.

(2) A setting where the actions of such a detainee

impede timely and adequate delivery of necessary or

vital medical treatment.

b. Efforts must be made to determine and treat the

cause of the patient’s behavior necessitating restraint.

Restraint is not to be used as a substitute for direct

care, observation, or medical intervention. Restraint or

seclusion is not a form of discipline.

c. Prior to application of restraint appropriate

alternatives or less restrictive means must be

considered or attempted. Less restrictive measures

may include increasing detainee-to-staff interaction,

special watches, closer supervision, distraction,

medications, negotiation, problem solving, redirection,

removal from the area, and social conversation. At no

time will less restrictive measures justify endangering

other detainees, staff, guards or delay timely medical

treatment.

d. Removal of restraints is done in an orderly sequence,

4 point -> 3 point -> 2 point -> release, which allows

the detainee opportunity to regain and maintain internal

control. At no time will a detainee be restrained by

only one limb. Behavior to be evaluated for release

from restraints may include:

(1) The detainee is able to listen and follow directions

(2) The detainee agrees not to harm self or others

(3) There is no further verbal abuse or profanity

(4) The detainee exhibits calm behavior with no

attempts to fight or pull restraints

(5) There is clinical evidence that sedation has taken

effect

(6) There are visible and verbal signs that demonstrate

that agitation is resolved or greatly diminished

e. When restraint is terminated early and the same

behavior re-emerges, restraint may be reapplied under

the original order within the time limits of the order if

alternative means are not effective in controlling the

behavior.

V. PRACTICE AUTHORITY

A licensed independent practitioner orders the use of

medical restraints or seclusion. When the LIP is not

immediately available, a psychiatric nurse, a registered

nurse or a psychiatric technician may initiate the use of

restraint or seclusion before an order is obtained from

the LIP. As soon as possible, but no longer than one

hour after the initiation of restraint or seclusion, a

qualified registered nurse notifies and obtains an order

(verbal or written) from the LIP and consults with the

LIP about the patient’s physical and psychological

condition.

a. Attending Physician/Psychologist. The LIP who is

primarily responsible for the patient’s ongoing care, or

another LIP when the primary LIP is not available,

conducts an in-person evaluation of the patient within 4

hours of the initiation of restraint or seclusion for

patients ages 16 and older and within 2 hours of

initiation for adolescents ages 15 and under.

At the time of the in-person evaluation, the LIP:

(1) Works with the patient and staff to identify ways to

help the patient regain control;

(2) Makes any necessary revisions to the patient’s

treatment plan; and

(3) If necessary, provides a new written order.

a. The LIP conducts an in-person evaluation of the

patient within 24 hours of the initiation of restraint or

seclusion, if the patient is no longer in restraint or

seclusion when an original verbal order expires.

b. Registered Nurse. Responsible for ongoing

observation of a restrained or secluded detainee,

assessment of the physical and emotional needs of the

detainee, re-evaluation of the need for continuation of

restraint or seclusion, documentation, and supervision

of hospital corps staff.

VI. CRITICAL ELEMENTS

a. Assessment of the detainee before, during and after

application of restraint must include the following:

(1) Behavioral Factors.

(a) Contrast observed behavior to previous

behavior. Compare to baseline if known.

(b) Evaluate for specific behaviors such as

impulsiveness, high energy levels, and self-neglect.

(2) Mental Status Factors.

(a) Look for cognitive impairments such as deficits

in attention, memory, or ability to follow simple one,

two, or three-step commands.

(b) Evaluate comprehension and ability to follow

instructions and treatment plan.

(c) Consider ability to interpret the environment

accurately and the level of perceptual or sensory

distortion.

(d) Assess for the presence of psychotic symptoms,

such as hallucinations or delusions.

(e) Assess judgment to determine if it is adequate,

limited, or impaired.

(3) Biological Factors.

(a) Consider medication.

(b) Consider the potential side effects or potentiation

of adverse effects when medications are combined.

(c) Consider electrolyte disturbances, hematological

deficits, hypoxia, dehydration, liver or kidney failure,

thyroid dysfunction or other metabolic disturbances.

(d) Consider extreme physical debilitation with age

or illness.

(4) Environmental Factors.

(a) Consider noise level, inadequate or excessive

light, over stimulation from multiple strangers in the

patient’s environment, and changes in diet.

b. Application of restraint is done in a humane manner

that affords the detainee as much dignity and safety as

possible. Guard staff applying the restraint will be

knowledgeable in the use of this intervention, familiar

with the equipment and trained in the application,

monitoring and release protocols. Detainees will be

restrained for medical purposes in specially designed

cells located on the Delta Behavioral Healthcare

Service unit. When these are not available, for

example if all available safety cells are occupied, then

detainees requiring restraint or seclusion will be

restrained in other cells located in the BHS unit. If in

extreme circumstances, no cells are available on the

BHS unit, detainees will be restrained in cells 1 and 48,

of the closest available cellblocks. All detainees who

are in restraints will be placed on constant observation

by medical personnel who have been trained on

restraint monitoring procedures. Medical personnel

will document the detainee’s behavior every 15

minutes. All detainees placed in seclusion will be

placed on close observation and observed by medical

personnel; after the first hour, guard personnel using

video equipment may continuously monitor a detainee

in seclusion. . When considering restraints always:

(1) Attempt less restrictive measures first.

(2) If less restrictive measures are ineffective, assemble

adequate staff and guards to complete the restraint.

(3) Restraints will be used per manufacturer’s

instructions.

(4) Apply restraint to the appropriate body part. Do not

apply restraint to only the lower limbs or to only one

limb due to risk of injury. Allow whatever freedom of

movement is possible while achieving the desired

effect. Maintain proper body alignment and ensure

patient comfort.

(5) When placing a compliant/cooperative detainee in

4-point restraints the following plan will be closely

adhered to:

The detainee is escorted to the restraint room in a

three-piece suit.

The detainee is placed in the prone position on the

restraint table.

Soft restraints are applied to the legs first. The legs are

restrained to the end of the restraint table, not the sides.

This limits the detainee’s ability to injure himself or

others. Do not remove the shackles yet.

The left hand is restrained next. The detainee is rolled

on his right side and the hand is un-shackled. A soft

restraint is applied and the hand is secured to the

restraint table at the detainee’s waist level.

The right hand is restrained next. The detainee is

rolled slightly on his left side and the shackle removed.

The soft restraint is applied and the right hand is

secured to the restraint table above the detainee’s

head/shoulder level.

The restraints are double locked.

Leg shackles are then removed.

The belly chain is unlocked, and then removed.

Behavior Healthcare Staff must evaluate the detainee to

ensure proper circulation and correct detainee body

alignment prior to securing the restraint room door.

If the detainee continues to act out or continues to be a

danger to himself, a fifth-point can be applied. The

canvas belt is run under the restraint table and under

the left arm of the detainee then through hard point on

the table. The wide canvas portion of the fifth-point is

aligned over the detainee’s shoulder blades and then

“snugged.” Be very cautious not to restrict the

detainees breathing. The fifth-point functions to stop

the detainee from striking his head on the restraint

table.

It is understood that an uncooperative detainee will be

placed in restraints in the most expeditious and safety

conscious manner. Soldier safety is paramount. But

the above listed steps should be followed as closely as

possible while restraining a combative detainee.

c. Monitoring and Patient Care.

(1) The monitoring process addresses physical and

emotional needs of the detainee. This monitoring

includes simple observation, vital signs, circulation

checks, observation of the extremities, range of motion,

emotional and physical response to restraint, food,

hydration, and toileting needs. Other monitoring will

be done, as needed based on individual needs.

(2) Detainee Care Minimum Intervals.

(a) Constant Observation. Medical personnel will

constantly observe a detainee in restraints.

(b) Every 15 minutes. Medical personnel will

monitor detainees in seclusion every 15 minutes for the

first hour of seclusion, thereafter, if clinically indicated

the detainee, in medical seclusion, can be monitored

via video by guard personnel.

(c) Every One Hour. Circulation Checks of each

restrained limb.

(d) Every Two Hours.

-Fluids must be offered, or more frequently as

requested.

-Restroom use must be offered, or more frequently

as indicated. If the detainee is combative or

unpredictable, a plastic bedpan and/or urinal must be

provided for use.

-Restraints must be removed from each limb, one at

a time, to perform range of motion exercises at least

this frequently.

-For detainees in seclusion, medical personnel will

physically observe the detainee.

(e) Every Four Hours.

-Vital Signs

-Meals must be served at regular meal times using

paper and plastic products.

(f) Detainees will not be removed from restraints to

go to shower and exercise call. Do to the unique nature

and dynamic situation, taking a detainee out of

restraints for shower and exercise then returning to

restraints is counter productive. The intent of

restraining the detainee is to secure him from further

self-injurious behavior or until he can gain control of

himself, placing a detainee in a shower or exercise yard

would only serve to further exacerbate the situation.

(g) Other Interventions.

-Extra staff and security can be called to assist with

detainee care, as needed to maintain detainee and staff

safety.

-An RN or Psychiatric Technician will assess the

detainee’s behavior for release from restraint as soon as

the detainee demonstrates that internal control has been

regained.

-The OIC, Detention Hospital, will be notified

when detainees are restrained or secluded for longer

than 12 hours. Thereafter the OIC will be notified

every 24 hours if the restraint or seclusion continues.

Detainees remaining in restraint or seclusion for 72

continuous hours or more than four times in any seven-

day period will be monitored through a meeting of the

responsible LIP, nursing, and corps staff to consider

alternative approaches, such as: changing clinical

treatment plan, changing medications or doses; and/or

utilizing different behavioral interventions.

d. Documentation.

(1) The documentation requirement for a detainee

requiring restraint must incorporate the critical

elements of assessment, application and monitoring,

and reflect concern for the detainee’s human needs and

preservation of dignity.

(2) Each time a restraint is applied or seclusion

initiated the following will be documented by an RN or

Corpsman:

(a) Time and date restraint is applied.

(b) The detainee’s behavior, verbalization or actions

that lead to the need for external control.

(c) The types of less restrictive intervention that

were attempted before restraint was applied and the

detainee’s response to these less restrictive measures.

(d) The detainee’s response to the restraint.

(e) The name and rank/rate of the staff member who

placed the detainee into restraint or seclusion.

(3) A note by an RN or Corpsman must be

documented every 2 hours containing the following:

(a) The detainee’s condition and continued need for

restraint or seclusion.

(b) The plan for assisting the detainee to regain

control and move to a less restrictive environment.

(c) The detainee status of hygiene, nutrition and

safety maintenance.

VII. DOCTOR’S ORDER

a. THE USE OF PRN ORDERS WHETHER

INDIVIDUAL OR AS PART OF A

PROTOCOL FOR DETAINEES WITH

PRIMARY BEHAVIORAL HEALTH

NEEDS IS PROHIBITED.

b. A doctor’s order for restraint or seclusion must be

written or verbally obtained from the LIP within one

hour of initiating restraint, and if verbal, must be

signed within 4 hours. All orders for restraint are “time

limited.” The LIP who is primarily responsible for the

patient’s ongoing care, or another LIP when the

primary LIP is not available, conducts an in-person

evaluation of the patient within 4 hours of the initiation

of restraint or seclusion for patients ages 16 and older

and within 2 hours of initiation for adolescents ages 15

and under.

(1) Restraint and Seclusion orders for detainees with

primary behavioral health needs are valid for 4 hours

for patients 16 and older, 2 hours for adolescents 15 or

under.

(2) Reevaluation of the patient in Restraint or

Seclusion. By the time the order for restraint or

seclusion expires, the patient receives an in-person

reevaluation conducted by the LIP primarily

responsible for the patient, another LIP when the

primary LIP is not readily available or a registered

nurse. In conjunction with the reevaluation of the

patient, a new written or verbal order is given by the

LIP and is time limited per paragraph VII, b. (1). A

LIP conducts an in-person reevaluation at least every 8

hours for patients 16 and older and every 4 hours for

adolescents 15 and under.

(3) The initial Doctor’s Note detailing the use of

restraints can reflect:

(a) The behavior the detainee displayed necessitating

restraint.

(b)All lower level interventions attempted prior to

the detainee being restrained.

(c) The detainee’s response to restraint.

(d)Plans for assisting the detainee to regain control.

VIII. TRAINING

a. Initial and ongoing training on restraint and

seclusion for block personnel will be conducted as

needed by the Behavioral Healthcare Service and

Block NCOIC.

IX. PERFORMANCE IMPROVEMENT.

Seclusion and Restraint is a difficult, high-risk patient

care intervention. Review of policies and procedures

should occur no less than annually. After each incident

an After Action Review will take place. This is the

ideal forum to address issues and resolve shortcomings.

30-9. Video Monitoring Station

a. The video monitoring station will be manned by one

guard at all times when there is a least one detainee on

the acute section of delta block, this includes detainees

in the acute, restraint, seclusion or interview cells.

b. The guard on video monitoring duty will not be

given any other tasks nor distracted from his or her

primary duty of video observation.

c. The guard on video monitoring will have a means of

communication (e.g. radio) readily available to contact

the guards standing duty or watch on the acute section

floor regarding any concerning behavior.

d. Documentation of behavior for those detainees on

Self-Harm Precautions will be completed by the guard

assigned to the video monitoring station, every 15

minutes.

e. Guards on video monitoring will be rotated at an

interval not to exceed every two hours. They must be

taken off monitoring duty for a minimum of 30 minutes

before being allowed to return to duty at the monitoring

station.

f. The Video Monitoring Position will not be used as a

place to employ soldiers on profile, or those otherwise

unable to perform the regular duties of a block guard.

30-10. Detainee Behavioral Management Matrix

Detainees with mental illnesses often present

behaviors that are very difficult to manage. They often

have poor impulse control, ineffective coping skills and

may be at an increased risk for self-injurious behaviors.

The Delta Behavioral Healthcare Block Behavior

Management Matrix takes this into consideration. The

matrix is intended to assist the detainee in maintaining

appropriate behavior and to facilitate consistency

between the MP’s and Behavioral Healthcare Service

staff.

a. When a detainee assigned to Delta Block commits a

camp rule infraction, or an offense listed in Delta

Block Behavior Management matrix, the Block NCO

and the Behavioral Healthcare Staff will be notified.

b. The Block NCO in conjunction with Behavioral

Healthcare staff will:

(1) Review Delta Block Behavior Management matrix

and locate the offense on the list. If the offense is not

listed, attempt to categorize a similar offense, or an

offense of comparable severity to the offense

committed by the detainee.

(2) Review the discipline record of the detainee to

determine the detainee’s previous discipline history.

(3) Behavioral Healthcare Service staff will review

the detainee’s medical and psych history.

(4) General population behavioral management.

a. Once a detainee has been accessed by Psych

personnel and the behavior is determined to be

manuptilutive, and/or malingering in nature, Psych

personnel may or may not transfer the detainee to Delta

block. In the event the detainee remains in general

population, Psych personnel will make the

determination to remove items specified in MFR for a

minimum of 5 days.

b. If Comfort items and/or Basic issue items are

removed and the detainee remains in general

population, Psych personnel will submit an MFR

through the DOC, in order to track the date for return

of it in DIMS.

c. Psych personnel will monitor detainee’s condition

during the Basic issue and/or Comfort item removal

period.

(5) Block NCO, in conjunction with Behavioral

Healthcare Service staff, will formulate a plan of

corrective action based on the Delta Behavioral

Healthcare Block Behavior Management Matrix that

addresses the detainee’s behavior. Mental Health

considerations will be taken into account when the

detainee’s clinical state has affected the detainee’s

judgment to the extent that disciplinary measures

would be felt inappropriate or would be contradictory

to the detainees written clinical treatment plan.

(a) If several offenses were committed at the same

time, do not add all discipline measures together to

determine the discipline. Instead, use the severity level

of the highest severity level offense committed to

determine the discipline number on the grid.

(b) When a behavior management measure is applied

to a detainee, he will be notified of the reason for the

measure, the type of behavior management measure

and the length of time this is to be in effect.

(c) The Block NCO is responsible for updating the

Delta Block Status Report when changes are made in a

detainee’s status (i.e. loss/reward of Comfort Items or

change in level). The Delta Block Status Report will

be posted at both ends of Delta Block and in the

Nurse’s Station.

Delta Block Behavior Management Matrix

Offense Category

Provoking words or gestures I

Possession of contraband (i.e. food, etc) I

Unauthorized communication (i.e.

Yelling or disturbing the block)

I

Flooding cellblock I

Failure to follow camp rules (i.e.

Tampering with the cameras)

II

Failure to follow MP instructions II

Conveying a threat II

Damage to property II

Tampering with locks or restraints III

Possession of a key III

Throw/spit at/on another person * III

Exposure of self for sexual gratification III

Assault (i.e. Hostile act or threat) IV

Inciting a riot IV

Possession of dangerous contraband (i.e.

Shank, club, other dangerous item)

IV

Fighting IV

Bribery/attempted bribery IV

Sexual relations IV

Attempted escape IV

Throw urine/feces at/on another * V

Aggravated assault (object or weapon

used)

V

Battery (aggravated or otherwise) V

Escape V

* MP and Behavioral Health staff that have had saliva,

urine or feces spit/thrown to non-intact skin or in the

eyes/mouth will complete a Blood/Body Fluids

Exposure (SF600 overprint) located in the Delta Block

nurse’s station and report to the JAS within 24 hours

for further evaluation and treatment as per Detention

Hospital SOP. Blood to blood exposure requires the

individual to immediately report to the JAS with the

Blood/Body Fluids Exposure form.

Behavioral Health staff will evaluate the clinical need

for Seclusion / Restraint. If indicated, the on-call

provider will be notified. See Section 30-7.

Category Behavior Management Measure

I Loss of Comfort Items x 1 day (except for

basic issue items listed on the comfort

items sheet.)

II Loss of Comfort Items x 2 days (except for

basic issue items listed on the comfort

items sheet.)

III Loss of Comfort Items x 3 days (except for

basic issue items listed on the comfort

items sheet.) Drop of one level.

IV Loss of Comfort Items x 10 days (except

for basic issue items listed on the comfort

items sheet.) Drop of two levels.

V Loss of Comfort Items x 15 days (except

for basic issue items listed on the comfort

items sheet.) Automatic drop to Level IV.

Category I – III offenses will be documented on a

GTMO 508 and maintained by the Block NCO. If a

drop in level is indicated, the new level will be in effect

for 30 days. Increases in level may be earned after 30

days with no infractions.

If a weapon or other items were used in the offense,

they will be documented on the Evidence/Property

Custody document (DA 4137) and forwarded to DOC.

The on-call Behavioral Health provider will be notified

of the offense and will determine whether the clinical

state of the detainee has affected his judgment to the

extent that disciplinary measures would be

inappropriate or contradictory to the detainee’s written

clinical treatment plan.

(d) The determination of behavior management

measure and a plan for its implementation will be

completed in a timely manner, not to exceed three

hours from the time of the infraction.

(e) Detainees assigned to Delta MHF will not be

transferred to segregation. The Segregation Units are

currently not capable of meeting the unique needs of

Delta Block detainees.

(f) The Block NCO, in conjunction with On-Duty

Behavioral Healthcare Service Officer, will approve all

discipline measures and will check the “recommended”

block of the GTMO Form 508, and sign as witness and

individual notifying detainee.

(g) Notification to the chain of command will be made

for any situations involving unusual circumstances, and

for any use of force beyond use of verbal direction or

show of force.

(h) Do not confiscate or provide any comfort item

unless it is for discipline, self-harm, or at the direction

of Behavioral Healthcare Service staff, per SOP, or at

the direction of the Block NCO.

h. When comfort items are taken from a detainee they

will be placed in a box over the detainee’s cell. Wet

items will not be placed in the detainees box until they

are dry. The outside of the box will be marked with the

detainee’s ISN. Items will not be returned to the

detainee until the length of discipline is completed or at

the written direction of Behavioral Healthcare Service

staff.

30-11. Oleoresin Capsicum (OC) Use

a. Due to the unique nature and requirements of the

Delta Behavioral Healthcare Block, the permanently

assigned Delta Block NCOs are authorized to carry and

utilize OC to intervene in acts of self-harm.

b. The use of OC will only be used to stop a detainee

committing acts deemed to be an immediate threat to

the detainee’s well being.

c. Prior to utilizing OC, coordination will be made

with Behavioral Health Staff whenever feasible so that

a follow on plan is established for the detainee. This

will normally consist of decontamination and

movement to a restraint or seclusion cell within the

Delta Acute Block.

d. Should prior coordination not be feasible due to

exigent circumstances, the Block NCO will notify the

Behavioral Health staff at the earliest opportunity.

e. Detainees will be secured and decontaminated

following any use of OC. The detainee will be secured

in a three-piece suit and escort to the exercise yard for

decontamination.

f. The use of OC will be reported to the on-duty CO.

g. The Block NCO will complete a sworn statement

concerning the use of OC spray. The company

commander will subsequently complete actions as

required in the notification matrix (SPOTREP to JOC,

blotter entry, and Incident Report completed).

h. If feasible, prior to the use of OC, the brevity code

should be transmitted via radio communication to the

DOC and ON-Duty CO. If the situation dictates, the

brevity codes will be called IMMEDIATELY after OC

is used and the detainee is out of imminent danger.

30-12. Shower and Exercise

a. Delta Block will utilize the following schedule for

shower and exercise.

MORNING AFTERNOON

SUNDAY NONE NONE

MONDAY D1-D8 D9-D16

TUESDAY D17-D22 DA1-DA17

WEDNESDAY D1-D8 D9-D16

THURSDAY D17-D22 DA1-DA17

FRIDAY D1-D8

LEVEL I

D9-D16

LEVEL I

SATURDAY D17-D22

LEVEL I

DA1-DA17

LEVEL I

b. Shower and exercise call will be conducted in

conjunction with each other. The Block NCO will be

responsible for ensuring all Level 1 detainee’s receive

shower and exercise three times per week and each

Level 2, 3, and 4 detainees receive shower and exercise

twice per week, unless the detainee is on disciplinary

measures that include no exercise.

c. Allow each detainee 30 minutes for exercise. Allow

five minutes to shower immediately after exercise.

d. Delta Block detainees on self-harm precautions

WILL NOT be given a razor to remove body hair. If it

is determined the detainee is authorized use of a razor

the below guideline will be followed.

(1) The detainee will receive a safety razor.

(2) The guard will monitor “eyes on” the detainee at

all times while in possession of the razor. Block

personnel will ensure the razor is returned, intact as

soon as the detainee has completed shaving.

(3) An additional five minutes will be given for the

detainee to remove body hair.

(4) Only allow shaving of body hair on the first

rotation of each week (Monday and Tuesday).

(5) At no time will a detainee be in possession of both

a razor and nail clippers. Nail clippers will be given in

the shower only.

(6) All detainees are authorized the use of a comb.

Combs will be issued during shower and accounted for

and returned prior to the detainee returning to his cell.

The comb will be placed in a zip-lock bag and

maintained in the detainees cell file. The detainees

ISN will be printed on the outside of the plastic bag.

Detainees are not permitted to share a comb as this

presents a hygiene issue.

(7) Ensure the razor is returned, intact, as soon as the

detainee has completed shaving.

(8) In the event the detainee has damaged the razor

the Block NCO will immediately be notified. A

thorough search of the shower area and the detainee

will be conducted. The supervising guard will

complete a DA 2823; Sworn Statement, for

disciplinary measures. The damaged razor will be

collected and a DA 4137; Evidence/Property Custody

Document, will be completed by the supervising guard.

The Block NCO will be responsible for ensuring the

proper forms are filed out correctly.

(9) At not time will a detainee, with a razor, be

permitted to overly obstruct the view of the supervising

guard (i.e. towel, shirt) beyond the detainee’s cultural

need for modesty. This will be a judgment decision for

the block guard.

(10) In the event the detainee refuses to return the

razor, or the razor is returned damaged and the blade,

or part of the blade, is missing the DOC, CO, and

Behavioral Healthcare Service staff will immediately

be notified. The minimum amount of force will be

used to regain possession of the razor.

e. During shower and exercise, female MP’s can

escort detainees to the rear of the block., However,

female MP will not enter the shower and exercise area.

In the event of an emergency, the Block OIC, NCOIC,

or senior MP can over ride this policy on the block at

the time of the emergency.

f. Track refusals in DIMS.

g. Search the refusing detainee’s cell.

h. No detainee may perform hand-to-hand combat or

martial arts type PT, either organized or individually,

in the exercise yard or their cell.

i. Amputees will receive their normal exercise time

and any additional time if prescribed by a doctor.

Detainees who use a walker may take the walker with

them to the exercise yard.

j. Level 1 detainees will be taken to and from the

shower and exercise yard in handcuffs secured by a

waist belt (Velcro restraints). They will not have leg

irons placed on them.

k. Detainees may be shackled in the standing position.

In the event a detainee is not shackled in the standing

position the Block NCO will be responsible to ensure

the incident is documented by DA Form 2823 and

entered into DIMS.

l. Fingernail length will not exceed the finger-tip. In

the event a detainee on self-harm precautions is in

violation of this policy the following procedure will be

followed:

(1) The detainee will be shackled in a three- piece

suit.

(2) 2 MP escort team will escort he detainee to a

restraint room.

(3) The detainee will be issued the nail clippers by

the Block NCO, while the 2 person MP escort team

maintains positive control of the detainee. The Three-

piece suit will not be removed until the detainee is

returned to his cell.

30-13. Dispensing of Prescribed Medication and

Medical Sick call Procedures

a. Detainees on Delta Block who have prescribed

medications will have those medications dispensed to

them by Behavioral Healthcare Service staff certified

in medication administration. BHS staff will ensure

appropriate actions are taken to prevent cheeking of

medications. All medication refusals will be

documented and brought to the attention of the Unit

Nurse. In the case of psychotropic medications the

psychiatrist will be contacted within two days of the

initial refusal; for non-psychiatric medications the unit

nurse will contact the medical clinic nurse or physician

for further guidance.

b. The Block NCO will ensure that all detainees with

medical/physical complaints are placed on the Medical

Sick call List in DIMS by 0600 each morning.

Detainees may be evaluated/treated either in their cell

or transported to the Delta Medical Clinic at the

discretion of the Medical staff.

c. For medical issues of a non-routine nature the Unit

Nurse may contact the psychiatrist.

d. For medical issues of an acute or potentially serious

nature the Unit Nurse will coordinate transfer to the

medical clinic where adequate medical triage can be

performed.

e. Under no circumstances will GF personnel dispense

any form of medication.

30-14. Medical Records

a. Medical Records for detainees housed on Delta

Behavioral Healthcare Block will be kept in the

Nurse’s Station.

(1) If a particular detainee requires medical care at

Delta Medical Clinic or Detention Hospital, the

Medical Record will be delivered to the clinic by BHS

staff.

(2) The Medical Record will be returned to Delta

Block by BHS or Medical staff. The Behavioral

Healthcare RN will transcribe any necessary doctor’s

orders.

b. Medical Records for detainees on Behavioral

Healthcare Service, but not housed on Delta Block,

will remain at the Delta Medical Clinic.

(1) All Behavioral Healthcare documentation will be

kept in a convenience record on Delta Block.

(2) The Medical Record will be annotated, on the

Summary of Care form, to indicate that a particular

detainee is on Behavioral Healthcare Service and that a

convenience record exists on Delta Block.

(3) Behavioral Healthcare Service staff will obtain the

Medical Record from the Delta Medical Clinic if

needed for Psychological evaluations or for Treatment

Team meetings.

30-15. Combat Stress Reactions

Guard or behavioral healthcare staff exhibiting signs

or symptoms of combat stress reactions will be referred

to the Combat Stress Control team. DH behavioral

healthcare staff will provide no treatment beyond

normal unit leadership.

After a Serious Incident, leadership on the block

should evaluate the circumstances surrounding the

situation to determine if Combat Stress should be

notified for soldier counseling.

30-16. Interpreters

Every effort will be made to consolidate visits by

interpreters through coordination between guard and

behavioral healthcare staff.

Intentionally left blank

Chapter 31 Chapter 31

Supply Operations Supply Operations

31-1. Waste Disposal 31-1. Waste Disposal

a. Kvaerner is scheduled to pick up trash seven days a. Kvaerner is scheduled to pick up trash seven days

a week. Dumpsters for Camps 1 and 2 are located next a week. Dumpsters for Camps 1 and 2 are located next

to Sally Port 7. Dumpsters for Camp IV are located to Sally Port 7. Dumpsters for Camp IV are located

near the Detention Hospital. If trash is not picked up near the Detention Hospital. If trash is not picked up

according to schedule, report it to the JDOG S-4 or call according to schedule, report it to the JDOG S-4 or call

the contractor helpdesk at X-4424. the contractor helpdesk at X-4424.

skipping to change at line 11117 skipping to change at line 13360

will forward the request on to the JDOG S-4. will forward the request on to the JDOG S-4.

b. The OIC of each section must sign each request b. The OIC of each section must sign each request

before it is submitted to the JDOG S-4. before it is submitted to the JDOG S-4.

c. When a supply requests is filled for the JDOG S- c. When a supply requests is filled for the JDOG S-

3, the supplies will be brought to the Camp Delta 3, the supplies will be brought to the Camp Delta

supply room. The Detention Services Branch will be supply room. The Detention Services Branch will be

notified when the supplies are delivered. notified when the supplies are delivered.

31-4. Computer Requests 31-4. Computer Requests

All requests for computers will follow the same All requests for computers will follow the same

process as supplies. process as supplies.

31-5. MRE Sanitization

a. Supply personnel will sanitize MREs prior to

delivery to Camp Delta. Each MRE will have items

removed from them that are considered harmful to the

waste disposal system of Camp Delta.

b. Detainees will be fed one of four MREs. The

MREs are numbers 11, 12, 13, and 14.

c. Below is a list of the contents of the MREs that

must remain in each MRE.

(1) For MRE #11, the following items will be in

the MRE pouch:

(a) Crackers (wrapped)

(b) Pound Cake (wrapped)

(c) Spoon (without plastic wrapper)

(d) Peanut Butter (wrapped)

(e) Pasta with Vegetables in Tomato Sauce

(wrapped in packet, no cardboard)

(f) Peaches (wrapped)

(g) Ice tea drink mix (wrapped)

(h) Toilet paper with brown wrapper

(i) Salt packet

(j) Moist Towelette

(2) For MRE #12, the following items will be in

the MRE pouch:

(a) Crackers (wrapped)

(b) Pound Cake (wrapped)

(c) Spoon (without plastic wrapper)

(d) Peanut Butter (wrapped)

(e) Black Bean and Rice Burrito (wrapped)

(f) Pears (wrapped)

(g) Ice tea drink mix (wrapped)

(h) Toilet paper with brown wrapper

(i) Salt packet

(j) Moist Towelette

(k) Fruit Bar

(3) For MRE #13, the following items will be in

the MRE pouch:

(a) Crackers (wrapped)

(b) Pound Cake (wrapped)

(c) Spoon (without plastic wrapper)

(d) Peanut Butter (wrapped)

(e) Cheese Tortellini in Tomato Sauce (wrapped)

(f) Applesauce (wrapped)

(g) Ice tea drink mix (wrapped)

(h) Toilet paper with brown wrapper

(i) Salt packet

(j) Moist Towelette

(4) For MRE #14, the following items will be in

the MRE pouch:

(a) Crackers (wrapped)

(b) Pound Cake (wrapped)

(c) Spoon (without plastic wrapper)

(d) Peanut Butter (wrapped)

(e) Pasta with Vegetables in Alfredo Style Sauce

(wrapped)

(f) Peaches (wrapped)

(g) Ice tea drink mix (wrapped)

(h) Toilet paper with brown wrapper

(i) Salt packet

(j) Moist Towelette

(k) Fruit Bar

(j) Peanuts, shelled roasted (wrapped).

31-6. Equipment Turn-In

a. All items on the DA 3161 must be turned-in and

may not be discarded. If discarded without

documenting the disposal, the individual will become

financially liable for the equipment.

b. Turn-in of equipment on the DA 3161 will follow

the this procedure if no replacement is readily available

from the supply room:

(1) The individual turning in the equipment

creates a DA 2062 with the item to be turned in on it.

(2) The individual takes the DA 2062 and the

item to the turn-in point and the turn-in point signs for

receipt of the equipment.

(3) The supply room will direct where to place

put the inoperable equipment.

(4) The DA 2062 is then copied. The original

will go with the DA 3161 for that post and the soldier

responsible for the post will keep the copy in the event

the original is lost.

(5) When a replacement arrives, the supply room

will be given the original DA 2062. If the original does

not exist, the copy must be given to them.

c. Turn-in of equipment on the DA 3161 will follow

the this procedure if a replacement is readily available

from the supply room:

(1) The item to be turned in will be taken to the

supply room.

(2) The supply room will give an equivalent item

to the individual.

(3) No paperwork is required.

d. The following is a list of special equipment that

is on a DA 3161 that will not be turned in to the supply

room:

(1) Computers

(2) Mag-lites

(3) Power Supply

(4) Pass-on Books

(5) Locks

(6) Metal Detectors

(7) Radios

(8) Surge Protector

(9) Radio Batteries

(10) Air Conditioner Remotes

(11) Radio Battery Charger

(12) Shackles

(13) Hand Cuffs

(14) Waist Belts

(15) Keys

e. All locks, shackles, handcuffs, waist belts, and

keys will be turned into the Detention Operations

NCO.

f. All computers will be left in place if inoperable.

DOC is to file a trouble ticket with the SysAdmin of

the JDOG DSB. If the SysAdmin position is not filled,

the request will be sent to J-6.

g. All Mag-Lites, power supplies, pass-on books,

metal detectors, radios, surge protectors, radio

batteries, air conditioner remotes, and radio battery

chargers will be turned in to the DSB.

Chapter 32 Chapter 32

Emergency Action Plans (EAPs) Emergency Action Plans (EAPs)

32-1. Attempted/Actual Suicide 32-1. Attempted/Actual Self -Harm

a. Detainees who exhibit behavior that is or could a. The brevity code for a self-harm incident is

be harmful to them will be classified by medical staff “SNOWBALL”. The block NCO of the affected

as having one of the following: block will call the code three times over the radio with

(1) Self-injurious behavior: behaviors that would the block and cell number.

clearly be non-lethal, or behaviors that are aimed at b. The block guard who first identifies a detainee

taunting or manipulating security or medical staff. attempting a self-harm act or a detainee who is in the

(2) Suicidal Ideation behavior: thoughts of midst of a self-harm act will immediately notify the

harming oneself, ranging from vague ideation to block NCO.

having a plan. Intent, means, and mental state are all c. The roving sally of the effected camp will secure

factors commonly considered by mental health (1) pair of bolt cutters for the block NCO from the

personnel in classifying suicidal ideation from causeway guard shack. Additionally, the Roving sally

manipulation and taunting behavior. will open the outer gate of the effected block for access

(3) Suicidal: self-harm behaviors that are of emergency personnel. All personnel on the block

potentially fatal and only prevented secondary to will cease current operations and movements, move

intervention or happenstance (e.g. the rope broke.) detainees back to their cells, exercise yard, shower or

b. Occasionally, some detainees will require a closest available empty cell and secure them. The

higher level of control and observation since they are personnel assigned to that block will move to the cell

believed to be a danger to themselves. The following where the incident is occurring. All non-essential

guidelines will be utilized, in conjunction with efforts personnel, i.e., Escorts, VIP’s, Chaplains, etc., will

made by Detention Hospital to protect the detainee. immediately move off the block into the causeway to

c. When a Block Guard suspects that a detainee ease foot traffic through the block during the incident.

may pose a danger to himself, the Block Guard will d. If the detainee's condition is or becoming life

notify the DOC who will contact medical and request threatening, and only two to three block guards are

an evaluation. If a medical emergency exists, the available, they will form an entry team and enter the

Block Guard will take appropriate immediate action in cell to secure and attend to the detainee. The guards do

accordance with use of force policy and contact not have to wait for the IRF team, they can take

medical directly. The IRF team is utilized “for the immediate action if the block NCO, according to

extraction of a detainee who is combative or resistive his/her best judgment, deems he/she can control the

to being removed from the cell”. If a detainee attempts situation to secure and safeguard the detainee.

self-harm and his condition is or will imminently e. Block NCO responsibilities:

become life threatening, and the detainee is otherwise (1) safety and security of the MP’s is the number one

not combative or a threat to the safety of MP personnel, consideration. Most instances the threat will be

three MPs assigned to the block will enter the cell to minimal; however the block NCO must make a

immediately secure and attend to the detainee. The competent decision when determining the risk to MP

MPs will not wait for an IRF team to respond under personnel.

these conditions, but will take immediate action to (2) ensure all other detainees are secured in their

protect the detainee from death or serious bodily injury. respective cells, the exercise yard, shower and/or any

d. Medical will conduct an evaluation of the available cell. Note if a detainee is placed in a cell

detainee and decide if he is indeed a risk to himself. other than his own and notify DOC when the situation

Action based on this determination will be coordinated permits.

through JDOG OPNS or in their absence, the DOC. (3) ensure the interior gate of the block sally port is

e. Once a detainee has been identified as a risk, he open to allow the expeditious entry of any emergency

will be placed on either self-harm watch or suicide personnel. The Block guard walking the block will

watch. Items in his cell that he could use to harm have keys and shears on him/her while walking the

himself will be removed by the Block Guards (sheet, block. The Block NCO will obtain the “Snowball Kit”

blanket, etc.) These items will be returned to the and proceed to the affected cell.

detainee once he is believed to no longer pose a danger (4) ensure that at least one person is still walking the

to himself. The detainee will be given a self-harm block and maintaining observation of the rest of the

blanket and smock IAW Section 20-11, Self-Harm block.

Blankets and Smocks. Detainees classified as on self- (5) assess the situation, assume the position of the

harm watch will be moved to either cell #1 or cell #48 entry team leader, provide a quick brief to his/her team

on a non-MSU block. Only one self-harm watch on his/her course of action to stop the self-harm

detainee will be on each block. Block Guards will incident IAW the ROE and RUF policies for Camp

constantly watch the detainee during the self-harm Delta. If Block NCO is not available, first Guard on

watch period. This is in addition to the Block Guard scene has to be able to assess the situation and make

walking the block. The block table will be moved so it quick decision. Cell entry will follow Operation

will face the front of the block and the MP will face Snowball Training Guideline.

and observe the self-harm cell when sitting behind it. (6) ensure the detainee is safe and secure until

f. Guards will complete an “Observation of Self- medical personnel arrive.

Injurious Behavior” Form on all detainees on suicide (7) provide the SOG/PL/CO with the SITREP upon

watch. When this form is completed, it will be turned their arrival.

in to the DOC for filing in the detainee’s file. A Block (8) secure the cell where the incident has occurred to

Guard will continuously monitor an individual on self- prevent tampering of potential evidence until BHS and

harm watch and document activity every 15 minutes. MPI have released the cell back to the control of the

g. Detainees who are deemed to be in need of self- block NCO.

harm procedures should not be placed in MSU only for (9) ensure any detainees who were temporarily

their protection. They can be in MSU for disciplinary placed in cells other than their own are returned to their

reasons, but should not be placed in MSU only for self- appropriate cell.

harm procedures. (10) complete a DA Form 2823 regarding the

h. COs will make required notifications in the event incident, supervise and review the DA Form 2823s of

of an incident involving either self-injurious behavior the guards on the block directly involved in the

or suicide attempts. Documentation will be made of incident and submit these to the SOG/PL.

the event, whether self-injurious behavior or (Incident (11) annotate the incident in DIMS.

Report). This documentation will include the name e. DOC responsibilities:

and rank of the medical personnel determining whether (1) repeat the brevity code and incident block.

the incident is a self-injurious behavior or suicide (2) alert all personnel that radio communications in

attempt and the notifications made by the CO. Camp Delta are for emergency use only, all non-

i. Refer to section 20-1 for further guidance on emergency communications will occur via landline

restraint procedures. where possible.

j. The DOC will contact the Combat Stress Team (3) ensure medical and BHS personnel have been

and provide them with the unit of the soldier’s involved dispatched to the incident site to assist in stabilizing the

and the unit POC. The Combat Stress Team will detainee.

conduct a session with the soldiers within 72 hours of (4) dispatch the admin personnel with the camera,

the incident. Upon completion of the session, the extra disks and extra battery to the incident site.

Combat Stress Team will notify the DOC. (5) dispatch escort team to assist with transport of

k. The DOC will maintain a list of detainees that detainee to medical.

have a self-harm history. Prior to each shift change, (6) notify the roving sally personnel to stop all

DOC personnel will highlight these individuals on the movement within the effected Camp.

block alpha rosters. (7) check DIMS and dispatch an interpreter who

speaks a language understood by the detainee to the

incident site.

(8) if necessary, coordinate to have the ambulance

escorts and NAVBASE hospital guards mobilized.

(9) have all blocks conduct a headcount at the

resolution of the incident.

(10) process all forms and reports as necessary.

f. IRF team member’s responsibilities (if needed as

determined by SOG or higher):

(1) upon receipt of the brevity code from their

respective block NCOs, dress in their gear and report to

the causeway adjacent to the incident block.

(2) only to be used if the detainee is combative or

resistive as deemed necessary by the on scene

commander.

(3) conduct operations IAW normal IRF procedures.

g. CO responsibilities:

(1) ensure soldiers are walking the block.

(2) receive brief on situation from PL/SOG.

(3) ensure paperwork is initiated. SOG to follow up.

(4) conduct an AAR upon resolution of the incident.

(5) notify Combat Stress Team, if necessary.

(6) brief CJDOG or DCJDOG on situation.

(7) complete SIR upon receipt of AAR and 2823’s.

h. PL responsibilities:

(1) immediately report to the scene.

(2) assume duties as on scene commander, ensuring

appropriate level of supervision and observation to

unaffected cells and directing all emergency personnel

as indicated.

(3) once detainee has been moved to medical, ensure

all personnel are physically and psychologically ok.

(4) provide coverage for the block to allow CO to

conduct AAR with guards directly involved in the

incident.

(5) ensure sworn statements are done.

(6) ensure the cell is secured until BHS and MPI

personnel have released it back to the block NCO.

i. SOG responsibilities:

(1) immediately report to the scene.

(2) assist PL with command and control of scene.

(3) ensure all litters are centrally located in the

causeway at all times.

(4) supervise all camp personnel and ensure all

gates, sally’s, and other blocks, are conducting duties

to best support the efforts of safety, security, and

immediate access of emergency personnel.

j. Behavioral Healthcare Service (BHS)

responsibilities:

(1) upon hearing the brevity code “SNOWBALL”

immediately report to the scene.

(2) assess the detainee.

(3) assist the MPs/medical staff in stabilizing/

securing the detainee.

(4) assess the scene, paying particular attention to

items/materials used in the self-harm attempt.

(5) interview guard personnel to help determine the

specific facts pertaining to the self-harm incident.

(6) talk with other detainees, assessing their mental

status with respect to the self-harm incident.

(7) notify the on-call BHS provider.

(8) BHS provider will make determination and

classify the self-harm behavior as either Self-Injurious

Behavior (SIB) or Suicide Attempt (SA). This

information will be relayed to the CO via the DOC

within three (3) hours of the incident.

k. Medical staff responsibilities:

(1) upon hearing the brevity code SNOWBALL,

immediately dispatch two (2) corpsmen with IRF bag

and spine board to the scene. (Spine boards are

centrally located in the causeway of each Camp).

(2) on arrival, assess the detainee, stabilize injuries

and report status via radio to Delta Medical Clinic.

(3) escort the detainee to the Delta Medical Clinic

for further evaluation and treatment.

l. All blocks not affected in the incident camp are to

continue operations within their block. No movements

will occur out of and into their respective block (i.e., all

reservation and medical moves will cease until further

notice).

m. One roving sally personnel will locate a litter and

place the litter in the causeway outside the incident

block.

n. The other roving sally personnel will open gates to

allow the IRF team out into the causeway if necessary,

and facilitate expeditious entry of emergency personnel

to the scene.

o. Upon the order of the SOG; sally 4 and/or sally 10,

depending on camp, will open the interior gate and

man the exterior gate to allow the expeditious

movement of emergency personnel and vehicles. They

will secure the interior gate once the detainee is

evacuated out of the camp or on order from

SOG/PL/CO.

p. Once the situation is resolved and the detainee is

safely evacuated, all personnel directly involved in the

incident will complete a DA Form 2823 regarding the

incident and submit it to the SOG or PL.

32-2. Mass Disturbance 32-2. Mass Disturbance

a. In the event of any type of disorder, immediately a. In the event of any type of disorder, immediately

lock down the facility. No one will exit the facility lock down the facility. No one will exit the facility

until the situation is resolved, or unless order to do so until the situation is resolved, or unless order to do so

by the CO. by the CO.

b. The uniform for response personnel will be BDU; b. The uniform for response personnel will be BDU;

riot helmet with face shield; protective mask; Kevlar riot helmet with face shield; protective mask; Kevlar

vest, elbow, knee and shin pads; riot baton; and a radio. vest, elbow, knee and shin pads; riot baton; and a radio.

In extreme situations, selected marksmen will be armed In extreme situations, selected marksmen will be armed

with M-16 or M-4 rifles and M-12 shotguns (by order with M-16 or M-4 rifles and M-12 shotguns (by order

skipping to change at line 11229 skipping to change at line 13693

with M-16 or M-4 rifles and M-12 shotguns (by order with M-16 or M-4 rifles and M-12 shotguns (by order

of the CJDOG only). Weapons will not enter the of the CJDOG only). Weapons will not enter the

facility exterior fence line under any circumstances. facility exterior fence line under any circumstances.

c. The primary staging area for response personnel c. The primary staging area for response personnel

is Camp IV main Sally Port Gate causeway. is Camp IV main Sally Port Gate causeway.

d. During tests of the Mass Disturbance Emergency d. During tests of the Mass Disturbance Emergency

Plan, all procedures herein will be followed, except for Plan, all procedures herein will be followed, except for

the use of detainees or the actual notification of outside the use of detainees or the actual notification of outside

agencies (unless previously coordinated by the agencies (unless previously coordinated by the

commander or his representative). commander or his representative).

e. Minor Disturbances: e. Minor Disturbances:

(1) Upon detection or notification of a (1) Upon detection or notification of a

disturbance, the senior Block Guard present will take disturbance, the senior guard present will take the

the following actions using all available guard following actions using all available guard personnel in

personnel in the area of the disturbance: the area of the disturbance:

(a) Initiate an immediate facility lockdown. (a) Initiate an immediate facility lockdown.

(b) Notify the DOC and request assistance. (b) Notify the DOC and request assistance.

(c) Segregate the non-participants from the (c) Segregate the non-participants from the

participants. participants.

(d) Identify and segregate the leaders and (d) Identify and segregate the leaders and

principle participants. If all bean hole doors are closed, principle participants. If all bean hole doors are closed,

open a bean hole door for each participant in the open a bean hole door for each non-participant in the

disturbance. If all bean hole doors are open, close the disturbance. If all bean hole doors are open, close the

bean hole doors for each non-participant. Open bean bean hole doors for each participant. Open bean hole

hole doors will signify participants and closed ones

will signify non-participants. doors will signify non-participants and closed ones will

signify participants.

(e) Use only the force necessary and practical (e) Use only the force necessary and practical

under the circumstances to disburse the participants. under the circumstances to disburse the participants.

Guards should not enter a situation that they do not Guards should not enter a situation that they do not

have the force available to resolve. When in doubt, have the force available to resolve. When in doubt,

wait for backup. wait for backup.

(2) Guard personnel in other areas will secure (2) Guard personnel in other areas will secure

their area, notify the SOG, and remain at their posts their area, notify the SOG, and remain at their posts

unless otherwise directed by the SOG. unless otherwise directed by the SOG.

(3) The SOG will take the following immediate (3) The SOG will take the following immediate

actions: actions:

skipping to change at line 11284 skipping to change at line 13748

Procedures for using the IRF Team can be found in Procedures for using the IRF Team can be found in

Chapter 25 of this SOP. The CO must authorize this. Chapter 25 of this SOP. The CO must authorize this.

Guards will use the minimum amount of force Guards will use the minimum amount of force

necessary to subdue the detainee. Once the detainee necessary to subdue the detainee. Once the detainee

has been subdued, he will be placed in an individual has been subdued, he will be placed in an individual

cell. All items that might be used by the detainee to cell. All items that might be used by the detainee to

cause damage to property, themselves, or others will be cause damage to property, themselves, or others will be

removed. removed.

f. Major Disturbances: f. Major Disturbances:

(1) In the event of an attempted group or mass (1) In the event of an attempted group or mass

break out, riot, or other general disorder, the Block break out, riot, or other general disorder, the guard

Guard discovering or receiving notification of the discovering or receiving notification of the incident

incident will immediately notify all other members of will immediately notify all other members of the guard

the guard force. force.

(2) The DOC RTO will immediately notify the (2) The DOC RTO will immediately notify the

chain of command and, on order, initiate a recall of all chain of command and, on order, initiate a recall of all

guard personnel. guard personnel.

(3) Guards will move all nonparticipating (3) Guards will move all nonparticipating

detainees to their cells or away from the scene of the detainees to their cells or away from the scene of the

disturbance, segregating the rioters from the other disturbance, segregating the rioters from the other

detainees. detainees.

(4) Guards will immediately secure all gates and (4) Guards will immediately secure all gates and

ensure detainees under their supervision are secure and ensure detainees under their supervision are secure and

cannot join the area of the disturbance. cannot join the area of the disturbance.

skipping to change at line 11448 skipping to change at line 13912

generator to come up to speed and voltage. generator to come up to speed and voltage.

g. Press the button twice to close the generator g. Press the button twice to close the generator

breaker. Allow 40 seconds for the breaker to close. If breaker. Allow 40 seconds for the breaker to close. If

the breaker fails to close, press the green “Close” the breaker fails to close, press the green “Close”

button on the breaker for the Generator Control Panel. button on the breaker for the Generator Control Panel.

h. Verify power has been restored to the facility. h. Verify power has been restored to the facility.

i. If the generator fails to start automatically, or i. If the generator fails to start automatically, or

power is not restored to the facility, place an power is not restored to the facility, place an

emergency work order with R&U and conduct emergency work order with R&U and conduct

operations with flashlights and lanterns. operations with flashlights and lanterns.

j. All detainees in the interrogation booth will be

secured.

k. If the generators fail to start or they breakdown,

all detainees in transit to a location will be returned to

their cells and secured.

32-4. Hostage Situation 32-4. Hostage Situation

a. During duty hours, the CO will direct all hostage a. During duty hours, the CO will direct all hostage

operations. The PL and SOG will conduct all operations. The PL and SOG will conduct all

operations operations

b. The DOC will make notification to outside b. The DOC will make notification to outside

agencies and supply support to the CO when needed. agencies and supply support to the CO when needed.

c. Staff will route all information through the active c. Staff will route all information through the active

operations center. operations center.

d. CO will maintain DOC of situation while keeping d. CO will maintain DOC of situation while keeping

in contact with all JTF staff. in contact with all JTF staff.

e. Staff will: e. Staff will:

(1) Notify DOC by telephone or messenger when (1) Notify DOC by telephone or messenger when

a hostage/barricaded subject incident occurs. a hostage/barricaded subject incident occurs.

(2) Isolate the area. Evacuate non-participating. (2) Isolate the area. Evacuate non-participating.

Monitor detainees that cannot be evacuated due to the Monitor detainees that cannot be evacuated due to the

hostage situation. hostage situation.

(3) Keep the hostage taker and hostage under (3) Keep the hostage taker and hostage under

observation from a safe area, if it does not jeopardize observation from a safe area, if it does not jeopardize

the hostage’s safety. the hostage’s safety.

(4) Verification of the presence of all assigned (4) Verification of the presence of all assigned

present for duty, staff, and/or volunteers/visitors for present for duty, staff, and/or volunteers/visitors for

personnel accountability will be critical. personnel accountability will be critical.

f. DOC will: f. DOC will:

skipping to change at line 11726 skipping to change at line 14195

needed to escort the detainee to the medical facility. needed to escort the detainee to the medical facility.

Inform DOC which guards were selected. Inform DOC which guards were selected.

(4) Notify the Camp Commander before any (4) Notify the Camp Commander before any

detainee is taken outside the facility. detainee is taken outside the facility.

(5) Ensure that all security procedures are used (5) Ensure that all security procedures are used

Camp Delta SOPs. Camp Delta SOPs.

i. Sally Port 1 will contact DOC and verify the i. Sally Port 1 will contact DOC and verify the

authorization for any detainee to depart the facility for authorization for any detainee to depart the facility for

a medical emergency/transport. This will be done a medical emergency/transport. This will be done

before the detainee is allowed through the gate. before the detainee is allowed through the gate.

32-6a. Radio Range Ambulance access

(1) Ambulances are dispatched by the NAVBASE

Security Forces or by the NAVBASE Hospital.

(2) Individual Ambulances will be marked on the

outside with numbers. (If there are four ambulances,

they will be marked 1 through 4.)

a. These ID's must be clearly marked on the

outside front of the vehicle. Preferably in Block letters

12 inches tall,

permanently affixed to the ambulance.

(3) In addition, emergency responder badges will be

issued to

the personnel responding in the ambulance.

(4) Upon dispatch:

a. The NAVBASE Hospital will call the JOC and

let them know which ambulance is responding by

number.

b. The JOC will inform the IN TOC

c. The IN TOC will in turn, informs the Traffic

Control Point (TCP).

i. To be effective, this process must

happen within three minutes of dispatch.

(5) The Ambulance will run with its emergency lights

on down the

hill approaching the TCP.

(6) When the soldiers at the TCP identify the

ambulance coming

down the hill they will:

a. Identify that the ambulance number matches

that which was communicated from the JOC.

b. Provide priority of travel through the

checkpoint to the Ambulance.

i. Stop all traffic through the TCP -

Traffic lights both ways placed on red.

ii. Clear the existing traffic in the

TCP inspection point. If there is a vehicle in the in-

bound lane, they will

ensure the out-bound lane is clear.

(7) To facilitate safe passage through the TCP,

a. The Ambulance will stop at the Traffic

Control Point and establish face-to-face contact with

the soldiers at the

TCP. The TCP will confirm to the ambulance that

access has been

pre-coordinated. This coordination should be minimal

(10 to 15 seconds) and

is critical to ensure safe passage through the TCP.

b. The soldiers at the TCP will identify for

the Ambulance the fastest way through the TCP.

Either through the regular inbound lane, or the

outbound lane.

(8) If the ambulance arrives prior to the TCP getting

notice of

its dispatch, the ambulance will wait at the TCP until

clearance is granted

through the JOC.

32-7. Fratricide 32-7. Fratricide

a. If the incident involves Infantry personnel or a. If the incident involves Infantry personnel or

Infantry and non-MPs, the Infantry unit will conduct all Infantry and non-MPs, the Infantry unit will conduct all

actions. If the incident involves MPs or MP and non- actions. If the incident involves guards or guard and

Infantry personnel, the MPs will conduct all actions. If non-Infantry personnel, the guards will conduct all

the incident involves both MPs and Infantry and the actions. If the incident involves both guards and

injured or shooter are inside the wire, the MPs will take Infantry and the injured or shooter are inside the wire,

lead on all actions and coordinate with their Infantry the guards will take lead on all actions and coordinate

counterparts. If the incident involves both MPs and with their Infantry counterparts. If the incident

Infantry and the injured and shooter are outside the involves both guards and Infantry and the injured and

wire, the Infantry will take lead on all actions and shooter is outside the wire, the Infantry will take lead

coordinate with their MP counterparts.

on all actions and coordinate with their guard

counterparts.

a. The Infantry will perform the following steps: a. The Infantry will perform the following steps:

(1) Unit on the scene will perform the following: (1) Unit on the scene will perform the following:

(a) Once the situation is under control, contact (a) Once the situation is under control, contact

higher headquarters and report that weapons have been higher headquarters and report that weapons have been

discharged and individuals have been wounded or discharged and individuals have been wounded or

killed. Provide the number of casualties, types of killed. Provide the number of casualties, types of

wounds, names and social security numbers. wounds, names and social security numbers.

(b) Conduct a nine-line MEDEVAC request (b) Conduct a nine-line MEDEVAC request

directly with the medical unit. directly with the medical unit.

(c) Evacuate the casualties, ensuring wounded (c) Evacuate the casualties, ensuring wounded

skipping to change at line 11785 skipping to change at line 14312

(SIR) to the JOC NLT 30 minutes after receipt of the (SIR) to the JOC NLT 30 minutes after receipt of the

report. report.

(d) The JDOG S-1 will track the status of the (d) The JDOG S-1 will track the status of the

casualties. casualties.

(e) Supervise that a unit replaced the unit (e) Supervise that a unit replaced the unit

involved in the situation. involved in the situation.

(f) Prepare a U.S. Army Accident Report in (f) Prepare a U.S. Army Accident Report in

accordance with AR 15-6, AR 385-40, and DA accordance with AR 15-6, AR 385-40, and DA

Pamphlet 385-40. Use DA Form 285-A-R as a Pamphlet 385-40. Use DA Form 285-A-R as a

checklist. checklist.

(g) Request guidance from JTF with regard to (g) Request guidance from JTF with regard to

responding to the media. responding to the media.

b. The MPs perform the following steps: b. The guards perform the following steps:

(1) Unit on the scene will perform the following: (1) Unit on the scene will perform the following:

(a) Once the situation is under control, contact (a) Once the situation is under control, contact

the DOC and report that weapons have been discharged the DOC and report that weapons have been discharged

and individuals have been wounded or killed. Provide and individuals have been wounded or killed. Provide

the number of casualties, types of wounds, names and the number of casualties, types of wounds, names and

social security numbers. social security numbers.

(b) Conduct a nine-line MEDEVAC request (b) Conduct a nine-line MEDEVAC request

directly with the medical unit. directly with the medical unit.

(c) Evacuate the casualties, ensuring wounded (c) Evacuate the casualties, ensuring wounded

and killed are not transported together. and killed are not transported together.

skipping to change at line 11892 skipping to change at line 14419

d. If a fire presents itself in a block, perform the d. If a fire presents itself in a block, perform the

following steps: following steps:

(1) Alert the DOC (1) Alert the DOC

(2) Shut off power to the block (2) Shut off power to the block

(3) Roving Sally will bring fire extinguishers to (3) Roving Sally will bring fire extinguishers to

the block gate for use the block gate for use

(4) Two block personnel will use a hose and fire (4) Two block personnel will use a hose and fire

extinguishers to fight the fire extinguishers to fight the fire

(5) Two block personnel will start moving (5) Two block personnel will start moving

detainees from affected areas to the showers and detainees from affected areas to the showers and

recreation yards as a temporary holding area if needed. exercise yards as a temporary holding area if needed.

(6) All available escort teams will respond to the (6) All available escort teams will respond to the

block to help evacuate detainees if needed. block to help evacuate detainees if needed.

(7) Medical will respond to the block to treat any (7) Medical will respond to the block to treat any

injuries. injuries.

(8) SOG or PL, depending on the size of the fire, (8) SOG or PL, depending on the size of the fire,

may activate the IRF team to assist in removing may activate the IRF team to assist in removing

detainees and moving them to empty cells in adjoining detainees and moving them to empty cells in adjoining

blocks or the shower and recreation areas. blocks or the shower and exercise areas.

32-9. Bomb Threat / Discovery / Explosion 32-9. Bomb Threat / Discovery / Explosion

a. Telephonic bomb threat. Staff members who a. Telephonic bomb threat. Staff members who

receive a telephonic bomb threat will: receive a telephonic bomb threat will:

(1) Cease all radio communications. (1) Cease all radio communications.

(2) Without alerting the caller, signal another (2) Without alerting the caller, signal another

staff member about the telephonic bomb threat. Have staff member about the telephonic bomb threat. Have

him/her notify DOC. him/her notify DOC.

(3) Keep the caller on the line, as long as (3) Keep the caller on the line, as long as

possible, so the call may be traced. possible, so the call may be traced.

(4) Complete JTF GTMO Bomb Threat Data (4) Complete JTF GTMO Bomb Threat Data

skipping to change at line 11993 skipping to change at line 14520

(c) Help control fires or any damage that was (c) Help control fires or any damage that was

created by the detonation. created by the detonation.

(d) If possible, remove important administrative (d) If possible, remove important administrative

files from the area. files from the area.

(e) Secure the area and do not allow anyone to (e) Secure the area and do not allow anyone to

disturb the debris/crime scene. disturb the debris/crime scene.

(f) Assume that there is more than one bomb. (f) Assume that there is more than one bomb.

(2) The DOO will not allow anyone to reenter an (2) The DOO will not allow anyone to reenter an

evacuated area without his approval. evacuated area without his approval.

32-10. Mass Casualty Incident (MCI) 32-10. Mass Casualty Incident (MCI)

a. In the event of a Mass Casualty Incident (MCI) in In the event of a reported Mass Casualty Incident

or around Camp Delta involving members of the Joint (MCI) in Camp Delta, the On-Duty Company

Task Force or detainees, the following will apply: Commander assumes duties as On-scene Commander.

Camp Delta Detention Operations Center (DOC) will A designated Platoon Leader assumes command and

be notified immediately on SABER Channel-3. control of the Camp. Information reported to the

b. Incident Location: Detainee Operations Center (DOC) by the On-scene

(1) Inform Company Commander/Platoon Commander drives the operation.

Leader/Sergeant of the Guard, that they have a Mass Priority is to safeguard and secure the scene. Medical

Casualty Incident. triage and transport of casualties only occurs after the

(2) The Company Commander, Platoon Leader or scene is secure. A Manpower pool will be established

senior JDOG representative will have DOC initiate to dispatch soldiers as needed. The Manpower pool

MCI procedures. will consist of JIIF Monitors and escort personnel,

c. DOC: assembly area for Manpower pool will be located in

(1) The RTO will announce that a MCI has back of the DOC. Infantry mobile patrols will secure

occurred over the radio in the following format: any exterior breach and the QRF will secure the

interior scene. Military Working Dog (MWD) will

report to On-scene Commander and provide security

augmentation where directed. The MP Company in

training, if available, will execute the security mission

of Camp Delta.

Once the site is secured, the On-scene Commander will

contact the DOC to request that the Medical response

teams be dispatched to the site. The Medical On-scene

Coordinator is responsible for all medical operations at

the site. He will determine if external ambulance

support is needed and, if so, will request them through

the medical LNO at the DOC.

Medical and Infantry LNO’s will be assigned to the

DOC, at REDCON Level 3 until the JDOG returns to

REDCON Level 5 and they are released by CJDOG.

A. On-Scene Company Commander:

1. Picks up road guard vest, (On-Scene

Commander) additional SABER (for IN external

Security Element) and receives any additional

instructions from the Battle Captain.

2. Establish COC, designating the following

positions from on-shift MP’s:

(a)On-Scene PL.

(b) On-Scene SOG.

(c)Camp OIC.

(d) Traffic Coordinator.

(e)Manpower Pool Coordinator.

3. Responds to MCI site to assume command and

control.

4. Establishes and maintains security.

5. Assumes C2 of Camp Delta QRF to provide

interior security of the site.

6. Requests IRF Teams as needed from the DOC.

7. Assumes C2 of all responding units at the site.

8. Notifies DOC when scene is secured, via

SABER Channel 3 and calls for medical response

teams using proword “STAT.”

9. Coordinates with Medical On-Scene Coordinator

in establishing triage/treatment zones.

B. On-Scene PL:

1. Reports to the On-Scene CO.

2. Conduct assessment of available strength,

makes recommendations to On-scene Commander for

additional assets.

3. Liaisons between incident scene and

manpower pool.

C. On-Scene SOG:

1. Reports to the On-Scene Commander.

2. Track number of wounded being transported

by ISN (detainees) or last name and SSN (US

Personnel).

D. Camp OIC:

1. Reports to the Battle Captain in the DOC.

2. Assumes C2 for Camp Operations.

E. Traffic Coordinator:

1. Reports to On-scene Commander.

2. Picks up Road guard vest (Traffic Coordinator)

from DOC, to direct emergency traffic in and around

MSA site.

F. Manpower pool coordinator:

1. Reports to the On-scene Commander.

“ATTENTION CAMP DELTA, ATTENTION CAMP 2. Provide the following positions from Manpower

DELTA, AN MASS CASUALTY INCIDENT HAS Pool:

OCCURRED a. Litter bearers (identified by white engineer

(Location), INITIATE MCI PROCEDURES. ALL tape on Kevlar).

NON-EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION WILL BE b. NAVBASE hospital escorts (Carry one can of

BY LANDLINE.” This announcement will be OC, drawn from DOC).

repeated two times. This will be “ATTENTION c. Tower relief.

CAMP DELTA, ATTENTION CAMP DELTA, A G.Infantry QRF:

TRAINING MASS CASUALTY INCIDENT HAS 1. Respond to MCI site and provide security.

OCCURRED _______________(Location), INITIATE 2. Reports to On-scene Commander.

MCI PROCEDURES. ALL NON-EMERGENCY 3 Change SABER frequency to DOC frequency.

COMMUNICATION WILL BE BY LANDLINE” H.Infantry TF:

during a training MCI. 1. Dispatches security element to establish security

(2) The RTO will activate the Primary IRF team outside any breach in the fence.

for the camp affected for an immediate response to the 2. Establish face-to-face coordination with On-

MCI location by using the IRF brevity code. scene Commander.

Depending upon the type of MCI, the Camp Delta 3. Receives SABER radio on channel 3 from On-

Company Commander will make the determination to scene Commander.

activate the Primary IRF team in the other camp. If the 4. Maintains security until released by On-scene

situation warrants a larger response the alternate IRF Commander.

teams in both camps may also be activated. 5. Returns SABER radio to On-scene Commander

(3) The DOC NCOIC will use the Mass Casualty prior to departure.

Checklist in Appendix B. I. Military Working Dog (MWD):

(4) The RTO will order a lockdown and 1. Reports to On-scene Commander.

headcount over the radio. All headcounts will be J. Detainee Operations Center (DOC):

phoned in. RTO:

(5) The DOC NCO will initiate a DA Form 1594, 1. Notify camp operations to stay off SABER,

Staff Journal to record all activities during the MCI. use Landline or courier for all camp traffic.

(6) The DOC NCO will issue a WARNORD to 2.Maintain SABER net discipline and

the nearest standby unit. The phone numbers for the information flow from SINCGARS.

unit’s CP, Cdr, or 1SG will be called. If no contact is 3.Announces via SABER channel 3 of the

made, move on to the next unit. If contact is made, tell following:

the unit: “A Mass Casualty Incident has occurred. “ATTENTION CAMP DELTA,

Begin preparations to respond. Do not respond to ATTENTION CAMP DELTA, A MASS

Camp Delta until contacted.” The unit called will be CASUALTY INCIDENT HAS

based on the following: OCCURRED (Location/MSA),

(a) Unit in training at Camp America INITIATE MCI PROCEDURES. ALL

(b) Unit off duty at Camp America NON-EMERGENCY

(c) Unit in training COMMUNICATION WILL BE BY

(d) Unit off duty at Tierra Kay LANDLINE.” This announcement will

(7) Ensure Interpreter OIC is notified and be repeated two times.

provides enough interpreter support. “ATTENTION CAMP DELTA, A

d. The Admin NCO: TRAINING MASS CASUALTY

(1) The Admin NCO will take the video camera, INCIDENT HAS OCCURRED

two disks, and power cord to the MCI location. _______________(Location/MSA),

(2) The Admin NCO will state his name, last INITIATE MCI PROCEDURES. ALL

four, unit, date, time, site of MCI, and “Beginning of NON-EMERGENCY

Recording”. COMMUNICATION WILL BE BY

(3) The Admin NCO will capture as best as LANDLINE” during a training MCI.

possible the following scenes: NCOIC:

(a) Detainees at the MCI site. 1. Reports to Battle Captain.

(b) MPs assisting victims. 2. Activates QRF team via Long Range SABER

(c) Initial medical evaluations of detainees. (primary),channel 3 and/or Land line (secondary) to

(d) Transport of detainees to triage. respond using QRF brevity code “Game Day” and

(e) Triage location. location of MSA.

(4) The Admin NCO will only leave the MCI 3. Orders lockdown of the camp and requests

location and film the transport of detainees and the headcount over the radio. (Confirmed via block-runner

triage location after all detainees involved are shackled. or landline).

If the disk is nearing the ends, it will be flipped over 4. Initiates Mass Casualty Notification Checklist

and reinserted to continue filming. Another disk will (See Appendix 1) MCI DOC Checklist.

also be requested from the DOC. 5. Initiates DA Form 1594, Staff Journal to record

(5) At the conclusion of the video, the Admin all activities during the MCI.

NCO will state “End of Recording”. 6. Initiate unit recall roster notification

(6) Turn in the disks to the Detention Services procedures “A Mass Casualty Incident has occurred

Branch. begin preparations to respond according

e. Company Commander: to”REDCON’s.”

(1) Will make the mass casualty incident Unit recall will be in the following order:

determination. a. Unit in training

(2) Will pick up road guard vest labeled “ON b. Unit(s) which are scheduled for upcoming

SCENE CDR” and the green light from DOC and will shift

respond to MCI site. c. Unit(s) which came off of shift

(3) Will assume role as the On Scene Battle Captain/Field Grade In The Wire

Commander and will coordinate with the Medical (FGITW):

Commander (MC). 1. Directs DOC to initiate MCI via SABER channel

(4) At the MCI site, coordinate with Block 3.

NCOIC, Platoon Leader (PL) and Sergeant of the 2. Directs DOC to coordinate for exterior

Guard (SOG). security (IN TF).

(5) Company Commander will request MP DOC Admin NCO:

assistance at MCI site in following order: 1. Monitor C2PC

(a) Primary IRF team from camp affected. 2. Monitor DIMS

(b) Primary IRF team from camp not affected. 3. Any additional duties as directed by the DOC

Each member will bring a three-piece suit. NCOIC.

(c) Alternate IRF team from camp affected. Each DOC Admin Specialist:

member will bring a three-piece suit. 1. Report to MCI with video camera, two discs and

(d) Alternate IRF team from camp not affected. power cord.

Each member will bring a three-piece suit. 2. Records as much of the following information as

(6) Determine additional manpower requirements possible:

if needed. Notify the DOC of the requirements and a. Name, date, time and location of MCI

have the DOC forward to the alerted stand-by b. Detainees at MCI site

company. c. MP’s assisting victims

f. Platoon Leaders. d. Medical evaluations and transport of

(1) The Platoon Leader of the unaffected camp detainees/US troops

will assume command and control for their respective e. Triage location

camps for all areas not affected by the MCI. 3. Return to DOC upon completion of filming,

(2) The Platoon Leader will pickup road guard turn discs into Detention Services Branch.

vest labeled “Traffic Coordinator” and respond to the a 4. Any other duties as directed by the Admin

location as to best direct emergency traffic. The NCOIC.

Platoon Leader of the affected camp will control and Escort Control NCOIC:

direct all incoming and outgoing emergency vehicle 1. Maintain accountability of escorts.

traffic. 2. Ensures any remaining detainees in JIIF are

g. Sergeants of the Guard: accounted for and secured.

(1) The SOG from camp affected by MCI will 3. Direct assistant Escort Control NCOIC to obtain

report to MCI location and assume control until the “Litter Bearer NCOIC” orange vest from DOC and

Company Commander arrives. report to manpower pool to facilitate C2 of litter

(a) Go to the block NCO and get a briefing. bearers.

(b) Monitor the activities of the Block NCO and 4. Directs escort personnel to report to the MCI

IRF Team Leader connex and stage signs for the at the MSA site (See

(c) Brief the Company Commander and all other MCI triage Map).

personnel as they arrive on the scene.

(d) Ensure additional IRF teams, if required, are

integrated into three man teams.

(2) The SOG from the camp not affected by MCI K.If MCI occurs on a block in camps 1,2 or 3,

will continue to monitor and exercise command and military casualties will be transported before

control of his/her camp. detainees with the same triage category.

h. Block NCO: Block NCOIC:

(1) Will ensure bean holes are closed and secured 1. Ensure bean holes are closed/secured.

on non-MSU blocks and bean holes are secured on 2. Open block gate.

MSU blocks. 3. Direct IRF team leader to get block alpha

(2) Will ensure the block gate is open and stays

open.

(3) Will ensure the IRF team leader gets the alpha

roster. roster.

(4) Will unlock the cell door for three man entry 4. Unlocks the cell door, one at a time, for

teams. detainees being evacuated by three man entry teams.

(5) Will relock the lock and drop on the floor 5. Re-locks all cells after detainees are removed.

next to the cell. 6. Tag each cell as “Do Not Enter” from which a

(6) Will relock all cells after all detainees are detainee was removed.

removed from their cells. 7. Accounts for all locks/keys before, during and

(7) Will tag each cell as “Do Not Enter” from

which a detainee was removed.

(8) Will ensure block paperwork is completed

after all detainees are removed. after all detainees are removed.

(9) Will ensure all block personnel will write Block Personnel:

sworn statements after all detainees are removed. 1. Form three-man teams to enter cell to search

(10) Will account for all locks and keys after all detainees and evacuate on a litter in 3-piece suit.

detainees are removed. 2. Ensure keys, detainee I.D card and I.D bracelet

i. Block Personnel: (worn) are sealed in an envelope duck-taped to the

(1) Will form their own three-man team to enter detainees left shoulder, prior to being transported.

and secure detainees. IRF Team Leader:

(2) Will follow the same procedure as the IRF 1. Obtains alpha roster for cellblock from block

team. personnel.

(3) If there are not sufficient people on the block 2. Tracks initial triage category given by ERT on

to make a three-man team, they will be supplemented alpha roster.

by IRF team personnel. 4. Ensures that all detainees leave their cell with

(4) Will write sworn statements after all detainees wristband or ISN and cell written on forehead.

are removed. 5. Ensures that the litter team searches all

j. Escort Control: detainees.

(1) Will ensure all escort teams utilize channel 7. Monitors detainees while in their three-piece

three. suits in their cells.

(2) Will contact all JIIF escorts to halt escorts and 8. Maintains accountability of which detainees

prepare to support an MCI. leave the block and time left on alpha roster.

(3) Will direct JIIF escorts with a detainee to L. Interpreter OIC:

move that detainee to nearest open cell, their assigned 1. Reports to Battle Captain with assigned

cell, or open interview room dependent on distance and interpreter strength.

MCI location. 2. Recalls and directs all available interpreters to the

(4) If Sally Port 8 is not currently manned, will manpower pool (See MCI Map Appendix 2) for

send the first available escort team to man it. It must

be manned within five minutes of the MCI

announcement. On mid night shift, Platoon Leader 2

must take the Sally Port 8 key to the Sally Port for the

escort team that is going to man it.

(5) Will contact all contractor escorts to escort

contractors out of Camp Delta through Sally Port 1.

(6) Will contact all 2-man ICRC escorts to escort

ICRC out of Camp Delta through Sally Port 1 or move

the escorted detainee to nearest open cell, their

assigned cell, or open interview room dependent on

distance and MCI location.

(7) Will contact Juliet Block and have the ICRC

monitor escort ICRC personnel out of Camp Delta

through Sally Port 1.

(8) Will contact all medical escorts to return any

detainee enroute to the Detainee Clinic or enroute to

the Detainee Hospital to their assigned cell or the

nearest open cell, dependent on distance and MCI

location. Any detainee currently being treated at the

Detainee Clinic or Detainee Hospital will return to

their cell if the Medical Staff approves of it based on

the detainee’s condition.

(9) Will coordinate with the DOC to ensure golf

carts and Gators are available to move personnel and

equipment to the MCI site.

(10) Will coordinate the consolidation or

movement of detainees in JIIF buildings to minimize

guard force required. The first non-JIIF escort team

with a three-piece suit that is available will be used to

perform this task.

k. Escort Control NCOIC(Litter Bearer NCOIC):

(1) Upon notification Escort Control NCOIC will

halt all JIIF operations and immediately notify MPs

working as JIIF monitors to support an MCI.

(2) Obtain “Litter Bearer NCOIC” orange vest

from the DOC.

(3) Report to the manpower pool to act as “Litter

Bearer NCOIC” and coordinate the use of MP litter

bearers with the medical transportation OIC and

Medical Litter Bearer Team Leader.

l. JIIF Escorts(litter bearers):

(1) Will ensure all detainees in interrogation are

secured with three-piece suit to eyebolt in floor.

(2) Will respond to the manpower pool location

with three-piece suits. If they do not have a three-piece

suit, they will get one from Escort Control.

(3) Will work as litter bearers and provide

security for the triage locations as directed by the Litter

Bearer NCOIC.

(4) Will mark their headgear with a white label

from medical staff to identify them as a litter bearer.

Medical personnel will provide the labels.

(5) Will search detainee prior to removal from

the cell.

(6) When moving a detainee out of their cell,

they will ensure he is identified by worn wristband or

his cell and ISN are clearly marked on forehead. They

will also note the cell number he was taken from.

(7) Prior to leaving the block, the escort team will

obtain the key for the shackle from the IRF team

leader.

(8) After arriving at the triage location, they will

give the Hospital Escort NCOIC the key for the shackle

along with ISN and cell number.

m.JIIF Monitors(ambulance Escorts):

(1) Two JIIF monitors in each large JIIF Building

will act as security for the remaining detainees.

(2) Each pair of JIIF monitors will draw a can of

O/C will be drawn from the DOC.

(3) Each pair of JIIF monitors will report to

manpower pool for duty as ambulance escorts.

(4) Will ensure they receive shackle keys from

the Hospital Escort NCOIC when detainee is loaded

into the ambulance.

n. ICRC Escorts (if available)(litter bearers):

(1) Two personnel will move detainee to

locations as directed by Escort Control while one MP

will escort ICRC personnel out of Camp Delta through

Sally Port 1.

(2) Will respond to the manpower pool location

with three-piece suits.

(3) Will work as litter bearers and provide

security for the triage locations as directed by the Litter

Bearer NCOIC (Escort Control NCOIC).

(4) Will mark their headgear with a white label

from medical staff to identify them as a litter bearer.

Medical personnel will provide the labels.

(5) Will search detainee prior to removal from

the cell.

(6) When moving a detainee out of their cell,

they will ensure he is identified by worn wristband or

his cell and ISN are clearly marked on forehead. They

will also note the cell number he was taken from.

(7) Prior to leaving the block, the escort team will

obtain the key for the shackle from the IRF team

leader.

(8) After arriving at the triage location, they will

give the Hospital Escort NCOIC (alternate IRF team

leader) the key for the shackle along with ISN and cell

number.

o. ICRC Monitor (if available):

(1) Will escort ICRC personnel as quickly as

possible out of Camp Delta through Sally Port 1.

(2) Will assist the Hospital Escort NCOIC

(alternate IRF team leader) as required.

p. General Escorts(ambulance escorts):

(1) Will escort all contractor personnel as quickly

as possible out of Camp Delta through Sally Port 1.

(2) Each pair of general escorts will draw a can of

O/C will be drawn from the DOC.

(3) Each pair of general escorts will report to

manpower pool for duty as ambulance escorts or

additional security as directed by the Hospital Escort

NCOIC (Escort Control NCOIC).

(4) Will ensure they receive shackle keys from

the Hospital Escort NCOIC (alternate IRF team leader)

when detainee is loaded into the ambulance.

q. Medical Escorts(ambulance escorts):

(1) Will move detainees to locations as directed

by Escort Control.

(2) Will respond to the manpower pool location

with three-piece suits.

(3) Will work as litter bearers and provide

security for the triage locations as directed by the Litter

Bearer NCOIC (Escort Control NCOIC).

(4) Will mark their headgear with a white label to

identify them as a litter bearer. Medical personnel will

provide the labels.

(5) Will search detainee prior to removal from

the cell.

(6) When moving a detainee out of their cell,

they will ensure he is identified by wearing a wristband

or his cell and ISN are clearly marked on forehead.

They will also note the cell number he was taken from.

(7) Prior to leaving the block, the escort team will

obtain the key for the shackle from the IRF team

leader.

(8) After arriving at the triage location, they will

give the Hospital Escort NCOIC (alternate IRF team

leader) the key for the shackle along with ISN and cell

number.

r. IRF Team Leader of affected camp:

(1) Will obtain the alpha roster for the cellblock

from block personnel.

(2) Will track which shackle key belongs to

which detainee on the alpha roster.

(3) Will track initial triage category given by

ERT on alpha roster.

(4) Will hold all shackle keys and give them to

the litter bearer teams as they move detainees from the

block.

(5) Will direct the litter bearer teams based on

triage category. IMMEDIATE first, followed by

DELAYED, then MINIMAL, and finally

EXPECTANT. Military casualties will be transferred

before detainees with the same triage category.

(6) Will ensure no detainee leaves his cell

without wristband or ISN and cell written clearly on

the forehead.

(7) Will ensure no detainee leaves his cell

without the litter bearer team searching him.

(8) Will monitor detainees while in their three-

piece suits in their cells.

(9) Will track which detainees leave the block

with what key and what time on alpha roster.

s. IRF MPs:

(1) Upon notification, each primary IRF team

member from the camp affected by the MCI will secure

one three-piece suit with key from the block that they

are responding from.

(2) IRF team members will respond to the

affected block as is without putting on any IRF

equipment.

(3) Number 4 man will get the (2) two-piece suits

from the IRF equipment box.

(3) IRF team members will report to the Block

NCOIC or SOG of the affected block.

(4) IRF team members will enter and secure

detainees in three man teams.

(5) After each detainee is shackled, will ensure

all cuffs are double locked and will close the door and

secure it by sliding the bolt to latch the door. The door

will not be locked.

(6) Will give the shackle key to the IRF team

leader.

(7) The number 1, 2 and 3 man will form an entry

team.

(8) The number 4 man will act as a third team

member for the block personnel. If there is already

enough block personnel not including the block

NCOIC, to make up a three-man team; the number 4

man will be security at the block gate.

t. Alternate IRF Team Leader of affected

camp(Hospital Escort NCOIC):

(1) Will track which detainees and ambulance

escorts are leaving Camp Delta by ISN and the medical

victim tag number.

(2) Will receive all keys for detainees brought

into the triage location and track which key belongs to

which detainee.

(3) Will ensure ambulance escorts have the keys

they are required to have.

u. Sally Port Guards:

(1) Upon notification of an MCI, Sally Port 8 will

open both of the outer sally port gates. The inner sally

port gate will be opened only as required. Emergency

vehicles will only be allowed entry into Camp Delta

through Sally Port 8. No vehicles may exit through

Sally Port 8.

(2) Upon notification of an MCI, Sally Port 1 will

open both of the inner sally port gates. All emergency

vehicles will exit Camp Delta through Sally Port 1. No

vehicles may enter through Sally Port 1.

(3) If the affected camp is Camp 1, Sally Port 3

and Sally Port 4 will completely open both of the sally

port gates. If the affected camp is Camp 2, Sally Port 9

and Sally Port 10 will completely open both of the

sally port gates.

(4) Soldiers assigned to sally ports will remain at

position.

v. Roving Sally:

(1) Priority is to get all IRF team members off of

their blocks.

(2) One roving sally will be stationed next to the

affected block’s gate. That roving sally will not leave

the affected block’s gate until the MCI is complete.

The roving sally will ensure their gate is closed unless

personnel need to enter or exit the block.

(3) The other roving sally will collect three-piece

suits from non-affected blocks as directed by the SOG

and take them to the affected block.

w. Interpreter OIC:

(1) Upon notification of an MCI the Interpreter

OIC will have all interpreters from every available

language respond to the man power pool.

(2) Interpreters will report to the On-Scene

Commander or SOG for further instructions.

(3) Interpreters will be required at the Naval

Hospital and will ride in the ambulance taking the

detainees to the Naval Base Hospital as needed.

(4) Initiate recall of interpreters as determined by

On-Scene Commander.

(5) Interpreters will be required at the Detainee

Hospital.

x. Infantry Support:

(1) Upon notification, Infantry QRF will respond

to the MCI site to enhance security.

(a) Infantry SOG will report to the On-Scene

Commander for further instructions.

(b) QRF will provide additional security at Sally

Port 1 and Sally Port 8 until relieved by mobile patrols.

(c) Once relieved, will return to the QRF

location. location.

(2) Lexington TCP will facilitate emergency M. NAV BASE Emergency Vehicle Response to

vehicle traffic: Camp Delta:

(a) All emergency vehicles leaving Camp Delta 1. On-scene Medical Coordinator requests

and heading towards NAVBASE Hospital have priority ambulance through medical LNO in DOC.

of passage through the TCP. 2. Medical LNO in DOC contacts NAVBASE

(b) All emergency vehicles traveling toward hospital requesting ambulance support to Camp Delta,

Camp Delta have the next highest priority. to include entry and exit points.

(c) All other vehicles will proceed through the 3. NAVBASE Hospital will contact the JOC and let

orange barricades from either end, one vehicle at a time them know which ambulance is responding by bumper

under the direction of TCP personnel. The stop/go sign number.

will not be used to direct traffic. 4. License plate bumpers numbers in red identify

(d) If any emergency vehicle approaches ambulances. (NAVBASE 1-20/Detention hospital 20-

Lexington TCP from either direction and a non- 25).

emergency vehicle is in the orange barricade zone, the 5. DOC NCOIC notifies Camp Delta Sally ports of

vehicle will be stopped next to the guard shack, the inbound ambulances.

emergency vehicle directed around to the opposite side 6. JOC informs the Infantry TOC.

of the guard shack, and then the non-emergency 7. Infantry TOC informs Traffic control point (TCP).

vehicle may proceed. 8. Ambulances arrive at sally port 8, sally port

(3) Infantry mobile patrols will respond to help personnel verify license plate number.

direct traffic. 9. Traffic coordinator inside Camp Delta facilitates

(a) A mobile patrol will respond to Lexington movement of ambulances to MSA site.

TCP to assist in handling traffic. N. NAV BASE Explosives Military Working Dog

(b) A mobile patrol will take up position outside (MWD) Vehicle Response procedures:

of Sally Port 8. They will ensure all traffic is stopped 1. Any JDOG elements may request NAVBASE

only when an emergency vehicle is arriving to enter Explosives MWD through DOC.

Camp Delta. 2. DOC NCOIC contacts NAVBASE MWD

(c) A mobile patrol will take up position outside dispatch center at 4105 requesting Explosives

of Sally Port 1. They will ensure all traffic is stopped MWD support to incident scene. DOC

only when an emergency vehicle is leaving Camp NCOIC will keep an open line with

Delta. NAVBASE until confirmation is received of

y. Guards on Unaffected Blocks: the responding MWD call sign: K-1, K-2, K-3

(1) Will ensure all detainees are put back into or K-4 and location of the incident scene.

their cells. Any shower and recreation will end and 3. NAVBASE MWD dispatch center will

those detainees will be moved to their cell. contact the JOC and let them know which

MWD call sign: K-1, K-2, K-3 or K-4 is

(2) Headcount will be conducted and reported via responding and location of incident scene.

landline to the DOC. 4. White Jeep Grand Cherokee with blue

(3) Any detainee additions to block due to MCI strobe mounted in dash identifies responding

will be reported by ISN via landline. MWD; emergency equipment will be

(4) Increase presence on block to two MPs activated upon dispatch from NAVBASE.

walking the block at all times for the duration of the 5. DOC NCOIC notifies Camp Delta Sally

MCI or until directed otherwise. ports and Infantry TOC of inbound

z. Critical Locations (See Annex E for map): NAVBASE MWD, the location of incident

(1) Sally Port 8 will be used as the entrance for scene and MWD call sign.

all emergency vehicles responding to an MCI at Camp 6. JOC informs the Infantry TOC.

7. Infantry TOC informs Traffic control point (TCP),

MWD cleared, responds to incident scene.

8. NAVBASE MWD arrives at incident scene.

Note: If the incident scene is within Camp Delta, Sally

port personnel notified by DOC NCOIC will conduct

face-to-face identification and authenticate vehicle

description. A "Traffic coordinator" inside Camp Delta

will facilitate movement of NAVBASE MWD to

incident scene.

O.Sally Ports 1& 8:

SP #1

1. Upon notification of an MCI, Sally Port 1 will

open both of the inner sally port gates.

2. Emergency vehicles will be allowed entry into

Camp Delta through Sally Port 1.

3. If MCI is located in Camp 1, Sally Port 3 and

Sally Port 4 will open both sally port gates.

SP #8

1. Upon notification of an MCI, Sally Port 8 will

open both of the outer sally port gates.

2. Conduct bumper check (Red license plate

numbered) of emergency vehicles responding to Camp

Delta. Delta.

(2) Sally Port 1 will be used as the exit for all 3. Emergency vehicles will be allowed entry into

emergency vehicles leaving Camp Delta. Camp Delta through Sally Port 8.

(3) Camp 1 triage area will be in the area between

the fenceline running east from Sally Port 2 and the

fenceline running east from Sally Port 3. Military

triage will be on the south side running from Sally Port

3 and east towards where the golf cart parking is

located. Detainee triage will be on the north side

running from Sally Port 2 and east towards the

Detainee Clinic gate. It will be marked by an orange

flag.

(4) Camp 1 immediate patients will be located

along the orange barricades around building four

starting at the easternmost corner and going west. It

will be marked by a red flag.

(5) Camp 1 delayed patients will be located along

the orange barricades around building four starting

where the immediate patients end and continuing west.

Will be marked by a yellow flag.

(6) Camp 1 minimal patients will be placed in the

in-process holding area to the east of building 5. Will

be marked by a green flag.

(7) Ambulances responding to Camp 1 will park

just to the north of the immediate patient area at a 45

degree angle with the front pointing towards Sally Port

(8) If no fire is present, fire trucks responding to

Camp 1 will park in the area between the Camp 1

generators and the building 5 holding area.

(9) Camp 2 military triage will be located to the

south of building 7. It will be marked with an orange

flag.

(10) Camp 2 detainee triage will be located at the

base of the west steps of building 7. It will be marked

with an orange flag.

(11) Camp 2 immediate patients will be placed

near the CONEX located near Sally Port 9. It will be

marked with a red flag.

(12) Camp 2 delayed patients will be placed to

the west of Sally Port 9. It will be marked with a

yellow flag.

(13) Camp 2 minimal patients will be placed to

the west of building 9 within the fence enclosing

building 9. It will be marked by green flag.

(14) Ambulances responding to Camp 2 will park

side by side starting at the northwest corner of the mess

tent and moving out towards Sally Port 8. The front of

the vehicle will face Sally Port 7.

(15) If no fire is present, fire trucks responding to

Camp 2 will park in the area between the Camp 2

generators and the mess tent.

(16) Military expectant patients from any camp

will be placed in the mess tent.

(17) Detainee expectant patients from any camp

will be placed under the tree located near the flag pole.

aa.Medical personnel will:

(1) Perform initial triage at the scene and send

victims by litter to the triage area (marked by an orange

flag) where the Triage Officer (wearing an orange vest)

will triage each victim into one of the four categories:

IMMEDIATE, DELAYED, MINIMAL,

EXPECTANT.

(2) The Duty Delta Officer (DDO) will send out

the Emergency Response Team (ERT), consisting of

two corpsman and a response bag. The ERT will not

enter any cell until the detainee is secured by the MPs.

(3) The ERT will assess the situation and provide

immediate feedback to the DDO regarding the number

of military/detainee casualties and their status.

(4) The on scene corpsman or ERT will

coordinate casualty transport to designated triage area

based on location of MCI.

(5) Should the Emergency Response Team (ERT)

find multiple casualties or one casualty in imminent

danger of losing life or limb, they will report this

immediately to the DDO at Delta Medical Clinic.

(6) The DDO will:

(a) If less than five casualties, contact the DOC at

#3239, the Detention Hospital OIC and the Detention

Hospital Senior Medical Officer (SMO).

(b) If greater than five casualties, contact DOC at

#3239 and the Detention Hospital Command Duty

Officer (CDO) by dialing their home phone number or

by pager by dialing 7-2090 and entering pager #062.

IMPORTANT: 1) The CDO must be contacted, if

contact cannot be made with the CDO, the OIC should

then be notified. 2) The DDO will coordinate all

emergency response activities until a more senior

officer arrives.

(7) The CDO will contact:

(a) #911

(b) The Naval Hospital Emergency Department

at #3200 and state “This is the Command Duty Officer

for the Detention Hospital at Camp Delta, we have had

a Mass Casualty Incident beyond the scope of our

capabilities and require Naval Hospital Assistance,

please activate your Mass Casualty Recall Roster”.

Provide as much information as possible such as the

number of suspected deaths, wounded, etc.

(c) OIC, Detention Hospital (pager #068).

(d) SMO to have them to report immediately

(pager #038).

(e) Detention Hospital Duty Driver (pager #937).

(f) Activate the Mass Casualty Recall Roster.

(8) Recalled Personnel. Arriving recalled

personnel will muster in Delta Medical Clinic and

report to the Duty Delta Officer (DDO) for assignment

until OIC on scene.

(9) Medical personnel at Camp Delta will:

Perform initial triage at the scene and send victims by

litter to the triage area based on the location of the MCI

where the Triage Officer will triage each victim into

one of the four categories: IMMEDIATE, DELAYED,

MINIMAL, or EXPECTANT.

(a) After being triaged, the victims will be moved

to one of four areas to await transport. The immediate

area will be marked with a red flag and the Immediate

Category Leader will be wearing a red vest. The

delayed area will be marked with a yellow flag and the

Delayed Category Leader will be wearing a yellow

vest. The minimal area will be marked with a green

flag and the Minimal Category Leader will be wearing

a green vest. The expectant area will be marked with a

black flag and the Chaplain will be in this area.

(b) Once triaged, designated treatment teams,

locations and transportation modes are outlined as

follows:

(-) Military IMMEDIATE casualties will be sent

to the Naval Hospital GTMO via Naval Hospital

GTMO ambulance.

(-) Military DELAYED casualties will be sent to

the Naval Hospital GTMO via Naval Hospital GTMO

ambulance.

(-) Military MINIMAL casualties will be sent to

the Camp America Joint Aid Station via any available

military vehicle.

(-) Military EXPECTANT casualties will be sent

to the Camp Delta Mess Hall via litter bearer or

Detention Hospital ambulance.

(-) Detainee IMMEDIATE casualties will be sent

to the Naval Hospital GTMO for the first six and the

balance will be sent to the Detention Hospital via

Detention Hospital ambulance or litter bus.

(-) Detainee DELAYED casualties will be sent to

the Detention Hospital via Detention Hospital

ambulance or litter bus.

(-) Detainee MINIMAL casualties will be sent to

the Delta Medical Clinic via walked MP escort or

available carts.

(-) Detainee EXPECTANT casualties will be

sent to the tree near the Camp Delta Mess Hall via

Detention Hospital ambulance or litter bearer.

(10) Ambulance Transportation:

(a) After triage by the Triage Officer, victims are

tagged with their corresponding category and tracked

by the Medical Regulator. The Litter Bearer and

Transportation Coordinator then direct transportation to

treatment team locations as indicated in the chart

above.

(b) The Medical Regulator then radios Command

and Control with the victim’s category; detainee or

military.

(c) Two Detention Hospital Ambulances will be

pre-positioned outside of Delta Medical Clinic.

(d) All IMMEDIATE victims will take

precedence over DELAYED, MINIMAL, or

EXPECTANT. Initial triage is conducted as the

Emergency Response Team (ERT) removes victims

from the incident scene and then litter bearers take

casualties to the Triage Area.

(11) Litter Teams:

(a) Additional litter bearer support can be

obtained through Escort Control.

(b) The Litter Bearer Team Leader will

coordinate all litter teams to and from triage with the

MP Litter Bearer NCOIC. The Litter Bearer Team

Leader will communicate directly with the

Transportation Coordinator to keep casualty flow

uninterrupted.

(c) MPs: During initial triage, MPs will act as

litter bearers and assist the triage officer as required.

(12) Staging Areas:

(a) Staging areas for an MCI occurring in Camp

Delta 1 are located on the north side of the to the east

of Sally Port 1 along the north perimeter fence for

Delta-1.

(b) Staging areas for an MCI occurring in Delta 2

are located adjacent to the triage area at Delta-2.

(13) Responsibilities. Job Action Sheets will be

found in the Mass Casualty Admin box. These sheets

are designed to be used by responding personnel as a

quick reference or checklist of primary duties for a

specific mass casualty job, but are not all inclusive of

the duties/actions that will be required during a mass

casualty incident.

(14) Teams.

(a) Command and control team will consist of

one officer and one administration assistant.

(b) Medical Commander (MC) will wear a blue

vest and consist of one officer. If an administration

assistant is available, they will assist the MC.

(c) Emergency Response Team (ERT) will

consist of two corpsmen responders and corpsmen

ambulance drivers.

(d) Triage team will consist of one Triage Officer

(MD/IDC/PA – first to arrive), one Medical Regulator,

one Litter Bearer Team Leader, one Transportation

Coordinator, one Transportation Administration

Corpsman.

(e) Staging Team for Military and Detainee

Immediate Casualties will consist of two nurses and

two corpsman. Casualties in this staging area are

awaiting transportation. Team to be supplemented by

MD/IDC/PA if needed as they arrive from NH GTMO.

(f) Staging Team for Military and Detainee

Delayed Casualties will consist of two nurses and two

corpsman. Casualties in this staging area are awaiting

transportation. Team to be supplemented by

MD/IDC/PA if needed as they arrive from NH GTMO.

(g) Staging Team for Military and Detainee

Minimal Casualties will consist of one nurse.

(h) Transportation to the Naval Hospital GTMO

will consist of Naval Hospital drivers using Naval

Hospital ambulances and Detention Hospital drivers

using Detention Ambulance Litter Bus for the first six

IMMEDIATE detainees. Transportation to the

Detention Hospital will consist of Detention Hospital

drivers, corpsman, MPs, and other available personnel

using Detention Hospital ambulances, pick-ups, gators,

golf carts, and other vehicles.

(i) Detention Hospital Teams will consist of an

Immediate Team with one MD, two nurses, and four

corpsman (including rad tech, RT) and a Delayed Team

with one MD, two nurses, and four corpsman.

(j) Staging Team for Military and Detainee

Expectant Casualties will consist of the Muslim

chaplain and one corpsman in the Detainee area and at

least one chaplain and one corpsman in the military

area.

(k) Litter Bearer Team will consist of one

corpsman as the team leader. Bearers will be

designated MP escort teams.

(l) Manpower Coordinator will be a corpsman or

any Detention Hospital staff member.

(m) Traffic Coordinator will be any available

personnel.

(15) Psychiatric Services.

(a) During the event of a mass casualty, all

personnel who are assigned to Psychiatric Services,

Detention Hospital, will be contacted and expected to

report to the Delta Medical Clinic immediately for

muster. They will be utilized for their medical

expertise initially until otherwise directed. These

personnel include one Psychologist, two Psychiatric

Nurse Corps Officers and six Psychiatric Techs.

(b) Mental Health / Psychiatric providers will

also be available after initial emergency response and

treatment.

(16) Supply.

(a) IMMEDIATE Mass Casualty Kit. One kit

staged in Mass Casualty CONEX box at Delta Medical

Clinic for use at the Camp 1 MCI scene and one kit

staged in Mass Casualty CONEX box near Sally Port 9

for use at the Camp 2 MCI scene.

(b) DELAYED Mass Casualty Kit. One kit

staged in Mass Casualty CONEX box at Delta Medical

Clinic for use at the Camp 1 MCI scene and one kit

staged in Mass Casualty CONEX box near Sally Port 9

for use at the Camp 2 MCI scene.

(c) MINIMAL Mass Casualty Kit. One kit

staged in Mass Casualty CONEX box at Delta Medical

Clinic for use at the Camp 1 MCI scene and one kit

staged in Mass Casualty CONEX box near Sally Port 9

for use at the Camp 2 MCI scene.

(d) STAGING Area Mass Casualty Kit. One kit

staged in Mass Casualty CONEX box at Delta Medical

Clinic for use at the Camp 1 MCI scene and one kit

staged in Mass Casualty CONEX box near Sally Port 9

for use at the Camp 2 MCI scene.

(e) ADMIN Mass Casualty Box. One kit staged

inside the supply room at Delta Medical Equipment.

This kit contains:

(-) Triage signs/flags

(-) Bullhorns

(-) Patient tracking forms

(-) Flashlights

(-) Additional triage tags

(-) Job action sheets

(-) Identification vests

(f) Additional Emergency Response Supplies.

Additional emergency response supplies are located in

a CONEX box designated for bulk mass casualty

supplies.

(17) Colored Mass Casualty Boxes/Signs/Flags.

If any predetermined site is determined unsafe, the MC

and the On Scene Commander will designate an

alternate safe site. Triage category sites will be marked

by color coded medical response boxes. The boxes are

colored as follows:

(a) Triage - orange

(b) Immediate - red

(c) Delayed - yellow

(d) Minimal – green

(e) Expectant - black

(18) Radios. Radios will be utilized to facilitate

communication between all team-leaders:

(a) OIC

(b) ERT

(c) Triage Team Medical Regulator

(d) Litter Bearer Team Leader

(e) Transportation Coordinator

(f) Immediate Category Leader

(g) Delayed Category Leader

(19) Bullhorns. Bullhorns can also be utilized by

team leaders to facilitate communication between team

leaders and team members.

(20) Telephones. Telephones will be used to

relay information between Delta Medical Clinic, Joint

Aid Station, Detention Hospital and Naval Hospital

GTMO and to communicate to any other appropriate

facility. Use of phones for purposes other than

immediate victim/patient care is highly discouraged

during the incident.

(21) Safety. Safety is the priority, whether it be 4. If MCI is located in Camp 2, Sally Port 9 and

during an actual mass casualty response or a practice Sally Port 10 will open both sally port gates.

exercise. Prior to any Mass Casualty Exercise, a Safety Note: In the event that one of the Sally ports is

Officer must be appointed and has the authority to stop rendered inoperative, emergency traffic flow will enter

the drill if they feel that unsafe conditions exist. and exit from the operational Sally port. The On-scene

Additionally, any personnel or observer can stop the Commander will make this decision and inform the

exercise if they determine an unsafe environment DOC.

exists. P. R&U:

(22) Additional Resources. In the event that the 1. Repair team reports to the On-scene

resources of the Naval Hospital GTMO are overcome, Commander

the Wine Cellar can be used to house up to eight 2. Immediately repairs any damage which

additional victims. The local fire department maintains compromises security

four additional mass casualty medical supply boxes 3. On order from the DOC, implements deceptive

that can be utilized as necessary. lighting plan.

a. On-scene Commander directs R&U NCOIC

to the power substation adjacent to the water tanks

by Camp Bulkeley.

b. Enters the gate entering number “1998” in

the combination lock.

c. Proceed to the junction box with the

number “7012-83” the number for the lock on the

breaker box is “224”.

d. Call the JOC (5010/5038) from the phone

box and await second notification.

e. On-scene Commander directs the SOG for

each Camp to stand by the generators and prepare to

shut down generators when directed.

4. JOC issues second notification (confirmed

threat).

a. R&U NCOIC will go to the breaker box

and turn the switch that is labeled with

“TRIP/CLOSED”. The switch will be turned in

the direction of “TRIP”. This will shut down all

the power to all of Camp Delta.

b. R&U NCOIC will notify the JOC (5010/5038)

and confirm that the power is out, noting the time.

c. Camp Delta personnel will evacuate Camp

Delta IAW the Camp Delta Evacuation SOP.

32-11. Evacuation Routes 32-11. Evacuation Routes

a. The Detention Operations Officer, and in his a. The Detention Operations Officer, and in his

absence, the on-duty CO will direct an evacuation of absence, the on-duty CO will direct an evacuation of

US personnel and detainees when he believes that to be US personnel and detainees when he believes that to be

the most prudent course of action given the known the most prudent course of action given the known

situation. situation.

b. Evacuations will be made only to those areas b. Evacuations will be made only to those areas

required to assure the safety of US personnel and required to assure the safety of US personnel and

detainees. detainees.

c. DOC will remain manned unless absolutely c. DOC will remain manned unless absolutely

skipping to change at line 12836 skipping to change at line 14883

movement security procedures. Security of detainees movement security procedures. Security of detainees

and safety of US personnel remains the top concern and safety of US personnel remains the top concern

when it becomes necessary to contravene established when it becomes necessary to contravene established

procedures because of the necessity of the situation. procedures because of the necessity of the situation.

(1) The following categories of detainees warrant (1) The following categories of detainees warrant

high security precautions: Level 4, Level 5, and high security precautions: Level 4, Level 5, and

detainees with a past history for violence or mental detainees with a past history for violence or mental

illness. illness.

(2) If evacuated from Camp Delta to another (2) If evacuated from Camp Delta to another

location, detainees will be shackled with three-piece location, detainees will be shackled with three-piece

suits and have an escort of at least two MPs each. suits and have an escort of at least two guards each.

(3) Detainees will be moved to the closest (3) Detainees will be moved to the closest

assembly area from their block consistent with a assembly area from their block consistent with a

minimum standoff distance of 300 ft from any minimum standoff distance of 300 ft from any

suspected explosive device. suspected explosive device.

e. Evacuation Routes and Assembly Areas. e. Evacuation Routes and Assembly Areas.

(1) Camp I admin buildings (JIG, SCIF, (1) Camp I admin buildings (JIG, SCIF,

Medical/In-Processing, CTC, DOC, JIIF). Medical/In-Processing, CTC, DOC, and JIIF).

(a) US personnel will evacuate through Sally Port (a) US personnel will evacuate through Sally Port

1 to AA RAT. 1 to AA RAT.

(b) Any detainees being interrogated will be (b) Any detainees being interrogated will be

escorted to AA IGUANA. Once all detainees are escorted to AA IGUANA. Once all detainees are

evacuated, MP escort will remain at AA IGUANA to evacuated, escorts will remain at AA IGUANA to

provide additional security. provide additional security.

(c) DOC personnel will remain at DOC until (c) DOC personnel will remain at DOC until

directed to evacuate by the DOO. directed to evacuate by the DOO.

(2) Camp I detainee blocks (A – I). (2) Camp I detainee blocks (A – I).

(a) Detainees will be evacuated through Sally (a) Detainees will be evacuated through Sally

Port 6 to AA BUZZARD. Port 6 to AA BUZZARD.

(b) Block MPs and roving sally port MPs will (b) Block guards and roving sally port guards

move with their detainees through Sally Port 6 and will move with their detainees through Sally Port 6 and

provide security at AA BUZZARD. provide security at AA BUZZARD.

(c) During an isolated incident involving one of (c) During an isolated incident involving one of

more blocks in Camp I but not blocks A, E, or I, more blocks in Camp I but not blocks A, E, or I,

detainees can be evacuated to AA SNAKE, which is detainees can be evacuated to AA SNAKE, which is

located in block J. located in block J.

(3) Camp II and III admin buildings (JDOG (3) Camp II and III admin buildings (JDOG

Intel/Interpreters, and JIIF). Intel/Interpreters, and JIIF).

(a) US personnel will evacuate through Sally Port (a) US personnel will evacuate through Sally Port

9 to AA MOUSE. 9 to AA MOUSE.

(b) Any detainees being interrogated will be (b) Any detainees being interrogated will be

escorted to AA ANT. Once all detainees are evacuated, escorted to AA ANT. Once all detainees are evacuated,

MP escort will remain at AA ANT to provide escorts will remain at AA ANT to provide additional

additional security. security.

(4) Camp II and III detainee blocks (K – T). (4) Camp II and III detainee blocks (K – T).

(a) Detainees will be evacuated through Sally (a) Detainees will be evacuated through Sally

Port 10 then Sally Port 9 to AA ANT. Port 10 then Sally Port 9 to AA ANT.

(b) Block MPs and roving sally port MPs will (b) Block guards and roving sally port guards

move with their detainees through Sally Port 10 then will move with their detainees through Sally Port 10

Sally Port 9 to AA ANT. Block and roving sally port then Sally Port 9 to AA ANT. Block and roving sally

MPs will provide security at AA ANT. port guards will provide security at AA ANT.

(5) Camp IV detainee blocks (U – Y). (5) Camp IV detainee blocks (U – Y).

(a) Detainees will be evacuated through Sally (a) Detainees will be evacuated through Sally

Port 14, Sally Port 12, and Sally Port 5 to AA Port 14, Sally Port 12, and Sally Port 5 to AA

IGUANA. IGUANA.

(b) Block and roving patrol MPs will provide for

security enroute and will remain with their detainees at (b) Block and roving patrol guards will provide

AA IGUANA to provide security. for security enroute and will remain with their

detainees at AA IGUANA to provide security.

f. Evacuation of Camp Delta. The destructive f. Evacuation of Camp Delta. The destructive

weather plan K-span buildings located at Camp weather plan K-span buildings located at Camp

Bulkeley will be used for temporary housing in event Bulkeley will be used for temporary housing in event

that Camp Delta must be completely evacuated. that Camp Delta must be completely evacuated.

Detainees will be staged moving from their blocks to Detainees will be staged moving from their blocks to

an intermediate assembly area where they will be an intermediate assembly area where they will be

prepared for movement then to a departure assembly prepared for movement then to a departure assembly

area for movement. area for movement.

(1) Camp I (admin areas not directly in contact (1) Camp I (admin areas not directly in contact

with detainees). Evacuate through Sally Port 1 to AA with detainees). Evacuate through Sally Port 1 to AA

skipping to change at line 12903 skipping to change at line 14951

with detainees). Evacuate through Sally Port 1 to AA with detainees). Evacuate through Sally Port 1 to AA

RAT. Personnel will be given assignments to assist in RAT. Personnel will be given assignments to assist in

detainee evacuation from Camp Delta. detainee evacuation from Camp Delta.

(2) Camp I (blocks A – I). Blocks will be (2) Camp I (blocks A – I). Blocks will be

evacuated one block at a time to AA SNAKE. evacuated one block at a time to AA SNAKE.

Detainees will be prepared for movement. Detainees Detainees will be prepared for movement. Detainees

will then be moved to AA IGUANA. Detainees will be will then be moved to AA IGUANA. Detainees will be

loaded into vehicles for movement to Camp Bulkeley. loaded into vehicles for movement to Camp Bulkeley.

(3) Camp II and III (admin areas not directly in (3) Camp II and III (admin areas not directly in

contact with detainees). Evacuate through Sally Port 1 contact with detainees). Evacuate through Sally Port 1

to AA RAT. Personnel will be given assignments to to AA RAT. Personnel will be given assignments to

assist in detainee evacuation from Camp Delta. assist in detainee evacuation from Camp Delta.

(4) Camp II and III (blocks K – T). Blocks will be (4) Camp II and III (blocks K – T). Blocks will be

evacuated one block at a time to AA ANT. Detainees evacuated one block at a time to AA ANT. Detainees

will be prepared for movement. Detainees will then be will be prepared for movement. Detainees will then be

moved to AA MOUSE. Detainees will be loaded into moved to AA MOUSE. Detainees will be loaded into

vehicles for movement to Camp Bulkeley. vehicles for movement to Camp Bulkeley.

(5) Camp IV (blocks U – Y). Blocks will be (5) Camp IV (blocks U – Y). Blocks will be

evacuated to the Camp IV recreation area one block at evacuated to the Camp IV exercise area one block at a

a time. Detainees will be prepared for movement. time. Detainees will be prepared for movement.

Detainees will then be moved to AA IGUANA where Detainees will then be moved to AA IGUANA where

they will be loaded into vehicles for movement to they will be loaded into vehicles for movement to

Camp Bulkeley. Camp Bulkeley.

32-12. Destructive Weather 32-12. Destructive Weather

a. This Emergency Action Plan will be effective a. This Emergency Action Plan will be effective

unless updated or revised. unless updated or revised.

b. The Destructive Weather (DxWx) Plan is divided b. The Destructive Weather (DxWx) Plan is divided

into six phases: into six phases:

(1) Development (1) Development

(2) Establish detainee DxWx accommodations (2) Establish detainee DxWx accommodations

skipping to change at line 12949 skipping to change at line 14996

prestaged and/or checked for usability. prestaged and/or checked for usability.

e. Implement DxWx operations. This phase will e. Implement DxWx operations. This phase will

entail JDOG will work in 12 hour shifts, Camp entail JDOG will work in 12 hour shifts, Camp

America preparing for movement, and the preparation America preparing for movement, and the preparation

for detainee movement. for detainee movement.

(1) At H-120, with H being the hour of landfall, a (1) At H-120, with H being the hour of landfall, a

FRAGO will be issued by the J-3. FRAGO will be issued by the J-3.

(2) At H-96, a Pre-Hurricane Conference/Key (2) At H-96, a Pre-Hurricane Conference/Key

Leader Rehearsal will be held. Leader Rehearsal will be held.

(3) At H-72, an alternate DOC will be established (3) At H-72, an alternate DOC will be established

at Bulkeley Hall. Leave will be cancelled. The at one of the K-spans or bunkers. Leave will be

breakdown of Detention Hospital, as required, will cancelled. The breakdown of Detention Hospital, as

commence. A complete accountability of all personnel required, will commence. A complete accountability of

will occur. all personnel will occur.

(4) Begin the lock down of Camp America. All (4) Begin the lock down of Camp America. All

lose items in Camp America, Camp Delta, and all other lose items in Camp America, Camp Delta, and all other

parts of JTF-GTMO will be secured to prevent them parts of JTF-GTMO will be secured to prevent them

from becoming projectile weapons. from becoming projectile weapons.

(5) All soldiers in Camp America will prepare an (5) All soldiers in Camp America will prepare an

A bag. A bag.

f. Movement. f. Movement.

(1) When winds of 64 knots or greater within 48 (1) When winds of 64 knots or greater within 48

hours (H-48), commence the movement of detainees hours (H-48), commence the movement of detainees

from Detention Hospital. All interrogations will cease. from Detention Hospital. All interrogations will cease.

Camp America will be evacuated to the K-SPANs Camp America will be evacuated to the K-SPANs

(2) At H-36, internal and external security will be (2) At H-36, internal and external security will be

established at the shelters. The JDOG DOC will be established at the shelters. The JDOG DOC will be

established. The QRF at the shelters will be established. The QRF at the shelters will be

established. established.

(3) At H-24, all detainees will be moved from the (3) At H-24, all detainees will be moved from the

Detention Hospital to the Wine Cellar. Detention Hospital to the Naval Hospital DACU (if

there are 6 or less detainee inpatients) or the Wine

Cellar (if there are more than 6 detainee inpatients).

(4) At H-21, all vehicles to be used in the transfer (4) At H-21, all vehicles to be used in the transfer

will be staged inside Camp Delta next to the Detainee will be staged inside Camp Delta next to the Detainee

Clinic. All vehicles will have been filled and PMCS Clinic. All vehicles will have been filled and PMCS

will have been completed. Any mechanical problems will have been completed. Any mechanical problems

will have been corrected. A contingency bus, will have been corrected. A contingency bus,

ambulance, and QRF will stage at a central location, ambulance, and QRF will stage at a central location,

accessible to both the K-SPANs and Magazines. Key accessible to both the K-SPANs and Magazines. Key

leaders and key drivers will perform a route recon. leaders and key drivers will perform a route recon.

(5) Each escort will have 36 minutes to complete (5) Each escort will have 36 minutes to complete

one transfer of 30 detainees. one transfer of 30 detainees.

(6) At H-18, detainee transport will commence. (6) At H-18, detainee transport will commence.

Transfer will consist of two escort teams of infantry in Transfer will consist of two escort teams of infantry in

M1025 and two busses each containing 15 detainees, M1025 and two busses each containing 15 detainees,

six MPs, one driver, and an interpreter. All detainees six guards, one driver, one hospital corpsman and an

will be transported in three-piece suits and secured to interpreter. All detainees will be transported in three-

the eyebolts in the floor of the K-SPANs or magazines. piece suits and secured to the eyebolts in the floor of

the K-SPANs or magazines.

(7) At H-12, detainee transfer will be complete. (7) At H-12, detainee transfer will be complete.

Command and control will be transferred from the Command and control will be transferred from the

Camp Delta DOC to the Camp Bulkeley DOC. Camp Delta DOC to the alternate DOC.

(8) At H-6, the last shift rotation will occur. The (8) At H-6, the last shift rotation will occur. The

QRF will be in place in the K-SPANs and magazines. QRF will be in place in the K-SPANs and magazines.

Camp Delta and all TCPs and OPs will be secured. Camp Delta and all TCPs and OPs will be secured.

(9) At H+8, a recon will be conducted of Camp (9) At H+8, a recon will be conducted of Camp

America and Camp Delta. All items requiring repair America and Camp Delta. All items requiring repair

will be identified. will be identified.

(10) At H+12, begin to clear transportation routes (10) At H+12, begin to clear transportation routes

and initiate repairs of facilities. Stand-up Camp Delta. and initiate repairs of facilities. Stand-up Camp Delta.

(11) At H+24, Camp Delta will become (11) At H+24, Camp Delta will become

operational. operational.

(12) At H+30, begin transfer of detainees back to (12) At H+30, begin transfer of detainees back to

Camp Delta. Camp Delta.

(13) At H+48, transfer detainees from the Wine (13) At H+48, transfer detainees from the Naval

Cellar back to Detention Hospital. Hospital DACU or Wine Cellar back to Detention

Hospital.

(14) At H+54, reopen Camp America and begin (14) At H+54, reopen Camp America and begin

the resupply and repair of the DxWx sites. the resupply and repair of the DxWx sites.

32-13. Escape and Apprehension (E&A)

1. In the event of an escape from a facility that holds

detainees, prompt notification and accurate reporting

are key to the successfully apprehension of the escaped

detainee.

b. The guards at the incident location will

immediately perform the following actions:

2. Guards at the incident location will immediately

perform the following actions:

a. Notify the DOC of an escaped detainee. Precede

the message with the term “FLASH.” Then send a

SALUTE report to the DOC.

b. All other message traffic will cease on the net

except that which is pertaining directly to the escaped

detainee.

c. Secure the scene where the detainee escaped

from as a crime scene.

3. If the detainee is seen fleeing, no more than half of

the guards assigned to the block from which the escape

occurred will pursue the detainee(s). All block MP’s

stay on the blocks and continue detention mission.

4. The DOC will immediately perform the following

actions:

a. Notify and relay all information to both the

infantry TOC and the MWD team.

b. Initiate lock-down of the camp: Return all

detainees to their cells, regardless of their location.

None will leave the camp unless cleared by the JDOG;

exceptions are MWD teams, Combat camera team,

corpsman, and MP escort team assigned to the infantry

for detainee recovery.

c. Notify the CO.

d. Notify the CJDOG, DCJDOG, JDOG Ops, JOC,

Camp America Commandant’s office, R&U (through

MP’s on the block) to report to their section area and

await further instructions, and Combat Camera of the

escaped detainee.

e. Initiate a count of all facilities to include matching

picture ID’s to detainees.

f. Dispatch a camera operator, from the DOC, to the

escape location to film the scene and then be prepared

to move to the capture location if Combat Camera is

unavailable.

g. Direct a change to channel 15 to facilitate

communication with all elements. Monitor SINGAR

channels with TF-Iguana and JOC.

h. Notify the unit in training to be prepared to

supply troops to watch housing areas and other

facilities.

5. R&U NCOIC will report to the DOC and wait

further guidance to repair damages caused by the

escape.

6. Escort Control will immediately perform the

following actions:

a. Equip three two-man escort teams with OC,

three-piece suits.

b. Have teams meet the Detainee Medical Team at

the DOC, stage outside the wire with the Medical and

Combat Camera, and apprehend detainee once TF-

Iguana has located him.

7. MP Guards/TF-Iguana/MWD pursuing the

detainee(s):

a. Inside the wire, MPs have the primary

responsibility to pursue and apprehend the detainee(s).

Outside the wire, MWD and TF-Iguana have the

primary responsibility to pursue and apprehend the

detainee(s).

b. Detainee(s) must be apprehended IAW with the

RUF/ROE and inflicting as little injury as possible.

c. When possible, corner the detainee and await

additional assistance before subduing the detainee.

8. Detainee Medical/MP escort/Combat Camera team

will meet TF-Iguana escort team in front of the ICRC

building in the Camp Delta parking lot.

9. MWD team will:

a. Take commands from the DOC while inside the

wire. Outside the wire, take commands from TF-

Iguana.

b. Be prepared to take control of the scene after the

detainee(s) is (are) surrounded and until the detainee is

shackled. The handler will issue all commands to the

detainee(s) and friendly forces to ensure their safety

and the maximum effectiveness of the MWD.

10. At the point of capture, capturing unit will call

forward the Medical./MP/Camera team:

a. Detainee(s) will be shackled and searched by MP

Escort Teams.

b. Detainee(s) will be checked by a Corpsmen and

any immediate treatment will be conducted.

c. Detainee(s) will be video taped by a camera

operator from the Combat Camera or DOC camera

team.

d. Medical team with MP escort will move detainee

to Camp Delta detainee clinic for evaluation.

11. MP unit in training will be prepared to:

a. Assemble all troops in their housing area.

b. Become OPCON to TF-Iguana to augment

search/sweep capabilities.

12. TF-Iguana will follow their SOP for reaction to

escaped detainee and maintain continuous

communications with the DOC.

13. All actions will be IAW the use of force RUF/ROE

as outlined in JTF-Guantanamo OPORD.

32-16 Intrusion Detection System (IDS) Alarm T-

SCIF

1. General: Infantry QRF responds from vic Camp

Echo and secures T-SCIF, Camp Delta upon IDS

alarm activation.

2. Requirements:

a. SOG in Tower # 1 will notify the DOC that an

audible alarm has been activated at the T-SCIF.

b. The DOC NCOIC will notify the QRF via Long

Range Saber (primary), and/or landline (secondary)

that the IDS alarm has been activated and securing the

perimeter of the building is required.

c. Armed QRF respond to Camp Delta through

Sally Port 1with individually assigned weapons and 1

magazine inserted into the magazine well. No soldier

will lock a round into the chamber of the weapon.

ROE/RUF, dated 30 Nov 02 applies.

d. Deploy within 15 minutes of IDS alarm

activation to secure T-SCIF Bldg #4 Camp Delta.

3. QRF Procedures:

a. QRF secures their weapons, ammunition, LBV,

and Kevlar.

b. One member of the QRF will remain at the QRF

building to secure remaining equipment and monitor

communications.

c. QRF deploys to T-SCIF.

d. The DOC will notify sally port 1, JOC,

DCJDOG, MWD Team and T-SCIF Security Manager

that an audible alarm has been activated and that the

QRF has secured the exterior of the building.

e. Upon arrival at the T-SCIF, the Infantry QRF

Team Leader will place one soldier at each of the two

entrances. One soldier will occupy Tower # 2. The

remaining soldiers will form a perimeter around the

front of the building, ensuring 100% visibility of the

structure.

f. The QRF will secure the building not allowing

entrance and/or exit of personnel and notify the DOC

when this is completed.

g. The DOC will notify the SOG in Tower #1 that

the T-SCIF Security Manager and WMD are enroute to

Camp Delta, to facilitate initial contact with the QRF

Team Leader.

h. Once the MWD Team and T-SCIF Security

Manager arrive they will be granted unimpeded access

to the building.

i. The MWD Team will sweep both the interior

and exterior of the building.

j. In the event unauthorized person/s are located

within the T-SCIF, NAVBASE Security will respond

and detain the person/s until J2 advises

confirmed/unconfirmed access.

k. Once the building has been cleared, the T-SCIF

Security Manager will re-secure the building and reset

the IDS alarm.

l. The QRF will collapse security and return to the

QRF CP.

m. The QRF and SOG will log the event in their

daily logs IAW SOP.

Position Name Work

#

Cell

#

Home

#

SCIF

Special

Security

Representati

ve (SSR)

SFC Kjosa 3376 8381

*alt #1 MSG Park 3209 8383

*alt #2 MSG Cater 3458 8381

JTF J2 SSO Frank

Perkins

3462 7379

JTF Security

Mgr.

MAJ

Hodson

3643 8669

Deputy J2 MAJ

Williams

3643 84177 8669

J2 LTC Mull 3432 84028 8053

32-17. Camp Coordinated Contraband Search &

Seizure

a. Intent. JDOG Commander may order a full

search of Camp Delta or any camp or block within.

The intent of the search is to identify detainees who

have items of possible intelligence value or items,

which may pose a security risk to the guard force of

Camp Delta. During the search, all contraband items

will be removed from the detainees and placed into

evidence channels for the intelligence community. End

state occurs when every cell, bay, and common area

has been searched, and all contraband has been

identified and removed. Measures of success are no

contraband left in the detainee population; detainees of

intelligence value identified, and heightened level of

security awareness among the MP’s.

b. Concept of the Operation. This operation is

best executed at night, when movements can more

readily be halted. The operation will normally take 12

hours for one company to complete all of Camps 1, 2,

and 3. An operational pause may then occur. It will

take an additional 10 hours to complete Camp 4. There

will be one search and seizure team per “row” of

cellblocks. Empty cells will be searched in sequence.

Once the operation has begun, it will continue until

every area has been searched. S2 provides oversight of

the operation to ensure that contraband items are

properly identified and seized and MPI ensures that all

seized items are properly accounted for.

c. MP Company in training cycle:

(1) Establish company/operation CP at CP2.

(2) Execute the search of Camp Delta. Each

search teams consist of, as a minimum, 1 MP NCOIC

to document what is found in each cell and 1 MP to

conduct the search.

(3) DO NOT TOUCH THE KORANS.

(4) Provide 3 IRF teams.

(5) Provide 2 escort teams per “row” of blocks.

(6) Conduct a pat-down search (per instructions

of Camp Delta Superintendent) of detainees prior to

returning them to their cells.

(7) Move detainees in and out of their cells in

support of the search. Detainees will be moved to the

recreation areas (1 detainee per area) and showers (1

detainee per shower) and watched at all times.

(8) Receive training from S2 on what

constitutes contraband, MPI on proper documentation

and handling of contraband, and Camp Delta

Superintendent on proper search procedures.

(9) Provide additional manning (1 soldier per

occupied block) to midnight shift.

(10) Direct coordination with Delta Block must

be conducted prior to operation.

Direct coordination with Camp 4 NCOIC is authorized.

d. S2:

(1) Provide training on what types of intelligence

contraband we are looking for.

(2) Coordinate for interpreter support to explain

to detainees that we are conducting a shakedown and to

move Korans if they are in the way of a search.

Interpreters will report to Camp Delta Superintendent

for additional instruction.

(3) Provide a representative per “row” of cell

blocks to assist MP search and seizure teams in

determining if items are contraband.

(4) Provide a representative in the contraband

holding area to receive items from S4.

e. S3:

(1) Provide Gator(s) to S4 section to move

contraband from cell blocks to contraband holding

area.

(2) Coordinate with QRF for potential emergency

action procedures.

(3) Designate a training area that provides for a

noise-free environment for this training.

(4) Provide barbers and camera operators to

accompany/support IRF teams.

(5) Coordinate with detainee hospital for

medical/decon personnel.

f. S4:

(1) Provide personnel to move evidence from

blocks to contraband holding area.

(2) Coordinate for additional rations at Delta

mess for the MP training company. Have MRE’s

available in case the MP’s cannot break for chow.

g. MPI:

(1) Provide enough evidence envelopes: One for

each cell in Camps 1, 2, and 3 and two for each bunk in

Camp 4. Each envelope will be marked with the

cell/block number or bunk/block number and will have

an evidence form on the inside.

(2) Provide training on proper procedures for

custody paperwork to search teams.

(3) Designate a contraband holding area.

(4) Be present throughout operation to provide

guidance on proper handling of contraband.

h. MWD: Have two dog teams at Camp Delta

prepared to respond as determined by the Training MP

Company Commander. Coordinate directly with

Training MP Company Commander.

i. MP’s on the block: Constantly walk the blocks,

reporting any detainees attempting to pass or conceal

anything.

j. Camp 4:

(1) Bay Leaders will be given a 2-hour window

of amnesty. Once the 2 hours are over, all bays will be

searched. If contraband is found, the bay leaders will

be required to move to Camp 3. CJDOG will be the

approving authority for any moves out of Camp 4.

(2) All bays will be locked down.

(3) The first block to be searched will be

vacated: One bay will be moved at a time. Detainees

will be moved, 1 block each to the 3 recreation yards of

the other blocks and 1 block to the ICRC area.

(4) Bays will be searched simultaneously; one

search team per bay. The recreation area will also be

searched, including under the gravel.

(5) Detainees will then be moved back to their

bays.

(6) The process will be repeated for each of the

blocks.

Chapter 33

Camp 4 Standard Operating

Procedures

33-1. Commanders Intent

a. Camp 4 conducts medium security detention

operations in assigned area of Camp Delta in order to

support intelligence-gathering activities from detainees

and promote cooperation by providing increased

privileges and opportunities for social interaction

thereby increasing the desire of other detainees to be in

Camp 4. On order, conducts preparatory operations for

transferring selected detainees for departure from Joint

Task Force Guantanamo

b. Camp 4 Focus

(1) Reinforcement of reward for cooperative

behavior.

(2) Enhance intelligence effort through control of

detainees in a less restrictive environment.

(3) Medium security setting is an incentive for

detainees to cooperate with interrogators

(4) Increased privileges and rewards result in

more cooperative detainee mind-set, providing further

opportunity for intelligence exploitation.

33-2. Manning Requirements

a. Camp 4 has six main areas of responsibility

within the Camp to man. There will be one NCOIC in

the grade of E-7. Each shift at a minimum must man

one SOG position in the grade of E-5 or higher, one

Sally Port 14 guard, one Liberty Tower operator, four

Block NCO’s in the grade E-4 (P) or higher, and 4

Block Observers. One block NCO and one block

observer will be mandatory for each of the four blocks

within the Camp.

b. There are two 12-hour shifts at Camp 4 that make

up the work period. There is a morning shift which

reports at 0530 for guard mount at Camp 4 and a mid-

shift that reports at 1730 for guard mount. Each shift

will be relieved by the oncoming shift within 30

minutes of the oncoming shifts guard mount. Each

shift SOG will conduct a shift AAR immediately after

being relieved of duty prior to exiting the Camp 4 area.

Each unit assigned to Camp Delta JDOG will be

required to release a select amount of soldiers as

requested by the JDOG S-3 SGM to be assigned to

Camp 4 Special Missions. These soldiers will be hand

selected by their command to meet the JDOG S-3 SGM

guidance for selection. One requirement is the service

member must volunteer to work at Camp 4. The

selected soldiers will have the correct mentality,

physical fitness, military bearing, and be able to work

well with little or no supervision. Excellent public

relations (PR) skills are a must. Each soldier will be

assigned in a temporary manner during their training

phase, consisting of three 12 hour work periods. If the

soldier does not meet the required skills required, they

will be returned to their respective unit, who will then

provide a replacement body from those soldiers who

have been interviewed or screened by their command.

This must be done within 24 hours of a soldier being

released back to his unit. The JDOG S-3 SGM is in

charge of Special Missions and may conduct an

interview prior to assignment to Camp 4. The Camp 4

NCOIC will make a report and recommendation to the

JDOG S-3 SGM after the initial training period as to

the soldier's performance and potential at Camp 4.

33-3. Leave Policy

a. Camp 4 is allowed to have 10% of assigned

personnel on leave at any given time. Soldiers must

have 60 days minimum time on island before the Camp

4 NCOIC can approve ordinary or EML leave. This

does not apply to emergency leave. If a unit sends a

Camp 4 assigned soldier on emergency leave, that unit

will be responsible to furnish a replacement soldier

until the soldier on emergency leave returns. The

Camp 4 NCOIC cannot approve more than 15 days of

ordinary or EML leave without the consent of the

soldiers’ unit commander. Soldiers must acquire an

exception to policy to take more than one major

holiday during any one period of leave off the island,

i.e. Christmas and New Years together (24 December

thru 2 January) consecutively by order of the JTF

Commanding General. Exception to policy may be

obtained through J-1 at the commissions building.

33-4. Chain of Command (Command and Control)

a. Chain of Command as follows:

(1) Current shift SOG of Camp 4

(2) Camp 4 NCOIC

(3) JDOG S-3 SGM

(4) JDOG S-3 OIC

(5) JDOG Superintendent

(6) JDOG Deputy Commander

(7) JDOG Commander

b. No Officers, NCOs, outside the Camp 4 chain of

command will enter the Camp 4 Sally Port without the

on duty SOG or Camp 4 NCOIC being present. Units

with soldiers assigned to Camp 4 will not visit with

soldiers while the soldier is on duty within Camp 4

without the Camp 4 NCOIC’s permission or

acknowledgement, as to not disrupt the ongoing

mission within Camp 4.

33-5. Service and Support

a. The mid shift SOG will inventory all Camp 4

supplies on Wednesday night and furnish a copy of

supply items needed for the NCOIC to order through S-

4 on Thursday morning by e-mail. Supply items will

be requested for 7 days of operations at a time. Camp

4 will not stockpile or overstock supply items. Just

those items needed to sustain operations within Camp 4

will be requested.

b. Linen will be requested by phone on Thursday

mornings through the JDOG S-4 laundry service. All

detainees will receive clean uniforms and linen once a

week. Blankets will be exchanged once a month on

Saturday. Blanket exchange will be by designated

weekend for each block in Camp 4. Water bottles and

toothbrushes will also be exchanged one- for-one on

that blocks blanket exchange day. All detainee items

are a one-for-one exchange. For example, an empty

toothpaste tube is required for a detainee to receive a

full toothpaste tube in exchange. Likewise, an empty

toilet paper roll is required to receive a full roll, an

empty, damaged or dirty water bottle to receive a new

water bottle, etc… Dirty linen will be inspected for

damage, marked and packaged separately from dirty

linen for laundry service. During linen exchange, the

soldier conducting linen exchange will inspect the

clean linen for damage and cleanliness. Any

deficiencies will be brought to the attention of the SOG

and NCOIC so they may contact the S-4 laundry

service personnel. At a maximum, two sets of detainee

dirty linen will be placed in each brown trash bag and

tied shut. Dirty linen trash bags will be placed neatly

in the storage bins located next to the Camp 4

administrative building for pick-up by the S-4 laundry

personnel on Monday mornings.

c. MREs will be dropped off by S-4 weekly for

detainee fasting. Detainees are given one MRE each

on Sunday night for Monday fasting and one MRE on

Wednesday night for Thursday fasting.

d. Additional supply items to support the Camp 4

mission will be e-mailed to the JDOG S-4 along with a

NSN number or stock number of the item to be

ordered. These items not normally stocked by the S-4

warehouse will be approved through the DOC and S-4

prior to ordering or requesting. Some examples of

these items are fans, brooms, mops, mop buckets,

storage bins, grey detainee tubs, prayer rugs, etc…

e. Religious items will be requested through the

JDOG Islamic chaplain. These items include but are

not limited to the following:

(1) Prayer caps

(2) Prayer oil

(3) Prayer beads

(4) Issuing of the Quran to a detainee

(5) Any other Islamic or Muslim religious

material

f. NIPR/SIPR/PDA/DIMMS issues concerning

operation of or repair with these systems will be

directed through the S-6 representative. Personal

account problems with NIPR or SIPR can be handled

through the J-6 help desk number located in the JTF

phonebook. Any problems with Camp 4 radios will be

handled through the DOC communications personnel.

All radios and electronic communications equipment in

Camp 4 are hand receipted through the S-3 SGM to the

Camp 4 NCOIC. Any equipment such as radios that

are turned in for repair will need a turn-in document for

Camp 4 records. No person in Camp 4, except the

Camp 4 NCOIC, may sign for Camp 4 electronics or

communications equipment. All hand receipts for

Camp 4 will be kept on file in the Camp 4

administrative building.

(g) K-9/IRF/QRF issues of a non-emergency nature

will be requested through the S-3 SGM. If the S-3

SGM is not available the next higher S-3 staff person

will be notified of the request. The DOC will always

be notified of intent to use or use of the QRF and K-9

units in a non-emergency situation. IRF teams in non-

emergency situations will be approved by S-3. In

emergency situations, where the safety of an MP, or

any other military or civilian person is in jeopardy, the

SOG on shift or the Camp 4 NCOIC may give the

duress code to alert the DOC. In an emergency

situation involving a riot or Camp wide disturbance

with Camp 4 personnel inside the Camp 4 perimeter,

the SOG or NCOIC may use the QRF without prior

DOC approval only if it is justified. The DOC will be

notified if IRF teams need to be requested along with

K-9 support. In situations involving a group of

detainees refusing to lock down inside their bays after

recreation or chow, the NCOIC or SOG on duty may

request K-9 support through the DOC without S-3

involvement as a show of force to get the detainees to

comply.

33-6. Personnel Responsibilities

a. The NCOIC areas of responsibility are the daily

operations within the Camp 4 perimeter, to ensure

manning requirements are met daily. One of the

NCOIC’s duties is to conduct periodic inspections of

Camp 4 security and ensure a safe working

environment. The NCOIC is responsible for ensuring

all rules and regulations for Camp 4 are followed and

enforced by all assigned personnel, MP’s and detainees

alike. The NCOIC will receive periodic briefings from

the JDOG S-3 and JIG/ICE personnel as well as the

JDOG S-2 as mandated. The NCOIC will report any

maintenance issues to the R&U section for repair. The

S-3 SGM will receive periodic updates from the Camp

4 NCOIC on operations at Camp 4 and any issues the

NCOIC deems necessary to ensure a successful

mission. On call, the NCOIC will conduct VIP and

various media tours of Camp 4. The NCOIC will

receive tour information from the JDOG S-3 office no

later than one week in advance.

b. The day shift SOG responsibilities include but are

not limited to the following:

(1) Ensure a licensed bus driver is available and

identified to pick-up personnel scheduled for work

each morning at the designated housing areas for

movement to Camp Delta.

(2) Establish a transportation pick-up time for

their shift for movement to Camp Delta.

(3) Cleanliness and care of the Camp 4

transportation vehicle while it is under control by their

shift personnel.

(4) Ensure the Camp 4 transportation vehicle is

fueled and always ready for use.

(5) Conduct the 0530 guard mount formation.

(6) Complete and maintain a DA-6 manning

roster for his/her shift to include shift personnel on

leave, sick call, duty, or pass.

(7) 100% physical headcount of all assigned

detainees at shift start.

(8) Conduct a 100% physical inventory of all

assigned radios, batteries, Camp 4 keys, and assigned

equipment before relieving night shift.

(9) Ensure all MP’s on their shift are trained in

their assigned area of operations.

(10) Complete a manning roster to be turned into

the DOC at the beginning of shift immediately after

guard mount.

(11) Make sure all current guard mount messages

are relayed to the new on coming shift.

(12) To receive an oncoming briefing from the

night shift SOG they are relieving.

(13) To conduct an AAR after being relieved by

the night shift.

(14) Account for all detainees assigned to Camp

4 throughout their shift.

(15) E-mail or place a message in the NCOIC in-

box of any issues or concerns that occur during their

shift.

(16) In case of emergency, attempt to notify the

Camp 4 NCOIC.

(17) Maintain cleanliness and keep Camp 4 in an

orderly fashion throughout their shift. This includes

taking proactive measures to correct any deficiencies or

making aware of any work orders that need to be

submitted through the Camp 4 NCOIC.

(18) Enforce Camp 4 rules and regulations and to

suggest any updates or changes to policy and

procedures through the Camp 4 NCOIC.

c. The night shift SOG responsibilities include but

are not limited to the following:

(1) Ensure a licensed bus driver is available and

identified to pick-up personnel scheduled for work

each morning at the designated housing areas for

movement to Camp Delta.

(2) Establish a transportation pick-up time for

their shift for movement to Camp Delta.

(3) Cleanliness and care of the Camp 4

transportation vehicle while it is under control by their

shift personnel.

(4) Regular maintenance and dispatching of the

Camp 4 transportation vehicle while it is under control

by their shift.

(5) Conduct the 1730 guard mount formation.

(6) Complete and maintain a DA-6 manning

roster for his/her shift to include shift personnel on

leave, sick call, duty, or pass.

(7) 100% physical headcount of all assigned

detainees at shift start.

(8) Conduct a 100% physical inventory of all

assigned radios, batteries, Camp 4 keys, and assigned

equipment before relieving night shift.

(9) Ensure all MP’s on their shift are trained in

their assigned areas of operations.

(10) Complete a manning roster to be turned into

the DOC at the beginning of shift immediately after

guard mount.

(11) Make sure all current guard mount messages

are relayed to the new on coming shift.

(12) To receive an oncoming briefing from the

day shift SOG they are relieving.

(13) To conduct an AAR after being relieved by

the day shift.

(14) Account for all detainees assigned to Camp

4 throughout their shift.

(15) E-mail or place a message in the NCOIC in-

box of any issues or concerns that occur during their

shift.

(16) In case of emergency, attempt to notify the

Camp 4 NCOIC.

(17) Maintain cleanliness and keep Camp 4 in an

orderly fashion throughout their shift. This includes

taking proactive measures to correct any deficiencies or

making aware of any work orders that need to be

submitted through the Camp 4 NCOIC.

(18) Nightshift will be responsible for a 100%

Camp 4 supply inventory on Wednesday nights, and a

list will be compiled for the Camp 4 NCOIC to order

from on Thursday mornings through JDOG S-4.

(19) The night shift SOG will verify, the night

prior to media and VIP tours that Camp 4 is in a high

state of readiness for the visits.

(20) Night shift SOG will verify all lighting

within the Camp 4 area of operations is functional and

will note any discrepancies or shortcomings.

(21) Ensure soldiers working as block observers

are using headsets with their radios as not to disrupt the

detainee's sleep.

(22) Enforce Camp 4 rules and regulations and to

suggest any updates or changes to policy and

procedures through the Camp 4 NCOIC.

d. The Camp 4 Block NCO’s duties vary by nature

and mission of each individual block depending on

specific guidance by JIG/ICE, S-2, S-3, or the Camp 4

NCOIC. The list below is for general guidance of

performing duties as a Block NCO and may be subject

to special considerations as set forth by higher.

(1) Block NCO’s are responsible for all activities

scheduled for their assigned block. These include

compound recreation, feeding, showering, central

recreation, reservation pick-up and drop-off, medical

appointments, ICRC visits, interrogator visits, sick call,

media and VIP tours.

(2) Ensure all block assigned detainees follow all

applicable rules and policy within their areas of

responsibility. All block doors will be secure during

compound recreation, central recreation, and chow.

(3) Ensure the Block Observers rotating to their

assigned block are aware of any special considerations

affecting the mission of that specific block.

(4) Conduct a 100% physical headcount upon

relieving the off going Block NCO.

(5) Verify all detainee ISN cards are present in

the Block NCO book for that assigned block.

(6) Maintain control and discipline within their

assigned block.

(7) Notify the Camp 4 SOG on duty of any

situations requiring assistance or action by the SOG or

DOC.

(8) Conduct linen exchange weekly according to

schedule.

(9) Ensure all assigned detainees have the basic

Camp 4 issue items and that they are in serviceable

condition.

(10) Log any SIGACTS, messages, actions or

information into the Block NCO logbook for follow-up

or guidance to the other Block NCO’s performing duty

on that block.

(11) Conduct blanket exchange monthly according

to schedule.

(12) Ensure any work orders needed for their

block are logged into the Block NCO book and passed

onto the SOG on duty.

(13) Ensure DIMMS information is accurately

recorded into DIMMS and the handwritten copies

turned into the SOG at the end of shift.

(14) Conduct spot checks on the safety and

actions off the Block Observer.

(15) The Block NCO is overall responsible for

everything that happens on his/her block during their

shift including the conduct and actions of the Block

Observer.

e. The Block Observer is responsible for the

following:

(1) Logging SIGACTS, all detainee requests or

refusals, and keeping the Block NCO informed of all

detainee actions.

(2) The Block Observer will randomly rotate to

both observer areas on the assigned block of operations

to conduct duties. If two observers per block are

available, then each observer will stay and perform

duties in one observer area each on that assigned block.

(3) Block Observers will log any activities vital

to the Camp 4 mission into the observer logbook for

entry into DIMMS. They will also keep in contact by

radio with the Block NCO as to keep them advised.

Block

(4) Observers may contact Liberty Tower to

submit detainee requests into DIMMS

(5) Observers on night shift will wear a radio

headset as not to disrupt detainee sleep.

(6) The Block Observer will follow all orders of

the Block NCO and will assist the Block NCO in his

duties and block responsibilities

(7) Block Observers will enforce Camp 4 policy

and procedures and ensure detainees are following

rules and regulations applying to their assigned block.

(8) Block Observers rotate blocks based on a

schedule set by the SOG on duty.

(9) MP/detainee conversation during normal duty

hours is authorized but must adhere and be cautious to

OPSEC.

(10) Hanging of clothing and trash bags from the

MP Observer area grate is permitted as long as it does

not obstruct the MP Observers view or interfere with

the MP Observers job.

(11) There is no passing of items between bays

through the MP Observer area.

(12) Any questions asked by a detainee to the

Block Observer that cannot be answered or the

Observer is unsure of should be directed to the Block

NCO or SOG.

(13) Pass-on logbooks will be neat and orderly.

SIGACT sheets and logbooks will remain closed when

not in use and out of sight of detainees who may

attempt to read the entries.

(14) Information logged into a pass-on logbook

may be classified or secret in nature and will not be

discussed with other detainees. Any Observer or Block

NCO that discusses information written in pass-on

logbooks or SIGACT sheets with any other detainees

will be subject to UCMJ action.

(15) Pass-on logbooks will be kept up to date and

each MP Observer will log in when assuming duties as

an Observer even if only temporarily.

(16) Any unauthorized writing, artwork, drawing,

doodles, obscenities, or graffiti on the covers, inside

covers, pages, or binding of the MP Observer pass-on

logbook will subject the MP Observer to charges of

destruction of government property and/or

unauthorized destruction of classified or secret

government documents. These pass-on logbooks are to

be treated as a MP notebook and maintained in a

professional military manner. Pass-on logbooks are

subject to summoning by a judicial review board,

tribunal committee or other court proceedings and may

be used as evidence in a trial, case, or hearing..

(17) All Block Observer and Medical access

gates will remain secure after entry or exit to/from the

Block Observer fenced in area. Each Block Observer

will have an Observer key to open the Observer area

gates. It is the Observers responsibility to ensure

Observer gates are secure all the time except entry and

exit from the Observer area.

(18) All block bay doors will be secure during

compound recreation, central recreation and chow.

f. Liberty Tower Operator is responsible for the

following:

(1) Control and operation of all magnetic and

electronically controlled gates within Camp 4.

(2) Controlling and maintaining radio traffic and

security of communications on the Camp 4 assigned

frequency.

(3) Liberty Tower will conduct morning and

daily call to prayers over the Camp 4 intercom system

to all Camp 4 blocks.

(4) Liberty Tower will monitor all 44 Camp 4

camera systems and note any deficiencies in camera or

monitor operations to the SOG on duty.

(5) Liberty Tower will conduct random camera

system monitoring of various bays to check on detainee

actions. Any actions by detainees monitored on the

Liberty Tower camera system that may be of safety or

security concerns will be brought to the Block NCO

and Block Observers attention of the applicable block

in question.

(6) Liberty Tower is the central command center

of Camp 4, and the security of Liberty Tower is

extremely important. The Liberty Tower operator will

maintain 100% positive control of all of their locks and

gates.

(7) Liberty Tower houses the Camp 4 camera

recording equipment and Camp 4 supplies. The

Liberty Tower Operator will ensure an orderly

appearance and cleanliness of Liberty Tower will in

their control.

(8) Liberty Tower operators rotate on a scheduled

basis set by the SOG on duty.

(9) No listening or viewing media, i.e. CD’s,

DVD’s, VHS tapes, or books and magazines are

authorized in Liberty Tower due to the sensitive nature

of Liberty Towers mission and the possibility of being

a distraction to Liberty Tower operations.

(10) No food or drinks will be authorized in

Liberty Tower due to the large amount of electronic

equipment and electrical circuits housed there.

(11) Liberty Tower will always remain in a high

state of police.

(12) The Liberty Tower Operator is responsible

for updating and maintaining their logbook and the

Camp 4 DIMS system while manning that position.

(13) The Liberty Tower Operator will not allow

personal phone calls from Liberty that are longer than

15 minutes in length. Personal phone calls will be at

least 15 minutes apart to allow work related calls a

chance to get through.

(14) Liberty will only open Sally Port 14 electric

locks when requested by the Sally Port 14 Operator at

that post at the time the transmission is received.

e. Sally Port 14 Operator is responsible for the

following:

(1) Making sure the sally port is manned at all

times. If the Sally Port Operator must leave their post,

they will advise the SOG on duty so he/she may relieve

them. Sally Port will not leave their post until properly

relieved.

(2) Sally Port 14 will maintain in radio contact at

all times with Liberty Tower.

(3) Sally Port 14 will be responsible to announce

to Liberty Tower all escort or medical teams that enter

or leave Sally Port 14. Sally Port will also advise

Liberty Tower as to the bed number of the detainee that

team is picking-up or dropping off. Sally Port 14 will

log all non-assigned Camp 4 personnel into the Sally

Port logbook by name/rank or by team number/call

sign along with the time of arrival, time of departure,

and nature of business at Camp 4.

(4) Sally Port 14 will be solely responsible for

maintaining access to Camp 4 through Sally Port 14

and will verify the level of Camp 4 access by checking

the Camp Delta badge. Camp 4 requires a green badge

code to enter without escort. All non-assigned Camp 4

personnel will be escorted by assigned personnel

throughout their entire time while inside the Camp 4

perimeter.

(5) Sally Port Operator will open both outer

vehicle gate doors for vehicle large than a standard size

pick-up truck. For example, the large ice truck with

lift-gate will only enter after both vehicle outer gate

doors or open.

(6) Sally Port will never have two Sally Port

locks open at the same time.

(7) Sally Port Operator is responsible for keeping

the sally port storage locker stocked with supplies from

Liberty Tower and maintaining a 5 gallon water cooler

full of ice and Gatorade at all times.

(8) The Sally Port 14 Operator will enforce the

policy of only the Sally Port 14 Operator calling

Liberty Tower to unlock or release Sally Port 14 locks.

33-7. General Rules

a. Detainees will comply with all rules regulations,

policies, procedures and guidance set forth within the

Camp 4 SOP as advised to them by Camp 4 assigned

personnel. Detainees will conduct themselves in a

manner that is not to offend, threaten, or agitate other

detainees. Detainees that fear their life is in danger or

fears physical harm, can and will report this to the

Camp 4 personnel at any time. Detainees will not

conduct and/or participate in, but not limited to, any

form of military drills, hand-to-hand combat, and

martial arts style training, or shadow boxing. There

will be no sexual contact between detainees. Detainees

will walk in an orderly fashion to/from bays when

moving anywhere within Camp 4. Detainees, bays,

and all block areas are subject to search at any time by

Camp 4 assigned personnel. Any violations of these

rules and/or any other Camp 4 rules, regulations, policy

or procedures will result in disciplinary action, loss of

privileges, and/or transfer back to Camp 1, 2, or 3

pending approval by higher.b. Camp 4 personnel will

not allow detainees to violate Camp 4 rules,

regulations, policy, or procedure. Camp 4 personnel

will not knowingly cause a detainee to violate the

governing rules, regulations, policies, or procedures.

Personnel assigned to Camp 4 will not bring

unauthorized materials or equipment into Camp 4.

Assigned personnel will not give detainee’s

unauthorized items or materials not approved by

JIG/ICE, S-3, DOC or S-2. Any extra reward or

incentive items given a detainee will be verified

through the SOG on duty or NCOIC as to the items or

material being authorized on the detainee’s form 508.

Any violations of Camp 4’s rules, regulations, policies,

or procedures by Camp 4 personnel will subject the

violator to administrative action and/or removal from

Camp 4. Camp 4 is a medium security setting

requiring extra precaution and safety. Any safety

concerns will be brought to the SOG on duty or

NCOIC’s attention immediately. Camp 4 personnel

that commit unsafe acts or physical security risks will

be subject to UCMJ by their units after review and

recommendation by the S-3 SGM. Any Camp 4

personnel witnessing any violations of Camp 4 rules,

regulations, policies, or procedures will be asked to

write a DA-2823 sworn statement to the facts

surrounding the occurrence or incident. Sworn

statements must be turned into the Camp 4 SOG on

duty or Camp 4 NCOIC no later than 48 hours after the

incident. Sworn statements turned in after 48 hours

may be less likely to result in detainee discipline or

loss of privilege.

c. No personal electronic portable devices, games, or

media will be brought into Camp 4.

d. Detainees at a minimum will outside will wear the

following items:

(1) Shirt

(2) Pants and/or shorts

(3) Shower shoes or soccer shoes

e. The only detainee headgear authorized for wear

outside of the bays is the issued prayer cap.

33-8. Bay Rules

a. No more than two bay doors will be open at any

one given time.b. Bay leaders will be chosen by the

Camp 4 personnel and used to enforce all rules,

regulations, policies and procedures. Bay leaders will

be chosen based on respect by other detainees assigned

in that bay, by ability to communicate with Camp 4

personnel, leadership ability, and cooperation with the

Camp 4 personnel.

c. Detainees will be given a wake-up/chow call 0600

hours daily. Quiet time will be at 2300 hours nightly.

Detainees are responsible for keeping their areas and

themselves clean and sanitary. Detainees are not

allowed to have any item(s) in their possession that

could be used as a potential weapon.

d. Detainees are allowed to do physical exercises in

the bays; however, activities such as sports inside of

the bays are unauthorized.

e. Detainees will report medical emergencies to the

Block Observer, Block NCO, and/or the SOG on duty

so they may take appropriate action.

f. Fruit, nuts, honey, and 1 MRE are the only

authorized food items allowed in the bays. No excess

amounts of these food items will be allowed. Any

spoiled, rotten, or unsanitary items will be thrown

away. MP’s will conduct random bay inspections for

unauthorized food products.

g. Detainees are allowed to talk to other detainees

thru the MP observer area except during the hours of

2300 – 0430. The only times detainees will not be

allowed to crosstalk is if it is disruptive, abusive, or

unproductive to the Camp 4 mission. Detainees are not

allowed to crosstalk to the other camps in Camp Delta

to include detainees assigned to Fleet Hospital.

Detainees may talk to other camp detainees riding in

gators in route to Fleet Hospital. However, gators will

not be allowed to stop in front of Camp 4 with Camp 1,

2, or 3 detainees in route to other areas of Camp Delta.

Detainees may crosstalk with other blocks within

Camp 4 as long as it is not disruptive, abusive, or

unproductive to the Camp 4 mission. At any time, a

directive may be received from higher to stop all

crosstalk due to mission requirements. At that point

the higher order will be explained to the detainees and

enforced by the Camp 4 personnel.

h. All rules, regulations, policies and procedures

concerning Camp 4 are subject to immediate change as

directed by higher either permanently or temporarily,

dictated by mission requirements and commanders

intent.

i. Bay leaders will ensure that bay doors remain

closed unless moving to or from recreation, shower, or

chow. Detainees are not allowed to enter bays that

they do not reside in. Detainees will not stand on

bunks, picnic tables, or objects stacked inside of their

bays or recreation yards.

j. Detainees are not allowed to sleep or lay together

with more than one detainee per bunk.

k. Detainees will not disassemble any Camp 4

equipment or property to include bay fans for cleaning.

Detainees will not touch bay cameras or shower

cameras.

l. Detainees will not be allowed to alter any Camp 4

issued items. Items altered or damaged by detainees

will be confiscated by the Block NCO who will then

write a DA-2823 on the incident along with a DA-4137

form.

m. Sheets, towels, blanket, or any other linen

besides the white detainee issued uniform will not be

hung inside the bays or tied off inside the bays.

n. Detainees may not cover the bay or shower

cameras as to obstruct the Liberty Tower operators

view.o. Detainees will not sleep under their bunks with

a sheet, blanket, or other linen draped over the bunk as

to hide them from view. Camp 4 personnel must see a

portion of the detainees uncovered skin when

conducting a physical headcount in the bays. A Block

Observer will awaken a sleeping detainee if skin

cannot be seen. p. Detainees must clean their bays with

cleaning supplies requested from the Block Observer or

Block NCO at least twice a week.

q. Detainees may not tie any form of string, rope, or

plastic strips to any portion of the overhead electric

conduit or any portion of the bay doors or windows.

r. Each Block will secure their bay doors during

compound recreation, central recreation, and chow.

s. The shower room door only may be open during

central recreation and compound recreation for latrine

use. All other bay doors will be closed while

recreation and chow is being conducted.

33-9. Compound Recreation / Central Recreation

Yard Rules

a. Detainees will receive recreation time according

to the separate day and night shift activities schedules.

The Camp 4 NCOIC will develop a rotating chow,

shower, compound recreation, and central yard

recreation schedule for each shift. Two bays will be

allowed to eat chow and conduct recreation together.

The only exception to this rule is the bays designated

by mission requirements or discipline, to eat and

perform recreation separately.

b. Normal recreation time for compound recreation

is two bays out for 30 minutes immediately followed

by 30 minutes for two bays to shower. Normal

recreation time for central recreation is two bays out

for 30 minutes immediately followed by 30 minutes for

two bays to shower. Normal time for breakfast, lunch,

and dinner is two bays out on each block for 1 hour at

each meal. Then the next two bays from each block

will come out for 1 hour for each meal. There is no

shower time in conjunction with or associated with

meal times.

c. Detainees will proceed directly to the central

recreation yard when released by the Block NCO from

their bays.

d. No more than two bays will be allowed in the

recreation yard at one time.

e. Detainees in the central recreation yard must stay

within the designated fenced in areas, either the soccer

field or volleyball court.

f. No detainees will be allowed to run around the

inside of the outer recreation yard fence.

g. If a volleyball or soccer ball leaves the designated

area, a detainee will request permission or receive

acknowledgement to retrieve the ball.

h. There will be no contact sports conducted in the

central recreation yard except minor contact during

soccer.

i. Detainees will not climb any fence in Camp 4.

j. When any emergency siren is sounded in the

Camp Delta facility, detainees will lay face down on

the ground, place their hands outstretched to their

sides, palms up, and await further instructions from the

Camp 4 personnel.

k. Detainees will be allowed to take showers after

recreation according to the recreation, chow and

shower schedules.

l. Use of the central recreation yard is a Camp 4

award and privilege. Any violations of the central

recreation rules will result in disciplinary action, loss of

privileges, and possible transfer back to Camp 1, 2, or

3.

m. Central recreation is in addition to compound

recreation. Loss of central recreation will be at the

Camp 4 NCOICs discretion and may be taken away

from a detainee for violation of Camp 4 rules. Loss of

central recreation does not mean loss of compound

recreation. The only way a detainee can lose

compound recreation and central recreation together is

with a form 508 for disciplinary action. A detainee can

lose central recreation privileges without loss of

compound recreation, but cannot lose compound

recreation and still receive central recreation. Central

recreation is a privilege and compound recreation is a

reward/incentive. Camp 4 privileges do not require a

form 508 to take away. However, rewards/incentives

do require disciplinary action approval by S-3 and

possibly JIG/ICE. An example of this would be if a

detainee refuses to stay inside the designated central

recreation yard fence area. If the detainee is told more

than once and refuses to comply, then the Camp 4

personnel may take the rest of that detainees remaining

central recreation yard time away and make them go

back to their assigned block compound recreation area.

n. No martial arts or military style training by the

detainees will take place in the bays, the compound

recreation yard, or the central recreation yard.

o. Camp 4 assigned personnel will not allow escort

teams or medical teams to enter the inner Sally Port

gate while central recreation is being conducted. If an

escort or medical team shows up during central

recreation they may wait in the Sally Port area until the

central recreation yard is clear of all detainees, or the

Camp 4 personnel may go retrieve the requested

detainee and escort them to the Sally Port for

transportation by the teams.

p. Camp 4 personnel will remain in a separate

fenced in area from the detainees during central

recreation. These areas include the Liberty Tower

fenced in area, the Block Observer fenced in areas, or

Sally Port 14. All Block Observer gates will remain

secured and locked during central recreation. The

Camp 4 Sally Port 14 inner vehicle gate will remain

secured and locked during central recreation. The

Liberty Tower outer main gate will remain secured and

locked during central recreation.

q. Detainees at a minimum will wear the following

while outside at central or compound recreation:

(1) Shirt

(2) Pants and /or shorts

(3) Shower shoes or soccer shoes

r. The only detainee headgear authorized for wear

outside of the bays is the issued prayer cap.

33-10. Central Shower/Bath Rules

a. Each bay will have 15 minutes of shower time in

the central bathroom. If two bays are out together at

recreation, then the shower time doubles to 30 minutes.

b. There will be no detainee showers for the

morning prayer wash except in the case of

uncleanliness caused by dreams. At 0400 hours

detainees are given an opportunity to wash their hands,

face, and feet before the morning call to prayer is

played over the Camp 4 intercom system. This is a

quick clean up for prayer only. The Block NCO may

turn the water valve off after the 15 minute period has

expired to prevent the detainees from taking advantage

of the 15 minute period.. No more than two bay doors

will be opened on one block at any given time.

c. MP Observers and Block NCOs will give one full

bottle of shampoo per bay for shower. If two bays are

in shower then two full bottles of shampoo will be

given. Detainees will give the shampoo bottles back to

the Block NCO or MP Observer when shower time is

complete. No shampoo is allowed in the bays.

d. Detainees will not share shower or toilet stalls

with other detainees.

e. Clippers will be issued twice a week during

evening shower time on Mondays and Thursdays. The

clippers will be returned to the Block NCO when

detainees are finished.

f. Razors will be issued twice a week during day

shower time on Tuesdays and Fridays. Block NCO’s

will count and hand out the razors to the detainees

through the fence as they enter the central

shower/bathroom. Razors will be returned to the Block

NCO who will account for and inspect the razors for

missing or altered blades as soon as the detainees exit

the latrine. Detainees will hold up the razor so the

Block NCO may inspect it, then drop the razors

through the fence into a small trash bag as the Block

NCO counts to make sure all razors are returned that

were issued out.

g. At no time will razors or clippers be permitted

inside the bays. Clippers may be used in the compound

recreation area.

h. Detainees will clean up after themselves upon

completion of using the central bathrooms. Detainees

will sweep, mop, police up trash, and clean the central

bathrooms daily. The bay responsible for cleaning will

be determined according to the day/night shift shower,

recreation, and chow rotation activities schedules.

i. Only clear or partial transparent style shower and

toilet curtains may be used in Camp 4. This allows the

cameras and observers to see movement behind the

curtains for safety and accountability reasons.

j. The central shower/bathroom may be used as a

temporary holding area for one bay at a time for block

or bay searches for contraband or inventory of detainee

Camp 4 issued items.

k. The only detainee headgear authorized for wear

outside of the bays is the issued prayer cap.

l. At a minimum, detainees will wear the following

items while outside:

(1) Shirt

(2) Pants and/or shorts

(3) Shower shoes or soccer shoes

33-11. Mess Yard Rules

a. After ensuring all detainees on the block are

secured in their bays, the Camp 4 Block NCO will

place one set of food service containers and associated

food items onto the compound yard picnic table or

folding table. The Block NCO on each block will

count all sporks for their detainees coming out to eat.

Block NCOs will also count serving utensils. All bread

twist ties will be removed from the bread bags. Camp

4 detainees are not limited to their servings on food

items and drink. They are authorized to eat every food

item and drink brought to them by food service.

b. After the Camp 4 personnel have set up the eating

area on the block, they will secure the block main gate.

The Block NCO will call Liberty Tower to open the

bay doors to the bays designated on the shower,

recreation, and chow schedule to come out and eat.

c. Two bays at a time on each block will be given 1

hour to eat their meals together at the compound area

picnic table. They are responsible for cleaning up after

themselves to include returning all eating utensils,

serving utensils, and policing up all trash and passing it

out the block main gate bean hole into the trash can on

the other side. The Block NCO will account for all

food service utensils and sporks.

d. After the first two bays on the block have eaten

and cleaned up, they will return back to their respective

bays. The remaining two bays will then be released to

come out to the block mess area and eat for 1 hour.

They will also clean up after themselves and return all

utensils and trash. They will then return to their

respective bays and secure their bay doors.

e. After chow has finished and all detainees on the

block are locked back into their bays, the Block NCO

will open the block main gate and bring all the food

service containers and utensils outside of the block area

to prepare them for pick-up by food service personnel.

f. A search of the mess area will then be conducted

for any remaining trash, food, sporks, utensils, or food

containers.

g. Chow drop-off times are as follows:

(1) Breakfast 0615 hours

(2) Lunch 1200 hours

(3) Dinner 1800 hours

h. Chow pick-up times are as follows:

(1) Breakfast 0830 – 0845 hours

(2) Lunch 1400 – 1415 hours

(3) Dinner 2000 – 2015 hours

i. Special meals for those detainees listed by the

DOC, will be dropped off by food service personnel

prior to the Camp 4 scheduled meal times. Any issues

with special meals should be brought to the DOC’s

attention or contact food service via cell phone.

Detainees are placed on a list to receive special meals

through the recommendation of the base nutritionist.

j. Detainees at a minimum will wear the following

items while at mess:

(1) Shirt

(2) Pants and/or shorts

(3) Shower shoes or soccer shoes

k. The only detainee headgear authorized for wear

outside of the bays is the issued prayer cap.

33-12. Bay Leader Duties and Responsibilitiesa.

Bay leader bed assignment will be the closest to the

MP observer booth.

b. Bay leader will receive directions and/or orders

from the MP observer and/or Block NCO.

c. The bay leader is responsible to ensure bay doors

remain secure each time a detainee enters or exits the

bay.

d. Bay leaders will ensure all detainees assigned to

the bay respect each other regardless of culture,

language, and beliefs.

e. Bay leaders will explain to the detainees assigned

to their bay in their native language all of the

information or orders furnished to them by any Camp 4

personnel.

f. Bay leaders will bring up any detainee issues or

concerns within the bay or block to the Block NCO or

Block Observer.

g. If the bay leader becomes aware of any plans

and/or actions for detainee disorder in the bay, block,

Camp 4, or Camp Delta, they will bring this to the

Block NCO or Block Observers attention.

h. The bay leader will inform the Block NCO or

Block Observer of any medical issues or requests.

i. Bay leaders will greet and explain Camp 4 rules,

policies, and procedures to all new arriving detainees

assigned to their bays.

j. Bay leaders will meet with the Camp 4 NCOIC,

JDOG Superintendent, and Deputy JDOG Commander

once a month on a date determined and given to them

by the Camp 4 NCOIC, to bring up any bay or block

concerns or issues.

33-13. Laundry/Linen Exchange

a. Newly assigned Camp 4 detainees will be issued

one complete set of white detainee clothing from S-3

prior to arrival to Camp 4. One complete set of white

detainee uniform includes the following:

(1) One white "smock" style shirt

(2) One white crew neck T-shirt

(3) One white pair of pants

(4) One white pair of shorts

b. Detainees will also receive the following linen

and Camp 4 issued items after arriving to Camp 4:

(1) Two white bed sheets

(2) Two colored blankets

(3) One white pillowcase

(4) One white medium size pillow

(5) Two white medium size towels

(6) One white small washcloth

(7) One" traditional colored and styled"

prayer rug

(8) One grey storage tub with lid

(9) One pair of soccer shoes

(10) One of the following (chess,

backgammon, or checkers set)

(11) One deck of playing cards

(12) One set of dominoes

(13) One green "PT" mat

(14) One set of hygiene items

(15) Any items listed on the detainee's 508 form

c. S-4 supply will furnish Camp 4 with the requested

amounts of pillows, prayer rugs, prayer mats, shower

shoes, soccer shoes, grey storage tubs, games, and

other detainee issued items.

d. S-4 laundry service will furnish Camp 4 with the

requested amounts of complete white detainee

uniforms, white towels, colored blankets, white sheets,

and white washcloths. S-4 laundry service does not

have a method for cleaning traditional style prayer

rugs. Traditional style prayer rugs will be an

expendable item, which may be thrown away after

determined by the shift SOG to be unserviceable. In

this case, another traditional style prayer rug will be

issued to the detainee.

e. Detainees will be provided clean laundry and

linen once a week and two clean blankets once a month

by block according to the following schedule:

BLANKETS

(1) 1st Saturday of the month will be

Victor Block

(2) 2nd Saturday of the month will be

Whiskey Block

(3) 3rd Saturday of the month will be

Yankee Block

(4) 4th Saturday off the month will be

Uniform Block

(5) If there is a 5th Saturday in the month

there will be no linen exchange on that day.

LINEN

Each block will receive clean linen and

uniform exchange once a week on Sundays.

f. Block NCOs will obtain the clean laundry from

between 0800-0930 the morning of laundry exchange

from Liberty Tower.

g. Block NCOs will begin laundry exchange prior to

detainee lunch.

h. Block NCOs will ensure all linen is exchange one

detainee at a time on there block. Block NCOs will

ensure the linen being turned in is in serviceable

condition and separated into individual piles of

serviceable and non-serviceable so non-serviceable

linen is not washed and redistributed. All linen for

each detainee is a one-for-one exchange. Block NCOs

will ensure each detainee receives the proper amount of

linen being exchanged. Some detainees may wish to

turn-in only certain items for exchange, therefore it is

important the Block NCO does not give out more linen

than is being turned-in. Non-serviceable linen will be

bagged in large brown trash bags and marked

appropriately and clearly as "BAD". Serviceable linen

will be bagged in large brown trash bags as sets. Two

complete sets of linen per brown trash bag only, unless

there is an odd number of sets. Serviceable bags of

linen will be placed neat and orderly inside the marked

dirty linen storage bins next to the administrative

building for pick-up on Monday mornings by the S-4

laundry service personnel. Non-serviceable bags of

linen will be stacked neatly outside the administrative

building for inspection by the Camp 4 NCOIC to

determine damage extent and cause of damage. The

Camp 4 NCOIC will then notify the JDOG SGM by e-

mail on his findings as directed by the JDOG SGM.

i. Any ripped or torn detainee uniforms, sheets,

blankets, towels, wash cloths, or pillow cases that are

missing pieces or strips of material will subject the

entire block to a shakedown search for the missing

material.

j. Any left over clean laundry will be accounted for

and placed in Liberty Tower.

33-14. Personnel and Detainees Cleaning Duties

a. MP cleaning responsibilities are to ensure their

assigned areas of responsibility during shift is free of

trash, floors are swept and mopped, ice chests are full,

and water coolers are cleaned out and refilled.

b. This includes the fenced in observer areas, MP

Observer booths, Block NCO booths, all internal and

external areas within Liberty Tower and the Liberty

Tower fence line, All areas within Sally Port 14, the

Camp 4 break area, inside the administrative office, the

fence line surrounding Camp 4, and the area between

the administrative building and Camp 4 Sally Port.

c. SOGs will ensure prior to taking over shift and

prior to being relieved from shift that all areas are

cleaned up and ready for inspection. Camp 4 receives

numerous visitors and tours. Camp Delta personnel

walk past and around the Camp 4 perimeter daily.

Camp 4 is a high visibility area and draws a lot of

attention. Therefore, Camp 4 must remain clean and

ready for inspection at any given time of the day or

night. The SOG is overall responsible for making sure

the all areas are cleaned.

d. Detainee's cleaning responsibilities will be all the

areas within their compound recreation/mess yards

fence line. This includes their bays, latrines, block

central shower and the external block areas within the

block yard fence. MPs will issue detainees proper

cleaning supplies and ensure that the detainee's areas

stay in a high state of cleanliness. Block NCO will

utilize the bay leaders to make sure this happens. MPs

will account for all cleaning supplies issued and make

sure they are returned back to the Block storage locker.

The last bay to shower for the day according to the

recreation, shower, and chow rotation schedule will

clean the central shower room at the end of the day

prior to 2300 hours.

33-15. Radio Call Signs

a. Uniform Block

(1) Block NCO will be called "Uniform Block"

(2) Block Observer will be called "Observer 1"

b. Victor Block

(1) Block NCO will be called "Victor Block"

(2) Block Observer will be called "Observer 2"

c. Whiskey Block

(1) Block NCO will be called " Whiskey Block"

(2) Block Observer will be called "Observer 3"

d. Yankee Block

(1) Block NCO will be called "Yankee Block"

(2) Block Observer will be called "Observer 4"

e. Liberty Tower

(1) Liberty Tower call sign will be "Liberty"

f. Sally Port 14

(1) Sally Port 14 call sign will be "Sally"

g. SOG of Camp 4

(1) SOG call sign will be "SOG 4"

33-16. Fire Evacuation Plan

a. Camp 4 assigned personnel that see smoke and/or

fire from a block/bay, or hear/observe an activated fire

alarm will immediately report the incident to the Block

NCO or SOG.

b. The Block NCO or SOG will respond to the

reported location with fire extinguishers and make an

assessment of the situation from outside the block

fence with help from the Block NCO, Block Observer,

and Liberty Tower Operator monitoring the cameras to

give the SOG spot reports on what they see.

c. The SOG will make a timely determination as to

evacuate the whole block or the bay effected.

d. Liberty Tower will call the DOC by phone and

keep them informed of the situation.

e. If the SOG determines the fire can be put out by

fire extinguisher, then the bay will be evacuated into

the mess yard area of the block. The Block NCO will

go into the bay after it has been evacuated while the

SOG stays by the block main gate. If the fire cannot be

put out, the entire block will be evacuated one bay at a

time starting with the closest bay to the fire. Detainees

will be evacuated to the ICRC yard and secured.

f. If a fire is determined to be present by the SOG

and the block needs to be evacuated, all the other

blocks will go to lock down so the non-effected Block

NCOs may go assist with the evacuation. The Block

Observers however, will remain at their posts on the

non-effected blocks.

g. In case of a confirmed fire, Liberty will advise the

DOC to call the JTF fire department and have the

available QRF respond without gear to assist.

h. If a fire is detected, the Block Observer of the

effected block will stand outside the observer booth

area of the bay with the fire. The observer will relay

information to the detainees from the SOG about the

evacuation. The Block Observer will attempt to keep

the detainees calm.

i. Sally Port 14 will control access and prepare to

allow only the necessary personnel inside Camp 4

during lock down. These will include the QRF,

medical personnel, fire department personnel, R&U,

and DOC personnel. Sally Port will log entries as time

permits.

j. Camp 4 has 6 fire extinguishers assigned. One

water fire extinguisher is to be located in the Camp 4

administrative building. One water fire extinguisher is

to be located in the bottom of Liberty Tower. Three

water fire extinguishers are to be located in Sally Port

14. One PK chemical fire extinguisher is to be located

in the top of Liberty Tower.

33-17. "OPERATION SNOWBALL"

a. The Infantry QRF / IRF team immediately

responds to the Camp 4 Sally Port in BDU’s only. No

equipment, knives, weapons, shields, or ammo will be

used for self-harm incidents. Response time and speed

is key to preventing fatality and safety issues within the

camp. When the Sally Port guard sees the QRF team

entering the Sally Port area they will immediately open

the inner main gate allowing timely access to Camp 4.

The Camp 4 Sally Port guard will direct the infantry to

the appropriate block of the self-harm incident. The

Block NCO inside the Block gate will direct the 5-6

Infantry soldiers to form a shoulder to shoulder barrier

between the detainees in block compound rec and the

block gate. The Infantry will stand there in a “normal,

relaxed, non-aggressive” posture without saying

anything as not to make the detainees defensive, angry,

or aggressive. The Block NCO already standing there

will talk calmly with the detainees reassuring them that

the situation is under control and everything is OK.

The QRF leader will respond to the appropriate block

bay to assist the three (3) Block NCO’s and the NCOIC

inside the bay handling the self-harm incident.

b. A detainee whom is “cut down” for a self-harm

attempted hanging will be quickly but carefully

removed from the bay the incident occurred in after

being properly mobilized against further neck damage.

The Camp 4 NCOIC will give all commands to the

three Camp 4 Block NCO’s and Infantry QRF squad

leader caring the self-harm patient off the block into a

safe area outside the block gates. They will begin first

responder medical assessment and first aid for

responsiveness, pulse, breathing, bleeding, preventing

shock, head injuries, and mobilizing fractures or

broken bones until medical personnel arrive in Camp.

c. When medical personnel arrive, the Sally Port

guard will open the inner gate and direct them to the

appropriate block and bay. Only gator(s) with

stretchers may enter the Camp inner perimeter (one per

self-harm incident). Gators without stretchers will stay

outside the Camp 4 Sally Port area, parked out of the

way of Camp 4 traffic. If an ambulance shows up at

Camp 4, the Sally Port Guard will direct the driver to

back into the Sally Port area. The ambulance may not

go into the Camp 4 inner central area past the inner

Sally Port gates. Once the ambulance is in the Sally

Port the Sally Port guard will close both Sally Port

outer gates and secure the Sally Port area. This will

allow for the Sally Port guard to maintain security

while having his 360-degree view obstructed by the

ambulance being in the Sally Port. It will allow for

patient loading later without compromising security.

Once the patient is ready to be loaded into the

ambulance, the Sally Port guard will open the inner

Sally Port gates and allow medical personnel with the

patient access to the rear of the ambulance for loading.

d. Once medical personnel have the patient loaded

into the ambulance, the Sally Port guard will secure the

inner Sally Port gates, walk around the ambulance,

look under the ambulance, and then open the outer

Sally Port gates to let the ambulance out of Camp 4. If

the patient is on a gator with stretcher then have the

ambulance leave the Sally Port area immediately to

make room for the gator and then allow the gator with

stretcher and patient out of Camp 4. Once the

ambulance is out of the Sally Port, the Sally Port guard

secures the outer Sally Port gates. Gators without

patients will be allowed to exit next in a controlled

manner followed by personnel exiting through the

walk-in gate after a brief I.D. badge screening to

maintain security, as not to lose accountability of

detainees. The Sally Port guard will notify Liberty

Tower of each detainee ISN that leaves Camp 4 on a

gator or in an ambulance for self-harm or medical.

Liberty Tower will write down the ISN’s and notify the

DOC by landline so they may update the DIMS

system.

e. No detainees will be permitted in the Sally Port

14 during a self-harm incident. Escort Teams trying to

bring a detainee back to Camp 4 during a self-harm

incident will be told to stand by until the incident is

over and a 100% physical detainee head count is

conducted.

f. REATION TIME: (a timeline of events)

(1) R = Block NCO puts out duress code

“SNOWBALL” and information on

(a) All detainee movement in or out of Camp

stops.

(2) R+10 sec Liberty Tower unlocks appropriate

Block main gate.

(a) Liberty Tower verifying other block gates

are secure.

(b) Any block in central rec is told to go into

their block area.

(3) R+20sec

(a) All Block NCO’s without central rec grab

medical shears go to scene of incident.

(b) Sally Port guard opening both sides of outer

gate.

(c) Observers for all blocks watch all bays for

repeat incident or mass casualty.

(d) NCOIC notifies QRF / IRF team to respond

immediately with no gear to Sally Port at Camp 4

for self-harm.

(4) R+25 sec

(a) Block NCO’s in block going into the

appropriate block.

(b) One Block NCO blocking detainees from

exiting the block area where the self-harm

occurred.

(c) NCOIC calls DOC gives details & requests

medical, K-9.

(5) R+30 sec

(a) Block NCO and other Block NCO’s headed

into the bay.

(6) R+35 sec

(a) Infantry QRF / IRF headed into Sally Port.

(b) Sally Port unlocking inner sally gate.

(7) R+40 sec

(a) Block NCO’s cutting down detainee in bay

or getting non-involved detainees out of bay if not

a hanging attempt.

(b) Infantry arriving at block

(c) NCOIC headed to block with "snowball" kit.

(8) R+45 sec

(a) Infantry forming a line in block rec area

blocking the exit.

(b) Infantry squad leader going into bay.

(9) R+50 sec

(a) Block NCO’s removing self-harm detainee

from bay.

(b) NCOIC at block.

(10) R+55 sec

(a) Block NCO’s, Infantry squad leader, NCOIC

carry detainee out of block gate into central area.

(11) R+1 min

(a) Start detainee first responder assessment.

(12) R+65 sec

(a) QRF and Block NCO start leaving block rec

area.

(13) R+70 sec

(a) All blocks secure, detainee first-aid started.

(14) R+2 min

(a) DOC cameraman on site.

(b) Infantry QRF on-stand down by Sally Port

14.

(15) R+2.5 min

(a) Medical at Sally Port gate

(16) R+3 min

(a) Medical takes over detainee self-harm.

(b) Block NCO’s report back to their blocks and

continue normal operations and reassure other

detainees.

(17) R+4 min

(a) Ambulance on site at Sally Port backing in.

(18) R+5 min

(b) Medics stabilize and move self-harm

patient to Sally Port for transport to Fleet Hospital.

33-18. Gator Maintenance

a. The Camp 4 gator vehicle will be washed and

cleaned at least three times a week by the night shift

personnel.

b. The Camp 4 gator will be checked for an

adequate supply of fuel nightly by night shift personnel

and fueled as needed. Diesel fuel is located in the

yellow hazardous material lockers located by the mess

facility.

c. Any damage sustained to the Camp 4 gator will

be annotated on a sworn statement DA-2823 by the

person causing or noticing the damage with a detailed

description of the damage and/or how the damage was

found or occurred. This statement will be turned into

the Camp 4 NCOIC within 24 hours of the damage.

33-19. Logbooks

a. Camp 4 logbooks will be inspected by each and

every soldier or NCO assuming responsibility for a

Camp 4 post. Each logbook will be signed for when

each Camp 4 personnel assumes duty at each post.

Any unauthorized markings or drawings on the Camp 4

logbooks will be reported to the SOG on duty and

Camp 4 NCOIC. Camp 4 logbooks are legal

Government documents subject to summoning for legal

purposes or inspection. Any unauthorized markings or

damage to a Camp 4 logbook will be treated as

destruction of classified and/or secret Government

documents. Any soldier or NCO assigned to Camp 4

who violates this order will be subject to UCMJ.

b. As logbook sign out/in sheets are completely full

or filled out, they will be given to the SOG on duty for

filing inside the Camp 4 logbook sign out/in sheet

binder.

33-20. Radio/Telephone Transmissions

a. Any information transmitted by telephone or

saber radio will not include classified/secret

information. This includes, but is not limited to, ISN

numbers, detainee names, OPSEC information, Camp

Delta or Camp 4 operations, Camp Delta or Camp 4

missions. Secret or classified information may be

given by telephone if the telephone line is verified by

the user, to be in secure mode by all/both parties on the

line.

33-21. NIPR Account

a. All Camp 4 personnel are authorized to establish a

NIPR account through the approval of the Camp 4

NCOIC if they meet the J-6 requirements.

b. Soldiers and NCOs assigned to Camp 4 may use

the NIPR computer terminal located in the Camp 4

administrative building with verbal permission from

the SOG on duty or Camp 4 NCOIC if it does not

interfere with the Camp 4 mission. This is a Camp 4

privilege and not a right.

c. The same JTF-GTMO and J-6 rules, policies and

procedures apply. No soldier or NCO may transmit

classified or secret information over the Camp 4 NIPR

terminal.

33-22. Break Area

a. The Camp 4 break area is located to the north side

of the Camp 4 administrative building. This is the only

authorized smoking area in the Camp 4 area of

responsibility. The Camp 4 break area will be policed

daily on both shifts to remove any trash, garbage, or

cigarette butts.

b. Garbage cans located within the Camp 4 break

area will be emptied daily as needed.

c. The Camp 4 break area is not a storage area for

supplies or any other objects or materials.

d. The Camp 4 break area may be utilized by other

soldiers, NCOs, military and civilian personnel.

However, it is Camp 4s responsibility to ensure the

break area is clean.

e. Camp 4 personnel utilizing the Camp 4 break area

need to be aware of OPSEC when discussing

information of a sensitive nature. Due to Camp 4s

proximity to the outer Camp Delta fence, it is possible

that passers by may hear conversations and information

being discussed.

33-23. Block/Sally Port Storage Lockers

a. There will be one storage locker per Camp 4

block and Sally Port. These storage lockers will be the

responsibility of the Block NCO and Block Observer

on duty at that block and the Sally Port Operator.

Block/Sally Port storage lockers will have a supply

inventory sheet posted on the inside of the locker door

inside of a document protector. The supply inventory

sheet will list all necessary supplies utilized by each

block or Sally Port. Each Block NCO, Block

Observer, and Sally Port Operator will stock the

required amounts listed for each supply item by the end

of each shift. Block cleaning supplies such as mops,

mop buckets, brooms will be kept inside the block and

Sally Port storage lockers when not in use. Wet mops

will hang on the fence next to the storage lockers in a

neat and orderly appearance until dry, then placed

inside the storage lockers. For media/VIP tours all

block supplies and materials around the Block NCO

booth will be placed inside the block storage lockers.

33-24. P.A Intercom and Announcement System

a. The Camp 4 P.A. intercom and announcement

system located in the top of Liberty Tower will not be

used to play unauthorized CDs. The only authorized

materials to be used in the CD player are approved

"morning call to prayer", "daily call to prayer", and any

other media approved by S-3 operations to support the

Camp 4 mission.

b. The P.A. intercom and announcement system may

be used by JIG/ICE, S-2, or S-3 approved agencies to

relay messages to the Camp 4 detainees.

c. Camp 4 personnel may utilize the P.A. intercom

and announcement system to relay information to

individual bays or central baths as needed.

33-25. Detainee Movement from/To Camp 4

a. Detainees assigned to Camp 4 will only be placed

in a two-piece restraint for normal movement around,

to, and/or from Camp 4 to other Camp Delta areas,

except for the following reasons:

(1) Movement to NAVBASE Hospital will require

a three-piece suit.

(2) When a detainee becomes a safety risk for

movement they will be placed in a three-piece suit.

(3) If a detainee becomes hostile or non-compliant

they may be placed in a three-piece suit.

(4) If a detainee has to be restrained by an IRF team,

they will be placed in flex cuffs or three piece suit.

(5) When requested by reservation personnel or

JIG/ICE.

b. Escort teams arriving to Camp 4 to pick-up a

detainee for movement will be asked for the detainee

destination and reason for movement. If the escort

team shows up with the improper restraint system they

will be asked to return to Escort Control to retrieve the

proper restraints before returning for detainee pick-up.

33-26. Medical Personnel/Medication Distribution

a. Corpsman, medical, escort teams and other non-

Camp 4 personnel arriving at Camp 4 will park their

gator by backing into an appropriate area not blocking

access gates, doors, or other gators.

b. Medication distribution to detainees will take

place after 0500 hours and before 2230 hours.

Corpsman that show up for meds pass during the 2230

hours to 0500 hours period will not be granted access

to Camp 4. Corpsman will utilize the Medical access

gates located behind each block observer area on the

outer Camp 4 perimeter fence. Corpsman will give the

Block Observer the following information:

(1) Team number, call sign, or rank/name

(2) Meds pass or sick call

(3) Bed number or ISN (if sick call)

c. Corpsman and non-Camp 4 personnel will not

communicate with Liberty Tower on the Camp 4

frequency to release a magnetic or electric controlled

gate.

d. Corpsman and medical personnel will log in to

Camp 4 by their appropriate radio call sign or team

number. If a Corpsman or medical personnel do not

have a call sign or team number they will log in by

rank and last name.

e. Corpsman and medical personnel will not enter or

be allowed to walk around Camp 4 freely. All non-

Camp 4 personnel must be escorted everywhere within

the Camp 4 perimeter by a Camp 4 assigned MP.

f. MPs will verify a detainee has taken their

medication, if orally, by making the detainee open their

mouth and move their tongue around as to check all

areas for hidden medications. All MPs will make

detainees open their hands before leaving the meds

pass bean hole area to ensure no medications that are to

be taken orally are being hidden.

g. Psych personnel will be escorted while in the

Camp 4 perimeter. However, while a psych Corpsman

is conducting a meeting or interview with a detainee,

the MP will give enough privacy to allow normal

conversation but still be close enough to maintain a

safe environment.

33-27. Assigned Personnel Duty Uniform

a. All Camp 4 assigned personnel will wear the

BDU uniform worn IAW AR 670-1 while on or off

duty in the Camp 4 area.

b. The Camp 4 duty uniform is BDU's and soft cap,

combat boots, trouser belt, brown t-shirt, under

garments, MP whistle (worn centered with hung by the

attached clip on the left breast BDU pocket), an

authorized style watch, authorized style sunglasses

(optional), camelback hydration system (optional),

black ink pen, a current JTF badge, a current Camp

Delta badge, assigned weapons cards (if issued), JTF

meal card, JTF ROE/RUF card, a current Military I.D.,

and USSOUTHCOM Human Rights Standing Orders

card.

c. Backpacks will not be allowed in the Block

Observer areas. Backpacks may be stored in the Block

storage lockers, Liberty Tower, and Sally Port storage

locker. This includes any bags or containers used to

carry personal gear into the Camp 4 perimeter.

d. Backpacks and personal equipment will not be

stored inside the Camp 4 administrative building. This

includes any TA-50 or military equipment belonging to

or signed for as individual equipment or gear not

belonging to Camp 4.

33-28. Detainee Movement Operations (DMO)

a. S-2/3 will notify the Camp 4 NCOIC of detainees

who are outbound.

b. Outbound detainees will be removed from their

assigned bays and be placed together in a segregated

area away from other detainees not listed on the DMO

list.

c. Detainees identified for DMO operations will be

verified by comparing I.D. wristbands and I.D. cards to

ensure the correct detainee is moved.

d. Two new wristbands will be issued to each

detainee on the DMO list, but held by the Camp 4

NCOIC for safekeeping. One white wristband with

detainees ISN number and one green wristband with

the detainees information and picture.

e. The Camp 4 NCOIC will request a flexible tape

measure from the JDOG S-4 to measure each DMO

detainee for DMO clothing (pants, shirt, shoes). This

list will be turned into JDOG S-3 operations.

f. JAG will complete all paperwork requirements,

voice printing, fingerprinting, and release paperwork.

The ICRC yard will be used for detainees in Camp 4

that need to meet with JAG to complete the necessary

paperwork.

g. S-2/JIG/ICE will select one or more DMO

detainees to go to Camp 1, 2, and 3 to say goodbye to

the other detainees.

h. Camp 4 DMO detainees listed for outbound

operations will receive a feast at Camp 4 (dinner time)

the night prior to departure. The Camp 4 NCOIC will

request a list of foods and drinks from the detainees

selected for DMO. This list will be taken into

consideration for the items they wish to receive for the

feast.

i. Detainees selected for DMO will be awaken 3

hours prior to DMO time. Those detainees will be

allowed to shower/shave at that time. After the

shower, DMO detainees will be issued their DMO

clothing and will turn-in all Camp 4 issued linen,

uniforms, and equipment. DMO detainees will then be

issued a MRE for breakfast and be given time to eat.

Camp 4 personnel will assist the DMO detainees in

proper wear and fitting of the clothing. Any fitment

issues will be brought up to the S-4 or DMO

OIC/NCOIC.

j. The Camp Delta chaplain will visit with the DMO

detainees to issue new prayer beads, prayer cap, and

Qurans.

k. After the DMO bus has arrived, it is backed in

and parked inside the Camp 4 perimeter and Sally Port

14 gates are secured. No armed escorts will enter

Camp 4 with weapons. The DMO detainees will be

restrained (handcuffs only) and loaded one at a time

onto the DMO bus by escort teams. Once all the

detainees are loaded on the bus the bus will enter Sally

Port 14 and be searched under, over, and around.

Camp 4 will conduct a 100% physical headcount and

notify the DOC of the new Camp 4 count.

33-29. Duress and IRF Codes

a. The duress code is a simple distinguishable word

or phrase used during normal conversation to alert

other Camp Delta personnel that another Camp Delta

or Camp 4 military or civilian person is under duress.

This code will be changed as needed to ensure integrity

of the code or when the code has been compromised.

The duress code will be listed on the Camp 4 manning

roster and briefed at each guard mount. The DOC will

be notified of the Camp 4 duress code word or phrase.

The duress code will also be written on the Camp 4

administrative building dry erase board for reference.

b. The IRF code is a simple distinguishable word or

phrase used when a detainee issue arises out of non-

compliance of MP orders or hostile actions by a

detainee or group of detainees warrants a security force

to assemble for the safety or protection of any

personnel to include detainee against detainee. The

IRF code will be listed on the Camp 4 manning roster

and briefed at each guard mount. The DOC will be

notified of the Camp 4 IRF code word or phrase. The

IRF code will also be written on the Camp 4

administrative building dry erase board for reference.

c. Upon receiving the duress code, the Camp 4 SOG

will do the following:

(1) Notify the DOC, identify and give the location

of the person in duress

(2) Liberty Tower notify all other Camp 4

personnel and a medical team

(3) Have Liberty Tower notify the Camp 4 NCOIC

of the situation

(4) Secure any detainees in the Camp 4recreation

yard and all other common areas into their bays

(5) Notify the Infantry SOG to advise the Infantry

towers and assemble QRF teams at Sally Port 14, give

the IRF code and location via channel 3 and request K-

9 units

(6) Take positive control of the situation until

QRF, IRF, S-3 OIC and medical teams arrive.

(7) Take appropriate action with available

resources to protect life, limb, or government property

(apply levels of force and ORE/RUF policies and

procedures)

Chapter 34

Commissions

Quick Reaction Force (QRF) Teams

1. MP and Infantry elements secure the commissions

building. Infantry provides an exterior QRF element.

a. Infantry provides a Show-of-force around the

exterior perimeter of the commissions building, to

prevent unwanted personnel from entering the

facility.

b. The MP Reaction Team will provide assistance

to the MP Security Team when unauthorized

intrusion occurs in the A/O to protect U.S. forces,

civilians, and detainees.

2. Requirements

a. In the event the MP Reaction team cannot handle

the situation inside the commissions building The

INQRF must be able to react to a disturbance in the

commissions building within three minutes.

b. The IN element will maintain a Command Post

(CP) in the bunker next to the commissions building,

and must man this CP 24 hours per day.

c. This QRF will maintain radio communication

with the Infantry PL and the Security Force OIC.

d. An OIC/NCOIC (E7 or above) will be prepared

to lead the QRF at all times.

e. The MP OIC will contact the QRF CP via

SABRE radio, landline, or runner when the QRF is

required.

3. Notification Procedures

a. Security Force OIC will initiate QRF to react to a

threat within the commissions building.

b. The soldier who receives this message will

immediately notify the QRF OIC/NCOIC and then

alert the QRF element.

c. The PL or the Platoon Sergeant, whomever is not

leading the reaction squad, will immediately report to

the Company CP that the QRF has been alerted.

d. Once notified to react, the QRF reaction squad

will don the riot control gear and secure assigned

weapons for delivery.

e. Once prepared, the QRF squad will stand in

formation and prepare to enter the commissions

building.

f. The IRF representative will provide the QRF

element a SITREP of the disturbance before entering

the commissions building.

g. Once the disturbance is quelled, the QRF will

relinquish command back to the MP OIC and re-deploy

to the CP to conduct a back brief.

4. Ammunition Numbers and Accountability

a. The Platoon Sergeant of the QRF will visually

inspect and count for the following ammunition prior

to his element assuming duty as the QRF.

b. The Platoon Sergeant will also conduct a physical

count of all ammunition daily while assigned to the

QRF.

c. The QRF will have the following ammunition on

hand at all times:

(1) 48 12-gauge area non-lethal rounds.

(2) 48 40-millimeter point non-lethal rounds.

(3) 48 40-millimeter area non-lethal rounds.

(4) 48 M84 stun grenades.

5. Uniform: lethal/Non lethal

a. Lethal: BDUs, Kevlar, Body Armor, Protective

Mask (carried), Assigned Weapon (if designated),

Camelback, ID Card and Dog Tags, Camp Delta

Badge, and the ROE card in left breast pocket (dated

30 Nov 02).

b. Non lethal: BDUs, riot control gear consisting of

face shields attached to the Kevlar, non-ballistic shin

guards, body shield, baton, Camelback, ID Card and

Dog Tags, Camp Delta Badge, and the ROE card in left

breast pocket (dated 30 Nov 02).

Disturbance in the courtroom

a. In the event of any type of disorder, immediately

lock down the courtroom. No one will exit the facility

until the situation is resolved, or unless order to do so

by the presiding judge.

b. The MP OIC or SOG will notify the MP Reaction

force

c. The primary staging area for response personnel

is outside side the front entrance of the commissions

building.

d. Disturbances:

(1) Upon detection and/or notification of a

disturbance, the OIC or SOG takes the following

actions using all available guard personnel in the area

of the disturbance:

(a) Immediately handcuffs the detainee.

(b) Notifies the MP Reaction Force Team and if

necessary request assistance.

(c ) Segregate the detainee from the rest of the

courtroom.

(d) If order by the presiding judge move the

detainee-to-detainee holding room. The detainee will

be placed in a three-piece suit and secured to the floor

via eyebolt.

(e) Use only the force necessary and practical

under the circumstances to subdue the detainee.

(f) Guard personnel in other areas will secure

their area, notify the SOG, and remain at their posts

unless otherwise directed by the SOG.

(g) All personnel (guards will not leave there

assigned posts upon receiving the alert unless

specifically ordered to do so).

(d) As soon as possible, notify the IN PL, CO,

DOC, and the JDOG commander.

(4) In the event that a the detainee becomes

unruly or fails to comply with orders, the SOG will

take the following action:

(a) Isolate the detainee and if directed by the

presiding judge clears all personnel from the area.

(b) Immediately handcuff the detainee.

(c) Attempt to counsel and reason with the

detainee. If this fails, inform the detainee that

necessary force will be used to control him/her.

Guards will use the minimum amount of force

necessary to subdue the detainee. Once the detainee

has been subdued, he will be placed in his holding

room. He will be shackled in a three-piece suit and all

items that might be used by the detainee to cause

damage to property, themselves, or others will be

removed.

Medical Emergency

1. A medical emergency is any condition likely to

result in lasting bodily harm if treatment is delayed

until Sick Call the next day. Some examples of

emergencies are severe cuts, burns, broken bones,

unconsciousness or injuries resulting in temporary

unconsciousness, asthmatic attacks, repeated vomiting,

high fever or sudden changes in long standing

conditions causing intolerable discomfort.

b. A medical emergency condition does not exist

when an individual has a cold, flu, headache, single

episode of vomiting, missed medication call, upset

stomach or muscle aches (not caused by trauma)

c. The Detention Hospital will be consulted for

medical emergencies during the commissions’ process.

d. A Corpsman along with first responder bag.

Corpsmen supervising detainees will possess a CPR

physical barrier for mouth-to-mouth resuscitation and a

pair of rubber gloves.

e. OIC/ SOG will:

(1) Immediately notify corpsman when a detainee

is in need of medical care.

(2) Render first aid within their trained

capability.

f. OIC will:

(1) Notify the Detention Hospital and medical

personnel.

(2) Notify the DOC.

g. The corpsman will immediately render treatment

to the detainee.

(a) Call 911.

(b) Treatment will continue until the ambulance

arrives.

(c) The courtroom will be cleared of all non-

security and medical personnel.

(e) Once the ambulance arrives the detainee will

be stabilized and prepped for transport. Prior to

leaving the commissions building the detainee will be

shackled in a three-piece suit and if possible covered

with a blanket to hide the three-piece suit.

(f) The MP escort team will accompany the

detainee in the back of the ambulance for security

during the ride to NAVBASE hospital.

(g) The detainee will be taken to the NAVBASE

hospital and put into the DACU unit.

(h) The MP Detainee escort team will stay with the

detainee during treatment unit relieved by another

escort team.

Fire

a. Fire alarms:

(1) A person discovering a fire, regardless of type

or size will immediately alert all personnel by pulling

the fire alarm or cause to be alerted all personnel in the

commissions building and adjacent buildings and then

report the fire.

(2) The OIC or SOG will then notify the GTMO

Fire Department by telephone (911).

(3) Smoke alarms going off shall cause an

immediate evacuation of the building and reporting to

the GTMO Fire Department the same as if a fire were

discovered.

b. Action after giving a fire alarm:

(1) Secure the detainee with handcuffs (handcuffs

will be place behind his back).

(2) Notify the IN PL of the fire inside the

commissions building.

(3) The media, family members, and non-security

personnel will exit the building first.

(4) The detainee will then have flexi cuffs put on

his feet.

(5) The MP detainee escort team will then pick

the detainee up one holding the upper part of his body

and the other holding the feet. The remaining MP force

will help with the detainee movement to the bunker.

(6) They will carry him out the front of the

building to the IN CP (bunker at AV31).

(7) Once at the bunker he will be placed in a

three-piece suit and secured.

(8) MP Escort Team will stay with the detainee

inside the bunker and the IN will secure the outside of

the bunker.

(9) When the OIC receives the all clear, he

informs the MP Escort team to prep the detainee for

movement.

(10) The detainee is taken out of the three-piece

suit and has his hands handcuffed behind is back.

(11) The MP Escort Team along with the IN will

walk the detainee back to the commissions building.

(12) Once in the commissions building the

detainee will go directly to the detainee holding area

where he will be placed in a three-piece suit and

secured to the eyebolt.

(13) Detainee will remain secured until the

presiding judge calls for the detainee to the courtroom.

(14) In the event that the commissions building is

on fire or the presiding judge cancels the rest of the

days presiding the detainee will be taken back to Camp

Echo.

Bomb Threat

1. Staff members who receive a telephonic bomb

threat will:

a. Cease all radio communications, signal for

MP security personnel to verbally communicate the

bomb threat.

b. Without alerting the caller, signal another staff

member about the telephonic bomb threat. Have

him/her notify Security OIC.

c. Keep the caller on the line, as long as

possible.

d. Complete JTF GTMO Bomb Threat Data

Card. Obtain as much information as possible on the

caller and the bomb.

e. Discuss the incident only with personnel who

have a need to know (NAVBASE Security).

2. Staff members who receive a written or verbal

bomb threat will:

a. Cease all radio communication, inform

security personnel to verbally communicate the bomb

threat to the OIC and the Infantry Platoon Leader.

b. Security personnel will immediately notify

OIC.

c. Protect any written note and/or detain the

messenger.

d. Discuss the incident only with personnel who

have a need to know (NAVBASE Security).

3. OIC. The OIC will notify the bailiff to notify the

Presiding Officer of the Bomb Threat/Incident.

4. Evacuation. If the Presiding Officer determines

that an evacuation is warranted.

Security OIC will

(1) Notify the IN OIC of the bomb threat inside

the Commissions Building.

(2) Send one soldier to JTF HQ building to call

911.

(3) Supervise evacuation of the media, family

members, and non-security personnel. They will be

told to exit the building going out the front door,

proceeding to the McCalla Hanger. MP’s will control

the exit to prevent a rush to the doors. MP’s will be the

last to exit out the front door, providing assistance to

anyone who may need it.

a. IN OIC will:

(1) Orders his forces to provide a corridor of

security from the south end of the Commissions

Building to the bunker.

(2) Empty designated Jersey barriers by pulling

the water plug, to allow the emergency vehicles access

to the Commissions Building if they need it.

(3) Instruct his forces to provide additional

manning to the MP detainee escort team, all others will

go down the hill to McCalla hanger.

b. NAVBASE will send fire truck, ambulance

and an MWD (Ordinance) team. All vehicles will use

the Northern entrance (by the JTF HQ) and stage by

the JTF HQ.

c. The MP detainee escort team will:

(1) Secure the detainee with handcuffs (hands

will be placed behind his back).

(2) Pick up the detainee one holding the

upper part of his body and the other holding the feet.

(3) Carry detainee out the south exit doors of

the Commissions Building to the Bunker (AV31),

traveling between the IN forces arrayed as in a

corridor.

(4) Once inside the bunker, he will be placed

in a three-piece suit and secured.

5. When the OIC receives the all clear from the

Presiding Officer:

a. The MP detainee escort team removes the

three-piece suit and handcuffs the detainees’ hands

behind his back.

b. IN and MP’s move the detainee back the same

way he was moved out.

c. Once in the Commissions Building, the

detainee will be taken to the detainee holding area

where he will be placed in a three-piece suit and

secured to the eyebolt.

d. Supervise return of the media, family

members, and non-security personnel. They will be

told to return to the building through the front door.

MP’s will control the movement, screening all

personnel as they enter the building using the same

procedures as any other time people enter the building.

6. In the event that a bomb is discovered in the

Commissions Building, and/or the presiding officer

cancels the rest of the days’ proceedings. The detainee

will be taken back to Camp Echo. The OIC will call for

the Detainee Transport Vehicle once it is safe to move

the detainee out of the bunker.

React to an Ambush along the convoy route

1. During detainee escort movement to the

commissions site the following actions will occur if a

threat presents itself:

a. OIC immediately notify JOC by primary

and/or alternate means of communication. JOC will

notify OIC whether to continue to commissions site or

return to Camp Echo.

b. Drivers immediately execute defensive

driving techniques to get all vehicles out of the ambush

site.

c. Lethal weapons carriers immediately place

well aimed shoots at the hostile threat in accordance

with the Rules of Engagement.

d. Detainee escorts move detainee to floor of

vehicle to minimize risk to the detainee.

34-7. Information Not Covered By The Camp 4

SOP

a. Any information, rules, regulations, policy, or

procedures not covered by the Camp 4 SOP will be

referred to in the current Camp Delta SOP for

guidance. Any information, rules, regulations, policy,

or procedures not covered by either Camp 4 SOP or

Camp Delta SOP will be referred to JDOG S-3

Operations for guidance.

34-8. Camp 4 Forms found in Appendix C of

Camp Delta SOP

A. Camp 4 Manning Roster

B. Camp 4 Dayshift shower, chow, and recreation

activities schedule (example)

C. Camp 4 Nightshift shower, chow, and Recreation

activities schedule (example)

D. Camp 4 Post Orders

E. Camp 4 Discipline Matrix

F. Camp 4 General Rules (detainee copy)

G. Camp 4 Bay Rules (detainee copy)

H. Camp 4 Recreation Yard Rules (detainee copy)

I. Camp 4 Chow Yard Rules (detainee copy)

J. Camp 4 Central Bath Rules (detainee copy)

K. Camp 4 Guard Mount Messages Sheet

L. Bay Leader Responsibilities (detainee copy)

M. Camp 4 Block NCO checklist

A.1 A.1

Appendix A Appendix A

References References

Section I Section I

Required Publications Required Publications

Geneva Conventions for the Protection of War Geneva Conventions for the Protection of War

Victims, 12 August 1949 Victims, 12 August 1949

Military Order of November 13, 2001 – Detention, Military Order of November 13, 2001 – Detention,

Treatment, and Trial of Certain Non-Citizens in the Treatment, and Trial of Certain Non-Citizens in the

skipping to change at line 13031 skipping to change at line 17382

Physical Security of Arms, Ammunition, and Physical Security of Arms, Ammunition, and

Explosives, 12 FEB 98 Explosives, 12 FEB 98

AR 190-12 AR 190-12

Military Working Dogs, 30 SEP 93 Military Working Dogs, 30 SEP 93

AR 190-13 AR 190-13

The Army Physical Security Program, 30 SEP 93 The Army Physical Security Program, 30 SEP 93

AR 190-14 AR 190-14

Carrying of Firearms and Use of Force for Law Carrying of Firearms and Use of Force for Law

Enforcement and Security Duties, 12 MAR 93 Enforcement and Security Duties, 12 MAR 93

AR 190-16 AR 190-16

Physical Security, 31 MAY 91 Physical Security, 31 MAY 91AR 190-22

AR 190-22

Searches, Seizures, and Disposition of Property, 1 JAN Searches, Seizures, and Disposition of Property, 1 JAN

83.

AR 190-29

Misdemeanors and Uniform Violation Notices

Referred to US Magistrates or District Courts, 1 MAR

84

AR 190-30 AR 190-30

Military Police Investigations, 1 JUN 78 Military Police Investigations, 1 JUN 78

AR 190-40 AR 190-40

Serious Incident Report, 30 NOV 93 Serious Incident Report, 30 NOV 93

AR 190-45 AR 190-45

Law Enforcement Reporting, 20 OCT 00 Law Enforcement Reporting, 20 OCT 00

AR 190-47 AR 190-47

The Army Corrections System. 15 AUG 96 The Army Corrections System. 15 AUG 96

AR 190-51 AR 190-51

Security of Unclassified Army Property, 30 SEP 93 Security of Unclassified Army Property, 30 SEP 93

AR 195-1

Army Criminal Investigation Program, 12 AUG 74

AR 195-2

Criminal Investigation Activities, 30 OCT 85

AR 195-5 AR 195-5

Criminal Investigations, Evidence Procedures, 28 AUG Criminal Investigations, Evidence Procedures, 28 AUG

92 92

AR 210-174 AR 210-174

Accounting Procedures for Prisoners’ Personal Accounting Procedures for Prisoners’ Personal

Property and Funds, 17 SEP 86 Property and Funds, 17 SEP 86

AR 385-40

Accident Reporting and Records, Army Accident

Investigation Reporting, 1 NOV 94

AR 385-64 AR 385-64

Ammunition and Explosive Safety Standards, 1 FEB Ammunition and Explosive Safety Standards, 1 FEB

00 00

AR 700-81 AR 700-81

DOD Dog Program, 5 MAY 71 DOD Dog Program, 5 MAY 71

FM 27-10

The Law of Land Warfare, 18 JUL 1956, Change-1,

15 JUL 76

FM 3-19.40 FM 3-19.40

Military Police Internment/Resettlement Operations, Military Police Internment/Resettlement Operations,

01 AUG 01 01 AUG 01

FM 19-20

Law Enforcement Investigations 27-10

The Law of Land Warfare, 18 JUL 1956, Change-1,

15 JUL 76

DA PAM 190-12 DA PAM 190-12

Military Working Dog Program, 30 SEP 93 Military Working Dog Program, 30 SEP 93

JTF-GTMO ROE/RUF JTF-GTMO ROE/RUF

30 NOV 02 30 NOV 02

OPNAVINST 5530.13B OPNAVINST 5530.13B

Department of The Navy Physical Security Instruction Department of The Navy Physical Security Instruction

For Conventional Arms, Ammunition, and Explosives, For Conventional Arms, Ammunition, and Explosives,

05 JUL 94 05 JUL 94

GTA 5-8-12 GTA 5-8-12

25 FEB 99 25 FEB 99

STP 19-95C14-SM-TG STP 19-95C14-SM-TG

MOS 95C MOS 95C

INTERNMENT/RESETTLEMENT SPECIALIST INTERNMENT/RESETTLEMENT SPECIALIST

26 March 99 26 March 99

Messages, HQDA, DAMO-ODL Messages, HQDA, DAMO-ODL

14 DEC 94 14 DEC 94

Subject: Review for Legal Review/Opinion—Use of Subject: Review for Legal Review/Opinion—Use of

Oleoresin Capsicum Pepper Spray for Correctional Oleoresin Capsicum Pepper Spray for Correctional

Purposes. Purposes.

MOU Concerning the U.S. Naval Brig at Guantanamo MOU Concerning the U.S. Naval Brig at

Bay Cuba, 7 MAR 02. Guantanamo Bay Cuba, 7 MAR 02.

MOU Concerning Investigation Responsibilities of

the NAVBASE Command Investigations and Joint

Detention Operation Group, Camp Delta Detention

Facility MPI Section

MOU Concerning Naval Criminal Investigative

Services (NCIS)/Military Police Investigation (MPI)

Section Investigative Responsibilities at the Joint Task

Force Guantanamo (JTF GTMO) Camp Delta

Detention Facility

Detention Hospital “Care of the detainee With Self- Detention Hospital “Care of the detainee With Self-

Injurious Behavior” SOP Injurious Behavior” SOP

Fleet Hospital 20 SOP for Hunger Strikes, Drinking Fleet Hospital 20 SOP for Hunger Strikes,

Strikes, and Re-Feeding Drinking Strikes, and Re-Feeding

27 MAY 02. 27 MAY 02.

Enclosure 1: Enclosure 1-4 (FPCON Alpha-Delta) to Enclosure 1: Enclosure 1-4 (FPCON Alpha-Delta) to

Tab-D (Random Anti-terrorism Measures) to Tab-D (Random Anti-terrorism Measures) to

Appendix-2 (Anti-terrorism) to Annex-C (Operations) Appendix-2 (Anti-terrorism) to Annex-C (Operations)

to JTF-GTMO Anti-terrorism Force Protection Plan to JTF-GTMO Anti-terrorism Force Protection Plan

(AT/FPP). (AT/FPP).

E-mail from JDOG CDR re: Policy Guidance, E-mail from JDOG CDR re: Policy Guidance,

Procedures for Use of Aerosol Restrain (OLEORESIN Procedures for Use of Aerosol Restrain (OLEORESIN

CAPSICUM) 21 JUN 02. CAPSICUM) 21 JUN 02.

A.2

Map: Map Series, Cuba 1:25000 Guantanamo, TPC Map: Map Series, Cuba 1:25000 Guantanamo, TPC

Series E824S, Sheet 3025II, Edition 1-DMA Series E824S, Sheet 3025II, Edition 1-DMA

Guantanamo Guantanamo

Naval Hospital GTMO Mass Casualty Plan, Naval Hospital GTMO Mass Casualty Plan,

NAVHOSPGTMOINST 3440.1C NAVHOSPGTMOINST 3440.1C

Madigan Army Medical Center Emergency Madigan Army Medical Center Emergency

Preparedness Management Plan, current. Preparedness Management Plan, current.

Arizona Triage System, Responding to an MCI: EMS Arizona Triage System, Responding to an MCI: EMS

Guide Guide

Section II Section II

skipping to change at line 13118 skipping to change at line 17491

Report Of/Or Recommendation For Disciplinary Report Of/Or Recommendation For Disciplinary

Action Action

DA Form 509 DA Form 509

Inspection Record Of Prisoner In Segregation Inspection Record Of Prisoner In Segregation

DA Form 1594 DA Form 1594

Daily Staff Journal or Duty Officer’s Log Daily Staff Journal or Duty Officer’s Log

DA Form 2062 DA Form 2062

Hand Receipt Hand Receipt

DA Form 2823 DA Form 2823

Sworn Statement Sworn Statement

A.2

DA Form 3997 DA Form 3997

Military Police Desk Blotter Military Police Desk Blotter

DA Form 4137 DA Form 4137

Evidence/Property Custody Document Evidence/Property Custody Document

DA Form 5513 DA Form 5513

Key Control Register And Inventory Key Control Register And Inventory

CD-RU01 CD-RU01

Repair And Utility Work Order Repair And Utility Work Order

CD-S201 CD-JDOG S-201

Significant Activities Sheet Significant Activities Sheet

CD-S301 CD-S301

Detainee Behavioral Tracking Detainee Behavioral Tracking

CD-S302 CD-S302

Chaplain Requests Chaplain Requests

CD-S303 CD-S303

Detainee Confiscated Items Detainee Confiscated Items

CD-S304 CD-S304

Detainee Inventory Form Detainee Inventory Form

CD-S305 CD-S305

skipping to change at line 13198 skipping to change at line 17569

Discipline Matrix Discipline Matrix

CD-S329 CD-S329

Damage to Property Discipline Matrix Damage to Property Discipline Matrix

CD-S330 CD-S330

Guard Mount Information Message Guard Mount Information Message

CD-S331 CD-S331

Mass Casualty Checklist Mass Casualty Checklist

CD-S332 CD-S332

Triage Checklist Triage Checklist

CD-S333 CD-S333

Shower and Recreation Schedule Shower and Exercise Schedule

Linen and Uniform Exchange Schedule Linen and Uniform Exchange Schedule

CD-S334 CD-S334

Individual Detainee Refusal Tracking Record Individual Detainee Refusal Tracking Record

CD-S335 CD-S335

Daily Detainee Medical Requests/Complaints Daily Detainee Medical Requests/Complaints

CD-S336 CD-S336

Weekly and Monthly Due Outs Weekly and Monthly Due Outs

CD-S337 CD-S337

Block NCO Checklist Block NCO Checklist

CD-S338 CD-S338

Level 5 and Medical Entitlement Form Level 5 and Medical Entitlement Form

A.3

CD-S339 CD-S339

Notification Matrix Notification Matrix

CD-S340 CD-S340

Guard Mount Manning Roster Guard Mount Manning Roster

CD-S341 CD-S341

Inspection Record of Prisoner in Segregation Inspection Record of Prisoner in Segregation

JTF-GTMO Bomb Threat Data Card JTF-GTMO Bomb Threat Data Card

Camp Delta Guard Force Shift After Action Review Camp Delta Guard Force Shift After Action Review

Standard Intelligence Reporting Form Standard Intelligence Reporting Form

J4/JLSG Warehouse Expendable/Consumable Request J4/JLSG Warehouse Expendable/Consumable Request

Form Form

Non-Expendable/Consumable Request Form Non-Expendable/Consumable Request Form

Section III Section III

Abbreviations Abbreviations

AAR AAR

After Action Review After Action Review

CI CI

Comfort Items, Counter Intelligence Comfort Items, Counter Intelligence

CINC CINC

Commander in Chief Commander in Chief

A.3

CITF CITF

Criminal Investigation Task Force Criminal Investigation Task Force

CJDOG CJDOG

Commander, Joint Detention Operations Group Commander, Joint Detention Operations Group

COMSEC COMSEC

Communications Security Communications Security

CTC CTC

Counterterrorism Cell Counterterrorism Cell

C2 C2

Command and Control Command and Control

skipping to change at line 13324 skipping to change at line 17695

MI MI

Military Intelligence Military Intelligence

MMS MMS

Mail Management System Mail Management System

MOD MOD

Medical Officer of the Day Medical Officer of the Day

MPH MPH

Miles Per Hour Miles Per Hour

MRE MRE

Meals Ready to Eat Meals Ready to Eat

MSU

Maximum Security Unit A.4

MTS MTS

Mail Transmittal Sheet Mail Transmittal Sheet

MWD MWD

Military Working Dog Military Working Dog

NAI NAI

Named Areas of Interest Named Areas of Interest

NAVBASE NAVBASE

Naval Base Naval Base

NAVSTA NAVSTA

Naval Station Naval Station

NCA NCA

National Command Authority National Command Authority

NCIS NCIS

Naval Criminal Investigation Service Naval Criminal Investigation Service

NCO NCO

Non Commissioned Officer Non Commissioned Officer

NCOIC NCOIC

Non Commissioned Officer in Charge Non Commissioned Officer in Charge

A.4

NDRC NDRC

National Detainee Records Center National Detainee Records Center

NLW NLW

Non-Lethal Weapons Non-Lethal Weapons

OML OML

Order of Merit List Order of Merit List

OC OC

Oleoresin/Capsicum: Pepper Spray Oleoresin/Capsicum: Pepper Spray

OIC OIC

Officer in Charge Officer in Charge

skipping to change at line 13388 skipping to change at line 17757

ROE ROE

Rules Of Engagement Rules Of Engagement

RUF RUF

Rules for Use of Force Rules for Use of Force

R&U R&U

Repair and Utility Repair and Utility

SBF SBF

Support-By-Fire Support-By-Fire

SECDEF SECDEF

Secretary of Defense Secretary of Defense

SHU

Special Housing Unit

SIGACT SIGACT

Significant Activity Significant Activity

SIR SIR

Serious Incident Report Serious Incident Report

SIRF SIRF

Standard Intelligence Reporting Form Standard Intelligence Reporting Form

SOG SOG

SOG SOG

SPOTREP SPOTREP

Spot Report Spot Report

End of changes. 737 change blocks.

4209 lines changed or deleted 8574 lines changed or added